<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>  <!-- encoding must be UTF-8 -->
        
<!-- Metadata for a tech report for use in Google Scholar. It is based on the -->
<!-- NLM Journal Publishing DTD (http://dtd.nlm.nih.gov/publishing/). The     -->
<!-- two changes are: (1) the <articles> element which allows information     -->
<!-- about multiple articles to be included in a single file and (2)          -->
<!-- additional values for the <article-type> element. This file provides     -->
<!-- an example for a technical report and describes the constraints if any   -->
<!-- on the fields. Fields in the NLM Journal Publishing DTD not mentioned    -->
<!-- in this example are ignored at this time.                                -->       

<!-- NBER has decided to use this xml standard instead of journal article     -->
<!-- because none of the papers we issue should be construed as published     -->
<!-- and therefore we should not use the same format as a journal publisher   -->

<!-- The NBER Progams a paper is associated with are listed as -->
<!-- custom-meta tags -->

<!-- This file was generated by /etc/cvslocal/perlscript/all_xml_marc_ris.pl running on host `hostname` --> 
                   
<articles xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink">

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>NBER WORKING PAPERS ONLINE TEST DOCUMENT</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0000</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is a test document for the NBER Online working paper system. Every user should be able to search for and display bibliographic information in this format. The URL for this document is http://www.nber.org/papers/w0000. Full-Text access to working papers is offered on a subscription basis, (and free to press, US government, and developing nations). If your domain name or IP address is in the authorization file, or if you are properly logged onto this site, you should see both HTML and PDF buttons beside this text block.  If the HTML button is missing, you are not in our authorization file.  Please select on the Help button and choose the relevant sub-topic.</p>
<p><br>This paper is available without addition charge to subscribers to the NBER working paper series and persons in developing nations from <a href="http://www.&#110ber.org/papers/w0000.pdf"> the NBER. </a></p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0000.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0000.html"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education, Information, and Efficiency</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0001</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welch</surname>
          <given-names>Finis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This represents two chapters of a proposed book co-authored by Bob Evenson and myself.  The subject is relationships between agricultural productivity, research and information.  The first chapter of this part is concerned with the "theory" of the value of information.  Among other  things, the Bayesian learning model is used as a vehicle for describing optimal learning from experience.  The second chapter presents results for a number of empirical studies concerned with relationships between education and allocative efficiency.  Section I is reprinted from my J.P.E. paper "Education in Production".  Section II is the "Scale Economy" paper of mine which has existed in various unpublished versions for two years now.  The final section summarizes recent discussions by Wallace Huffman (Chicago), Nabil Khaloi (SMU) and Charles Fane (Harvard).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0001.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0001.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Hospital Utilization: An Analysis of SMSA Differences in Hospital Admission Rates, Occupancy Rates and Bed Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0002</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chiswick</surname>
          <given-names>Barry</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A topic of continued public concern is the national level and distribution among areas and individuals of the availability of hospital services.  This paper presents data for the country as a whole on hospital utilization during the post World War II period for short-term non-federal hospitals.  The bed rate (the number of beds per thousand population) increased nearly 25 percent.  The admission rate (admissions per thousand population)increased nearly 50 percent.  The average bed occupancy rate increased during most of the period but has recently been on the decline.  These changes are important because hospitals do perform useful services, but at a considerable cost - a cost which has been growing rapidly.  The purpose of this study is to present a model for analyzing the utilization of short-term general hospitals. The objective is to develop structural equations and hypotheses as to why the measures of hospital utilization vary across communities, and to estimate these equations and test these hypotheses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0002.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Error Components Regression Models and Their Applications</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0003</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Arora</surname>
          <given-names>Swarnjit S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we have developed an operational method for estimating error components regression models when the variance- covariance matrix of the disturbance terms is unkown.  Monte Carlo Studies were conducted to compare the relative efficiency of the pooled estimator obtained by this procedure to (a) an ordinary least sources estimator based on data aggregated over time, (b) the covariance estimator, and (d) a generalized least squares estimator based on a known variance-covariance matrix.  For T small and large p, this estimator definitely performs better than the other estimators which are also based on an estimated value of the variance-covariance matrix of the disturbances.  For p small and large T it compares equally well with other estimators.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0003.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Human Capital Life Cycle of Earnings Models: A Specific Solution and Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0004</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to consider human capital models of earning behavior over an individual lifetime.  A general class of life cycle models relating to individual earnings behavior is developed by considering alternative formulation of the basic Ben- Porath type model.  An explicit solution to a specific formulation within this general class is considered in some detail.  An empirical development of this explicit earnings function is estimated using data on a cohort of individuals surveyed at some point in their lifetime.  The empirical estimates are discussed in detail.  The estimated earnings function is then used to predict and individualâ€™s discounted present value of lifetime earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0004.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Life Cycle Family Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0005</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Smith</surname>
          <given-names>James P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The household production model provides a useful theoretical framework in which one may analyze family labor supply issues.  In this model, the family is viewed as if it were a small firm producing its ultimate wants within the household.  In order to satisfy these wants, the family (firm) combines purchased market goods and services with the time of various family members.  This approach differs from the traditional treatment of the labor-leisure choice decision since the price of any activity now has two components â€“ the goods price and the time price of each family member.  The relative empirical importance of the two components depends, of course, on their respective shares in the cost of producing an activity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0005.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Review of Cyclical Indicators for the United States: Preliminary Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0006</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper represents a very early progress report on a new study of business cycle indicators for the United States.  Our host organization, CIRET, is concerned with research on surveys of economic tendencies that cover broad areas of business, investment, and consumer behavior.  These inquiries yield mainly qualitative data on plans and expectations of economic decision-making units.  Such data are aggregated and also in a sense quantified in form of diffusion indexes (the Ifo Business Test and its components may serve as examples), but they are basically limited to showing only the direction and not the size of changes in the economic variables covered.  A major purpose of compiling and analyzing these diffusion measures is to improve prediction of cyclical movements in business activity.  This objective is the same as that pursued in the National Bureau studies of quantitative business cycle indicators -- the latest of which is the project to be discussed in this paper.  Appraisals of the predictive records and potentials of these two time series data sets (the cyclical indicators and the expectational diffusion indexes) are therefore definitely an appropriate subject for consideration in this conference.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0006.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Definition and Impact of College Quality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0007</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Solmon</surname>
          <given-names>Lewis C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we are concerned with the characteristics of colleges which serve to increase subsequent monetary incomes of those who attend.  Usually, lifetime earnings are explained by variables such as innate ability, experience in the labor force and years of education, although other socio-economic, demographic and occupational data can be inserted to increase the explanatory power of the model.  This paper attempts to add a new dimension to the earnings function analysis by hypothesizing the features of colleges which might yield financial payoffs later in life, and then testing to see which of these traits actually do add most to the explanatory power of the traditional earnings function.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0007.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Multinational Firms and the Factor Intensity of Trade</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0008</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Merle Yahr</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In studying the impact of direct investment on the amount, direction, and composition of international trade we have found that the multinational firm fits uncomfortably into the usual theory of trade and capital movements.  We attempt here to introduce the fact of the existence of multinational firms into the explanation of trade flows and particularly into the long-running debate over the relations among factor abundance, factor prices and trade.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0008.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>From Age-Earnings Profiles to the Distribution of Earnings and Human Wealth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0009</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent development of explicit theoretical and empirical earnings functions from life cycle human capital investment models increases the potential to explain existing earnings distributions and to predict changes in it.  The purpose of this paper is to suggest how these earnings functions can be used more directly to derive predicted earnings and human  wealth distributions for populations and sub-populations with an empirical illustration.  This is accomplished by an application if statistical distribution theory as a link between the earnings function and the earnings distribution.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0009.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monte Carlo for Robust Regression: The Swindle Unmasked</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0010</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper gives an alternative derivation of a Monte Carlo method that has been used to study robust estimators.  Extensions of the technique to the regression case are also considered and some computational points are briefly mentioned.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0010.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Weighted Ridge Regression: Combining Ridge and Robust Regression Methods</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0011</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper gives the formulas for and derivation of ridge regression methods when there are weights associated with each observation.  A Bayesian motivation is used and various choices of k are discussed.  A suggestion is made as to how to combine ridge regression with robust regression methods.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0011.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Citizen Rights and the Cost of Law Enforcement</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0012</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Reder</surname>
          <given-names>Melvin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is an inherent tension between the idea that individuals have certain inalienable (natural) rights and the economist's postulate that the rate if utilization of anything  whose production requires scarce resources must be limited by considerations of opportunity cost.  Remarks about rights to life, liberty, health, justice and the like are readily inserted into political pronouncements, legislative preambles and court decisions, but they (should) cause economists to raise questions about costs and quantities.  Unfortunately, neither in ordinary language nor in the jargon of moral philosophy can such ultimate desiderata as liberty and justice be related to costs or quantities.  Hence in the first section we sketch a model of social choice in which the necessary relationships can be defined.  In section II, we give instances where, despite protestations to the contrary, the Law Enforcement System (LES) has made de facto reductions of citizen rights (liberties) in order to increase the efficiency if law enforcement.  The final section considers some of the normative implications suggested by the positive arguments of section II.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0012.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Comparisons -A Selectivity Bias</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0013</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gronau</surname>
          <given-names>Reuben</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The economics of information have been established by now as an integral part of economic analysis.  However, surprisingly little has been written on the implications of search (and in particular, job search) for the estimation of the wage function and its ramifications in such cases as the estimation of the determinants of labor force participation, age-earning profiles, rates of return and rates of depreciation of human capital, degree of discrimination, etc.  Given a wage offer distribution, the parameters of the observed wage distribution depend on the intensity of search.  The lower a personâ€™s wage demands the greater the chance of his finding an acceptable job, but the lower the wage he expects to receive and the wider the dispersion of acceptable wages around their mean.  On the other hand, the job seeker may opt for a more ambitious search strategy, raising his minimum wage demand and consequently increasing the risk of remaining unemployed, but also increasing the expected wage and decreasing the dispersion of available offers.  Models of wage offer distribution have traditionally been based on empirical observation of observed wage distribution.  This approach may involve certain biases when applied to secondary labor groups â€“ married women, teenagers and the aged.  This paper attempts to point out some of these biases and suggests a method for their correction.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0013.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects on Income of Type of College Attended</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0014</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Solmon</surname>
          <given-names>Lewis C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wachtel</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effects of particular attributes of colleges on the subsequent earnings of individuals who attend are much discussed but rarely studied systematically.  Here we seek to compare the earnings patterns of people attending different types of colleges.  The classification of colleges used in this study is the scheme developed by the Carnegie Commission on Higher Education based on the sense of commitments to research, types of programs offered and selectivity of admission of students.  We find that at the college level, differences in type of  institution attended have highly significant effects on differences in lifetime earning patterns of students.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0014.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Comparison of FIML and Robust Estimates of a Nonlinear Macroeconomic Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0015</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The prediction accuracy of six estimators of econometric models are compared.  Two of rthe estimators are ordinary least squares (OLS) and full-information maximum likelihood.  (FML).  The other four estimators are robust estimators in the sense that they give less weight to large residuals.  One of the four estimators is approximately equivalent to the least-absolute-residual (LAR) estimator, one is a combination of OLS for small residuals and LAR for large residuals, one is an estimator proposed by John W. Tukey, and one is a combination of FIML and LAR.  All of the estimators account for the first-order serial correlation of the error terms.  The main conclusion is that robust estimators appear quite promising for the estimation of econometric models.  Of the robust estimators considered in the paper, the one based on minimizing the sum of the absolute values of the residuals performed the best.  The FIML estimator and the combination of the FIML and LAR estimators also appear promising.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0015.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monte Carlo Techniques in Studying Robust Estimators</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0016</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hoaglin</surname>
          <given-names>David C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent work on robust estimation has led to many procedures, which are easy to formulate and straightforward to program but difficult to study analytically.  In such circumstances experimental sampling is quite attractive, but the variety and complexity of both estimators and sampling situations make effective Monte Carlo techniques essential.  This discussion examines problems, techniques, and results and draws on examples in studies of robust location and robust regression.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0016.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Schooling, Ability, Non Pecuniary Rewards, Socioeconomic Background and the Lifetime Distribution of Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0017</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Taubman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Inequality in income or earnings is the most indisputable fact about the distribution of income.  Inequality in income distribution  occurs in most political and economic models and has from ancient times to the modern era.  Society and government have expressed a desire to establish a minimum floor for members of society -- though the level of the floor and the means of achieving it are matters of debate.  Besides a direct interest in the questions of the sources of inequality, how to achieve income redistribution, and the efficacy of various policy tools, economists are also concerned with establishing how various labor markets operate, how rational individuals are, and how important are individual effort , chance, and predestination.   Economists have constructed various theories that purport to explain income distribution.  Some aspects of these theories have been tested against empirical observations.  This study will extend the range of such tests.  In addition, we will generate some new facts that a complete theory should be able to explain.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0017.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Deterrent Effect of Capital Punishment: A Question of Life and Death</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0018</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrlich</surname>
          <given-names>Isaac</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The debate over the legitimacy or propriety of the death penalty may be almost as old as the death penalty itself and, in the view of the increasing trend towards its complete abolition, perhaps as outdated.  Not surprisingly, and as is generally recognized by contemporary writers on this topic, the philosophical and moral arguments for or against the death penalty have remained remarkably unchanged since the beginning of the debate.  One outstanding issue has become, however, the subject of increased investigation, especially in recent years, due to its objective nature and the dominant role it has played in shaping the analytical and practical case against the death penalty.  That issue is the deterrent effect of capital punishment, a reexamination of which, in both theory and practice, is the object of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0018.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Utilization of Surgical Manpower in A Prepaid Group Practice</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0019</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hughes</surname>
          <given-names>Edward F.X</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lewit</surname>
          <given-names>Eugene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Watkins</surname>
          <given-names>Richard N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Handschin</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The median operative workload of seven general surgeons comprising the general surgical staff of a prepaid group practice of 158,000 enrollees was 9.9 hernia equivalents (HE) a week.  The value was over three times that of a previously studied population of 19 general surgeons in fee-for-service community practice, and approximated a consensus standard of a full surgical workload.  The median complexity of operations was 1.00 HE, similar to the community practice, and evidence suggested the most complex operation were handled by6 the surgeons with the most training.  23.6% of operations were performed on an ambulatory basis.  The results suggest that the prepaid group practice under study possesses administrative mechanisms to efficiently utilize both general surgeons and the resources devoted to general surgery.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0019.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Short-Run and Long-Run Prospects for Female Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0020</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discussed the prospects for female earnings relative to male earnings.  The determinants of the general level of earnings (female and male) are not considered.  I concentrate on hourly earnings as being the best measure of the price of labor from both the demand and supply points of view.  One can easily extend the discussion to annual earnings by taking account of annual hours.  (In 1970 on average employed women worked about 3/4 as many hours per year as employed men.)  The estimates of hourly earnings to be presented are calculated from the 1/1000 samples of the 1960 and the 1970 Census of Population.  The Census samples provide much useful data on employed persons including such characteristics as sex, schooling, age, race, marital status, and class of worker.  I have excluded agricultural and unpaid family members because of well-known difficulties in estimating their earnings and hours of work.  All other persons who were at work during the Census week and who had their earnings in the year preceding the Census are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0020.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Contraception and Fertility: Household Production Under Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0021</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Over the past century fertility behavior in the United Stated has undergone profound changes  Measured by cohort fertility the average number of children per married woman had declined from about 5.5 children at the time of the Civil War to 2.4 children at the time of the Great Depression.  It is seldom emphasized however that an even greater relative change took place in the dispersion of fertility among these women:  the percentage of women with, say, seven or more children declined from 36% to under 6%.  While students of population have offered reasonably convincing explanations for the decline in fertility over time, they have not succeeded in explaining the  fluctuations in the trend and have made surprisingly little effort to explain the large and systematic decline in the dispersion of fertility over time.  In this paper we attempt to study contraception behavior and its effects on fertility.  One of the effects on which we focus considerable attention is the dispersion or variance in fertility.  Our analysis is applied to cross-sectional data but it also provides an explanation for the decline in the variance in fertility over time.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0021.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Correlation Between Health and Schooling</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0022</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper has two purposes.  The first is to develop a methodological framework that can be used to introduce and discuss alternative explanations of the correlation between health and schooling.  The second is to test these explanations empirically in order to select the most relevant ones and obtain quantitative estimates of different effects.  The empirical work is limited to one rather unique body of data and uses two measures of health that are far from ideal.  The methodological framework can, however, serve as a point of departure for future research when longitudinal samples with more refined measures of current and past health and background characteristics become available.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0022.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>What Happened During the Baby Boom? New Estimates of Age and Parity: Specific Birth Probabilities for American Women</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0023</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sanderson</surname>
          <given-names>Warren C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is the main purpose of this paper to examine in detail the pattern of fertility fluctuations in the United States since the Second World War and to define, with some precision, the questions these patterns raise for students of fertility behavior.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0023.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Adaptive Control Methods for Structurally Varying Systems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0024</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sarris</surname>
          <given-names>Alexander H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Athans</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The problem of simultaneously identifying and controlling a time-varying, perfectly-observed linear system is posed.  The parameters are assumed to obey a Markov structure and are estimated with a Kalman filter.  The problem can be solved conceptually by dynamic programming, but even with a quadratic loss function the analytical computations cannot be carried out for more than one step because of the dual nature of the optimal control law.  All approximations to the solution that have been proposed in the literature, and two approximations that are presented here for the first time are analyzed.  They are classified into dual and non-dual methods.  Analytical comparison is untractable;  hence Monte Carlo simulations are used.  A set of experiments is presented in which five non-dual methods are compared.  The numerical results indicate a possible ordering among these approximations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0024.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Covariance Structure of Earnings and the On the Job Training Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0025</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hause</surname>
          <given-names>John C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1973</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The fine structure of earnings is defined by a theoretically meaningful decomposition of the covariance matrix of earnings (or log earnings) time series.  A three-element variance components model is proposed for analyzing earnings of young workers.  These components are interpreted as the effects of differential on-the-job training (OJT) and differential economic ability.  Several properties of these components and relationships between them are deduced from the OJT model.  Background noise generated by a nonstationary first-order autoregressive process, with heteroscedastic innovations and time-varying AR parameters is also assumed present in observed earnings.  ML estimates are obtained for all parameters of the model for a sample of Swedish males.  The results are consistent with the view that the OJT mechanism is an empirically significant phenomenon in determining individual earnings profiles.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0025.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Migration Flows and Their Determinants: A Comparative Study of Internal Migration in Italy and the U.S.A.</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0026</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Arora</surname>
          <given-names>Swarnjit S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper has two goals: first to describe a theoretical model which derives relationships among migration decisions explicitly from utility maximization under uncertainty; and second, to examine why nations vary in their internal migration.  To explain variation in internal migration, we hypothesize that the degree of monetization and industrialization of an economy is inversely related to the family cohesiveness; hence, a given percentage increase in relative income will have higher migratory effect in a relatively more monetized economy.  The availability of higher initial information and better transportation systems in these economies strongly complement this effect.  These hypothesis are confirmed by the estimates based on the U.S. and Italian data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0026.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Production Within the Household</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0027</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leibowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Arleen</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The amount of time married women spend in workforce has increased dramatically in the last thirty years.  This increase in labor force participation has been accompanied by changes in allocation of time to various activities in the household as well.  Since the proportion of women in the labor force has been rising, the average amount of time input to household tasks by all women has been declining over the last 50 years.  It is valuable to analyze this in the household production context: women choose not simply between work and leisure but between work in the home, work in the market and leisure.  This paper  will use time budget data to try to determine how women's education levels affect time allocation to various activities.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0027.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Wealth Effect in Occupational Choice</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0028</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to indicate regularities in the area of occupational choice using income-leisure analysis.  A simple one-period model is used to examine the effect of changes in nonhuman and human wealth on the choice of an occupation. It is argued that under certainty: An increase in nonwage income will increase the propensity to choose pleasant low-paying work activities.  An increase in human capital will also induce a choice of pleasant work activities if the income effect is dominant.  Under conditions of uncertainty an increase in nonwage income will tend to encourage the choice of risky high-paying work activities if their monetary returns are uncertain. If the nonmonetary returns of an occupation are uncertain the propensity to choose it will tend to decrease with wealth. Finally, an increase in human capital is likely to discourage the choice of occupations with risky monetary returns.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0028.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Male-Female Differences in Wages and Employment: A Specific Human Capital Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0029</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>Elisabeth M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the effects of differential turnover patterns and the existence of firm specific training, jointly financed by employer and employee, on male-female wage and employment differentials. Chapter 1 introduces the topic of sex differences in occupational distribution and compensation and presents some of the more common economic theories which are relevant to the subject.  Chapter 2 presents a model of a firm that invests in the training of its workers, where employee turnover represents depreciation on human capital. Differences in the turnover rates of men and women is shown to be an important determinant of the incentive to the employer to hire and train women as well as men. The empirical implications of the model for the relative wage and occupational distribution of women are contrasted with those derived from a model of general human capital investment. Chapter 3 outlines the problems involved in empirical formulation of the model, the choice of the unit of observation for empirical, testing, and data limitations, and presents the results of empirical testing of the model on aggregate occupational data for males and females from the 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity. In Chapter 4, the model is applied to occupational data from the 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity for black and white men as an additional test of its applicability and empirical power. Chapter 5 summarizes the empirical findings and conclusions of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0029.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Timing and Spacing of Births and Women's Labor Force Participation: An Economic Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0030</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ross</surname>
          <given-names>Sue Goetz</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This dissertation analyzes the timing and spacing of child-births within an economic framework. I have attempted to explain when women in the United States begin child bearing - i.e., the "timing" (of the first birth) - and the length of the interval they spend in child bearing - i.e., the "spacing" of births.  Chapter I introduces the topic and reviews some of the relevant literature.  In Chapter II, an economic model is developed which predicts that women with a rising price of time over the lifetime will start having their children sooner after finishing school. Those with a high price of time throughout their lifetimes will have their children closer together. The model also predicts that families whose income receipts rise sharply, at least in the early years after the husband enters the labor force, will postpone their first birth and that families with a high lifetime income will have their children farther apart. The data and variables used to test the model's hypotheses are described in Chapter III. Chapters IV and V describe, respectively, the empirical tests of the timing and the spacing hypotheses. The results of an investigation of some relationships between the timing of the various demographic events and labor force participation are reported in Chapter VI. Chapter VII summarizes the theoretical analysis and the empirical results, which generally support the timing and spacing hypotheses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0030.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Expectations and Household's Demand for Financial Assets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0031</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Taylor</surname>
          <given-names>Lester D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effects of price expectations on consumption and saving has received relatively little attention, especially at the micro level.  This paper's effort is addressed to this void. More specifically, the paper's primary purpose is to investigate whether it is possible to discern empirically a relationship between individually held price expectations and decisions of households to hold particular types of assets. To this end, I have analyzed aggregate time - series data from the National Income Accounts and the Flow-of-Funds and two bodies of micro household data, each involving several thousand households and each containing fairly detailed information on price expectations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0031.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Operational Time and Seasonality in Distributed Lag Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0032</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The following paper discusses the analysis of some types of economic time series using an altered time scale, or operational time. It is argued that for some series, observations that are ordinarily thought of as equidistant in time are actually irregularly spaced in a more natural time scale. Section A discusses point or impulse sampling of related series and the estimation of distributed lag relationships between them. Section B discusses time-aggregated sampling. In Section C, operational-time methods are used to calculate the distributed lag relationship between starts and completions for single-family dwellings in the United States. The results are statistically compared with those of ordinary distributed lag methods.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0032.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and Market Structure 1967-1973</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0033</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cagan</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A variety of theories have been offered to explain why prices generally respond so little to declines in demand, and do so now less than formerly.  Most of these center around a dependence of prices on costs, or the anticipated trend of costs, and a greater disregard for short-run changes in demand.  The more appealing hypothesis is the simple one that price setters tend to adjust slowly to changes in market conditions; they transmit but do not originate inflation.   To find that prices in the less competitive markets respond more slowly to changes in market conditions - first lagging, then catching up - would support the theory that firms try to avoid frequent changes in prices but vary in their ability to do so.  Are lags in price adjustment related to market structure?  Previous empirical studies of the relationship are inconclusive on this point.  Earlier literature, largely theoretical, has suggested that concentrated industries tend to raise prices more rapidly, thereby exerting a permanent upward push on the price level.  Empirical studies have usually reported the opposite or no consistent relation, however.  On the lag-and-catching-up theory, the concentrated industries should exhibit greater increases in the period of waning inflation after 1969.  This study examines the data for such a pattern and finds striking evidence of it.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0033.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimation of a Stochastic Model of Reproduction: An Econometric Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0034</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the past few years, there has been substantial progress in the application of the economic theory of household decision making to human fertility behavior.  Theoretical emphasis has been given to the effects of the costs of parental tine and money resources devoted to rearing children on the demand for the total number of children in a static framework under conditions of certainty. Empirical work has focused on explaining variation in the number of children ever born to women, who have completed their childbearing, as a function of measures of the household's total resources and the opportunity cost of time, especially the value of the wife's time.  One important objection to static theories of fertility is their failure to deal with the implications of the simple fact that reproduction is a stochastic biological process in which the number and timing of births and the traits of children (e.g. sex, intelligence, health, etc.) are uncertain and not subject to direct control.  In this paper, we report some initial results of a study in progress whose goal is to develop an integrated theoretical and econometric model of fertility behavior within a sequential stochastic framework. The principal contribution of the paper is to the development of an appropriate econometric methodology for dealing with some new econometric problems that arise in such models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0034.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Changes in the Recession Behavior of Wholesale Prices: The 1920s and Post World War II</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0035</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cagan</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present study examines the recession behavior of wholesale prices since World War II and compares it with the 1920s as the most recent period of earlier recessions with comparable severity. The focus is on changes in recession behavior, possible bias in the data, and differences in behavior between various groups of wholesale prices. (Differences between wholesale and consumer prices, though of importance, are not examined here.) The purpose is to extend the evidence on the degree and uniformity of the change in price behavior and to test various interpretations of those changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0035.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Theories of Fertility: What do They Explain?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0036</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sanderson</surname>
          <given-names>Warren C.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This working paper is a draft of a chapter in a larger manuscript which is concerned with the time series variations in fertility in the United States since 1920. This chapter asks how economic models of fertility aid our understanding of our demographic history. Thus little attention is given here to the suitability of economic models for the explanation of cross-sectional fertility differentials.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0036.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interpreting Spectral Analyses in Terms of Time-Domain Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0037</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Engle</surname>
          <given-names>Robert F</given-names>
          <suffix>III</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper derives relationships between frequency-domain and standard time-domain distributed-lag and autoregessive moving-average models. These relations are well known in the literature but are presented here in a pedogogic form in order to facilitate interpretation of spectral and cross-spectral analyses. In addition, the paper employs the conventions and discusses the estimation procedures used in TROLL. Some aspects of these estimation procedures are new and have not been discussed in the literature.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0037.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A General Algorithm for Simultaneous Estimation of Constant and Randomly-Varying Parameters in Lineal Relations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0038</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sarris</surname>
          <given-names>Alexander H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A recursive algorithm for estimating linear models with both constant and time-varying parameters is derived by maximization of a likelihood function. Recursive formulas are also derived for derivatives of the likelihood function; the derivatives are needed for numerical evaluation of some parameters. Smoothing formulas are also derived. The estimation algorithm is compared with others for similar classes of models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0038.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unemployment Effects of Minimum Wages</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0039</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Empirical investigation of employment effects of minimum wage legislation is a subject of continuing interest, judging by a growing number of studies. The older studies were concerned mainly with changes in employment in low-wage industries. In the more recent work, attention has shifted to effects on unemployment in low-wage demographic groups, such as teenagers. Despite the statistical difference there is no apparent recognition of a conceptual as well as substantive distinction between minimum wage effects on employment and those on unemployment. The purpose of this paper is to explore the analytical distinction between employment and unemployment effects in the hope of providing some understanding of the observations. Though related empirical work is far from being definitive the findings appear to be informative.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0039.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Legality and Reality: Some Evidence on Criminal Procedure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0040</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is widespread concern that the criminal justice system, particularly in large urban areas, is breaking down under the strain of an increasing demand for its services and inadequate resources. At the center of the system, located between the police and the prisons, are the criminal courts.  Statistics on rising crime rates, recidivism, arbitrary sentencing practices, court delay, and prison riots are taken as further evidence that the courts are failing. What has been notably scarcer is systematic empirical research on the criminal court system - research that can contribute to our understanding of the actual workings of the system and enable us to develop policies for improvement. The purpose of this study is to begin to remedy this deficiency by applying the quantitative techniques of economics to an analysis of some important issues in criminal court procedure.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0040.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Theories of Economic Regulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0041</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A major challenge to social theory is to explain the pattern of government intervention in the market - what we may call "economic regulation." Properly defined, the term refers to taxes and subsidies of all sorts as well as to explicit legislative and administrative controls over rates, entry, and other facets of economic activity. Two main theories of economic regulation have been proposed. One is the "public interest" theory, bequeathed by a previous generation of economists to the present generation of lawyers.  This theory holds that regulation is supplied in response to the demand of the public for the correction of inefficient or inequitable market practices. It has a number of deficiencies that we shall discuss. The second theory is the "capture" theory - a poor term but one that will do for now. Espoused by an odd mixture of welfare state liberals, Marxists, and free-market economists, this theory holds that regulation is supplied in response to the demands of interest groups struggling among themselves to maximize the incomes of their members. There are crucial differences among the capture theorists. I will argue that the economists' version of the "capture" theory is the most promising but shall also point out the significant weaknesses in both the theory and the empirical research that is alleged to support it.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0041.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Theory of Social Interactions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0042</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This essay incorporates a general treatment of social interactions into the modern theory of consumer demand. Section 1 introduces the topic and explores some of the existing perspectives on social interactions and their importance in the basic structure of wants.  In Section 2, various characteristics of different persons are assumed to affect the utility functions of some persons, and the behavioral implications are systematically explored. Section 3 develops further implications and applications in the context of analyzing intra-family relations, charitable behavior, merit goods and multi-persons interactions, and envy and hatred. The variety and significance of these applications is persuasive testimony not only to the importance of social interactions, but also to the feasibility of incorporating them into a rigorous analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0042.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Graphics for Data Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0043</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In recent years, graphics have become an essential part of modern data analysis.  This paper describes a system called CLOUDS which is designed to make available on inexpensive storage tube terminals a wide range of graphic tools related to data analysis, economics, and management science.  The system can be accessed nationwide by nonprofit organizations via the National Bureau of Economic Research computer network.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0043.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Statistical Analysis of Local Structure in Social Networks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0044</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leinhardt</surname>
          <given-names>Samuel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We introduce the concept of a triad census of a digraph arid show how it can be used to enumerate various types of subgraph configurations. We give the basic probabilities needed for computing means and variances for a triad census under the U-MAN distribution for digraphs. These concepts are combined to provide a way of testing propositions about social structure using sociometric data. An application to 408 sociograms is given.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0044.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Incubator Hypothesis: Evidence from Five Cities</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0045</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leone</surname>
          <given-names>Robert A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Struyk</surname>
          <given-names>Raymond</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to review the past evidence and to offer some new data to assess whether the incubator hypothesis can be empirically supported. In particular the two general aspects of the hypothesis will be tested. First, we will examine the proposition that highly centralized locations are attracting a disproportionate number of new firms and/or the employment associated with new firms. Second, we will test the hypothesis that new firms which are formed in high density areas move outward from such sites in their early years of existence in order to expand their productive activities. We refer to these as the "simple and "dynamic" hypotheses in the rest of the paper.  Our analysis is based on the experience of all manufacturers in several U.S. cities. We recognize that it is quite possible that the hypothesis could hold for certain industries even if it is unsupported for all firms together. Our intent, however, is to test the validity of the hypothesis as a general theory of intraurban location behavior.  The paper consists of three sections. The first two present evidence on the "simple" and "dynamic" hypotheses. The final section summarizes our findings and offers some conclusions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0045.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Singular Value Analysis in Matrix Computation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0046</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Viriginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses the robustness and the computational stability of the singular value decomposition algorithm used at the NBER Computer Research Center. The effect of perturbations on input data is explored. Suggestions are made for using the algorithm to get information about the rank of a real square or rectangular matrix. The algorithm can also be used to compute the best approximate solution of linear system of equations in the least squares sense, to solve linear systems of equations with equality constraints, and to determine dependencies or near dependencies among the rows or columns of a matrix. A copy of the subroutine that is used and some examples on which it has been tested are included in the appendixes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0046.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Distribution of Earnings and Human Wealth in Cycle Context</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0047</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to outline a set of conditions under which human wealth is an index of well-being in a life cycle as prefatory to empirical estimates earnings and human wealth distributions for the1960 Census population.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0047.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Protection and Competitiveness in Egyptian Agriculture and Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0048</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hansen</surname>
          <given-names>Bent</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nashashibi</surname>
          <given-names>Karim</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains the basic statistical material upon which Effective Rates of Protection (ERPs), Domestic Resource Costs (DRCs), and crop acreage responses were calculated by the authors for their volume on Egypt in the NBER project Foreign Trade Regimes and Economic Development. This material, which includes some comparisons of Egyptian costs of production with those of other countries for a number of commodities, is too extensive for that volume, in which interest is focused on the end results of the calculations. The underlying data, however, are not easily accessible: some of them took us along time to gather, and readers might want to work on the data themselves for further research in this field. We also felt that readers should be in a position to evaluate our calculations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0048.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Years and Intensity of Schooling Investing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0049</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leibowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Arleen</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An essential feature of schooling is not only that it occurs in a different site than most on-the-job training but also that it is more intensive. That is, a smaller proportion of gross potential earnings is sacrificed in on-the-job training than in schooling.  In estimating human capital earnings functions it has generally been assumed that during schooling 100% of gross potential earnings are invested in all years, while in on-the-job training this percentage is smaller and is a declining function of age. This assumption has been quite useful since it allows the identification of an estimate of the rate of return on schooling from a regression of earnings on years of schooling. This paper argues that the percentage of gross earnings invested may fall below 100% well before schooling is ended, that this percentage is likely to be correlated with years of schooling, and thus this procedure yields only a biased estimate of the rate of return to schooling.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0049.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Measuring the Effect of an Anti-Discrimination Program</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0050</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ashenfelter</surname>
          <given-names>Orley C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since 1941, six Executive Orders have been issued forbidding Federal government contractors from discriminating against minority workers. In principle, all prospective contractors are required to demonstrate compliance with the law before a contract is let. The potential penalties are severe: failure to comply with the law may result in revocation of current contracts and suspension of the right to bid on future contracts.  Despite these provisions, doubts have been raised about the effectiveness of the Orders.  Defenders of the Orders cite cases in which contract award dates have been postponed until firms have taken steps toward compliance with the law. In this paper, we investigate these competing claims using data from 40,445 establishments sampled in 1966 and 1970. In the first section of this paper, we distinguish what can be measured from what cannot. We develop a framework to measure and interpret program effects. In the second section we discuss the design of our sample and present results of an analysis of the randomness of this sample. In the third and concluding section, we present the estimates and discuss their plausibility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0050.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Age, Experience and Wage Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0051</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>During the past decade, much has been said about the role that on-the-job training plays in augmenting one's stock of human capital.  Up to this point, little has been done to distinguish the effect of on-the-job training from that of aging on the increase in human wealth.  The reason rests primarily on the fact that it is difficult to observe  or even define in some appropriate way the amount of on-the-job training that an individual possesses. In this paper, a method is developed by which one may compare the effects of work experience to those of aging per se. The difference is then attributed to on-the-job training.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0051.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transportation/Communication Considerations in the Location of Headquarters for Multi-Establishment Manufacturing Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0052</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lavey</surname>
          <given-names>Warren G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Usually transportation/communication (t/c) considerations appear as only two in a long list of factors which determine headquarters location patterns.  The research reported here singles out t/c considerations as the logical basis for headquarters location decisions. We ask: to what degree do transportation/communication consideration explain the patterns of headquarters location? The case of manufacturing firms with five or more establishments and no manufacturing activity at the headquarters location was examined. The t/c considerations were studied in terms of the advantages of close proximity between the headquarters of a firm and the manufacturing establishments of that firm and the advantages of close proximity between the headquarters of one firm and the headquarters of other firms. The findings of this research show that the logic of headquarters location patterns is heavily dependent on t/c considerations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0052.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Progress in Human Capital Analysis of the Distribution of Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0053</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The traditional studies of income distribution, a field with which economists are becoming increasingly concerned, must be described as basically sociological.  The ascendancy of the human capital approach can be viewed as a reaction of economists to this non-economic, though certainly not irrelevant, tradition.  In stressing the role played by individual and family optimizing decisions in human capital investments, important aspects of income determination are brought back within the mainstream of economic theory and within the power of its analytical and econometric tools.  Human capital is not the only element of choice in the analysis of income distribution .  Nevertheless, it appears that the subject of human capital investments lends itself to a more systematic and comprehensive analysis of wage differentials, than each of the other factors.  The following is a description of research in the distribution of labor incomes in which human capital theory serves as an organizing principle. It is, in part, a sequel to my 1970 survey and, in part, a report of ongoing research of my own and of others.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0053.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Bilateral Trade as a Development Instrument Under Global Trade Restrictions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0054</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nashashibi</surname>
          <given-names>Karim</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In their striving toward development, a number of less developed countries have espoused bilateral trade as yet another policy instrument allowing them to increase their acquisition of foreign resources. This has been particularly true of the trade of India, Pakistan, and Egypt, on which some useful empirical studies have been conducted.  The target we are interested in is not trade efficiency as an end in itself, but growth. For a number of countries, the ability to grow depends very much on the ability to import. Hence, it is in terms of this target that we propose to evaluate the efficiency of bilateral trade as a policy instrument and to examine a number of related issues, such as the terms of trade, trade diversion, and its effect on resource allocation.  A brief description of bilateral trade agreements starts our discussion followed by a three-country model as a theoretical formulation of the problem. Finally, several implications will be derived in relation to the issues mentioned above.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0054.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0055</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When an industry is monopolized, price rises above and output falls below the competitive level. Those who continue to buy the product at the higher price suffer a loss, but this loss is exactly offset by the additional revenue that the monopolist obtains by charging the higher price. Other consumers, who are deflected by the higher price to substitute goods, suffer a loss, that is not offset by gains to the monopolist. This is the "deadweight loss" from monopoly, and in conventional analysis the only social cost of monopoly.  The loss suffered by those who continue to buy the product at the higher cost is regarded merely as a transfer from consumers to owners of the monopoly seller and has not previously been factored into the social costs of monopoly.  However, the existence of an opportunity to obtain monopoly profits will attract resources into efforts to obtain monopolies, and the opportunity costs of those resources are social costs of monopoly, too. Although the tendency of monopoly rents to be transformed into costs is no longer a novel insight, its implications both for the measurement of the aggregate social costs of monopoly and for a variety of other important issues relating to monopoly and public regulation (including tax policy) continue to be ignored.  The present paper is an effort to rectify this neglect.  Part I introduces the material.  Part II presents a simple model of the social costs of monopoly, conceived as the sum of the deadweight loss and the additional loss resulting from the competition to become a monopolist.  Part III uses the model to estimate the social costs of monopoly in the United States, and the social benefits of antitrust enforcement. Part IV explores the implications of the analysis for a variety of issues relating to monopoly and public regulation, such as public policy toward price discrimination and the choice between income and excise taxation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0055.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Comparison of Robust and Varying Parameter Estimates of a Macroeconometric Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0056</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Four estimators of econometric models are compared for predictive accuracy. Two estimators assume that the parameters of the equations are subject to variation over time. The first of these, the adaptive regression technique (ADR), assumes that the intercept varies overtime, while the other, a varying-parameter regression technique (VPR), assumes that all parameters may be subject to variation. The other two estimators are ordinary least squares (OLS) and a robust estimator that gives less weight to large residuals. The vehicle for these experiments is the econometric model developed by Ray Fair. The main conclusion is that varying parameter techniques appear promising for the estimation of econometric models. They are clearly superior in the present context for short term forecasts.  Of the two varying parameter techniques considered, ADR is superior over longer prediction intervals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0056.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Varying-Parameter Supply Functions and the Sources of Economic Distress in American Agriculture, 1866-1914</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0057</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>DeCanio</surname>
          <given-names>Steven J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The agrarian unrest in the United States at the end of the nineteenth century is examined. This unrest is often viewed as stemming from the inability of farmers to adapt to changing conditions in world agriculture. This hypothesis is tested in the context of a distributed lag supply function. Varying parameter estimation methods are used to trace the history of the parameters in the supply function and to decompose observed prices into permanent and transitory components over time. The patterns of variation are tested for conformity with a model of rational price-expectation formation. The conclusion is that farmers behaved as economic theory would predict, but that neither theory nor practice gave them relief from the troubles which plagued them.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0057.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Monte Carlo Study of Two Robust Alternatives of Least Square Regression Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0058</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We give some Monte Carlo results on the performance of two robust alternatives to least squares regression estimation - least absolute residuals and the one-step "sine" estimator. We show how to scale the residuals for the sine estimator to achieve constant efficiency at the Gaussian across various choices of X-matrix and give some results for the contaminated Gaussian distribution.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0058.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Analysis of Firm Demand for Protection Against Crime</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0059</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is well known that as a result of spiralling crime rates, public expenditures for police protection have been rising at a rapid rate. It is less well known, however, that private expenditures for guards, protective services and equipment have kept pace with the increasing public expenditures.  Despite the fact that in 1970 the private sector allocated at least $3.3 billion of its resources to protection, and this sum is two-thirds the size of the corresponding public outlay, no one has explicitly analyzed the determinants of the private sector's demand for protection.  This article, which summarizes a larger study, attempts to fill this gap by considering firm demand for protection.  The main purpose of this article is to answer three questions. One, how is firm demand for protection related to business losses from crime and the probability of crime? Two, are public and private expenditures substitutes or complements? Three, does a firm choose self-protection as a substitute for market insurance or will it spend more on protection if it has insurance?  Part I describes a theoretical framework for analyzing a firm's protection decisions. In Part II I discuss the data set that is used to test the model and the methods of proxying some of the unobserved theoretical variables. Part III presents the results of the empirical analysis. In Part IV the data are used to test what factors, holding protection expenditures constant, predict whether or not a firm will be victimized.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0059.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Variances of Regression Coefficient Estimates Using Aggregate Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0060</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuh</surname>
          <given-names>Edwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the effect of aggregation on the variance of parameter estimates for a linear regression model with random coefficients and an additive error term. Aggregate and microvariances are compared and measures of relative efficiency are introduced. Necessary conditions for efficient aggregation procedures are obtained from the Theil aggregation weights and from measures of synchronization related to the work of Grunfeld and Griliches.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0060.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Factoring LP Block-Angular Bases</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0061</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Orchard-Hays</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A factorization of the basis for any block-angular 12 model is presented, and its inverse is shown to be readily maintainable as piecemeal product-forms plus possible additional columns. Straightforward rules for piecemeal transformation of full rows and columns are given.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0061.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Private Enforcement of Law</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0062</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An important question in the economic study of enforcement is the appropriate, and the actual, division of responsibilities between public and private enforcers. This question has been brought into sharp focus recently by an article in which Gary Becker and George Stigler advocate the privatization of law enforcement.  In the present article, we explore the idea that the area in which private enforcement is in fact clearly preferable to public enforcement on efficiency grounds is more restricted than Becker and Stigler believe; perhaps the existing division of enforcement between the public and private sectors approximates the optimal division.  Part I develops an economic model of competitive, profit-maximizing private enforcement. The model predicts the level of enforcement and the number of offenses that would occur in a world of exclusively private enforcement.  Part II refines the model to account for the presence of monopoly in the private enforcement industry, different assignments of property rights in legal claims, the effect of taxing private enforcers, nonmonetary penalties, and legal errors - elements ignored in the initial development of the model in Part I.  Part III contrasts our model with other economic approaches to the enforcement question. Part IV presents a number of positive implications of the model, relating to the choice between public and private enforcement of criminal versus civil laws, the assignment of exclusive rights to the victims of offenses, the budgets of public agencies, the discretionary nonenforcement of the law, and the legal treatment of blackmail and bribery. The positive implications of the model appear to be consistent with observations of the real world, although the findings in Part IV must be regarded as highly tentative. An appendix discusses the economics of rewards - an important method of compensating private enforcers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0062.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Censored Regression Models with Unobserved Stochastic Censoring Thresholds</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0063</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The "Tobit" model is a useful tool for estimation of regression models with a truncated or limited dependent variable, but it requires a threshold which is either a known constant or an observable and independent variable. The model presented here extends the Tobit model to the censored case where the threshold is an unobserved and not necessarily independent random variable. Maximum likelihood procedures can be employed for joint estimation of both the primary regression equation and the parameters of the distribution of that random threshold. The appropriate likelihood function is derived, the conditions necessary for identification are revealed, and the particular estimation difficulties are discussed. The model is illustrated by an application to the determination of a housewife's value of time.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0063.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Data Analysis, Communication, and Control</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0064</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The role of data analysis in communication, persuasion, and decision-making is discussed. Some problems with current data-analysis practice are presented, including communication, complex models, large data bases, one-pass processing, rigid assumptions, resistance, validity, prior information, access to new methods, and the responsiveness of data analysis researchers to real world needs. Recent progress in these areas is then outlined, with emphasis on graphics, Bayesian regression, robust estimation, and jackknife, and interactive computing systems. Some remaining challenges for data analysts and others who are trying to integrate data into decision-making processes are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0064.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form--A General Econometric Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0065</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form of an econometric model is introduced, and its relationship to several traditional forms of representation is discussed.  The traditional forms are viewed as special cases of the Rational Structural Form.  Thus, the latter provides a unified framework for any treatment of the linear, time invariant modeling problem.  In particular, a solution of the estimation problem for the Rational Structural Form leads to the solution of the estimation problem for all traditional forms.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0065.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Detecting and Assessing the Problems Caused by Multi-Collinearity: A Useof the Singular-Value Decomposition</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0066</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Belsley</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a means for detecting the presence of multicollinearity and for assessing the damage that such collinearity may cause estimated coefficients in the standard linear regression model. The means of analysis is the singular value decomposition, a numerical analytic device that directly exposes both the conditioning of the data matrix X and the linear dependencies that may exist among its columns. The same information is employed in the second part of the paper to determine the extent to which each regression coefficient is being adversely affected by each linear relation among the columns of X that lead to its ill conditioning.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0066.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Human Capital and Labor Supply: A Synthesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0067</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is by now widely recognized that investment decisions play a major role in the determination of individual age-earnings profiles. The purpose of this paper is to present a simple life-cycle model of investment in human capital in which leisure choices are explicitly incorporated. In so doing, we integrate two previously disparate branches of life-cycle theory: models of labor supply with exogenous wages, and models of human capital formation with exogenous leisure.  Of course, to accomplish this, we must posit utility maximization as the individual's goal rather than income maximization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0067.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On a General Computer Algorithm for the Analysis of Models with Limited Dependent Variables</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0068</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Several econometric models for the analysis of relationships with limited dependent variables have been proposed, including the probit, Tobit, two-limit probit, ordered discrete, and friction models. Widespread application of these methods has been hampered by the lack of suitable computer programs. This paper provides a concise survey of the various models; suggests a general functional model under which they may be formulated and analyzed; reviews the analytic problems and the similarities and dissimilarities of the models; and outlines the appropriate and necessary methods of analysis including, but not limited to, estimation. It is thus intended to serve as a guide for users of the various models, for the preparation of suitable computer programs, for the users of those programs; and, more specifically, for the users of the program package utilizing the functional model as implemented on the NBER TROLL system.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0068.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Ridge Estimators for Distributed Lag Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0069</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maddala</surname>
          <given-names>G.S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper explains how the Almon polynominal lag specification can be made stochastic in two different ways - one suggested by Shiller and another following the lines of Lindley and Smith. It is shown that both the estimators can be considered as modified ridge estimators. The paper then compares these modified ridge estimators with the ridge estimator suggested by Hoerl and Kennard. It is shown that for the estimation of distributed lag models the ridge estimator suggested by Hoerl and Kennard is not useful but that the modified ridge estimators corresponding to the stochastic versions of the Almon lag are promising. The paper has two empirical illustrations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0069.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Qualitative Variables</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0070</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maddala</surname>
          <given-names>G.S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1974</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A variety of qualitative dependent variable models are surveyed with attention focused on the computational aspects of their analysis. The models covered include single equation dichotomous models; single equation polychotomous models with unordered, ordered, and sequential variables; and simultaneous equation models. Care is taken to illucidate the nature of the suggested "full information" and "limited information" approaches to the simultaneous equation models and the formulation of recursive and causal chain models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0070.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Theory of Productive Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0071</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrlich</surname>
          <given-names>Isaac</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ben-Zion</surname>
          <given-names>Uri</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The central thesis of this paper is that the management of portfolios incorporating a variety of investment assets does require the use of time and other scarce resources in searching for, collecting, interpreting, and applying relevant information. Accordingly, the returns on these assets would depend, in part, on managerial efforts and abilities and other related inputs. The plan of the paper is as follows. A life cycle model of consumption and productive saving without borrowing is developed in Section I. Borrowing is introduced into the model and its relationship to productive saving is explored in Section II. In Section III we attempt to elucidate the model's implications concerning capital accumulation paths and life cycle variations in resource allocations to productive activities. Implications regarding the determinants of the propensity to save are derived in Section IV and then briefly examined in light of some earlier theoretical and empirical findings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0071.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Goodness of Match</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0072</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolff</surname>
          <given-names>Edward N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Though the statistical techniques vary, the matching problem is essentially the same in each case and can be stated formally as follows: Given "observations on X,Y from one sample and on X,Z from another sample, when will it be true that by matching observations according to X, an artificial Y,Z sample will result whose distribution is the true joint Y,Z distribution?"(Sims,1972, p. 355). Though the imputed Y,Z distribution will, in general, be different from the true Y,Z distribution, the closeness of the two yields a natural criterion of the goodness of match. By making certain simplifying assumptions, we can make this criterion operational. The goodness of match depends on how much of the relation between Y and Z is transmitted through X - that is, on how X "mediates" between Y and Z.  Since the functional form the lower and upper bounds on the true correlation between Y and Z takes depends on the number of X variables, we shall treat the problem in three stages: (a) The case of one mediating variable.(b) The case of two mediating variables. (c) The case of n mediating variables.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0072.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Physicians in the Production of Hospital Output</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0073</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pauly</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Satterthwaite</surname>
          <given-names>Mark A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to present estimates of production functions for hospitals in which a measure of the level of physician input is utilized. Since no data on the total number of hours worked by non-salaried physicians is available for a large sample of U.S. hospitals, alternative measures of physician input had to be constructed. As these measures are somewhat imperfect, the results I obtain should be considered tentative and preliminary.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0073.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Variation Across Household in the Rate of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0074</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reports on an empirical investigation of the distribution of inflation rates across households. The study uses a large cross-sectional survey of households to obtain information on the composition of the market bundles of goods and services purchased by each of several thousand households in the U.S. It also uses published data for the U.S. on monthly changes in the separate indices of prices of some fifty expenditure items which comprise consumers' market bundles. With information on price changes for these fifty items and the composition of households' consumption bundles, a price index is computed for each of some 11,000 households separately for several recent periods of time. The distributions of these price indices are studied and the relationships between household characteristics and these price indices are investigated.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0074.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Implementing and Documenting Random Number Generators</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0075</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hoaglin</surname>
          <given-names>David C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>As simulation arid Monte Carlo continue to play an increasing role in statistical research, careful attention must be given to problems which arise in implementing and documenting collect ions of random number generators. This paper examines the value of theoretical as well as empirical evidence in establishing the quality of generators, the selection of generators to comprise a good basic set, the techniques and efficiency of implementation, and the extent of documentation. Illustrative examples are drawn from various current sources.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0075.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Robust Non-Linear Regression Using The Dogleg Algorithm</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0076</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Richard A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>What are the statistical and computational problems associated with robust nonlinear regression? This paper presents a number of possible approaches to these problems and develops a particular algorithm based on the work of Powell and Dennis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0076.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>FIML Estimation of Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0077</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Rational Distributed Lag Structural Form (RSF) representation of an econometric model is introduced and its relationship to several standard forms of representation is discussed.  The FIML estimation problem for the RSF is then considered and formulated as a nonlinear, unconstrained  optimization problem.  A solution to the relation optimization problem is then obtained by an application of the Davidon-Fletcher-Powell variable metric method using simple first difference approximations for the necessary gradients.  This approach requires a minimum of effort on the part of the model builder since there is no longer  any need to analytically determine, and then program, the gradient expressions.  The feasibility of the method is demonstrated with several examples.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0077.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tables of Sample Size For the F-Test in One Way Analysis of Variance Designs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0078</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a method for computing the value of N for which the usual non-central F-test will have a certain power. Extensive tables are computed and displayed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0078.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Consumer Expenditure Function</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0079</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A consumer expenditure function which integrates pure consumption and household investment in durable goods is formulated and estimated. Because of reduced reliance on the official classification of commodities as durable or nondurable, a considerable increase in ability to explain consumer expenditures results as compared to multiequation models. Further empirical investigation provides strong evidence that: (1) private sector income is significantly better than disposable personal income for explaining consumer expenditures, (2) the M1 definition of money is similarly superior to both M2 and M3 definitions, and (3) the weight of current income in permanent income is about 10% per annum. Data appendix included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0079.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inequality: Earnings vs. Human Wealth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0080</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The objective of this paper is to draw some inferences concerning the relative magnitudes of inequality in annual earnings, the traditional measure, and in human wealth, the measure suggested by recent literature. A second objective is to assess the relative importance of schooling, measured ability and to a limited extent family background in earnings and human wealth inequality as well as the overall contribution of these variables combined. A unique feature of this study is the estimation of earnings and human wealth and their distribution for a group of men for which several age-earnings data points are available over almost an entire lifetime (ages eighteen to fifty-four).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0080.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Parental Bequest to Children</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0081</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leibowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Arleen</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>If the expenditure of resources in childhood affects the outcomes in adulthood, the adult distribution of education and incomes will depend at least partially on investments made in childhood. There is considerable variation in the amount of parental inputs children of various socio-economic statuses receive. In the empirical work that follows, we will show a relationship between very specific inputs of time by parents and later achievements of children.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0081.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Certain Aspects of Generalized Box-Jenkins Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0082</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We define a class of models that are generalizations of regression models and moving average-autoregressive time series models. Then we investigate the asymptotic and computational properties of the maximum likelihood estimator, with numerical examples. The main conclusion is that care must be exercised when using simple approximations to the covariance matrix of the estimates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0082.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Robust Line Estimation With Errors in Both Variables</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0083</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Michael L.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The estimator holding the central place in the theory of the multivariate "errors-in-the-variables" (EV) model results from performing orthogonal recession on variables rescaled according to the covariance matrix of the errors [7]. Our first principal finding, via Monte Carlo on the univariate model, essentially relegates this estimator to use only in large samples on very well-behaved data, i.e., with no trace of outlier contamination. A modification, requiring a robust preliminary slope, is proposed that essentially sets out the generalization to EV of the w-estimator in regression. It is demonstrated that the modification is robust to outlier contamination even in small samples, given a sufficiently good preliminary estimator. A candidate for a preliminary slope estimator based on the data is proposed arid its performance under simulation examined. Least-absolute residuals estimation in EV is cited as an alternative candidate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0083.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Comparison of Two Simple Methods for Obtaining Robust Confidence Intervals</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0084</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hill</surname>
          <given-names>Richard W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we study two methods for finding confidence limits for the simple median. One method is the new parametric procedure based on the sign test, and the other is derived in the paper. The two methods are compared asymptotically and also for small samples</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0084.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Identification of Time Varying Structures</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0085</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The identifiability of reduced form econometric models with variable coefficients is investigated using the control theoretic concepts of uniform complete observability and uniform complete controllability. First, a variant of the state space representation of the traditional reduced form is introduced which transcribes the underlying non-stationary estimation problem into one particularly suited to a Kalman filtering solution. Using such a formulation, observability and controllability can be called upon to obtain a necessary and sufficient condition for identification of the specific parameterization. The results so obtained are completely analogous to those already established in the econometric literature, namely, that the parameters of the reduced form are always identified subject to the absence of multicollinearity(referred to as "persistent excitation" in the control literature). How-ever, now the multicollinearity condition is seen to depend on the structure of the parameter variations as well as the statistical nature of the explanatory variables. The verification of identifiability thus reduces to a check for uniform complete observability which can always be affected in econometric applications. Some consistency results are also presented which derive from the above approach.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0085.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>THe Use of the Box Step Method in Discrete Optimization</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0086</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marsten</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Boxstep method is used to maximize Lagrangean functions in the context of a branch-and-bound algorithm for the general discrete optimization problem. Results are presented for three applications: facility location, multi-item production scheduling, and single machine scheduling.  The performance of the Boxstep method is contrasted with that of the subgradient optimization method.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0086.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exports and Foreign Investment in the Pharmaceutical Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0087</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Merle Yahr</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The relationship between direct investment and trade has always been recognized as one of the most difficult aspects of the study of multinational companies and their impact on their own countries and their affiliates' host countries. We cannot solve the fundamental dilemma of the inability to run controlled experiments to determine what would happened in a given instance without direct governmental investment, but we have assembled a better set of data than was available to previous studies.  From these we hope to narrow the range of plausible assumptions and, from there on, the range of plausible conclusions.  This paper describes some experiments with our data set on a single industry: pharmaceuticals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0087.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Three-And-A-Half Million U.S. Employees Have Been Mislaid: Or, An Explanation of Unemployment, 1934-1941</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0088</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A major conceptual error in the standard BLS and Lebergott unemployment estimates for 1933-1943 is reported. Emergency workers (employees of federal contracyclical programs such as WPA) were counted as unemployed on a normal-jobs-to-be-created instead of job-seekers unemployment definition. For 1934-1941, the corrected unemployment levels are reduced by two to three-and-a half million people and the rates by 4 to 7 percentage points. The corrected data show strong movement toward the natural unemployment rate after 1933 and are very well explained by an anticipations-search model using annual full-time earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0088.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternative Prior Representations of Smoothness for Distributed Lag Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0089</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In some applications of the distributed lag model, theory requires that all lag coefficients have a positive sign. A distributed lag estimator which provides estimated coefficients with positive sign is developed here which is analogous to an earlier distributed lag estimator derived from "smoothness priors" which did not assure that all estimated coefficients be positive. The earlier estimator with unconstrained signs was a posterior mode of the coefficients based on a spherically normal "smoothness prior" in the d+l order differences of the coefficients.  The newer estimator with constrained sign is a posterior mode of the logs of the coefficients based on spherically normal "smoothness prior" on the d+l order differences of the logs of the coefficients. The meaning of both categories of prior is discussed in this paper and they are compared to prior parameterizations of the lag curve. Both varieties of "smoothness prior", in contrast to the parameterizations, allow the coefficients to assume any "smooth" shape subject to the sign constraint. The sign-constrained estimator has the additional advantage that it easily forms asymptotes. Moreover, the sign con-strained estimator is easily implemented. The estimate can be obtained by an iterative procedure involving regressions with dummy observations similar to those used to find the unconstrained sign estimator. An illustrative example of the application of both estimators is given at the end of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0089.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Maximum Likelihood Stage Least Squares Estimator in the Nonlinear Simultaneous Equations Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0090</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Amemiya</surname>
          <given-names>Takeshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The consistency and the asymptotic normality of the maximum likelihood estimator in the general nonlinear simultaneous equation model are proved. It is shown that the proof depends on the assumption of normality unlike in the linear simultaneous equation model. It is proved that the maximum likelihood estimator is asymptotically more efficient than the nonlinear three-stage least squares estimator if the specification is correct, However, the latter has the advantage of being consistent even when the normality assumption is removed. Hausrnan' s instrumental-variable-interpretation of the maximum likelihood estimator is extended to the general nonlinear simultaneous equation model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0090.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Autoregressive Spectrum Estimation Technique Allied to Quarterly Consumer Durables Expenditure Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0091</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lavey</surname>
          <given-names>Warren G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Classical spectral techniques can provide sharp insights into the cyclical patterns in a time series of economic data. Various problems in the application of classical spectral techniques, such as the choices of smoothing routine and bandwidth and the appearance of end-effects, inhibit the usefulness of spectral analysis. Alternatively, an autoregressive spectral technique does not share these problems, but does present the difficulty of the choice of the order of the autoregression. This paper applies classical and autoregressive spectral techniques to quarterly consumer durables expenditure data, discusses three approaches to the choice of the order of the autoregression, and compares the results of the different spectral techniques. Autoregressive spectral analysis provides a superior representation for this time series.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0091.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Schooling as a Wage Depressant</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0092</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We investigate the relationship between current schooling and current wage rates. Casual observation seems to reflect a discontinuity in wage rate growth which occurs when an individual completes school and joins the labor force as a permanent member. This suggests that the time spent in work while attending school is in some sense secondary. Here, the marginal value of the individual's time is considerably lower than the average value of his time. The problem is essentially one of "anti-complementarities" between the production of human capital through formal schooling and working in the primary occupation. More generally, the productivity of an individual's time in one endeavor is not independent of how the rest of his time is spent. If this is the case, students will be willing to accept lower paying jobs which do not greatly diminish the productivity of school time in lieu of jobs offering higher wages at the cost of a greater reduction in school time productivity. The wages of students, other things constant, are about 12% lower than those of non-students. The magnitude of this wage differential is surprisingly large and warrants investigation on empirical grounds alone. This paper explores the empirical relationship and examines various explanations for it. Finally, implications of the analyses are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0092.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rational Expectations and the Dynamic Structure of Macroeconomic Models:A Critical Review</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0093</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The recent literature on rational expectations in macroeconomic theory is surveyed here with the objective of distilling from the various papers useful suggestions for econometric methodology. The paper is not concerned with the empirical questions with which these models have been associated, but rather with the value and usefulness of the concept of rational expectations. The paper begins with a brief discussion of the theory of martingales as it has been applied to microeconomic theory. Then, the general linear rational expectations model (of which most models discussed in the literature are, in terms of their structure, special cases) is developed arid its properties, advantages and drawbacks discussed. The paper concludes with a discussion of the possibilities for estimation arid application of such linear models.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0093.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Decision-Stage Method: Convergence Proof, Special Application, and Computation Experience</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0094</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dharmadhikari</surname>
          <given-names>Vinay</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a new method for obtaining exact optimal solutions for a class of discrete-variable non-linear resource-allocation problems. The new method is called the decision-state method because, unlike the conventional dynamic programming method which works only in the state space, the new method works in the state space and the decision space. It generates and retains only a fraction of the points in the state space at which the state functions are discontinuous; and thus overcomes to some extent the curse of dimensionality. It carries the cumulative decision-strongs associated with these points, and thus avoids the backtracking entailed by the conventional dynamic programming method for recovering the optimal decisions. A concise and complete statement of the method is given in Algorithm 2 and it is proved that the algorithm finds all exact optimal solutions. In addition the method is adapted for solving some problems with special structures such as block-angular or split-block-angular constraints and the resultant substantial advantages are demonstrated. The performance of Algorithm 2 on many resource-allocations problems is reported, along with investigations on many tactical decisions which have substantial impact on the performance. The performance of the computer implementation of Algorithm 2 is compared with that of the MMDP algorithm and it showed that for the class of problems at which the two are aimed, the decision-state Algorithm 2 performed better than MMDP algorithm both in terms of storage requirement and solution time. In fact, it achieved an order of magnitude saving in storage requirement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0094.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Qualitative Information, Reputation, and Monopolistic Competition</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0095</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lott</surname>
          <given-names>John R</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Much recent research in the economics of information has analyzed the implications of alternative market structures in the presence of qualitative characteristics which cannot be accurately and objectively measured or described. This approach avoids the more basic question of the influence of qualitative information on the emergence of market structures. This paper argues that market structures arise which minimize total average production and information costs and that qualitative characteristics produce structures utilizing reputation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0095.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Specification Errors in Limited Dependent Variable Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0096</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maddala</surname>
          <given-names>G.S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nelson</surname>
          <given-names>Forrest D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A preliminary investigation of two specification error problems in truncated dependent variable models is reported. It is shown that heteroscedasticity in a tobit model results in biased estimates when the model is misspecified. This differs from the OLS model where estimates are still consistent though inefficient. The second problem examined is aggregation. An appropriate nonlinear least squares regression model is derived for situations when the micro-level model fits a tobit framework but only aggregate data are available.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0096.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Human Wealth and Human Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0097</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, a few theoretical issues will be raised regarding the relationship between the distribution of human capital and that of human wealth. Special attention will be paid to the empirical implications of the analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0097.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Demand for Nursing Home Care: An Analysis of the Substitution Between Institutional and Noninstitutional Care</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0098</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chiswick</surname>
          <given-names>Barry</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the demand for nursing home care for the aged. The cross-sectional analysis indicates a high price elasticity of demand (-2.2), and that the demand is greater the less capable are the aged of providing own care, the better the job opportunities of adult women, and the wealthier the SMSA. Utilization increased 67percentfrom 1963 to 1973,but 64 percentage points is attributable to changes in these demand shift variables. This casts doubt on the view that the growth in utilization was largely stimulated by changing public policies during the period.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0098.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Earnings of Scientists, 1960-1970: Experience, Age and Vintage Effects</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0099</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this study is to present a simple but explicit model of on-the-job training which may enable us to separate and identify various types of vintage effects. An attempt is made to apply the model to the data on the earnings of American scientists in the period 1960-1970.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0099.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Finding a Dual Feasible Solution to an LP with M Equalities in (l&amp;M) Dual Iterations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0100</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dharmadhikari</surname>
          <given-names>Vinay</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Lemke's dual-simplex method of linear programming is usually considered inferior to the primal simplex method for any general linear programming problems. One reason given is the difficulty of finding a starting dual-feasible basis. In this paper, a new starting technique is presented, which finds a dual-feasible basis in a single dual-simplex pivot for LP's with no equality constraints, and in (l+m3 ) pivots for LP'S with m3 equality constraints irrespective of the number of inequality constraints. The technique is illustrated on a small example problem. The performance, in terms of the number of pivots to optimality, of the dual-simplex with the new starting technique on 100 medium sized problems is reported and compared with that of the primal simplex. Finally, how the dual-simplex with the new starting technique can be efficiently implemented is briefly discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0100.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Innovation and Foreign Investment Behavior of the U.S. Pharmaceutical Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0101</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cohen</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Katz</surname>
          <given-names>Jorge</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Beck</surname>
          <given-names>William T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper deals with the links between the development of new drugs, and particularly of innovative new drugs, and the international activities of  U.S. drug companies. While U.S. drug companies have developed new production processes - the most notable being the fermentation process for making penicillin - we concentrate in this paper on new products. Since production costs comprise less than 40 percent of the selling price of drugs and since the person choosing the drug rarely pays for it, growth in company sales and profits comes more from introducing new products than from cutting costs and prices of old products. The main novelty of our study is our examination of "innovative" as contrasted with "imitative" new drugs. Previous studies have generally focused on the total number of new drugs produced each year, but since our interest is in the causes and consequences of innovation, we have concentrated on the products we have rated as innovative. Section I explains our criteria for this distinction and presents our enumeration of the innovative new drugs for each of the 22 companies in our sample. In Section II we discuss trends in the rate of drug innovation and the factors influencing those trends. Section III describes our sample of drug companies and characterizes them with respect to their size, research investment, and innovativeness.  Section IV examines the relation of innovativeness to the foreign activities of individual firms. In Section  V we analyze, for a sample of 7 new drugs introduced by two companies, the rate at which use of the drugs was diffused among various countries arid the impact of the presence of manufacturing plants on the rate of diffusion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0101.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education and Screening</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0102</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolpin</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Section I introduces the material. In section II a model is developed which explores the impact of input-quality uncertainty on factor demand from which is derived a rationale for the use of devices which segment the population into classes differing in their "skill" distribution parameters. The model, however, ignores the motivation of individuals to acquire the characteristics upon which firms screen, in particular, the greater incentive for the more productive to purchase the screen. This aspect has been explored by Spence (1973) and Stiglitz (1973) and will not be explicitly considered here. In section III the social value of schooling's informational context is derived within the preceeding framework. Section IV describes some empirical attempts to isolate the productivity and identification effects. The last section summarizes the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0102.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rosepack Document 1: Guidelines for Writing Semi-portable Fortran</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0103</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Transferring Fortran subroutines from one manufacturer's machine to another or from one operating system to another puts certain constrains on the construction of the Fortran statements that are used in the subroutines. The reliable performance of this mathematical software should be unaffected by the host environment in which the software is used or by the compiler from which the code is generated. In short, the algorithm is to he independent of the computing environment in which it is run. The subroutines of ROSEPACK (Robust Statistics Estimation Package) are Fortran IV source code designed to be semi-portable where semi-portable is defined to mean transportable with minimum change.*</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0103.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education: Consumption or Production</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0104</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It can be claimed that education is simply a normal consumption good and that like all other normal goods, an increase in wealth will produce an increase in the amount of schooling purchased. Increased incomes are associated with higher schooling attainment as the simple result of an income effect.  If this is so, schooling increases an individual's wealth only by the consumption value of the good, since it is a non-saleable asset. This paper will attempt to determine empirically the amount by which an increase in wealth is caused by schooling as distinguished from the amount by which the demand for schooling increases as the result of an increase in wealth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0104.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time-Utilization of a Population of General Practitioners in a Prepaid Group Practice</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0105</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Watkins</surname>
          <given-names>Richard N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hughes</surname>
          <given-names>Edward F.X</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lewit</surname>
          <given-names>Eugene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A population of seven general surgeons in a prepaid group practice previously shown to have a mean operative work load of 9.2 HE per week were found to have a mean standardized seven day working week of 56.2 hours exclusive of evening activities. The surgeons also devoted a mean of 6.7 evening hours to professional activities for a total working week of 62.9 hours. Comparisons of the time utilization of this population of general surgeons with a population of previously studied community surgeons revealed that the prepaid group surgeons were able to maintain a surgical output more than double that of the community surgeons without having to devote twice as much time to professional activities. Economies in the utilization of surgical manpower in the prepaid group appear to stem from geographic and specialty restrictions on the scope of work of the surgeons, from a reduction of waiting time in the office, and from the utilization of paraprofessional personnel for operative assisting.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0105.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Parametric Integer Programming the Right Hand Side Case</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0106</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marsten</surname>
          <given-names>Roy A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Morin</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A family of integer programs is considered whose right-hand-sides lie on a given line segment L. This family is called a parametric integer program (PIP). Solving a (PIP) means finding an optimal solution for every program in the family. It is shown how a simple generalization of the conventional branch-and-bound approach to integer programming makes it possible to solve such a (PIP). The usual bounding test is extended from a comparison of two point values to a comparison of two functions defined on the line segment L. The method is illustrated on a small example and computational results for some larger problems are reported.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0106.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security and Retirement Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0107</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One of the most striking features of the postwar U.S. economy has been the rapid decrease in the labor force participation of the elderly at a time when the health of this group has been improving. In spite of this, previous research, based on retrospective interviews with the retired population, usually concludes that poor health accounts for the overwhelming majority of retirements. The current results suggest that nothing could be further from the truth. Using data from the Panel Study of Income Dynamics, we follow a cohort of white married males through their sixties to estimate a model of retirement behavior. Using several definitions of retirement suggested in the literature, the results suggest that the two key policy parameters of the social security system â€“ the income guarantee and the implicit tax on earnings â€“ exert an enormous influence on retirement decisions. For example, our results suggest that a decrease in the implicit tax rate on earnings from one-half to one-third would reduce the annual probability of retirement by almost sixty percent! Applying the coefficient estimates to time series data on the labor force participation of the elderly implies that the social security sys-tem has been the major factor in the explosion in earlier retirement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0107.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Are Health Workers Underpaid?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0108</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is a clear need for a firm statistical base describing the levels and rates of change of wages for various types of manpower in hospitals and other health settings, and for analytical studies designed to explain the causes and consequences of wage variation in the health industry. This paper is intended to fill the first need, and provide data for the second. With the rich detail provided in the public use samples of the 1960 and 1970 Censuses of Population, it is possible to calculate hourly earnings rates for all allied health personnel classified by occupation, sex, schooling, geographical location, and many other characteristics. Furthermore, it is possible to compare these earnings with those of workers with similar characteristics in other non-farm industries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0108.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on Automating Stem and Leaf Displays</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0109</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hoaglin</surname>
          <given-names>David C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wasserman</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The stem-and-leaf display is a natural semi-graphic technique to include in statistical computing systems. This paper discusses the choices involved in implementing both automated and flexible versions of the display, develops an algorithm for the automated version, examines various implementation considerations, and presents a set of semi-portable FORTRAN subroutines for producing stem-and-leaf displays.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0109.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Independent Judiciary in an Interest-Group Perspective</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0110</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We believe that at a deeper level the independent judiciary is not only consistent with, but essential to, the interest-group theory of government. Part I of this paper explains our theory of the independent judiciary. Part II discusses several implications of the theory, relating to administrative regulation, the form of interest-group legislation, the tenure of judges, and constitutional adjudication. The appendix to this paper presents an empirical analysis of judicial independence using data on Acts of Congress that have been held unconstitutional by the Supreme Court.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0110.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Confidence Regions for Robust Regression</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0111</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes the results of a Monte Carlo study of certain aspects of robust regression confidence region estimation for linear models with one, five, and seven parameters. One-step sine estimators (c = l.42) were used with design matrices consisting of short-tailed, Gaussian, and long-tailed columns. The samples were generated from a variety of contaminated Gaussian distributions. A number of proposals for covariance matrices were tried, including forms derived from asymptotic considerations and from weighted-least squares with data dependent weights. Comparisons with: the Monte Carlo "truth" were made using generalized eigenvalues. In order to measure efficiency and compute approximate t-values, linear combinations of parameters corresponding to the largest eigenvalues of the "truth" were examined. For design matrices with columns of modest kurtosis, the covariance estimators all give reasonable results and, after adjusting for asymptotic bias, some useful approximate t-values can be obtained. This implies that the standard weighted least-squares output using data-dependent weights need only be modified slightly to give useful robust confidence intervals. When design matrix kurtosis is high and severe contamination is present in the data, these simple approximations are not adequate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0111.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Beta-Logistic Model for the Analysis of Sequential Labor Force Participation by Married Women</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0112</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we discuss statistical problems that arise in studying sequences of quantal responses (e.g., labor force participation) in panel data on heterogeneous populations (i.e., populations in which there is unobserved variation in response probabilities). Assuming that response probabilities are governed by a beta distribution, we derive a generalization of the cross-section logit model to enable it to deal with sequences of discrete events in panel data. This model is applied to panel data on labor force participation of married women. One of our findings is that the distribution of participation probabilities is U-shaped, indicating that most women have participation probabilities near zero or one.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0112.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Random Directed Graph Distributions in the Triad Census in Social Networks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0113</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wasserman</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses the concept of the triad census first introduced by Holland and Leinhardt, and describes several distributions on directed graphs. Methods are presented for calculating the mean and the covariance matrix of the triad census for the uniform distribution that conditions on the number of choices made by each individual in the social network. Several complex distributions on digraphs are approximated, and an application of these methods to a sociogram is given.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0113.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Measurement of Benefits in an Urban Context: Some General Equilibrium Issues</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0114</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Courant</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rubinfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The validity of using local market data to measure the benefits associated with policies adopted in an urban area is investigated .It is shown that the rest of the world is affected by taxing decisions undertaken in a single urban area, so that local data cannot perfectly measure the welfare effects of a policy change. Specifically, the fact that the willingness to pay for a tax increase is positive in the rest of the world suggests that cost-benefit analyses which do not account for the rest of the world may be biased.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0114.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Production of Health Services in Fee for Service, for Profit Health Practices: The Case of Optometrists</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0115</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze the production process of optometrists in private practice. This study will then provide further evidence on the entrepreneurial performance of primary health professionals in private practice. If optometrists also appear to be using inefficient production techniques further questions can be raised about organizing the delivery of health services around fee for service, for profit private practices.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0115.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on the Tax Treatment of Human Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0116</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Section 1 presents a preliminary attempt at clarifying the ways in which taxes affect human capital accumulation.  Section 2 outlines a simple general equilibrium model with two capital goods - physical and human â€“ and the saving corresponding to each, to begin to deal with these issues. Once human capital is viewed as an alternative source of wealth and hence human capital investment as a source of current saving (re-sources withdrawn from current consumption to help increase future output),the old issue of the differential tax treatment of alternative types of capital arises. Sensible tax policy with respect to the taxation of either physical or human capital must take into account the tax treatment of the alternative asset. Section 3 outlines some points of departure for such an analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0116.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Job Mobility and Earnings Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0117</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses detailed data on the salary histories of individuals to show how an individual's observed earnings growth can be decomposed into growth occurring on the job and growth occurring between jobs. it is shown that the relative contributions of these two components to overall earnings growth differ across race and education groups. Further, as predicted by the specific training hypothesis, the more mobile individuals are found to have smaller on-the-job earnings gains in absolute terms than the less mobile.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0117.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The International Transfer of Semi-Conductor Technology Through U.S. Based Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0118</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Finan</surname>
          <given-names>William F.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1975</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study of the U.S. semiconductor industry seeks to examine its international pattern of exports, licensing, and foreign investments. This industry was selected for study because previous work had shown the United States tended to have a favorable trade balance in industries characterized by high technology processes or products. The study is divided into three parts. The first part, consisting of Chapters 2 and 3, discusses the characteristics of the U.S. semiconductor industry and semiconductor technology. The next part, Chapters 4, 5 and 6 examines the different transfer channels and the factors which determine a firm's selection between exports, licensing, and foreign production to supply foreign markets. The final section, Chapter 7, seeks to determine the characteristics of the American firms most responsible for the transfer of technology offshore and the impact of foreign direct investment on trade patterns.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0118.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interequation Constraint and the Specification of Dynamic Structure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0119</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This note considers the effect of a class of linear inter-equation constraints in the specification of the lag structure in econometric models. In particular, attention is focused on the linear summing, or "adding upâ€?, constraints which arise between equations in factor shares analysis. The consequences of such constraints on the specification of lag structures for models with dynamic adjustments and autoregressive or moving-average disturbances are presented in the form of linear restrictions which result in singular coefficient matrices . Thus, the structural (lag) specification of one equation depends on the structure of all other equations in the model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0119.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>From Bismark to Woodcock: The "Irrational" Pursuit of National Health Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0120</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains an exploration of some of the special or general benefits that might explain the widespread pursuit of national health insurance follows.  The primary purpose of this inquiry has been to attempt to explain the popularity of national health insurance around the world.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0120.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Longitudinal Earnings Data: American Scientists 1960-70</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0121</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The major findings of this study are as follows: (1) Simple cross section estimates grossly underestimate cohort profiles during the period 1960-70. Furthermore the growth in earnings is not uniform across experience groups and more recent vintages tend to have steeper profiles in most fields. Consequently the rate of return or present value comparisons based on cross sections are likely to be misleading even if the standard adjustment for growth is made. (2) For purposes of estimating mean profiles and mean effects of variables estimates based on pooled independent cross sections are quite close to those based on the more expensive longitudinal data. (3) There are important persistent unmeasured individual effects on both the level and growth of earnings. Consequently, individuals with the same observed characteristics will still have a wide variance in their permanent income.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0121.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Market for Optometric Services in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0122</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze the market for optometric services in the United States.  This paper is divided into seven sections. In the first section an overview of the practice of optometry is presented. This is succeeded by an examination of the distribution of eye health professionals in the United States. In sections 3-5 a market model for optometric services is specified and discussed. Next, estimates of the model are presented.  Finally, the implications of this research are considered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0122.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Child Endowments, and the Quantity and Quality of Children</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0123</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Tomes</surname>
          <given-names>Nigel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper brings together and integrates social interactions and the special relation between quantity and quality. We are able to show that the observed quality income elasticity would be relatively high and the quantity elasticity relatively low and sometimes negative, even if the true "unobservedâ€? income elasticities for quantity and quality were equal and of average value. Moreover, the observed quality elasticity would fall, and the observed quantity elasticity would rise, as parental income rose.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0123.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Representing Symmetric Rank Two Updates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0124</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Various quasi-Newton methods periodically add a symmetric "correction" matrix of rank at most 2 to a matrix approximating some quantity A of interest (such as the Hessian of an objective function). In this paper we examine several ways to express a symmetric rank 2 matrix [delta] as the sum of rank 1 matrices. We show that it is easy to compute rank 1 matrices [delta1] and [delta2] such that [delta] = [delta1] + [delta2] and [the norm of delta1]+ [the norm of delta2]   is minimized, where ||.|| is any inner product norm. Such a representation recommends itself for use in those computer programs that maintain A explicitly, since it should reduce cancellation errors and/or improve efficiency over other representations. In the common case where [delta] is indefinite, a choice of the form [delta1] = [delta2 to the power of T] = [xy to the power of T] appears best. This case occurs for rank 2 quasi- Newton updates [delta] exactly when [delta] may be obtained by symmetrizing some rank 1 update; such popular updates as the DFP, BFGS, PSB, and Davidon's new optimally conditioned update fall into this category.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0124.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Modifying Singular Values to Solve Possible Singular Systems of Non-Linear Equations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0125</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We show that if a certain nondegeneracy assumption holds, it is possible to guarantee the existence of a solution to a system of nonlinear equations f(x) = 0 whose Jacobian matrix J(x) exists but maybe singular. The main idea is to modify small singular values of J(x) in such away that the modified Jacobian matrix J^(x) has a continuous pseudoinverse J^+(x)and that a solution x* of f(x) = 0 may be found by determining an asymptote of the solution to the initial value problem x(0) = x[sub0}, xâ€™(t) = -J^+(x)f(x). We briefly discuss practical (algorithmic) implications of this result. Although the nondegeneracy assumption may fail for many systems of interest (indeed, if the assumption holds and J(x*) is non-singular, then x is unique), algorithms using(x) may enjoy a larger region of convergence than those that require(an approximation to) J[to the -1 power[(x).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0125.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transnational Activity and Market Entry in the Semiconductor Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0126</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lake</surname>
          <given-names>Arthur W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper has examined the factors that affect the pattern of introduction of semiconductor innovations into the United Kingdom, studying both differences among products and differences among firms. The pattern of product innovations is based on the concept of a lifecycle process. A model is developed for estimating product life cycles in a way that gives information suitable for assessing induced changes in the host country industry. The analysis that follows is broken into two parts. Firstly, factors determining the rate of diffusion of the innovations in the host country are examined; secondly, factors determining the positions of individual firms within the life cycle are considered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0126.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Identification Theory for Time Varying Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0127</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The identification of time-varying coefficient regression models is investigated using an analysis of the classical information matrix. The variable coefficients are characterized by autoregressive stochastic processes, allowing the entire model to be case in state space form. Thus the unknown stochastic specification parameters and priors can be interpreted in terms of the coefficient matrices and initial state vector. Concentration of the likelihood function on these quantities allows the identification of each to be considered separately. Suitable restriction of the form of the state space model, coupled with the concept of controllability, lead to sufficient conditions for the identification of the coefficient transition parameters. Partial identification of the variance-covariance matrix for the random disturbances on the coefficients is established in a like manner. Introducing the additional concept of observability then provides for necessary and sufficient conditions for identification of the unknown priors. The results so obtained are completely analogous to those already established in the econometric literature, namely, that the coefficients of the reduced form are always identified subject to the absence of multicollinearity. Some consistency results are also presented which derive from the above approach.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0127.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Note on Optimal Smoothing for Time Varying Coefficient Problems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0128</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An algorithm is presented which provides a complete solution to the optimal estimation problem for time-varying parameters when no proper prior distribution is specified. The key ideas involve a combination of the information-form Kalman filter with the two-filter interpretation of the optimal smoother. The algorithm produces efficient estimates of the parameter trajectories over the entire sample, arid is equally applicable when a proper prior distribution has been specified.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0128.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Survey of Recent Research in Health Economics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0129</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this survey of recent research in health economics, I concentrate on studies that have appeared since 1971 or are in progress. The survey reflects in part my own research interests and biases and is not meant to be comprehensive. Four topics are covered: (1) demand for adults' health and medical care; (2) effects of health on labor supply and wage rates; (3) demand for children's health and medical care and (4) selected topics pertaining to the supply side of the medical care market.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0129.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rosepack Document 3: Guidelines for Writing Semi-Portable Fortran</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0130</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Transferring Fortran subroutines from one manufacturer' s machine to another, or from one operating system to another, puts certain constraints on the construction of the Fortran statements that are used in the subroutines. The reliable performance of mathematical software should be unaffected by the host environment in which the software is used or by the compiler from which the cod eis generated. In short, the reliable performance of the algorithm is to be independent of the computing environment in which it is run. The subroutines of ROSEPACK (Robust Statistics Estimation Package) are Fortran IV source code designed to be semi-portable where semi-portable is defined to mean transportable with minimum change. *This paper described the guidelines by which ROSEPACK subroutines were written.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0130.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exports and Foreign Investment in Manufacturing Industries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0131</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Merle Yahr</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One of the main purposes of our studies of U.S.-based multinational firms has been to examine the relationship between direct investment by U.S. firms and the export trade of the United States, a subject of bitter controversy for at least the last fifteen years. Changes over time in trade flows and trade balances are influenced by trends in productivity in the United States and elsewhere and by shifts in monetary and fiscal policy, all of which ate reflected in price and income changes, the effects of which on trade probably swamp any that might stem from changes in the level of direct investment, One way to disentangle some of these influences might be to disaggregate by country, industry, and even better, by firm. However, we have not yet developed enough disaggregated time series data for this purpose and have therefore chosen to work with cross-sections by country and industry and, in some eases, by firm.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0131.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Health, Family Structure, and Labor Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0132</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Parsons</surname>
          <given-names>Donald O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>I consider the health, family structure, and labor supply inter-relationships at both a theoretical and empirical level. The paper is organized in the following way. SectionI introduces the material. In Section II, a theoretical model of family time allocation among market, home, and health activities is developed. The concept of a family health maintenance function is formalized to generate qualitative predictions of the effect of wages, health status, health care efficiency, and property income on the labor supply of husband and wife. In Section III, data from the older male portion of the National Longitudinal Surveys are used to estimate labor supply functions for married and single men with special attention to differences in poor health responses. A simultaneous model of male labor supply and other family income (chiefly transfer income and the earnings of the wife) is then estimated to determine whether variations in the work hours of males, largely due to health differences, induce any substantial changes in income producing activities by other family members. Finally, in Section IV the detailed time budget data on both males and females from the Productive Americans Survey are used to estimate more precisely the effect of health on total family time allocations. These data provide estimates of the impact of poor health on home production time as well as market time for both husband and wife.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0132.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Toward a More General Theory of Regulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0133</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Peltzman</surname>
          <given-names>Sam</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In previous literature, George Stigler asserts a law of diminishing returns to group size in politics: Beyond some point it becomes counterproductive to dilute the per capita transfer. Since the total transfer is endogenous, there is a corollary that dirninishing returns apply to the transfer as well, due both to the opposition provoked by the transfer and to the demand this opposition exerts on resources to quiet it. Stigler does not himself formalize this model, and my first task will be to do just this. My simplified formal version of his model produces a result to which Stigler gave only passing recognition, namely that the costs of using the political process limit not only the size of the dominant group but also their gains. This is at one level, a detail, which is the way Stigler treated it, but a detail with some important implications -- for entry into regulation, and for the price-output structure that emerges from regulation. The main task of the paper is to derive these implications from a generalization of Stigler's model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0133.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Demand for Pediatric Care: An Hedonic Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0134</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldman</surname>
          <given-names>Fred</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The model that we develop is used to analyze properties of the demand functions for quantity and quality. It is then applied to study the demand for pediatric care -- physicians' services rendered to children.2The theoretical model of quantity -- quality substitution provides a frame-work for demand analysis whenever the market for a good is distinguished by a quality component. The analysis is developed within the household production framework of consumer behavior and assumes that parents both demand and produce quality children, where children's health is one aspect of their quality. Thus, the demand curves for pediatric care are derived from the interaction between the demand and production functions of children's health. In the analysis, we emphasize the effects of income, the price of pediatric services, and the time costs of obtaining these services on the quantity (measured in terms of visits) and quality of services demanded.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0134.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation, Saving and the Rate of Interest</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0135</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>After exploring both the crucial role of the interest elasticity of the saving rate in the analysis of a wide variety of issues in economic - particularly tax - policy and reasons why previous studies of the effect of interest rates on consumption and saving have biased the estimated elasticity toward zero, this study presents new estimates of consumption functions based on aggregate U.S. time series data. The results are striking: a variety of functional forms, estimation methods and definitions of the real after-tax rate of return invariably lead to the conclusion of a substantial interest elasticity of saving.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0135.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Behavior in Primary Manufacturing Industries, 1958-1973</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0136</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Popkin</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is the price behavior in primary manufacturing industries and its implication for general inflation that is the subject of this paper. The industries comprising primary manufacturing are quite diverse. They differ with respect to labor and capital intensity, domestic and international market structure and the markets that they supply -- consumer goods manufacturing, producer goods manufacturing and construction. To shed light on the price behavior of the group as a whole it is necessary to disaggregate the total somewhat. In this study they are broken down into eight separate industries. The exact definition of each, both in terms of 4-digit SIC industry and I-0 cell is available on request. In general, the eight separate industries consist of the primary manufacturers producing (1) textiles, (2) wood, (3) paper,(4) chemicals, (5) fertilizers,(6) stone, clay and glass, (7) iron and steel, and (8) nonferrous metals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0136.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Leisure, Home Production and Work--The Theory of The Allocation of Time Revisited</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0137</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gronau</surname>
          <given-names>Reuben</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>From the theoretical point of view, the justification for aggregating leisure and work at home into one entity, "non-market time" (or "home time") can rest on two assumptions: (a.) the two elements react similarly to changes in the socio-economic environment and, hence, nothing is gained by studying them separately, and (b.) the two elements satisfy the conditions of a composite input, i.e., their relative price is constant, and there is no interest in investigating the composition of this aggregate since it has no bearing on production and the price of the output. This study sets out to show that none of these assumptions holds. Recent time budget findings have established that work at home is affected differently by changes in socioeconomic variables than is leisure, and this paper shows that the aggregation is also suspect from the analytical point of view.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0137.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Experience, Vintage and Time Effects in the Growth of Earnings: AmericanScientists, 1960-1970</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0138</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is concerned with the growth of individual earnings over time. Four aspects of time are distinguished: experience, age, vintage and calendar year. The first section of the paper provides a brief outline of a theory of planned growth in earnings. The second and main section of the paper is devoted to an empirical attempt to estimate the role of experience, vintage and age on the growth in earnings and to separate these effects from exogenous changes in market conditions. We present a detailed specification of the earnings function which accounts for the inherent multi-collinearity between variables such as time, vintage and experience. One of our main objectives is to point out the implications of this identification problem for the analysis of earnings data. Though we cannot completely eliminate this difficulty, longitudinal data, which follows the same individuals over a period of time, allows us to identify more aspects of time than one could obtain from a single cross section. We provide a descriptive analysis of the exogenous changes in market conditions occurring during the period. No attempt is made to relate them to causal changes, such as past and expected future enrollment and government research grants. We find two basic tendencies: (1) Over the decade as a whole, scientists in academic institutions enjoyed better market conditions and thus a higher growth rate than those employed in private industry. (2) Toward the end of the decade, there is a marked reduction in the market's contribution to the growth rate. In some fields, such as physics, we note an actual reduction in the real earnings of new entrants. We conclude with a brief discussion of the changes in relative earnings over the decade by field and type of employer.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0138.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Treatment Decision-Making in Catastrophic Illness</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0139</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Warner</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is well established that the social and economic environment of medical care distinguishes its provision from that of other goods and services. While scholars have studied the influences of this idiosyncratic environment, there is relatively little empirical knowledge about how it affects decision-making in specific medical contexts. Through general conceptual discussion and consideration of a case study of leukemia chemo-therapy, this paper examines the medical decision-making process in one specific context: the response of physicians to the availability of an innovative treatment for a catastrophic illness. The manner in which the medical profession deals with serious illness is relevant to concerns as diverse as the promotion of economic efficiency and the preservation of human dignity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0139.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Multiplicative Model of Investment in Human Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0140</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze the effects of changes in exogenous parameters such as the interest rate, the length of the working period and initial endowments on the shape of the observed earnings profile. Though this problem can be treated in general, we shall restrict ourselves to the following "inverse optimal" problem: find a form of the trade-off function between current and future earnings which leads to a logarithmic earnings function. In the paper we demonstrate that logarithmic earning functions can be derived from optimal behavior. Specifically, the simple case which we analyze leads to piece wise linear log earnings functions. Such a derivation has the advantage that the effects on earnings of exogenous factors can be consistently analyzed. The model is sufficiently simple to allow a clear exposition of the basic elements which govern earnings in a static world. The same elements appear in the more complicated derivations currently available in the literature but it is more difficult to trace their impact. The multiplicative model provides additional information on the robustness of the results previously derived from the Ben-Porath specification. This is particularly important since the "production function" for human capital is not directly observable and alternative specification can only be compared in terms of their implications with respect to observed earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0140.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Background and Optimal Schooling Decision</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0141</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, another aspect of optimizing behavior is considered. Specifically, it asks whether variations in levels of attained schooling across groups can be explained by a model that assumes that capital markets are perfect and that individuals maximize wealth. The logic of the analysis proceeds as follows: First, a model is constructed that allows estimation of costs and returns to education for each individual, based on the assumption that all individuals face the same borrowing rates. Given costs and returns, one can obtain an optimal wealth-maximizing level of education for each individual. Differences between actually acquired and wealth-maximizing levels of education can then be calculated, and one can determine whether or not the residuals are systematically related to background variables. If, for example, low-income individuals have a consistently larger estimated wealth-maximizing level of education than actual level, one could conclude either that returns to schooling differed between groups or that capital market differences exist. The model allows these two explanations to be distinguished. Since differential returns are caused by wage differences across groups, the wealth-maximizing level can take these labor market variations into account. Any residual variation will be due to factors other than differential wage rates, presumably capital cost differences .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0141.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimation of Econometric Model Using Nonlinear Full Information Maximum Likelihood: Preliminary Computer Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0142</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Belsley</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wall</surname>
          <given-names>Kent D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This working paper provides some preliminary results on the computational feasibility of nonlinear full information maximum likelihood (NECML) estimation. Severa1 of the test cases presented were also subjected to nonlinear three stage least square (NLBSLS) estimation in order to illustrate the relative performance of the two estimation techniques. In addition, certain other aspects central to practical implementation are highlighted. These include the effect of various computers on the efficiency of the code, as well as the relative merits of numerical and analytical generation of gradient information. Broadly speaking, NLFIML appears competitive in cost and superior in statistical properties to NL3SLS.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0142.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Distribution of Earnings Profiles in Longitudinal Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0143</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We take advantage of our longitudinal data to explore individual variation in the parameters of individual earnings functions. (1) For this purpose we fit an earnings function to each of the individual histories in the sample.(2) We then try to ascertain the extent to which the estimated variation in individual parameters helps in explaining the cross-sectional variation in earnings.(3) we further inquire into the relation between the individual parameters and a vector of personal characteristics, as well as(4) into indirect (via variables and parameters) and direct effects of these characteristics on earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0143.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Income Redistribution When Individual Welfare Depends Upon Relative Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0144</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present note is to explore the structure of optimal income taxation/redistribution in an economy where the welfare of individuals depends in part on relative after-tax consumption, i.e., we specify individual welfare as a function of absolute and relative after-tax consumption, with diminishing marginal utility to each. With such a specification, of course, an additional incentive for income redistribution from wealthy to poor citizens is created and the logical impossibility of increasing tax rates to the point where disincentive effects actually reduce tax revenues is potentially removed. The analysis highlights the importance of the marginal valuation placed on upward social mobility in various ranges of the income distribution and its interaction with the elasticity of the marginal utility of consumption; of course, "labor supply" elasticities, the form of the social welfare function, and the skill distribution continue to play an important role.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0144.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intergenerational Externalities</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0145</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A common theme which runs through much of the investment literature is that private incentives may lead to sub-optimal levels of investment activity. The idea has been extended casually to consideration of human capital investment as well. It is sometimes contended that decisions, made by parents, have adverse effects on their offspring, which could be prevented if inter-generational contracts could be struck. If so, a case can be made for government intervention or subsidization programs to alleviate these intergenerational externalities. Specifically, the sub-optimal investment in offspring human capital may take such obvious forms as poor clothing, too little health care, or too few resources devoted to the child's education. Less obvious externalities may result when parents underinvest in themselves because they fail to consider spillover benefits to their children. Parental schooling, for example, may affect the child's ability (or desire) to learn. Dietary patterns established by parents for themselves may influence the child's eating habits and affect his health. More directly, healthy parents are less likely to transmit diseases to their offspring. This paper will examine the effects of these intergenerational externalities in greater detail.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0145.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Legal Precedent: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0146</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The use of precedents to create rules of legal obligation has, to our knowledge, received little theoretical or empirical analysis. This paper presents and tests empirically an economic approach to legal precedent that is derived mainly from the analysis of capital formation and investment. We treat the body of legal precedents created by judicial decisions in prior periods as a capital stock that yields a flow of information services which depreciates over time as new conditions arise that were not foreseen by the framers of the existing precedents. New (and replacement) capital is created by investment in the production of precedents.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0146.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Factors Affecting Divorce:  A Study of the Terman Sample</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0147</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Within the past few years, renewed interest in understanding marital behavior has resulted in a number of studies which focus on an equation estimating the probability of divorce or remarriage. This paper reports on one such effort. It offers a brief rationale for and an estimation of probability functions for divorce rates at specific lengths of marriage duration for a very unrepresentative sample of American women -- a group of geniuses. The data are from the "Terman sample" of some 671 women selected in 1921 (together with a comparable group of men) by psychologist Lewis N. Terman. The sample was chosen from children enrolled in California schools in urban areas. It included children, preselected by their teachers, whose measured IQ was 135 or above. The sample thus represented students in the highest one percent of the school population in general intelligence. In another report I have compared the marital behavior of these Terman subjects to the relevant California population, controlling for the very high level of schooling and the somewhat constricted distribution of age at first marriage among the Terman subjects (Michael 1976).  The Terman subjects generally exhibited the same qualitative relationships between marital patterns and such variables as age at marriage and schooling as the California population. However, one should keep in mind the very special nature of this sample when comparing results with other studies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0147.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Who is the Family's Main Breadwinner? The Wife's Contribution to Full Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0148</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gronau</surname>
          <given-names>Reuben</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In contrast to past studies which have focused on the labor inputs going into home production (Sirageldin, 1969; Walker and Gauger, 1973), the emphasis in this paper is on the measurement of productivity and total home output. The questions I try to answer are: What are the factors determining the wife's productivity at home? What is the value of home production and how does it compare with the family's money in-come? How does the value of home production differ among families with different socioeconomic backgrounds? How is it affected by the wife's labor force participation and by the existence of young children? How does it changeover the family's life cycle?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0148.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Age, Education and Occupational Earnings Inequality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0149</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolff</surname>
          <given-names>Edward N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bushe</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we will investigate the effect of six factors on occupational earnings inequality across all occupations in our sample and across occupations in five major Census subgroups. Those six factors are: differences in tasks, different levels of efficiency, institutional factors, time worked, the demand for labor and discrimination.  Age and schooling will receive primary attention in our work and it will be shown that they are important determinants of earnings inequality among professional and clerical occupations but not among skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled occupations. Ability is also hypothesized as an important factor, but no measure of ability is provided in our sample. Differences in time worked and labor demand conditions, as measured by industrial and urban-rural mix, will also be analyzed, and their effect on earnings inequality is strong in most of the occupational subsamples. Differences in the race and sex composition of occupations do not appear to be significant factors in occupational earnings inequality, and the explanation offered is that discrimination takes the form of occupational segregation rather than differences in pay for similar work. In the conclusion a sketch of a "structural" theory of income distribution is proposed to account for our results.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0149.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dynamic Aspects of Earnings Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0150</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper proposes an econometric methodology to deal with life cycle earnings and mobility among discrete earnings classes. First, we use panel data on male log earnings to estimate an earnings function with permanent and serially correlated transitory components due to both measured and unmeasured variables. Assuming that the error components are normally distributed, we develop statements for the probability that an individual's earnings will fall into a particular but arbitrary time sequence of poverty states. Using these statements, we illustrate the implications of our earnings model for poverty dynamics and compare our approach to Markov chain models of income mobility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0150.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Some Lessons from the New Public Finance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0151</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the last few years, there has developed a large literature, sometimes referred to as the new "public finance," providing a quantitative analysis of a number of traditional problems within the field.  This paper is concerned with surveying, or interpreting, what can be learned from this literature; and our belief is that it has taught us a great deal.  We concern ourselves here not so much with the derivation of precise formulae, e.g. for optimal tax rates, but with the more general lessons which have emerged.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0151.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Tax Theory: Econometric Evidence and Tax Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0152</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to provide a progress report on the issue of the implications of optimal tax theory and recent econometric evidence for tax policy. Toward this end, Section 2 provides a brief and often heuristic summary of the major results of optimal tax theory. Section 3 reports the results of some recent econometric studies of saving and labor supply. Finally, Section 4 outlines the implications of the combined theory and econometric evidence for tax policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0152.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economics of Marital Instability</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0153</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>Elisabeth M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper focuses on the causes of divorce. Section I developsa theoretical analysis of marital dissolution incorporating uncertaintyabout the outcomes of marital decisions into a framework of utilitymaximization and the marriage market. Section II explores the implica-tions of the theoretical analysis with cross-sectional data,primarilythe 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity and the Terman sample. Therelevance of both the theoretical and empirical analyses in explainingthe recent acceleration in the U.S. divorce rate is discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0153.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Multicollinearity: Diagnosing its Presence and Assessing the Potential Damage It Causes Least Squares Estimation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0154</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Belsley</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper suggests and examines a straightforward diagnostic test procedure that 1) provides numerical indexes whose magnitudes signify the presence of one or more near dependencies among columns of a data matrix X, and 2) provides a means for determining, within the linear regression model, the extent to which each such near dependency is degrading the least- squares estimation of each regression coefficient. In most instances this latter information also enables the investigator to determine specifically which columns of the data matrix are involved in each near dependency. The diagnostic test is based on an interrelation between two analytic devices, the singular-value decomposition (closely related to eigensystems) and a matching regression-variance decomposition. Both these devices are developed in full. The test is successfully given empirical content through a set of experiments that examine its behavior when applied to several different series of data matrices having one or more known near dependencies that are weak to begin with and are made to became systematically more nearly perfectly collinear. The general diagnostic properties of the test that result from these experiments and the steps required to carry out the test are summarized, and then exemplified by application to real economic data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0154.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Foreign Competition and the UK</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0155</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lake</surname>
          <given-names>Arthur W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper, which seeks to identify factors contributing to the rate and character of technical transfer and to assess host-country research and development effort in response to foreign competition, is one of three examining the impact of technically-advanced companies, particularly American, on British industries. Beginning first with an analysis of imitation cycles in pharmaceuticals and making use of a model of these, the study proceeds to examine the transnational operations of American and other foreign companies, showing the connection between company size, sales and new product introductions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0155.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Efficient Estimation of a Dynamic Error-Shock Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0157</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hsiao</surname>
          <given-names>Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Robinson</surname>
          <given-names>P. M.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is concerned with the estimation of the parameters in a dynamic simultaneous equation model with stationary disturbances under the assumption that the variables are subject to random measurement errors. The conditions under which the parameters are identified are stated. An asymptotically efficient frequency-domain class of instrumental variables estimators is suggested. The procedure consists of two basic steps. The first step transforms the model in such a way that the observed exogenous variables are asymptotically orthogonal to the residual terms. The second step involves an iterative procedure like that of Robinson [13].</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0157.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Market for Lawyers: The Determinants of the Demand for and Supply ofLawyers</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0158</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pashigian</surname>
          <given-names>B. Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Some additional evidence on the comparative effect of income, regulation, and other variables on the demand for lawyers is called for. One objective of this paper is to investigate the speed of adjustment of law schools to shifts in the demand for lawyers. Section I presents a theoretical model of the demand for and supply of lawyers. The empirical counterparts of the variables are introduced in Section II. Section III presents the results of the estimation and Section IV compares the actual number of lawyers with the number that would have existed if lawyers earned a normal return on their investment in legal education. Section V presents other evidence of an excess demand for lawyers and offers several explanations for the speed of adjustment of enrollments in law schools to shifts in the demand for lawyers. The paper ends with a summary of the major findings of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0158.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Conic Algorithm for the Group Minimization Problem</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0159</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Simeone</surname>
          <given-names>Bruno</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1976</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A new algorithm for the group minimization problem (GP) is proposed. The algorithm can be broadly described as follows. A suitable relaxation of(GP) is defined, in which any feasible point satisfies the group equation but may have negative components. The feasible points of the relaxation are then generated in order of ascending costs by a variant of a well-known algorithm of Glover, and checked for non-negativity. The first non-negative point is an optimal solution of (GP). Advantages and disadvantages of the algorithm are discussed; in particular, the implementation of the algorithm (which can be easily extended so as to solve integer linear programming problems) does not require group arithmetics.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0159.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Misintermediation and Business Fluctuation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0160</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Individuals plan consumption and production for different points in the future, using interest rates of various maturities as a guide. How-ever, individuals do not always pre-contract all planned future borrowing and lending, and the intermediaries they work through often do not match the maturity structure of their assets and liabilities. As a result of this individual failure to hedge and institutional "misintermediation", aggregate production and consumption plans for each period in the future need not coincide. The resulting discrepancy will eventually appear as a recession or boom, involving an unanticipated change in interest rates. Fiscal stimulus aggravates the welfare loss associated with a recession, whether the spending is consumption-displacing or wholly wasteful.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0160.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Middle-Age Job Mobility: Its Determinants and Consequences</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0161</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our paper uses the wealth of information available in the NLS to expand on previous work in several ways. First, we investigate whether there is a meaningful distinction among types of job separations. Traditional analysis has categorized job separations as either employee-initiated (quits) or employer-initiated (layoffs). We question whether this dichotomy is correct. The National Longitudinal Survey data is especially useful for studying the relationship between wages and the probability of quitting.  Most theoretical work on the determinants of job separation concludes that the probability of changing jobs is related to a reservation wage. The NLS data set allows us to test this relationship since it includes information on the individual's "hypothetical wage"-- that is, the wage required to induce the individual to accept another job. Given this information, we are able to compare the effects of different measures of the individual's price of time (e.g. the current wage and the reservation wage) on the probability of quitting. In addition, we analyze the role of human capital variables, job related characteristics and family background in the determination of job mobility. The analysis of the determinants of job separations in the cross-section naturally leads to an investigation of the relationship between previous separations and future separations. In particular, we consider whether such a relationship exists, and whether the nature of previous separations is a good predictor of the nature of future separations. Finally, we analyze the effects of job mobility on earnings and on job satisfaction. We distinguish between the immediate gains to mobility and the future gains to mobility, and also consider whether the nature of the separation is an important determinant of the consequences of job mobility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0161.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Quality, the Demand for Skill, and Market Selection</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0162</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Sherwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates some alternative definitions of labor for productivity and demand analysis. The paper is organized as follows: Section II considers the organization of work activities in a simple fixed coefficient technology in the presence of comparative advantage among various classes of workers. Assuming that the number of independent productive activities exceeds the number of comparative advantage classes, an application of the envelope theorem shows the derivation from first principles of a neoclassical production function with input dimension (the number of workers of each type) smaller than the engineering technology(the number of activities). This is the basic result illustrating that occupational classifications depend on both the technology and the distribution of skills (factor supplies) in the working population, a fact that may be relevant to international and other cross-sectional differences in productivity and the demand for labor. The situation is reversed in section III, which treats the case where the number of worker classifications exceeds the number of production activities. In this case the micro-technology cannot be reduced below the basic set of work activities one starts with, and within these categories labor can be aggregated according to efficiency units. However, the nature of factor endowments in economies of this sort is rather different than in the neoclassical model, and leads to an output transformation function that has all the neoclassical properties. This result is reminiscent of an example of Houthakker (also, see Sato) who also obtained smooth neoclassical behavioral functions from underlying distributional phenomena. Section IV examines the characteristics-factor approach to labor aggregation and relates it to the results in section III, noting an inherent difficulty arising from selectivity of various ability groups of workers among work activities due to comparative advantage. In effect, the existence of rent destroys the possibility of simple linear aggregation. Finally, section V indicates some problems with applying the theory of marriage directly to labor demand. These issues become most interesting when there are incomplete markets that limit the gains from fully exploiting comparative advantage, due to transactions costs. The results are limited, but some examples show that any predictions concerning positive or negative assortive matching of workers depends not only on the correlation of talents among members of the work force, but also on the nature of technology and the distribution of demands for various outputs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0162.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Gains and Losses From Industrial Concentration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0163</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Peltzman</surname>
          <given-names>Sam</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In essence, this paper will try to decompose the concentration-profits relationship into separate concentration-price arid concentration-cost relationships. By doing this, I hope to shed light on some of the allocative and distributive issues that, I suspect, give the subject its intrinsic interest, but which have not so far been confronted empirically: Does high concentration save or waste resources? Does it lead to higher prices? Who gains and loses from a social policy hostile to high concentration? Since the unique aspect of the paper is its focus on a concentration-cost relationship, most of the analytical effort is spent here. I review the theory underlying such a relationship, and develop and implement a model designed to estimate its importance. Subsequently, I try to estimate how much of the usual profit-concentration relationship is due to cost effects and how much to price effects. The main conclusion is that, while price effects are not absent, the cost effects so dominate them as to cast doubt on the efficacy of any general legal rule hostile to industrial concentration.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0163.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternative Trade Strategies and Employment - Plan of Research for Country Studies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0164</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper was originally prepared as part of the first stage of the research project, Alternative Trade Strategies and Employment. The project as a whole is focused upon identifying the relationships between alternative trade strategies -- export promotion and import substitution -- and growth in the demand for labor. The project has altogether three stages: (1) the preparatory stage, in which the theory underlying the relationship between trade strategy and employment was developed and a methodology for undertaking empirical research was formulated; (2) the second stage, in which project participants undertook the empirical research for individual countries and also for particular topics of special interest for the project as a whole, based upon the papers prepared in the first stage; and (3) a summing up, in which the results of the individual studies are analyzed in order to ascertain what insights into the trade-employment relation seem generally applicable. At the present time, the second stage of the project is nearing completion. This paper constituted one part of the first stage of the project: it spells out much of the basic methodology that underlies the individual country studies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0164.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rosetak Document 4: Rank Degeneracies and Least Square Problems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0165</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Golub</surname>
          <given-names>Gene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Viriginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stewart</surname>
          <given-names>G. W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we shall be concerned with the following problem. Let A be an m x n matrix with m being greater than or equal to n, and suppose that A is near (in a sense to be made precise later) a matrix B whose rank is less than n. Can one find a set of linearly independent columns of A that span a good approximation to the column space of B? The solution of this problem is important in a number of applications. In this paper we shall be chiefly interested in the case where the columns of A represent factors or carriers in a linear model which is to be fit to a vector of observations b. In some such applications, where the elements of A can be specified exactly (e.g. the analysis of variance), the presence of rank degeneracy in A can be dealt with by explicit mathematical formulas and causes no essential difficulties. In other applications, however, the presence of degeneracy is not at all obvious, and the failure to detect it can result in meaningless results or even the catastrophic failure of the numerical algorithms being used to solve the problem. The organization of this paper is the following. In the next section we shall give a precise definition of approximate degeneracy in terms of the singular value decomposition of A. In Section 3 we shall show that under certain conditions there is associated with A a subspace that is insensitive to how it is approximated by various choices of the columns of A, and in Section 4 we shall apply this result to the solution of the least squares problem. Sections 5, 6, and 7 will be concerned with algorithms for selecting a basis for the stable subspace from among the columns of A.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0165.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Industrial Demand for Energy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0166</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Halborsen</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this study we examine the characteristics of industrial demand for energy, which accounts for more than one-fourth of annual energy consumption in the United States. Our research has been focused on four topics: 1. interfuel substitution in two-digit industries; 2. substitution among energy, capital and labor; 3. technical change in energy use; and 4. dynamic structure of energy demand. The results indicate that technical change has occurred through factor augmentation at unequal rates. Statistically significant labor-using and material-saving biases are found. There also appears to have been a small energy-saving bias, but it is not statistically significant.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0166.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money And Income, Causality Detection</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0167</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hsiao</surname>
          <given-names>Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we intend to survey and suggest the theoretical framework of the important aspects of causality detection with the purpose of conveying to the reader the essential features and the different forms in which inferences may be drawn from given data. Section II presents the basic theorem characterizing the causality events and suggests two feedback detection methods which, like the one suggested by Pierce and Haugh (1977), are based on correlation analysis. In Section III we survey other well-known causality detection methods and try to relate and to compare them with the methods suggested in Section II. Section IV briefly reviews the theoretical controversy of the relationship between money and income and presents some empirical evidence based on the methods discussed in this paper. Conclusions are in Section V.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0167.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Differentials Are Larger Than You Think</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0168</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper will employ a method (devised in Lazear [1976] ) to estimate the unobserved component of wages. The size of this component will be calculated for non-whites and whites separately and then compared. Since, as it turns out, the component is larger for whites than non-whites, observed wage differentials understate true differentials. Furthermore, comparison of the period between1966-1969 with the 1972-1974 period reveals that this unobserved differential increased substantially over time. The results of this study suggest that although the pecuniary non-white -- white differential has narrowed substantially between 1966 and 1974 for young men, the on-the-job training differential has increased by almost the exact same amount. This implies that in real wealth terms there has not been any narrowing of the differential at all. This will become more apparent in later years as those non-whites who were hired into skilled jobs today fail to be promoted or obtain higher paying jobs elsewhere at the same rate as their white counterparts.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0168.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Solving Systems of Non-Linear Equations by Broyden's Method with Projected Updates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0169</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schnabel</surname>
          <given-names>Robert B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We introduce a modification of Broyden's method for finding a zero of n nonlinear equations in n unknowns when analytic derivatives are not available. The method retains the local Q-superlinear convergence of Broyden's method and has the additional property that if any or all of the equations are linear, it locates a zero of these equations in n+1 or fewer iterations. Limited computational experience suggests that our modification often improves upon Eroyden's method.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0169.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Austrian Theory of the Marginal Use  And of Ordinal Marginal Utility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0170</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Austrian theory of the "marginal use" is restated and extended. It is found that the Austrian concept of marginal utility (as derived from the marginal use) is not dependent on cardinal utility, and indeed is consistent with "intrinsically ordinal" utility. In this system, diminishing (ordinal) marginal utility is an implication of rational choice, rather than an assumption. Examples of the rank-ordering on commodity space, derived from the underlying rank ordering on want-set space in conjunction with the technological relationship between goods and wants, are given in the cases of independent, rival, and complementary goods. In each case the derived commodity preferences are quasi-concave, which suggests that the Hicksian assumption of quasi-concavity is superfluous. In each case, the Auspitz and Lieben-Edgeworth-Pareto criterion for net complementarity or rivalness emerges. It is shown that while a negative cross substitution elasticity is not a necessary condition for net complementarity, it is a sufficient condition under not very restrictive conditions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0170.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Minimum Wage Legislation on Income Equality: A TheoreticalAnalysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0171</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Minimum wage legislation is frequently advocated in the belief that itcreates a more nearly equal distribution of income. A one-sector model of general equilibrium is used to analyze a universally applicable minimum wage, and a two-sector model is used to analyze a minimum wage that is only applied to certain industries. In both cases we find that a minimum wage may well lower equality (as computed by the Gini index) if we consider reasonable values for the parameters of these two models. In the absence of unemployment compensation, equality can increase only if the elasticity of substitution in production is quite low. In the one-sector case, however, equality necessarily rises if unemployment compensation is present and sufficiently generous.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0171.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sample Selection Bias As a Specification Error (with an Application to the Estimation of Labor Supply Functions)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0172</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, I present a simple characterization of the sample selection bias problem that is also applicable to the conceptually distinct econometric problems that arise from truncated samples and from models with limited dependent variables. The problem of sample selection bias is fit within the conventional specification error framework of Griliches and Theil. A simple estimator is discussed that enables analysts to utilize ordinary regression methods to estimate models free of selection bias. The techniques discussed here are applied to re-estimate and test a model of female labor supply developed by the author. (1974). This paper is in three parts. In the first section, selection bias is presented within the specification error framework. In this section, general distributional assumptions are maintained. In section two, specific results are presented for the case of normal regression disturbances. Simple estimators are proposed and discussed. In the third section, empirical results are presented.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0172.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Linear Regression Diagnostics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0173</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuh</surname>
          <given-names>Edwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper attempts to provide the user of linear multiple regression with a battery of diagnostic tools to determine which, if any, data points have high leverage or influence on the estimation process and how these possibly discrepant data points differ from the patterns set by the majority of the data. The point of view taken is that when diagnostics indicate the presence of anomolous data, the choice is open as to whether these data are in fact unusual and helpful, or possibly harmful and thus in need of modifications or deletion. The methodology developed depends on differences, derivatives, and decompositions of basic regression statistics. There is also a discussion of how these techniques can be used with robust and ridge estimators. An example is given showing the use of diagnostic methods in the estimation of a cross-country savings rate model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0173.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Educational Screening and Occupational Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0174</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wolff</surname>
          <given-names>Edward N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hay</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The educational screening hypothesis states that beyond a certain point schooling functions as a signaling device to identify pre-existing talents. We test for the presence of screening by comparing the schooling and earnings of self-employed workers and of those employed by others in a sample set of occupations. We expect those employed by others to pursue additional schooling to signal prospective employers. We expect self-employed managers to acquire no additional schooling for signaling purposes. We expect other self-employed workers to obtain additional schooling to signal potential customers. Our empirical results, based on 1970 Census data, strongly support the case for screening. However, the relative magnitude of the screening portion of schooling is relatively modest, lying between approximately 5 and 10 percent.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0174.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Some Convergence Properties of Broyden's Method</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0175</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In 1965 Broyden introduced a family of algorithms called(rank-one) quasiâ€”New-ton methods for iteratively solving systems of nonlinear equations. We show that when any member of this family is applied to an n x n nonsingular system of linear equations and direct-prediction steps are taken every second iteration, then the solution is found in at most 2n steps. Specializing to the particular family member known as Broydenâ€™s (good) method, we use this result to show that Broyden's method enjoys local 2n-step Q-quadratic convergence on nonlinear problems.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0175.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Export and Domestic Prices Under Inflation and Exchange Rate Movements</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0176</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is almost invariably taken for granted in theoretical descriptions of the international price mechanism and in the construction of trade models that a country's export price for a particular product is identical to its domestic price. Any impact of foreign or domestic events on prices is expected to fall identically on the export and the domestic price for a good. In contrast to these conventional assumptions, the few empirical studies of international prices have shown that there are fairly substantial and long-lasting divergences between export and domestic price changes for the same or closely related products.  If there can be divergences between export and domestic prices, a type of relative price mechanism may be at work: the depreciating country should find export prices rising relative to domestic prices of the same goods.  Since a producer can shift more easily from domestic to export sales of a product than from production of home goods to production of export goods we should expect the changes within commodities between domestic sales and exports to occur more rapidly. Since the evidence is strong that there are divergences between export and domestic prices, we wish to trace through the effects of foreign price changes and exchange rate changes on export and domestic prices and see whether a mechanism of the hypothesized type exists. In this paper we concentrate our attention on price movements, but offer some evidence that the response of exports to these price divergences is in the expected direction.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0176.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dummy Endogenous Variables in a Simultaneous Equation System</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0177</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the formulation and estimation of simultaneous equation models with both discrete and continuous endogenous variables. The statistical model proposed here is sufficiently rich to encompass the classical simultaneous equation model for continuous endogenous variables and more recent models for purely discrete endogenous variables as special cases of a more general model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0177.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Investors' Portfolio Behavior Under Alternative Models of Long-Term Interest Rate Expectations: Unitary, Rational, or Autoregressive</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0178</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops behavioral relationships explaining investors' demands for long-term bonds, using three alternative hypotheses about investors' expectations of future bond prices (yields). The results, based on U.S. 'data for six major categories of bond market investors, consistently support an autoregressive expectations model. The results also have implications for further aspects of investors' portfolio behavior, including expectations formation, response to inflation, and speed of adjustment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0178.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Identifying Identical Distributed Lag Structures by the Use of Prior SumConstraints</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0179</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper derives an estimation procedure which, when the same distributed lag appears twice in an equation to be estimated by least-squares regression, identifies all of the relevant coefficients and lag weights and also constrains the two sets of individual lag weights to be identical. The procedure for solving this identification-constraint problem involves prior imposition of a restriction on the lag weight sum -- i.e., it is necessary to impose the sum restriction before estimating the equation. A further useful feature of the derived procedure is that it facilitates conveniently imposing the sum restriction on all of the weights in a distributed lag even if the leading weight is independent of a polynomial restriction imposed on the others.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0179.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Analysis of Children's Health and Intellectual Development</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0180</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The basic purpose of our research is to contribute to an understanding of the joint determination of children's cognitive development and their health. Although there is a large literature concerning the first of these issues, there has been little work on the latter. We also explore interrelationships between various aspects of children's physical health and their intellectual development and, in particular, attempt to answer the important question of whether poor health retards the cognitive development of children.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0180.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Behavior in the Light of Balance of Payments Theories</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0181</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to describe the behavior of that subset of prices and price indexes that is relevant to the theory of balance of payments adjustment. The theoretical writings on the balance of payments may be viewed at this juncture as falling into two main groups -- the "standard" theories and the more recent monetary theories. Each of these is examined to determine the assumptions and predictions made about particular kinds of prices, and the empirical evidence regarding these prices is then set out. Although some assessment of the theories -- solely from the price aspect -- is offered, the emphasis is on the price structure and price behavior that ought to be captured in a satisfactory theory of the mechanisms of international adjustment. For pragmatic reasons, attention is placed mainly on the theory relating to exchange rate changes rather than on the explanation of adjustment with fixed exchange rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0181.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Export Prices and Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0182</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kalter</surname>
          <given-names>Eliot R. J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present paper is intended to make a modest contribution to an under-standing of one small but important link in this complicated chain of interacting factors. It is a link that has often been ignored because strong simplifying assumptions have until very recently usually been made about it. We refer to the relation of exchange rate changes, export prices, and domestic prices. During the last few years a number of attempts have been made to examine the extent to which exchange rate changes were "passed through"; that is, the extent to which a given depreciation in the U.S. dollar, for example, resulted in a corresponding decline in the price of U.S. exports in foreign currencies. However, the possibility that a change in the exchange rate might also alter the relationship between the export price and the domestic price of a given product, expressed in the same currency, has been almost completely ignored. The assumption made, implicitly by most past writers in the theory of international trade and more recently explicitly by advocates of the monetary approach to the balance of payments, has been that the "law of one price" applies to shipments destined for home markets and for foreign markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0182.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Government's Impact on the Labor Market Status of Black Americans: A Critical Review</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0183</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Butler</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper surveys recent evidence on the impact of government programs on the measured labor market status of black Americans. In this paper, we argue that previous studies neglect the impact of recent government policy on the supply side of the labor market, and that the supply side effects of recent policy play an important role in explaining the recent measured increase in the ratio of the wages and incomes of blacks to the wages and incomes of whites.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0183.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Theory of the Production and Allocation of Effort</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0184</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to analyze systematically the production of effort and its allocation among different market and non-market sectors. I believe that this analysis can explain much of the variation in earnings that is not explained by human capital. The first section introduces the material.  The next section develops the basic theoretical analysis of the production and allocation of effort by a free person. Section III applies this analysis to the value placed on time a1 located to the non-market sector, the effect of hours worked on fatigue and earnings, life cycle variations-in earnings and hours worked, investment in health, and the effect of marriage on the earnings and health of men and women. Section IV considers worker effort from the view point of firms, and shows how various characteristics of firms determine the wage rates offered and the effort supplied by their workers. Section V analyzes the production and allocation of effort by slaves, and derives "expropriation rates'' and other implications about the treatment of slaves .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0184.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimation of Permanent and Transitory Response Functions in Panels Data: A Dynamic Labor Supply Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0185</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lillard</surname>
          <given-names>Lee A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to develop and test a dynamic labor supply model which incorporates the essential features of these previous models. The issues of permanent and transitory effects and of cross section versus time series can be addressed much more directly given the recent availability of panel data featuring repeated observation over extended periods of time of the same individuals. The labor supply model presented emphasizes the effect of permanent individual wage differences on permanent annual hours of work and the effect of serially correlated transitory individual wage variation on short run hours of work. Permanent and transitory deviations from the aggregate labor supply functions are also allowed. A by-product is an analysis of the relative roles of permanent and transitory components of both wages and hours in the distribution of earnings. The first section introduces the topic and describes related works.  The second section provides a description of the essential features of the model. Section III provides a detailed outline of the empirical model and method of obtaining maximum likelihood estimates of parameters. Section IV provides a discussion of the results including the components of variation in wages, hours, and earnings. Comparisons are made by schooling group, by experience group, by union status, and by wife's work status. Finally the results are summarized in Section V.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0185.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Do Private Pensions Increase National Saving?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0186</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses how private pension programs differ from public social security in their likely impact on aggregate saving. Although private pensions are likely to reduce direct saving by employees, this should be offset by the combination of companies' partial funding and the shareholders response to unfunded liabilities. In contrast to several earlier empirical studies that implied that social security does depress national saving, the current time series evidence suggests that the growth of private pensions has not had an adverse effect on saving and may have increased saving by a small amount.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0186.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Social Security and Retirement Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0187</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present paper is to focus on the potential inducement to retire earlier in the presence of social security and on the implied effects on lifetime savings. This problem is analyzed within the framework of a model of intertemporal utility maximization. The organization of this work is as follows. Section 1 introduces the topic. Section 2 presents the model of individual optimization and of the market equilibrium. Sections 3 through 5 present the comparative statistics analysis. Section 3 evaluates the effects on the equilibrium retirement age, section 4 modifies the benefits formula to depend on retirement age and section 5 examines the wealth-income ratio effect. Section 6 introduces the intergenerational transfer problem. Section 7 presents the general model underlying the previous sections.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0187.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on the Public Debt and Social Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0188</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In these notes I hope to touch on a variety of issues relating to public debt and social insurance and to suggest ways in which they might be approached. It is to be viewed as a research proposal, or an outline of open problems rather than as a statement of results. The notes are divided into two sections. In the first, problems of intertemporal reallocation of resources through the public debt and social security are treated in the context of complete certainty about future events. Both positive and normative aspects of the problem are investigated, but principle emphasis is given to the latter. In the second section, the set of issues related to uncertainty and the role of intergenerational social insurance in its mitigation are explored.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0188.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A System of Subroutines For Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares Computations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0189</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coleman</surname>
          <given-names>David E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holland</surname>
          <given-names>Paul W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaden</surname>
          <given-names>Neil</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Klema</surname>
          <given-names>Virginia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A description of a system of subroutines to compute solutions to the iteratively reweighted least squares problem is presented. The weights are determined from the data and linear fit and are computed as functions of the scaled residuals. Iteratively reweighted least squares is a part of robust statistics where "robustness" means relative insensitivity to moderate departures from assumptions. The software for iteratively reweighted least squares is cast as semi-portable Fortran code whose performance is unaffected (in the sense that performance will not be degraded) by the computer or operating-system environment in which it is used. An [ell sub1] start and an [ell sub2] start are provided. Eight weight functions, a numerical rank determination, convergence criterion, and a stem-and-leaf display are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0189.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pacific Basin in World Trade: Part I, Current Price Trade Matrices, 1948-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0190</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hickman</surname>
          <given-names>Bert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuroda</surname>
          <given-names>Yoshimi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is the first of a sequence of papers on international flows of merchandise trade among fifteen Pacific Basin countries and between them and eleven regions in the Rest of the World. The basic purpose of this report is to present and document annual data on bilateral flows of exports in current prices among the 26 countries and regions in matrix form for the years 1948 through 1975. A second report will provide export price deflators and trade matrices in constant prices for 1955-1975, and a third will analyze the changing pattern of Pacific Basin trade over the same period. The present report is organized as follows. In Section 2 we justify the concept of a Pacific Basin regional economy and describe the postwar trends in its share of world trade and in its internal trading relationships. Section 3 contains a detailed description of the construction of the annual trade matrices. The matrices themselves are presented in Appendix D. Appendix A lists the countries in each regional grouping, and Appendices B and C document adjustments to the basic International Monetary Fund Directions of Trade (DOT) data for the trade of socialist countries and that of Malaysia and Singapore.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0190.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pacific Basin in World Trade: Part II, Constant-Price Trade Matrices, 1955-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0191</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hickman</surname>
          <given-names>Bert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuroda</surname>
          <given-names>Yoshimi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is the second of a sequence of papers on international flows of merchandise trade among fifteen Pacific Basin countries and between them and eleven regions in the Rest of the World. In the first paper in this sequence (Hickman, Kuroda and Lau (1977)) we presented annual data on bilateral flows of exports in current prices among the twenty-six countries and regions for the years 1948 through 1975. The basic purpose of this second report is to present and document data on annual export price indexes of the twenty-six countries and regions and annual bilateral flows of exports in constant U.S. dollar prices among the twenty-six countries and regions in matrix form from 1955 through 1975. A third report will analyze the changing pattern of Pacific Basin trade over the same period. The present report is organized as follows: In Section 2 we present the data sources for the export price indexes. Using these export price indexes, the current price trade matrices derived in the first report(Hickman, Kuroda and Lau (1977)) are deflated to obtain the constant price trade matrices. In Section 3 we examine whether the concept of a Pacific Basin regional economy may still be justified when viewed in a constant price context and describe the postwar trends in its share of world trade and in its internal trading relationships on a constant price basis. In Section 4 we present terms of trade indexes for each country and region from 1955 through 1975 and discuss some of their implications.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0191.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pacific Basin in World Trade: Part III, An Analysis of Changing Trade Patterns, 1955-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0192</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hickman</surname>
          <given-names>Bert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kuroda</surname>
          <given-names>Yoshimi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is the third of a sequence of papers on international flows of trade among fifteen Pacific Basin (PB) countries and between them and eleven regions in the Rest of the World (ROW). In Part I of the sequence (Hickman, Kuroda and Lau, 1977a) we presented and documented annual data on bilateral flows of total exports valued f.o.b. in current dollars among the twenty-six countries and regions for the years 1948 through1975. The primary data source is the Direction of Trade computer tape of the International Monetary Fund, but these data were supplemented from other sources, especially as regards the international trade of the socialist countries. The second report (1977b) extended the data base to include unit value export price indexes and the corresponding constant dollar trade flow matrices for the period 1955-1975. In this third report we analyze the changing pattern of PB trade over the same period, using as tools export growth decomposition indexes, trend analysis, and regression analysis of the price elasticity of import market shares. The present paper is organized as follows. In Section 2 we describe the trends in the export performance of the PB countries and ROW regions, as measured by the cumulative percentage change in each country's share of world exports between 1955 and 1975 and for selected sub periods. In Section 3 and Appendices B and C these export share changes are decomposed into three sources: changes in the degree of penetration of the various import markets, changes in the size of the import markets themselves, and an interaction effect. The decomposition indexes are shown in Section 4 to be dominated by the market penetration or competitiveness effect, so that a country gains or loses in world trade according to whether or not it can increase its shares of the markets in which it sells rather than as a passive result of changes in the size of the markets themselves. This leads to a descriptive analysis in Section 5 of the secular growth rates of the market shares of each country or region in the import markets of the twenty-five remaining countries and regions. Finally, we conclude the paper in Section 6 with art exploratory regression analysis of the responsiveness of the market shares to changes in the relative prices of the various exporting countries competing in each import market, leading to the general conclusion that relative prices do matter and presenting estimates of share or substitution elasticities in the various import markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0192.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Optimal Taxation of Foreign Source Investment Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0193</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our paper begins with the relatively simple problem of optimal taxation as viewed by the capital-exporting ("home") country when it can assume that its actions do not alter the tax rate in the host country. Section I also shows that when foreign investment accounts for a significant fraction of production in the host country, the capital-exporting country should tax foreign source investment income more heavily than is implied by the "full taxation after deduction" rule. The important question of tax rate interdependence is developed in Section II. In the third section we replace the assumption that all foreign investment is financed by a transfer of equity capital from the home country with the more realistic description that subsidiary firms borrow in the host country. Although this raises the profitability to the home country of investment by its foreign subsidiaries, we show that this need not alter the conclusions of the previous sections. We regard the present paper as only a first step in a proper analysis of the complex issue of optimal taxation of foreign source investment income. . The static analysis of the present paper should be extended to consider investment paths in growing economics. Finally, the purely nationalistic optimality criterion could be generalized to give some weight to the real income of the rest of the world.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0193.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Cost-Benefit Analysis Under Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0194</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Graham</surname>
          <given-names>David A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In what follows we provide a conceptually correct procedure for determining whether a risky project passes the "potential Pareto improvement" welfare criterion which forms the normative basis of cost-benefit analysis. In this approach the role of secondary markets in providing opportunities for redistributing risk is made transparent and the modifications necessary when such markets do not exist are suggested.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0194.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Finding Leverage Groups</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0195</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coleman</surname>
          <given-names>David E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A brief discussion of recent methods using the Hat Matrix for identifying leverage points, and clustering techniques for finding groups of data points is presented. The problem of identifying leverage groups is addressed, and a heuristic algorithm for identifying both leverage points and leverage groups is proposed. Semi-portable FORTRAN code implementing the algorithm, a sample terminal session, and a discussion of the terminal session are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0195.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Adaptive Nonlinear Least Square Algorithm</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0196</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dennis</surname>
          <given-names>John E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gay</surname>
          <given-names>David M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Welsch</surname>
          <given-names>Roy E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>NL2SOL is a modular program for solving the nonlinear least-squares problem that incorporates a number of novel features. It maintains a secant approximation S to the second-order part of the least-squares Hessian and adaptively decides when to use this approximation. We have found it very helpful to "size" S before updating it, something which looks much akin to Oren-Luenberger scaling. Rather than resorting to line searches or Levenberg-Marquardt modifications, we use the double-dogleg scheme of Dennis and Mei together with a special module for assessing the quality of the step thus computed. We discuss these and other ideas behind NLZSOL and briefly describe its evolution and current implementation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0196.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Agricultural Time Series-Cross Section Data Set</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0197</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cooley</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>DeCanio</surname>
          <given-names>Steven J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Matthews</surname>
          <given-names>M. Scott</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Agricultural Time Series-Cross Section (ATICS) dataset described in this Working Paper is based on the annual crop and livestock statistics collected by the United States Department of Agriculture. These statistics, scattered through a wide assortment of published and unpublished USDA bulletins and circulars, are extensive in their coverage of the agricultural sector, are highly disaggregated, and span a time period over one hundred years in length. Yet these rich sources have never been unified into a single compilation of data which is accessible, uniform, and machine readable. The ATICS dataset is an attempt to fill this gap.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0197.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Economics of Migration: An Empirical Analysis with Special Referenceto the Role of Job Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0198</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This article continues the work on the analysis of the individual's decision to migrate, but differs from the previous studies by focusing on the relationship between job mobility and migration. First, the proportion of geographic mobility that occurs in conjunction with a job change is calculated. Second, it is shown that the true effects of human capital variables, job characteristics, and family variables on the decision to migrate are best measured when one takes account of the relationship between migration and job mobility. Third, the effect of migration on the wage gains of individuals is studied and again the need for distinguishing among moves that were associated with quits, layoffs, and transfers is clearly shown. Finally, by using three data sets that encompass different age groups (the National Longitudinal Surveys [NLS] of Young and Mature Men and the Coleman-Rossi Retrospective Life History Study), the importance of the relationship between migration and job mobility is demonstrated at different points in the life cycle.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0198.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Migration Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0199</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper joins a few very recent attempts to analyze migration in the awareness of the family context. In contrast to most of them, my focus is exclusively on the family context. The paper defines family ties relevant to migration decisions and explains their effects on the probability of migration, on consequent changes in employment and earnings of family members, as well as on family integrity itself. Hopefully, the paper provides material for a missing chapter on family economics as well as an addition to the economics of labor supply arid of human capital formation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0199.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Share-Tenancy and Family Size in the Brazilian Northeast</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0200</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Alneida</surname>
          <given-names>Anna L. Ozorio de</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper it is proposed that high rural fertility in Latin America is a deliberate and rational adjustment to the conditions of agricultural production that prevail in many areas of the continent. The main finding is that share tenancy, the predominant form of organization of production in the sparsely populated central regions of the Northeast, and a common institution in much of Latin America, contains a set of powerful fertility inducements which are lost when households face a wage-labor situation in agriculture or in cities. Thus, the rapid decline of rural fertility in the past decade in Latin America may be due, in part, to the general demise of share tenancy and its replacement by sub-family farms (minifundios) dependent on wage labor. These broad implications are discussed in the final section of the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0200.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Welfare Cost of Permanent Inflation and Optimal Short-Run Economic Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0201</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>At a minimum, this paper should serve as a warning against too easy an acceptance of the view that the costs of sustained inflation are small relative to the costs of unemployment. If a temporary reduction in unemployment causes a permanent increase in inflation, the present value of the resulting future welfare costs may well exceed the temporary short-run gain. Previous analyses have underestimated the cost of a permanent increase in the inflation rate because they have ignored the growth of the economy and therefore the growth of the future instantaneous welfare costs. In the important case in which the growth of aggregate income exceeds the social discount rate, no reduction in unemployment can justify any permanent increase in the rate of inflation. Quite the contrary, if the inflation rate is above its optimal level, the economy should then be deflated to reduce the inflation rate regardless of the temporary consequences for unemployment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0201.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Two Papers on the Recent Rise in U.S. Divorce Rate</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0202</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper seeks to explain the recent rise in U.S. divorce rates using an economic framework. Annual time series data from1920 to 1974 are used in the empirical analysis. The estimated equation tracks the actual series quite well. It attributes the recent increase in divorce to improved contraceptive technology, reduced average duration of marriage (resulting from the age distribution of the population) and income growth. Projections suggest a flattening of the divorce rate series in the near future.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0202.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation, Inflation, and Monetary Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0203</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Given that application of the principle with full loss offset to all assets is impracticable, we may wish to consider provision of only a partial inflation-exclusion to assets for which it is feasible. The problem is examined in this paper by means of a simple model of anticipated inflation, in which individuals may invest either in assets for which full or partial inflation-exclusion is provided, or in cash, for which no loss offset is allowed. Among other issues, we shall examine the short and long run effects of taxation and of the provision of an inflation deduction on the rate of inflation and on the level of savings. We do not discuss the long-run optimum tax and deduction rates, because it turns out that for a given tax revenue, these instruments are perfect substitutes, i.e. their relative size does not affect the equilibrium configuration.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0203.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Early Retirement</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0204</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hurd</surname>
          <given-names>Michael D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our purpose in the present study is to analyze a new and rich body of data on the elderly to study the supply side of the effect of social security on the early retirement decision. Toward this end, section 2 presents a brief description of some previous studies of retirement behavior. While each in its own way has been suggestive, each also (including one by one of the current authors) has its own set of problems. Section 3 details the analytical framework of the present study. We propose several types of data from which one could obtain complementary information on the labor supply behavior of the elderly, and three approaches to analyzing a given body of data. We then propose a new way of estimating retirement behavior. Section 4 discusses the data used in this study: the Social Security Administration's Retirement History Survey. Section 5 reports our empirical results, estimates of probability of early retirement and early semiretirement equations. Section 6 concludes with a brief discussion of some of the implications of the study and suggestions for future research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0204.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Structural Models of Interest Rate Determination and Portfolio Behavior in the Corporate and Government Bond Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0205</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper summarizes some recent work in which we have modeled long-term interest rate determination in an explicit demand-supply context, using multi-equation structural models and directly contrasts such models with unrestricted reduced-form models. Wholly apart from questions of disaggregation and institutional detail, the explicitly structural nature of demand-supply models necessitates additional theoretical constructs beyond those required by unrestricted reduced-form models. Some of these conceptual inputs are already available from established portfolio theory, and others represent objects of current or prospective research. Experience to date with structural models of long-term interest rate determination suggests, however, that the exploitation of the richer theoretical framework yields not only insights about portfolio behavior but, very likely, improved interest rate models as well.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0205.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security and Household Wealth Accumulation: New Microeconomic Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0206</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The social security program will pay benefits of more than $100 billion in 1978. Public transfers on this scale are large enough to have profound effects on the behavior of the U.S. economy. The most important effect, although not the only one, is likely to be the impact of social security on private saving and aggregate capital accumulation. The present paper contributes to the analysis of this issue by providing new evidence on the extent to which the accumulation of wealth by individual households responds to differences in social security benefits.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0206.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Local Government Budgeting: The Econometric Comparison of Political and Bureaucratic Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0207</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frisch</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The current paper presents a method of deciding the question of whether any given stage in the budget process is an example of the "political" or the "bureaucratic" model. We then use it to study local government spending on education. The basis for our method is the important difference between the effect of intergovernmental aid that is implied by the political budget model and by the bureaucratic budget model. According to the bureaucratic model, the effect of inter-governmental aid on each category of educational input (e.g., teachers' salaries, books, etc.) depends only on the change in total educational spending induced by the aid and not on the type of aid that causes the change in spending. In contrast, the political budget model implies that the overall expenditure increase is the result of separate decisions on each of the expenditure categories and that the changes in these expenditure categories will depend on the form of the intergovernmental aid. Our method of exploiting this difference is presented in detail below.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0207.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Theory of Self-Control</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0208</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shefrin</surname>
          <given-names>H. M.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Thaler</surname>
          <given-names>Richard H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although many economists, most notably Strotz, have discussed dynamic inconsistency and precommitment, none have dealt directly with the essence of the problem: self-control. This paper attempts to fill that gap by modeling man as an organization. The Strotz model is recast to include the control features missing in his formulation. The organizational analogy permits us to draw on the theory of agency. We thus relate the individual's control problems with those that exist in agency relationships.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0208.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Bank Capital Adequacy, Deposit Insurance and Security Values, Part I</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0209</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sharpe</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides a formal setting for the analysis of the capital adequacy of an institution with deposits insured by a third party. An insured depositor has a claim against the institution and a contingent claim against the insurer. This paper analyzes the effect of the riskiness of the asset mix and the relative amount of deposits and capital on the potential liability of the insurer. It shows that an increase in asset risk, holding value constant, increases the value of equity and raises the potential liability of the insurer.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0209.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Study of U.S. Aircraft Hijacking, 1960-1976</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0210</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study attempts to explain the general pattern of aircraft hijacking in the U.S. between 1361 and 1976, the reasons for the dramatic reduction in hijackings after 1972, and the costs and benefits of regulation instituted in 1973 that required mandatory preboarding searches of all passengers and carry-on luggage. The main findings of the paper can be summarized as follows: (1) Increases in the probability of apprehension, the conditional probability of incarceration and the sentence are associated with significant reductions in aircraft hijackings in the 1961 to 1976 time period. These findings are based on two methods of estimating the rate of hijackings , a quarterly time series and the time or flight intervals between successive hijackings, and alternative estimates of the deterrence variables. (2) Regression estimates from the sample period ending in 1972 were used to forecast the number of additional hijackings that would have taken place between 1973 and 1976 if (a) mandatory screening had not been instituted and (b) the probability of apprehension (once the hijacking is attempted) had remained constant and equal to its 1972 value. Under these assumptions, there would have been between 41 and 67 additional hijackings compared to the 11 that actually occurred in the 1973 to 1976 period. (3) Although the mandatory screening program is highly effective in terms of the number of hijackings prevented, its costs appear enormous. The estimated net increase in security costs due to the screening program (which does not include the time and inconvenience costs to persons searched) is $194.24 million over the 1973 to 1976 period. This, in turn, translates into a $3.24 to $9.25 million expenditure to deter a single hijacking. Put differently, if the dollar equivalent of the loss to an individual hijacked passenger were in the range of $76,718 to $219,221, then the costs of screening would just offset the expected hijacking losses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0210.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Service Industries and U.S. Economic Growth Since World War II</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0211</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>During the past 15 years employment and current dollar gross product continued to shift to the Service sector at about the same rate as in the early post-World War II period, while the Service sector's share of gross product in constant dollars remained relatively constant. Productivity (as measured in the National Income Accounts) continued to grow less rapidly than in Industry or Agriculture. The rate of growth of output per worker for the total economy was almost one percent per annum less than in 1948-65, but the shift to the Service sector contributed less than .1 percent per annum to the decrease in productivity growth. Real CDP grew almost as rapidly as in 1948-65, while employment growth accelerated due to a sharp increase in the population of working age. The expansion of service employment contributed substantially to the growth of female employment throughout the post-World War II period, but the increase in female labor force participation was not a significant factor in either the acceleration of employment or the slowdown of productivity growth in 1961-76. The growth of the Service sector also contributed to the growth of government employment. Apart from changes in industry mix, the expansion of government employment has been quite modest. Population projections to the end of this century indicate the likelihood of a marked decrease in the rate of growth of employment (and output per capita) 1990-2000 because of slow growth of working age population and the end of the transition to high female labor force participation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0211.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security Wealth: The Impact of Alternative Inflation Adjustments</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0212</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The distribution of wealth is one of the most important and least studied features of our economic life. A lack of good data on household wealth is the primary reason for the inadequate attention to this subject. Moreover, the evidence that is available from household surveys and estate records excludes the most important asset of the vast majority of households: the value of future social security benefits. The purpose of the current paper is to present evidence on the distribution of social security wealth and to use these estimates to analyze the impact of alternative methods of adjusting future benefits for changes in the price level.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0212.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Relationship Between Children's Health and Intellectual Development</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0213</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The focus of this paper is on functional health status of children in the population. More specifically, we examine a single aspect of functional health status -- intellectual development of children. In a multivariate context, we examine the relationships between the health indexes and cognitive development of children from six to 11 years of age in Cycle II of the U.S. Health Examination Survey (HES). We present the first set of such estimates for a representative sample of non-institutionalized white children in the United States. We compare them with existing findings for underdeveloped countries, Great Britain, and low income families in the United States.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0213.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aspects of Optimal Unemployment Insurance: Search, Leisure and Capital Market Imperfections</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0214</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flemming</surname>
          <given-names>J. S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this paper is to examine the importance of capital market assumptions. A special continuous-time model is developed in sections II-IV which is applicable to the perfect capital market case. It can also be used when there is no capital market at all (section IV). For 'reasonable' parameter values the optimal replacement rate (ratio of benefits to gross wage) appears to be less than 20% when capital markets are perfect but over 70% when they are non existent (i.e. no saving or dis-saving).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0214.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Mitigating Demographic Risk Through Social Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0215</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A two-period lifetime overlapping generations growth model is used to evaluate the possibility that social insurance can effectively offset economic risks associated with uncertainty about the rate of population growth. Crude measures of the seriousness of this type of risk in the current United States situation are presented. Sufficient conditions on the structure of the economy for such intergenerational risk pooling to be mutually beneficial to all members of society are derived. Although it is logically possible to satisfy them1 we argue that they are unlikely to be realized empirically in an economy similar to that of the United States. Because of this failure, some more complex types of policy options are also discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0215.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Evaluation of the Role of Factor Markets and Intensities in the Social Security Crisis: A Progress Report</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0216</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shoven</surname>
          <given-names>John B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper begins to evaluate some of the complicated set of economic adjustments which are going to occur as the uneven population age structure of the U.S. matures. It argues that in the 2012-2035 "crunch" years for the social security system not only will workers be scarce relative to retirees, but they will also be scarce relative to capital. This fact will tend to raise the wage-rentals ratio and partially alleviate the problems of a retirement plan supported by taxes on labor income. On the other hand, during this period the large number of elderly persons will be attempting to dis-save by selling their assets to the relatively few younger, accumulating families. Such an imbalance will be equilibrated only by depressed asset prices. The conclusion, thus, is that the problems of the social security system may be partially alleviated by factor price adjustments, while private funded pension plans will have a problem of their own, namely lower than anticipated liquidation values.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0216.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0216.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Altruism in Law and Economics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0217</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A classic example of external benefits is the rescue of the person or property of strangers in high transaction cost settings. To illustrate, A sees a flowerpot about to fall on B's (a stranger's) head; if he shouts, B will be saved. A thus has in his power to confer a considerable benefit on B. The standard economic reaction to a situation in which there are substantial potential external benefits and high transaction costs is to propose legal intervention. In the example given, this would mean either giving A a right to a reward or punishing A if he fails to save B. Either method, we show, is costly and may result in misallocative effects. These objections to using the law to internalize the external benefits of rescue would be much less imposing were it not for altruism, a factor ignored in most discussion of externalities. Altruism may be an inexpensive substitute for costly legal methods of internalizing external benefits, though this depends on the degree of altruism, the costs of rescue, and the benefits to the rescuee. Although the general legal rule is not to reward the rescuer (nor to impose liability), the law recognizes the fragility of altruism and entitles the rescuer to a reward in certain instances. These include rewards to professional rescuers on land (normally a physician) and to rescuers at sea. In both instances the costs of rescue are likely to be sufficiently high to discourage rescue unless the rescuer anticipates compensation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0217.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Heterogeneous-Expectations Model of the Value of Bonds Bearing Call Options</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0218</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a dynamic programming model of the optimal refunding strategy and the corresponding value of a callable bond. The model differs from previous work on this subject primarily in that it explicitly admits the possibility of differences between the issuer's expectations of future interest rates and an investor's corresponding expectations. This generalization facilitates the application of the model to determine what a specific bond (issued, for example, by a particular corporation) is worth to any given investor. Additional analytical features of the model, which differ from corresponding aspects of some previous models, include the use of a stochastic discounting rate and the use of continuous distributions to characterize the relevant interest rate expectations. For the bond issuer, his own expectations (together with the bond's coupon and call features) suffice to indicate the critical refunding yield as well as the expected value of the bond in each time period until the bond matures. For an investor, however, the analytical solution of the model and the illustrative numerical examples presented in the paper show that the issuer's expectations and the investor's own both matter if the two differ.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0218.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Choice of Diet for Young Children and Its Relation to Children's Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0219</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chernichovsky</surname>
          <given-names>Dov</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we analyze the choice of diet for young children in low income families in the United States and its relation to the children's growth. Our most important finding is that the education and income levels in low income households are generally sufficient for the provision of adequate diets for children in the household. This conclusion is based on empirical results which show that low income parents have pushed the growth of their children through choice of diet nearly as much as possible, and which also show that mother's education and family income are insignificant determinants of the nutrient intakes of children in low income households.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0219.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0219.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Occupational Licensing and the Inter-State Mobility of Professionals</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0220</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pashigian</surname>
          <given-names>B. Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper attempts to measure the effect of occupational licensing, restrictions on reciprocity, location specific investment in reputation and earnings on the interstate mobility of professionals. While 34 professional occupations are analyzed, special attention is focused on the legal profession. The comparatively low interstate mobility rate of lawyers may be due to state licensing and restrictions on reciprocity or to the investments made by lawyers to develop local reputations or to the investments made by lawyers in state specific law. Tests are conducted to distinguish among these three hypotheses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0220.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and Aggregate Factor Supply: Preliminary Estimates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0221</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lau</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper extends the analysis of aggregate factor supply to a model which accounts simultaneously for the consumption/saving and labor/leisure choices. A translog utility maximization model is used to derive the set of consumption and leisure demand equations; these in turn are estimated on U.S. aggregate time series data. The empirical results are striking: we estimate (quite precisely) substantial own and cross price elasticities for current and future consumption and labor supply. The implied interest elasticity of saving is approximately 0.4.The results suggest that previous studies of labor supply and/or consumption which have ignored cross-price effects are mis-specified. We also strongly reject the hypothesis that implicit social security had no effect on factor supply.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0221.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Cumulative Unanticipated Change in Interest Rates: Evidence on the Misintermediation Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0222</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1977</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The term structure of interest rates is carefully analyzed over the period 1947-77 in order to construct a monthly series on cumulative unanticipated changes in long-term interest rates. This series is a sort of synthetic interest rate, changes in which over several months or years represent entirely unanticipated changes in interest rates. The behavior of this series is examined over recognized business fluctuations, and it is found to be actually more reliably pro-cyclic than the raw long-term interest rate, in spite of Kessel's finding that the market tends to correctly predict the direction of change of interest rates over phases. That the series is pro-cyclic supports the hypothesis we have put forward in another paper, that business fluctuations may be caused by "misintermediation", by which we mean the traditional mis-matching of asset and liability maturities on the part of financial intermediaries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0222.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Private and Social Costs of Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0223</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This short note emphasizes and illustrates two basic points: (1) The private costs of unemployment, i.e., the costs borne by the unemployed themselves, vary substantially and are often extremely low. This low private cost is an important cause of the permanently high unemployment rate in the United States. (2) The social costs of unemployment, i.e., the costs of unemployment to the nation as a whole regardless of how they are distributed, must be judged by considering the specific policy by which a worker would be reemployed. It is wrong to regard unemployment as either without cost (because the unemployed enjoy the opportunity for job search and leisure) or as having a cost equal to lost output. Examples are given to show that output may overstate or understate true social cost, depending on the options available for reemployment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0223.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Earnings Function: A Glimpse Inside the Black Box</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0224</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the wage determination process for a group of managerial employees in a major U.S. airline. As would be expected, those with greater-than-average schooling, pre-company labor market experience, and company service receive greater-than-average earnings. The analysis also addresses the question of whether or not the managers within a grade level who are paid more receive higher performance ratings by their supervisors. The answer is "no" in the case of those with more pre-company labor market experience (i.e., those who are older) and with more company service. This suggests that the salaries received by managers within a grade reflect their age and tenure with the company more than their present performance.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0224.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Job Satisfaction as an Economic Variable</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0225</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to examine these concerns and evaluate the use of job satisfaction (and other subjective variables) in labor market analysis. The main theme is that, while there are good reasons to treat subjective variables gingerly, the answers to questions about how people feel toward their job are not meaningless but rather convey useful information about economic life that should not be ignored. The paper begins with a brief description of the satisfaction questions on major worker surveys, and then considers the use of satisfaction as an independent and as a dependent variable. Satisfaction is shown to be a major determinant of labor market mobility, in part it is argued because it reflects aspects of the work place not captured by standard objective variable8. Satisfaction is also found to depend anomolously on some economic variables (such as unionism) in ways that provide insight into how those factors affect people.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0225.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Fluctuation in Equilibrium Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0226</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Fluctuations in the equilibrium rate of unemployment can only be understood within a theory of the natural or equilibrium rate. It is not enough to say that unemployment is the difference between supply and demand in the labor market, though of course it always will be. In equilibrium, no participants in the market can have an unexploited opportunity to make themselves better off. At the equilibrium unemployment rate, employers cannot obtain labor at lower cost by offering work at below the market wage to the unemployed. Unemployed workers cannot raise their effective real incomes by taking lower wages in exchange for immediate employment. The task of the theory is to explain why any unemployment remains at all when these conditions are satisfied. Part of this problem has been studied in detail in the "search theory" of unemployment -- once a worker becomes unemployed, it is reasonably well understood why the worker does not become employed again immediately. The theory of why people become unemployed in the first place is less well developed and is the main concern of this paper. Most of the unemployed are looking for new work because their previous jobs ran out. Consequently, the main ingredient of a theory of the flow of workers into unemployment is a theory of the duration of employment. Such a theory is developed here, along reasonably standard lines.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0226.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Salvors, Finders, Good Samaritans and Other Rescuers: An Economic Study of Law and Altruism</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0227</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses economic analysis to illuminate a variety of legal rules relating to rescue, a term we use broadly to describe any attempt to save a person or property from some peril. We first develop a model of a competitive market in rescues, as a benchmark for judging whether the legal rules of rescue can be viewed as attempts to simulate the operation of a competitive market in rescues. The model explicitly incorporates the possibility of rescues motivated by altruism. We then apply the model to a variety of legal settings in which rescue questions arise. We show that the well-developed body of rules governing rescue at sea (including the principles governing salvage awards and the rule of general average) are consistent with the economic model of professional (nonaltruistic) rescue and appropriate in the maritime setting. The rules of the common law governing rescues on land the physician who treats a passerby in distress) are also examined, and found to be in the main consistent with our economic model when altruism is taken into account, as are the differences between the maritime and common law rules. We then examine the choice between compensation and liability as methods of inducing rescue, and show that the common law's decision not to impose liability for failure to rescue (the "Good Samaritan" rule) may be consistent with efficiency because of the "tax" effects of such liability. We concluded that the array of legal rules and doctrines examined provide support for the hypothesis that the common law (including traditional maritime law) has been heavily influenced by a concern with achieving efficient allocation of resources.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0227.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimating the Family Labor Supply Functions Derived from the Stone-Geary Utility Function</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0228</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hurd</surname>
          <given-names>Michael D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Stone-Geary utility function defined over an index of goods, the leisure of the husband, and the leisure of the wife is used to derive the earnings functions of the husband and the wife. The parameters of the utility function are estimated from the parameters of the earnings functions in a way that accounts for a number of theoretical and statistical problems. The effect of family composition on utility is estimated by specifying and estimating adult equivalents in consumption and leisure of various categories of children. On the statistical side the following difficulties are all considered: nonlinear constraints across equations, endogenous marginal income tax rates, variations in tastes in the population, heteroscedasticity, and truncation of the left-hand variable. The data come from the 1967 Survey of Economic Opportunity. The results are generally good and support the view that the effects of family composition on utility can be estimated from behavioral relationships. Alternative results that ignore the complicated statistical problems are presented; they imply that the statistical problems are empirically important and should not be ignored.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0228.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Accuracy and Properties of Recent Macroeconomic Forecasts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0229</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The aim of this study is to contribute to the measurement and analysis of errors in economists' predictions of changes in aggregate income, output, and the price level. Small sample studies of forecasts can be instructive, but their limitations must be recognized. Compilation of consistent forecast records extending over longer periods of tine is necessary to establish a reasonably reliable base for assessments of forecasting behavior and. performance. Thus the historical record of post-World War II forecasts assembled in the 1960's by the NBER is here extended and updated.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0229.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Size and the Distribution of Per Capita Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0230</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Children</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is another contribution to the vast literature which addresses this issue: comparison of household income per capita among households of different structures requires judgment about the relationship between real income and family size. Our work uses a revealed preference approach in which household size/structure variables are included in empirical demand studies and the estimated coefficients on these variables are used to infer equivalence; it differs from many of the other studies not in basic concept but in its empirical strategy. While most studies build family composition effects into a relatively formal structural model of demand and impose considerable restriction in order to obtain an estimable system, we use a reduced-form approach which requires much less of the data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0230.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Who Puts the Inflation Premium Into Nominal Interests Rates?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0231</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>For expectations of price inflation to affect interest rates, they must affect the behavior of borrowers and lenders or both. This paper analyzes the emergence of the inflation premium in long-term interest rates as the explicit result of borrowers' and lenders' behavior in the bond market in response to price expectations. The object of this analysis is not only to estimate the magnitude of the inflation premium due to this portfolio behavior but also to evaluate the respective contributions to it of borrowers' and lenders' responses. The empirical results presented in this paper indicate that both borrowers' and lenders' portfolio behavior play an important role in the relationship between interest rates and inflation expectations. Estimation results for U.S. data provide evidence that, all other things equal, nonfinancial business corporations increase their supply (net issuance)of bonds in response to an increase in expected inflation; these results mirror the bond investors' responses found by the author in a previous paper. Partial equilibrium experiments based on the combined model of bond supply and bond demand indicate that, all other things equal, the port-folio responses to expected price inflation by borrowers and lenders together increase the bond yield by 2/3%, and modestly decrease the net quantity of bonds issued and purchased, in response to a 1% increase in expected inflation. This result follows as the consequence of a slightly greater response by lenders than by borrowers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0231.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Tax Rules, and the Long Term Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0232</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although the return to capital is a focus of research in both macroeconomics and public finance, each specialty has approached this subject with an almost total disregard for the other's contribution. Macroeconomic studies of the effect of inflation on the rate of interest have implicitly ignored the existence of taxes and the problems of tax depreciation. Similarly, empirical studies of the incidence of corporate tax changes have not recognized that the effect of the tax depends on the rate of inflation and have ignored the information on the rate of return that investors receive in financial  markets. Our primary purpose in this paper is to begin to build a bridge between these two approaches to a common empirical problem.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0232.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0232.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Job Mobility and Earnings Over the Life Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0233</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper analyzes the effects of job mobility on earnings both at young and at older ages. The model takes into account the discontinuity of earnings across jobs, the decline of human capital investment within the job and over the life cycle, and the effects of mobility on the slope of the earnings profile. Careful attention to the functional form of the earnings equation indicates why the coefficient of the current segment is usually larger than the coefficient of the previous segments. Findings from the NLS data include: (1.) Mobile individuals at all ages invest significantly less in on-the-job training. (2.) Although job mobility is associated with significant wage gains (across jobs), there is a substantial wage differential between the mobile and the non-mobile at older ages. (3.) The explanatory power of the earnings equation is significantly increased by accounting for the effects of job mobility; job mobility is an important determinant of the wage structure.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0233.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Excess Taxation of Capital Gains on Corporate Stock</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0234</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present study shows that in 1973 individuals paid nearly $500 million of extra tax on corporate stock capital gains because of the distorting effect of inflation. A detailed analysis shows that the distortion was greatest for middle income sellers of corporate stock. In 1973, individuals paid capital gains tax on more than $4.5 billion of nominal capital gains on corporate stock. If the costs of these shares are adjusted for the increases in the consumer price level since they were purchased, the $4.5 billion nominal gain becomes a real capital loss of nearly $1 billion. As a result of this incorrect measurement of capital gains, individuals with similar real capital gains were subject to very different total tax liabilities. These findings are based on a new body of official tax return data on individual sales of corporate stock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0234.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Inflation, Portfolio Choice, and Nominal Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0235</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Among the different kinds of economic behavior which may account for the familiar Fisherian relationship between nominal interest rates and expected price inflation, portfolio behavior is the most plausibly flexible in the short run. Since substitution into real assets is not a practical portfolio alternative for many investors, however, it is not obvious a priori how important lenders' portfolio behavior can be in bringing about the adjustment of interest rates which Fisher's theory associates with expected inflation. Given the importance of this adjustment for questions of both monetary theory and monetary policy, the underlying economic behavior merits explicit investigation. The empirical results presented in this paper provide evidence that lenders' portfolio behavior does play an important role in the expected-price-inflation/nominal-interest rate relationship. First, results indicate that five of the six major categories of investors in the U.S. long-term bond market reduce their demands for bonds in response to an increase in expected inflation. Secondly, the results of multi-equation partial-equilibrium experiments indicate that ,with all other things unchanged, this response by investors will raise the equilibrium nominal bond yield by about 2/3% in response to a 1% increase in expected inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0235.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Supply of Surgeons and the Demand for Operations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0236</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a multi-equation multivariate analysis of differences in the supply of surgeons and the demand for operations across geographical areas of the United States in 1963 and 1970. The results provide considerable support for the hypothesis that surgeons shift the demand for operations. Other things equal, a 10 percent increase in the surgeon/population ratio results in about a 3 percent increase in per capita utilization. Moreover, differences in supply seem to have a perverse effect on fees, raising them when the surgeon/population ratio increases. Surgeon supply is in part determined by factors unrelated to demand, especially by the attractiveness of the area as a place to live.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0236.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Risk and Capital Adequacy For Traditional Banks and Financial Intermediaries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0237</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Traditionally, banks and financial intermediaries borrow short and lend long. This causes a risk of negative net worth (and failure, under simplifying assumptions), because the present discounted value of the assets is more volatile than that of the liabilities. This paper utilizes a new option pricing model for speculative assets whose log price relative is a symmetric stable Paretian random variable. This model is used to empirically evaluate the probability of failure and fair value of deposit insurance as a function of capital-asset ratio for a bank with demand liabilities and longer term, default-risk-free, perfectly marketable assets. The maturities used for the assets range from three months to 30 years (in order to incorporate thrift institutions). Implications for reserve requirement policy and for liability management are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0237.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Behavior in the Manufacturing Sector for Sixteen Industries Classified by Stage-of-Process</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0238</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Popkin</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One major finding of this paper is that prices in most basic materials producing industries are responsive to demand while prices in most finished goods producing industries are not. If the reverse were true, stabilization policies would. have more effect in the short run on prices and less effect on output than is currently the case. A second finding relates to the 1971-4 period of wage and price controls and the period immediately following their termination. During controls, prices in most manufacturing sectors did rise somewhat slower than their historical relationship to costs would suggest. But after controls ended prices rose relative to costs by considerably more than the amount of their shortfall during controls. This suggests that some fundamental change in price-cost relationships may have taken place in 1974.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0238.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Shifting Wealth Ownership on the Term Structure of Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0239</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Substantial shifts in wealth ownership from individuals to pension funds are currently taking place in the United States and also are in prospect for the foreseeable future. Moreover, pension funds typically exhibit portfolio preferences that are markedly different from those of individuals. In a world of heterogeneous investors, redistributions among wealth holders with different portfolio preferences will in general alter the structure of asset yields. Partial-equilibrium simulation experiments based on a model of the U. S. long-term bond market indicate that redistributions of saving flows from individuals to pension funds, in plausible magnitudes, can have major effects on the term structure of interest rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0239.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Determinants of Pediatric Care Utilization</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0240</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Colle</surname>
          <given-names>Ann D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to understand the determinants of utilization of pediatric care -- care rendered to children by all physicians. Multivariate techniques are employed to examine four measures of pediatric care utilization in a national sample of children between the ages of 1 and 5. These measures are the probability of contacting a physician within the past year, the probability of obtaining a preventive physical examination within the past year, the number of office visits to physicians in private practice by children with positive visits, and the average quality of these visits.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0240.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Personal Taxation, Portfolio Choice and The Effect of the Corporation Income Tax</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0241</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Extending the traditional treatment of the corporate tax to an economy with a progressive personal tax fundamentally changes the analysis. While the corporate tax system (CTS) does increase the total tax rate on corporate source income for some investors, the exclusion of retained earnings implies that the CTS lowers the tax rate for high-income investors. Analyzing such an economy requires replacing the traditional "equal-yield" equilibrium condition with a more general portfolio balance model. In this model, introducing a CTS can actually increase the corporate share of the capital stock even though the relative tax rate on corporate income rises.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0241.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Exit-Voice Tradeoff in the Labor Market: Unionism, Job Tenure, Quits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0242</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effect of trade unionism on the exit behavior of workers in the context of Hirschman's exit-voice dichotomy. Unionism is expected to reduce quits and permanent separations and raise job tenure by providing a "voice" alternative to exit when workers are dissatisfied with conditions. Empirical evidence supports this contention, showing significantly lower exit for unionists in several large data tapes. It is argued that the grievance system plays a major role in the reduction in exit and that the reduction lowers cost and raises productivity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0242.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and Corporate Financial Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0243</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ballentine</surname>
          <given-names>J. Gregory</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McLure</surname>
          <given-names>Charles E</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A model of corporate financial policy (debt-equity ratios and dividend payout rates) is included in the Harberger general equilibrium model of incidence of the corporate income tax. Illustrative calculations of the distortions of financial policy and increases in risk premiums induced by the corporate tax are provided. Because risk premiums on corporate securities would be reduced, eliminating the corporate tax or integrating it into the personal tax would increase the income of non-corporate investors relatively more than that of investors in corporate securities, and is therefore less regressive than is commonly thought.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0243.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Forecasting with the Index of Leading Indicators</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0244</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Vaccara</surname>
          <given-names>Beatrice N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The composite index of leading indicators is found to be a valuable tool for predicting not only the direction but also the size of near- term changes in aggregate economic activity. This conclusion is based on assessments of the leading index as a predictor of (1) business cycle turning points as dated by the National Bureau of Economic Research and (2) quantitative changes in real GNP and the composite index of coincident indicators. Specific smoothing rules are identified which reduce the frequency of false signals but still provide adequate early warning of cyclical turning points. Simple regression models based on first differences in the logarithms produce a comparatively good record of forecasts one and two quarters ahead. The best results are obtained by using predictive chains whereby, e.g., quarterly changes in the lagging index (inverted) for Q[sub t] are used to forecast changes in the leading index in quarter Q which in turn are used to forecast changes in real GNP (or the coincident index) in Q[sub t+2].</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0244.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Propagation of Prices in the Oil Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0245</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kisselgoff</surname>
          <given-names>Avram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The main thrust of this report is the development of a price record that would provide a basis for the identification of the areas of activity in the oil industry in which significant price changes have occurred, with expectation that this type of information could serve as a useful ingredient in the policy-making process. The study presents estimates of the selling price of a barrel of oil at three stages of operations of the industry -- the wellhead, the refinery and the end-use levels. Prices of individual classes of petroleum products at refineries and at the end-use level were also estimated. The price data are provided for benchmark years 1958, 1963,1967 and 1972, as well as for 1973, 1974, 1975 and 1976 when crude oil prices rose considerably. The estimating procedure is briefly described in the study. The examination of the transmission of prices from market to market within the oil industry shows that the steep rise in 1973-74 prices paid by end-users of petroleum products was due not only to the large increases in crude oil prices but also to the sizable in-creases in gross operating margins-labor costs, transportation, profits, etc. -- at the refinery and distribution levels. In the post-embargo years of 1975 and 1976, prices continued to advance but at a slower pace. The refiners' gross margins in 1975, however, declined somewhat; they rose significantly above the 1974 level in1976. The marketers' margins made further gains in 1975, but exhibited a decrease in 1976. Another finding is that during 1973-74 there was a considerable narrowing in the price differentials among the various re-fined products; in particular the price of residual fuel oil, which averaged 20 percent of the price of gasoline in the decade of the 1960's,rose to 52 percent of the price of gasoline by 1974. The narrowing process continued in 1975-1976.The study includes a short discussion of the effects of rising oil prices in 1973-1976 on the profitability of the petroleum industry and the general price level.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0245.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Causation Among Socioeconomic Time-Series</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0246</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert T.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Using annual U. S. time series data from 1950-1974, formal tests of causation are performed among three socioeconomic phenomena: women's labor force participation rates, fertility rates, and divorce rates. Box-Jenkins and other techniques are employed with Granger-Sims type definition of causation based on leads and lags. Women's labor force participation appears to be causally prior to both fertility and divorce; the direction of effect on fertility is negative and on divorce, positive. Additional tests with alternative definitions of variables and a longer (1924-1974) time span also exhibit causal influence from fertility to divorce (with no feedback). When per capita income is also tested for causal influence, it, too, appears causally prior to fertility and divorce.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0246.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Perspective on Bank Capital Adequacy: Time-Series Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0247</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goodman</surname>
          <given-names>Laurie</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sharpe</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The first part of this paper provides a historical perspective on bank risks. Five-year moving average measures of total risk, market risk, and nonmarket risk are computed for an index of New York banks from 1929-1975 and for an index of outside New York banks from 1950-1976.We use a carefully constructed series of bank balance sheet data to compute correlations among various components of New York banks' port-folios and observe trends over time. The time series relationship between book values and market values is investigated, and classical measures of capital adequacy are calculated using surrogates for market values rather than book values. Finally, data are presented on the movement of interest rates and the term structure over time. Serial correlations and cross-correlations are computed. The second part of the paper uses the technique proposed in Sharpe ("Bank Capital Adequacy, Deposit Insurance and Security Values," June 1978) to gain information about capital adequacy. He has shown that for a bank with deposit liabilities that do not extend beyond the review period a "value preserving spread" in asset risk is likely to increase the value of capital. Moreover, the less adequate the capital, the larger this effect should be. We outline the method used to develop an econometric model to test for this effect. The model is then applied to time series data from 1938 to 1975.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0247.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unionism and the Dispersion of Wages</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0248</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the effect of trade unionism on the dispersion of wages among male wage and salary workers in the private sector in the United States. It finds that the application of union wage policies designed to standardize rates within and across establishments significantly reduces wage dispersion among workers covered by union contracts and that unions further reduce wage dispersion by narrowing the white-collar/blue-collar differential within establishments. These effects dominate the more widely studied impact of unionism on the dispersion of average wages across industries, so that on net unionism appears to reduce rather than increase wage dispersion or inequality in the United States.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0248.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Education and Self-Selection</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0249</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Sherwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A structural model of the demand for college attendance is derived from the theory of comparative advantage and recent statistical models of self-selection and unobserved components. Estimates from NBER-Thorndike data strongly support the theory. First, expected lifetime earnings gains influence the decision to attend college. Second, those who did not attend college would have earned less than measurably similar people who did attend, while those who attended college would have earned less as high school graduates than measurably similar people who stopped after high school. Positive selection in both groups implies no "ability bias in these data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0249.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects of Taxation on the Selling of Corporate Stock and the Realization of Capital Gains</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0250</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Yitzhaki</surname>
          <given-names>Shlomo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study provides the first econometric analysis of the effect of taxation on the realization of capital gains. The analysis thus extends and complements the earlier study by Feldstein and Yitzhaki [1978] of the effect of taxation on the selling of corporate stock. The present analysis, using a large, new body of data obtained from individual tax returns, supports the earlier finding that corporate stock sales are quite sensitive to tax rates and then shows that the effect on the realization of capital gains is even stronger.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0250.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Theory of the Natural Unemployment Rate and the Duration of Employment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0251</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, a theory of the natural or equilibrium rate of unemployment is built around a theory of the duration of employment. Evidence is presented that most unemployed workers became unemployed because their previous jobs came to an end; only a minority are on temporary layoff or have just entered the labor force. Thus, high-unemployment labor markets are generally ones where jobs are brief and there is a large flow of newly jobless workers. The model of the duration of employment posits that employment arrangements are the efficient outcome of the balancing of workers' and employers' interests about the length of jobs. Full equilibrium in the labor market also requires that the rate at which unemployed workers find new jobs be efficient. The factors influencing the resulting natural unemployment rate are discussed. Under plausible assumptions, the natural rate is independent of the supply or demand for labor. Only the costs of recruiting, the costs of turnover to employers, the efficiency of matching jobs and workers, and the cost of unemployment to workers are likely to influence the natural rate of unemployment strongly. Since these are probably stable over time, the paper concludes that fluctuations in the natural unemployment rate are unlikely to contribute much to fluctuations in the observed unemployment rate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0251.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Nature and Measurement of Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0252</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Problems of defining and measuring unemployemnt in the contemporary American economy are examined here using data from the official employment survey. The paper finds that only a minority of the unemployed conform to the conventional picture of a worker who has lost one job and is looking f or another job. Other important categories are those who have jobs but are not at work because the jobs have not yet started or because of layoff, workers who are in normal spells between temporary jobs, people who are looking into the possibility of work as an alternative to household duties, school, or retirement, and people who have come back into the labor force. None of these categories is dominant. One of the most significant findings is the large number of the unemployed (close to a million in 1977) who are looking for temporary work. Another important finding is that only a minority of the unemployed are looking for work as their major activity during the week of the survey. The majority of those classified officially as unemployed are identified by the household as keeping house, going to school, or retired.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0252.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Choice of Asset Life</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0253</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Given the current corporate tax structure in the U.S., inflation may have an important impact on the production decisions of firms, notably the choice of capital durability. This paper presents a model of competitive behavior in which firms may choose the durability of their capital goods. We find that in the presence of inflation, the taxation of corporate profits may influence both the choice of asset life and the market value of equity. In particular, the failure to index depreciation allowances depresses share values and biases the choice of asset life toward greater durability. Integrating this analysis with the traditional one-sector monetary growth model, we study the general equilibrium impact of inflation on such long run characteristics of the economy as output per capita and the real rate of return received by investors.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0253.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wealth Maximization and the Cost of Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0254</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we explore the issue of wealth maximization and the implied behavior of the firm, paying particular attention to the results discussed above and how they are affected by the existence of capital income taxes. Our results indicate that a tax structure similar to that in existence in the United States influences the cost of capital in a very different way than has been assumed previously and that the relative advantages of debt over equity as a method of finance, and capital gains over dividends as a vehicle for personal realization of corporate profits, may have been greatly overstated. These findings may help to explain certain aspects of corporate financial behavior that have seemed puzzling.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0254.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Share Valuation and Corporate Equity Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0255</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In recent years many contributions have appeared which examine the effects of corporate and personal taxation on firm financial policy. However, there has yet to appear an adequate explanation of why corporations continue to distribute dividends despite their disadvantageous tax treatment. We study this problem anew, in the context of an overlapping generations growth model with corporations financed by equity. Among our findings are: (1) capital owned by corporations may well be undervalued, even in the long run; (2) as a result of such undervaluation, firms may find it in the best interest of their stockholders to distribute dividends; and (3) an increase in the tax on distributions, while depressing the return to personal saving, may lead to an increase in the capital intensity of the economy. We also consider the criterion firms will use in evaluating new investment projects.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0255.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Children's Health and the Family</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0256</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The objective of this paper is to define the relationship between a number of family characteristics and the health of white children aged 6 to 11 years residing in those families. The partial effects of family income on health are1l and seldom statistically significant. Indeed, some health problems -- high blood pressure, allergies, and tension -- are more likely to occur among children from high income families. The general finding of small partial income effects is supported by analysis of gross health differences between children from lower and higher income families. In those cases where significant gross health difference. do exist between children from these two income classes, decomposition of these gross differences shows them to be attributable in large part to factors other than income itself. The finding that differences in health related solely to income are smaller than commonly believed implies that policies to improve the well-being of children via income transfers, such as those advocated by the recent Carnegie Council on Children, would have, at best, very small effects on health. Indeed, the most important conclusion of our study is that the present tendency to base government child health programs on simplistic notions that income is the primary source of differences in children's health will not lead towards fruitful or successful public policy regarding children's health.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0256.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Lock-In Effect of the Capital Gains Tax: Some Time Series Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0257</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study presents time-series evidence indicating that capital gains taxation reduces the realization of capital gains. The "lock-in" effect is detectable once we divide individuals into categories on the basis of how much recent capital gains tax in- creases have affected them. Since the tax law changes, those individeals who are affected have realized significantly ldss capital gains relative to those not affected. This analysis, in `ddition to evidence fpom cross-sectional research reported in Feldstein and Yitzhaki (1978) and Feldstein, Slemrod and Qitzhaki (1978),indicates that estimates of the tax revenue change resulting from a reduction in capital gains taxation based on the assumption of unchanged realized gains may be misleading.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0257.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Imported Inflation 1973-74 and the Accommodation Issue</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0258</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cagan</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present study is to measure the amount of price increase that the proposals for accommodation required in 1973â€”74. Presumably such an estimate of the amount could be made in time to act on it. Whether accommodation is a desirable policy is not addressed here. Consistently followed, it would result in a higher long-run rate of inflation, because there are not likely to be nearly enough episodes of deflationary accommodation to offset the inflationary ones. Notwithstanding the appeal in the short run to accept inflationary fait accompli in order to avoid prolonged economic slack, one may have strong reservations about the long-run consequences on expectations of following such a policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0258.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventory Fluctuations, Temporary Layoffs and the Business Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0259</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Firms respond to fluctuations in demand by changing their inventories and their levels of production. The relative magnitudes of the inventory and production responses have important implications for the overall cyclical behavior of the economy. Government policies that affect the costs of holding inventories and the costs of the temporary layoffs that accompany reductions in the level of output can therefore have significant effects on the magnitude of aggregate fluctuations. The current paper presents new econometric evidence on the nature of inventory adjustments and then examines how changes in inventory behavior affect the overall business cycle. The analysis in this paper was motivated by our discovery that the parameter estimates of the traditional productional adjustment model are not consistent with the observed magnitudes of inventory change and the production. We have shown here that this production adjustment model is a special case of a more general two-speed adjustment process in which both production and inventory targets adjust slowly. Our estimates of the two-speed model clearly reject the production adjustment model in favor of the target adjustment model in which the inventory target adjusts slowly to changes in sales but production adjusts rapidly to changes in the desired inventory. Our analysis of the spectral properties of a simple macroeconomic model show that the production adjustment model and the target adjustment model can imply quite different cyclical behavior of the economy as a whole. Depending on the autocorrelation of the disturbance, government policies that reduce the speed with which production responds to changes in desired inventories and that place greater reliance on inventory adjustment may stabilize national income. Further analysis of these questions with more realistic models would clearly be desirable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0259.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Retirement</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0260</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the impact of social security on the retirement of married men aged 60-70 years. The empirical results are based on a rich file of data from the Social Security Administration (1973 CPS-IRS-SSA Exact Match File). The data permit precise calculation of social security wealth (the actuarial present value of benefits that a person would receive by retiring) denoted SSW. This variable measures social security's effect on retirement. The estimated effects are significant and considerable. When SSW in-creases from $35,000 to $55,000 the probability of retirement rises by .15 for 62-64 year olds relative to a .41 retirement rate. For 65-70 year olds this increase is .22 relative to .78. For 60-61 year olds who are entitled to SSW but not old enough to receive benefits the estimated effect was small and insignificant. This supports the conclusion that the observed effect on men eligible for benefits is a causal relationship. The traditional method of comparing market and reservation wages for analyzing the decision to work provides the basic econometric model. SSW is added to construct a retirement model. A two-step probit analysis is developed to identify structural parameters in the retirement model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0260.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Survey Evidence on The Rationality of Interest Rate Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0261</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An analysis of predictions of six interest rates over 3-months-ahead and 6-months-aheadhorizons, surveyed regularly over eight years, casts doubt on the hypothesis that market participants' expectations are 'rational' in Muth's sense. Tests show that the survey respondents did not make unbiased predictions, that (especially for the 6-months-ahead predictions) they did not efficiently exploit the information contained in past interest rate movements, that their respective 3-months-ahead and 6-months-ahead predictions failed to be consistent in the sense required for 'rationality', and that (for long-term but not short-term interest rates) their predictions failed to exploit efficiently the information contained in common macroeconomic and macro-policy variables other than the money stock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0261.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Changes in Household Living Arrangements 1950-76</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0262</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Scott</surname>
          <given-names>Sharon R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Children</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The growth in single-person households is a pervasive behavioral phenomenon in the United States in the post-war period. In this paper we investigate determinants of the propensity to live alone, using 1970 data across states for single men and women ages 25 to 34 and for elderly widows. Income level appears to be a major determinant of the propensity to live alone. The estimated cross-state equations track about three-quarters of the increase in the propensity to live alone between 1950â€”1976 and suggest that income growth has been the principal identified influence. Other variables found to affect (positively) the propensity to live alone include mobility, schooling level, and for young people a measure of social climate; non-whites appear to have a somewhat lower propensity to live alone.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0262.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adjudication as a Private Good</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0263</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Landes</surname>
          <given-names>William M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Posner</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the question whether adjudication can be viewed as a private good, i.e., one whose optimal level will be generated in a free market. Part I focuses on private courts, noting their limitations as institutions for dispute resolution and rule creation but also stressing the important role that the private court, in its various manifestations, has played both historically and today. Part II discusses a recent literature which has argued that the rules generated in the public court system, in areas of the law where the parties to litigation are private individuals or firms and the rules of law are judge-made, are the efficient products of purely private inputs. Our analysis suggests that this literature has overstated the tendency of a common law system to produce efficient rules, although areas can be identified where such a tendency can indeed be predicted on economic grounds. Viewed as a contribution to the emergent literature on the positive economic theory of law, our finding that the public courts do not automatically generate efficient rules is disappointing, since it leaves unexplained the mechanisms by which such rules emerge as they seem to have done in a number of the areas of Anglo-American judge-made law. However, our other major finding, that the practices and law governing private adjudication appear to be strongly influenced by economic considerations and explicable in economic terms, is evidence that economic theory has a major role to play in explaining fundamental features of the legal system.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0263.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Pricing of Short-Lived Options When Price Uncertainty Is Log-Symmetric Stable</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0264</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCulloch</surname>
          <given-names>J. Huston</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The well-known option pricing formula of Black and Scholes depends upon the assumption that price fluctuations are log-normal. However, this formula greatly underestimates the value of options with a low probability of being exercised if, as appears to be more nearly the case in most markets, price fluctuations are in fact symmetrics table or log-symmetric stable. This paper derives a general formula for the value of a put or call option in a general equilibrium, expected utility maximization context. This general formula is found to yield the Black-Scholes formula for a wide variety of underlying processes generating log-normal price uncertainty. It is then used to derive the value of a short-lived option for certain processes that generate log-symmetric stable price uncertainty. Our analysis is restricted to short-lived options for reasons of mathematical tractability. Nevertheless, the formula is useful for evaluating many types of risk.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0264.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Fundamental Determinants of Risk In Banking</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0265</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Barry</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Perry</surname>
          <given-names>Philip R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study is concerned with establishing the determinants of banks' exposure to risk and with predicting risk in banking. Using the COMPUSTAT data base, prediction rules have been developed for two aspects of risk: systematic risk (risk that is related to covariance with the market portfolio) and residual risk (the aggregate of specific</p>
<p> risk and extra-market covariance). For each type of risk, several models have bean estimated: one model employs only measures of the asset and liability characteristics of the bank; a second employs these characteristics and other data taken from annual reports; a third model adds the history of the behavior of the price at the bank's common stock. The central conclusion of the study is that systematic and residual risk in banks can be predicted from predetermined data. Prediction rules estimated in this way can serve a useful function in monitoring bank risk. Further, the predictive significance of each variable serves as a measure of the appropriateness of that variable as an indicator of risk, and hence as a target for regulation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0265.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Risk and the Regulation of Financial Institutions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0266</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Morrison</surname>
          <given-names>Jay B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pyle</surname>
          <given-names>David H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Corporate Finance</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A bank or other financial institution is potentially subject to at least four types of risk: (1) Credit risk -- defaults or delays in repayments. (2) Fraud -- embezzlement or insider abuse. (3) Liquidity risk -- or high cost of obtaining needed cash. (4) Interest rate risk -- differential changes in the value of assets and liabilities as interest rates shift. This paper reports a study of the interest-rate elasticity of the net worth of a commercial bank. Most of the study is devoted to the development of the necessary methodology to measure the interest-rate elasticity (IRE) of a bank's asset/liability mix. The report is organized into four major sections. The first summarizes the history of interest-rate elasticity models and points out the problems in applying them to bank assets and liabilities. An analytical framework is then developed to calculate the IRE of a portfolio of assets and liabilities. The next three sections apply the framework to a simulated bank. For simplicity, the bank is assumed to have only two classes of assets (commercial loans and cash) and three classes of liabilities(demand deposits, large denomination CD's, and capital). The second section develops models of the cash flows associated with each of the assets and liabilities. The third section quantifies the parameters necessary to calculate the net worth and IRE measures, and the fourth section details the design of a simulation and some simulation results for the 1973-75 period. The report concludes with a discussion of the regulatory implications of the study.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0266.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Changes and Commercial Bank Revenues and Costs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0267</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Maisel</surname>
          <given-names>Sherman</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hacobson</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper estimates statistical cost. and revenue curves for a cross-section of banks in the years 1962-75. The primary data cover reported accounting or book rates of return. Approximations are also made to estimate economic or total returns. These approximations take into account changes in capital values during the year as a result of movements in interest rates measured by market yields of government securities of the proper duration. Book rates of return and costs adjust towards each other so that marginal rates received or paid for different activities tend to equalize. On the other hand, the rates of adjustment are slow. While movements in the cost of demand and time deposits correlate well with changes in market rates, not all of the advantages of interest rate ceilings are given up to depositors. Movements in interest rates cause sharp fluctuations in total returns. These movements are sharp enough so that in several years economic losses occurred rather than reported book profits. Furthermore, over this period the net economic returns of classes of assets were poorly correlated with their risks (their variance of returns).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0267.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Calculating the Present Value of An Asset's Future Cash Flows</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0268</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadauld</surname>
          <given-names>Stephen D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes both the theory and a computer program designed to calculate the present value of an asset's uncertain future cash flows. In this model expected flows may vary in each of "t" future periods. Flows are adjusted to a certainty equivalent by a correction factor derived from a covariance matrix of the flows and market returns. The flows are discounted by a full specification of the term structure of the risk-free interest rate. The specific model illustrated in the paper is that of expected cash flows from a mortgage portfolio. The computer program calculates the expected cash flow, the uncertainty correction, and the term structure of interest rates. Algorithms to solve for each of these factors are included. Alternatively, options are included to input the factors from exogenous forecasts or projections. In addition to calculating the present values under each specification for the factors, the program compares the present values derived from each particular specification.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0268.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Neutrality and the Investment Tax Credit</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0269</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper concerns the question of how the rules for calculating the investment tax credit and the associated rules for calculating depreciation allowances for tax purposes should be structured to assure the "appropriate" relationship between the subsidy granted to long-lived assets and that to short-lived assets. The increasing rate of tax subsidy under the investment credit favors long-lived assets by comparison with a flat-rate credit, while the neglect of the credit in calculating depreciation allowances favors short-lived assets (for which the depreciation allowance is a more important element in the cash flow). In reviewing the literature on this issue, Emil Sunley focused on the question of whether the investment credit should vary with the durability of the asset purchased.  He concluded that neutrality requires a subsidy rate increasing with the useful life of the asset in a way qualitatively similar to that prescribed in present U.S. law. This paper develops Sunley's discussion through the use of simple formal models of the yield from investment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0269.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Explaining Movements in Completed Fertility Across Cohorts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0270</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kenny</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A life cycle model of fertility based on the quantity-quality model of fertility successfully explains changes in completed fertility in a period in which completed fertility first fell and then rose. This model furthermore accurately predicts the timing and level of the subsequent peak in completed fertility. Regressions based on Easterlin's relative economic status theory of fertility are less successful in predicting fertility over a fifteen year period than regressions based on the quantity-quality model. Upon investigation, much of the increase in completed fertility associated with the baby boom appears to be primarily attributable to sporadic wage growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0270.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Male Wage Rates and Marital Status</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0271</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kenny</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Numerous studies have found that married men earn consider-ably more than single men of the same education, experience, etc. There are several possible explanations of this phenomenon. Recent theoretical developments in the economics of marriage predict that males with higher wage rates have a greater gain from marriage and are therefore more likely to marry. Alternatively, one of the benefits of marriage is specialization in the labor force; married men spend more hours in the labor force than single males and thus have a greater incentive to invest in human capital. The empirical work in this paper suggests that a large fraction of the unexplained wage differential between married males and unmarried males may be attributable to the former explanation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0271.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Social Security Earnings Test, Labor Supply Distortions, and Foregone Payroll Tax Revenues</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0272</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pallechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this study the social security earnings test is shown to have a significant effect empirically on the labor supply of retirement aged men. A rich data file from the Social Security Administration containing accurate benefit information provides a cross- section sample of 65-70 year old married men who worked some amount for empirical investigation. The data pertain to 1972. The results indicate that eliminating the earnings test would increase labor supply by 151 annual hours and payroll tax revenue by $31 per individual in the sample. The way in which the earnings test is relaxed is important also. Raising the exempt amount increased labor supply while lowering the tax rate did not. This follows from analyzing labor supply decisions over a nonlinear earnings-tested budget constraint. An econometric technique was developed for consistently estimating labor supply over nonlinear budget constraints. This technique conveniently summarized the budget constraint in an expected value calculation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0272.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>New Estimates of the Industrial Locus of Unionism in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0273</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study presents new estimates of collective bargaining coverage and union membership for detailed U.S. industries. It compares the new coverage and membership figures with each other and with figures derived by researchers for the early 1960's and analyzes the divergences. This analysis leads to three primary conclusions:1) Estimated coverage percentages are on average higher than estimated membership percentages; 2) This relationship is primarily the result of the absence of union security clauses (under which covered employees must at some point become union members); 3) Even among production workers within detailed industries, private sector unionism has been dwindling during the past two decades.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0273.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Dynamics of Youth Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0274</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the dynamics of youth unemployment. Three broad conclusions emerge. First, the problem of youth joblessness extends beyond the unemployed. We find that over one-half of youth unemployment spells end in labor force withdrawal. Much of youth non-employment is not picked up in the official unemployment statistics, because many young people give up the search for work and leave the labor force. Second, a large part of youth unemployment is accounted for by a relatively small, hard core group of young people who experience long spells of unemployment. While most unemployment spells are short, this is due to the high rates of labor force withdrawal, rather than to job finding. Among male teenagers out of school, for example, we find that over half of unemployment was due to those with more than six months of unemployment in the year. Third, a shortage of attractive jobs is the principle source of long term non-employment. While instability and frequent turnover are major factors in determining the overall pattern of teenage unemployment, we find that the lack of desirable employment opportunities is the crux of the problem for those most seriously affected by youth unemployment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0274.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Fiscal Policies, Inflation and Capital Formation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0275</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Three ways of averting "excess saving" have been emphasized in both theory and practice. The thrust of the Keynesian prescription was to increase the government deficit to provide demand for the resources that would not otherwise be used for either consumption or investment. In this way, aggregate demand would be maintained by substituting public consumption for private consumption. A second alternative prescription was to reduce the private saving rate. Early Keynesians like Seymour Harris saw the new Social Security program as an effective way to reduce aggregate saving. The third type of policy, developed by JamesTobin, relies on increasing the rate of inflation and making money less attractive relative to real capital. In Tobin's analysis, the resulting increase in capital intensity offsets the higher saving rate and therefore maintains aggregate demand. This paper will examine ways of increasing capital intensity without raising the rate of inflation. The analysis will also show why, contrary to Tobin's conclusion, a higher rate of inflation may not succeed in increasing investors' willingness to hold real capital.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0275.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Stock Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0276</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses a crucial cause of the failure of share prices to rise during a decade of substantial inflation. Indeed, the share value per dollar of pretax earnings actually fell from 10.82 in 1967 to 6.65 in 1976. The analysis here indicates that this inverse relation between higher inflation and lower share prices during the past decade was not due to chance or to other unrelated economic events. On the contrary, an important adverse effect of increased inflation on share prices results from basic features of the current U.S. tax laws, particularly historic cost depreciation and the taxation of nominal capital gains.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0276.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Force Transitions and Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0277</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper challenges conventional views of unemployment. Its results suggest that failure to examine closely labor force transitions has led to a misleading picture of unemployment and the way the labor market functions in general. There are four main conclusions. First, labor force transitions are the principal determinant of fluctuations in employment and unemployment. We find that the vast majority of those newly employed come not from unemployment but from outside the labor force. Likewise, most spells of employment end with labor force withdrawal rather than unemployment. Second, traditional estimates of the duration of unemployment and the ease of job finding are seriously flawed by failure to take account of the 45 percent of all unemployment spells which end in labor force withdrawal. Third, re-entrant unemployment is to a large extent the result of job-ending followed by a brief spell outside the labor force. Many re-entrants would almost certainly be better classified as job losers and leavers completing long spells of unemployment rather than as entrants starting a new spell of unemployment. Fourth, it appears that many of those counted as out of the labor force are functionally indistinguishable from the unemployed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0277.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Experience, Performance, and Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0278</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abraham</surname>
          <given-names>Katharine G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study provides direct evidence concerning the relationship between experience and performance among managerial and professional employees doing similar work in two major U. S. corporations. The facts presented indicate that while, within grade levels, there is a strong positive association between experience and relative earnings, there is either no association or a negative association between experience and relative rated performance. If we are correct that the performance ratings given to managerial and professional employees in any grade level adequately reflect those employees' relative productivity in the year of assessment, the results imply that the human capital on-the-job training model cannot explain a substantial part of the ob-served return to labor market experience.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0278.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The 1971-1974 Controls Program and The Price Level: An Econometric Post-Mortem</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0279</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Newton</surname>
          <given-names>William J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides new empirical evidence on the effects of the Nixon wageâ€”price controls on the price level. The major new wrinkle is that the controls are treated as a quantitative (rather than just a qualitative) phenomenon through the use of a specially-constructed series indicating the fraction of the economy that was controlled. According to the estimates, by February 1974controls had lowered the non-food non-energy price level by 3â€”4 percent. After that point, and especially after controls ended in April 1974, a period of rapid 'catch up' inflation eroded the gains that had been achieved, leaving the price level from zero to 2 percent below what it would have been in the absence of controls. The dismantling of controls can thus account for most of the burst of 'double digit' inflation in non-food and non-energy prices during 1974.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0279.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Fixed Effect Logit Model of the Impact Of Unionism on Quits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0280</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There are two possible reasons for unionized workers to have lower quit rates than otherwise comparable nonunion workers: unions could organize employees with innately lower propensities to quit or they could reduce propensities by offering disgruntled workers alternatives to quitting in the form of grievance arbitration and related industrial jurisprudence systems. This paper uses a fixed effect logit model based on the conditional likelihood function to disentangle these two effects. The paper finds that the observed union-quit tradeoff is due largely to the impact of unionism on worker behavior rather than to the propensity of stable workers to be organized, supporting the notion that unions have important nonwage effects along the lines suggested by the "exit-voice" model of union activity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0280.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Disequilibrium Growth Theory:  The Kaldor Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0281</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ito</surname>
          <given-names>Takatoshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Disequilibrium macroeconomic theory [e.g. Clower, and Barroand Grossman] is extended to deal with capital accumulation in the long run. A growth model a la Kaldor is chosen for a frame-work. The real wage is supposed to be adjusted slowly, therefore there may be excess demand or supply in the labor market. The transaction takes place at the minimum of supply and demand. Since income shares of workers and capitalists depend on which regime the labor market is in, different equations are associated to different regimes. Local stability of the steady state by the disequilibrium dynamics is demonstrated.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0281.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Black Economic Progress after 1964: Who Has Gained and Why?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0282</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study used three types of evidence to analyze the nature and cause of black economic progress in post-World War II years: aggregate evidence on the timing and incidence among skill groups of changes in the relative earnings or occupational position of blacks; cross-sectional evidence on the family background determinants of the socioeconomic achievement of blacks; and information from company personnel offices regarding personnel policies toward black (and other) workers affected by civil rights legislation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0282.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Temporary Income Taxes and Consumer Spending</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0283</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Both economic theory and casual empirical observation of the U.S. economy suggest that spending propensities from temporary tax changes are smaller than those from permanent ones, but neither provides much guidance about the magnitude of this difference. This paper offers new empirical estimates of this difference and finds it to he quite substantial. The analysis is based on an amendment of the standard distributed lag version of the permanent in-conic hypothesis that distinguishes temporary taxes from other income on the grounds that the former are "more transitory." This amendment, which is broadly consistent with rational expectations, leads to a nonlinear consumption function. Though the standard error is unavoidably large, the point estimate suggests that a temporary tax change is treated as a 50-50 blend of a normal income tax change and a pure windfall. Over a 1-year planning horizon, a temporary tax change is estimated to have only a little more than half the impact of a permanent tax change of equal magnitude, and a rebate is estimated to have only about 38 percent of the impact.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0283.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Crowding Out Or Crowding In? The Economic Consequences of Financing Government Deficits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0284</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The prevailing view of the economic consequences of financing government deficits, as reflected in the recent economics literature and in recent public policy debates, reflects serious misunderstandings. Debt-financed deficits need not "crowd out" any private investment, and may even "crowd in" some. Using a model including three assets - money, government bonds, and real capital - the analysis in this paper shows that the direction of the portfolio effect of bond issuing on private investment depends on the relative substitutabilities among these three assets in the public's aggregate portfolio. Since the all-important substitutabilities that make the difference between "crowding out" and "crowding in" are determined in part by the government's choice of debt instrument for financing the deficit, this analysis points to the potential importance of a policy tool that public policy discussion has largely neglected for over a decade - debt management policy. When monetary policy is non-accommodative, within limits debt management policy can take its place in augmenting the potency of fiscal policy, or in improving the trade-off between short-run stimulation and investment for long-run growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0284.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Growth and Job Turnover: An Empirical Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0285</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper demonstrates that labor turnover is a significant factor in understanding wage growth since it affects both wage growth across jobs and wage growth within the job. Our analysis shows that young men who quit experience significant wage gains compared to stayers and compared to their own wage growth prior to the job change. Among older men, a quit increases wage growth only if the individual said he changed jobs because he found a better job. Yet in both age groups, individuals who expect to remain on the current job experience steeper wage growth per time period on that job. Thus labor turnover has offsetting effects on wage growth, leading to wage gains across jobs but flatter growth in shorter jobs. Our empirical analysis shows however that total life-cycle wage growth is positively related to current tenure. While early mobility may pay, individuals who are still changing jobs later in life experience lower overall wage growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0285.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Choice Between Property Rules and Liability Rules</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0286</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When parties can bargain with each other in an externality situation, it is frequently argued that liability rules are preferable to property rules. The case for liability rules is thought to be strongest when the parties behave strategically, when the collective authority responsible for maximizing social welfare has perfect information, and when lump-sum transfers are not available. It is shown here that liability rules are not generally preferable to property rules in these circumstances because of their limited ability to redistribute income between the parties.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0286.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Reserves Under Alternative Exchange Rate Regimes and Aspects of The Economics of Managed Float</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0287</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains an analysis of the role of international reserves under a regime of pegged exchange rates and under a regime of managed floating. It presents evidence on the stability of the demand for reserves during the periods 1963-72 and 1973-75. It is shown that the demand for reserves by developed countries differs from that of less-developed countries and that the system underwent a structural change by the end of 1972. In view of the drastic change in the international monetary system, the extent of the structural change has not been as large as might have been expected, thus leading to the observation that economic behavior seems to be more stable than legal arrangements. From the policy perspective it follows that the problems concerning the role of the International Monetary Fund in this context are as relevant at the present as they were in the past. The paper concludes with a sketch of a stochastic framework for the analysis of the optimal degree of managed floating. And its purpose is to suggest an additional set of variables which might be incorporated into the specification of the demand for international reserves. It is shown that the optimal degree of exchange rate flexibility depends on the stochastic nature of the shocks that the economy faces. The stochastic characteristics of the shocks include a distinction between real and monetary shocks, domestic and foreign shocks and depend on the covariances among the various shocks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0287.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Transactions and Precautionary Demand For Money</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0288</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jovanovic</surname>
          <given-names>Boyan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a stochastic framework for the analysis of transactions and precautionary demand for money. The analysis is based on the principles of inventory managements and the key feature of the model is its stochastic characteristics which lead to the need for precautionary reserves. The formal solution for optimal money holdings is derived and is shown to depend on the rate of interest, the mean rate of net disbursements, the cost of portfolio adjustment and the variance of the stochastic process governing net disbursements. One solution is obtained by minimizing the present value of financial management. This solution is compared with an alternative that is derived from the more conventional methodology of minimizing the steady-state cost function. The comparison shows that the two approaches may yield solutions that differ significantly from each other. The paper concludes with an application of the model to an empirical examination of countries' holdings of international reserves. The empirical results are shown to be consistent with the predictions of the model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0288.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Further Evidence On Expectations And The Demand for Money During the German Hyperinflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0289</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Probably no event in monetary history has been more studied than the German hyperinflation of the early 1920's. Economists have been attracted to study this episode since it provides an environment that is close to a controlled experiment which is so rare in the study of social sciences. This paper provides further evidence on the role of expectations in effecting the demand for money during the German hyperinflation. One of the difficulties in studying empirically the role of expectations is the lack of an observable variable measuring expectations. This paper examines three measures of expectations that are derived from observed data from the market for foreign exchange. The first measure is based on the hypothesis that the forward exchange rate measures the expected future spot exchange rate and thereby provides an observable measure of the market's expectations concerning the depreciation of the currency. The other two measures distinguish between the forward exchange rate and the expected exchange rate and are based on the supplementary hypothesis that rational behavior requires expectations to be unbiased. Accordingly, the measures of expectations are constructed by using the forward exchange rate along with the information on the systematic relationship between forward and spot exchange rates. The various measures are then used in estimating the demand for money. The emphasis on measures of expectations that are based on data from the foreign exchange markets reflects the belief that in an inflationary economy with flexible exchange rates one of the relevant substitutes for holding domestic money is foreign exchange.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0289.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates in The 1920's: A Monetary Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0290</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clements</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Current views about flexible exchange rate systems are based, to a large extent, on the lessons from the period of the 1920's during which many exchange rates were flexible. This paper re-examines the evidence from the perspective of the recently revived monetary approach (or more generally, asset-market approach) to the exchange rate. The analysis starts by developing a simple monetary model of exchange rate determination. The key characteristic of the model lies in the notion that, being a relative price of two monies, the equilibrium exchange rate is attained when the existing stocks of the two monies are willingly held. The equilibrium exchange rate is shown to depend on both real and monetary factors which operate through their influence on the relative demands and supplies of monies. The analysis then proceeds to examine the relationship between spot and forward rates for the Franc/Pound, Dollar/Pound and Franc/Dollar exchange rates and the results are shown to be consistent with the efficient market hypothesis. The monetary model is then estimated using monthly data and using the forward premium on foreign exchange as a measure of expectations. In addition to the single-equation ordinary-least-squares estimates, the various exchange rates are also estimated as a system using the mixed-estimation procedure which combines the sample information with prior information which derives from the homogeneity postulate and from known properties of the demand for money. The various results are shown to be consistent with the predictions of the monetary model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0290.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Effects of The Firefighters' Union</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0291</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ichniowski</surname>
          <given-names>Casey</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is a study of the effects of unionism in the public sector occupation of firefighting. A large and detailed set of data permits the examination of submarkets of this occupation. A before/after methodology is introduced to obtain more precise estimates of union wage differentials. The study's findings are: (1) that there is a greater union effect on fringes than on salaries which indicates a significant alteration in the composition of the compensation package;(2) that the estimates from the before/after methodology confirm the cross-section results which show modest union wage differentials; and ,most significantly, (3) that the union effect varies along different dimensions -- most notably the length of the contractual arrangement between municipality and union.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0291.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Trade Unionism on Fringe Benefits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0292</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the impact of unionism on the fringes paid blue-collar workers using data on individual establishments. The main substantive finding is that trade unionism raises the fringe share of compensation, particularly pension and life, accident and health insurance. The magnitude of the effect is sufficiently large as to suggest that estimates which neglect fringes understate the union effect on compensation. The paper uses the data on the compensation of blue-collar and white-collar workers within an establishment to control for within-establishment pay policies and estimate the potential effect of blue-collar unionism on the fringes of white-collar workers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0292.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Do Multinational Firms Adapt Factor Proportions To Relative Factor Prices?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0293</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roldan</surname>
          <given-names>Romualdo A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It has been alleged that multinational firms fail to adapt their methods of production to take advantage of the abundance and low price of labor in less developed countries and therefore contribute to the unemployment problems of these countries. This paper asks two questions: do multi-national firms adapt to labor cost differences by using more labor-intensive methods of production in LDC's than in developed countries and do multinational firms' affiliates in LDC's use more capital-intensive methods than locally-owned firms? We concluded that both U.S.-based and Swedish-based firms do adapt to differences in labor cost, using the most capital-intensive methods of production at home and the least capital-intensive methods in low-wage countries. Among host countries, the higher the labor cost, the higher the capital intensity of production for manufacturing as a whole, within individual industries, and within individual companies. When we attempted to separate the capital-intensity differences into choice of technology and method of operation within a technology we found that firms appeared to choose capital-intensive technologies in LDC's but then responded to low wage levels there by substituting labor for capital within the technology. Similarly, U.S. affiliates appeared to use technologies similar to those of locally-owned firms but to operate in a more capital-intensive manner mainly because they faced higher labor costs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0293.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>How Important is Disaggregation in Structural Models of Interest Rate Determination?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0294</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The results presented below demonstrate that the structural modeling approach to interest rate determination not only stands apart from the sectoral disaggregation question conceptually but also performs fairly well without sectoral disaggregation empirically. This paper presents estimation and dynamic simulation results for an aggregated equivalent to the disaggregated model of the determination of bond yields developed in Friedman (1977; 1979). Instead of six bond demand and two bond supply equations, here there are but one demand and one supply equation. The empirical results show that, while disaggregation is of value in structural interest rate modeling (that is, the disaggregated model outperforms the aggregated one), even the aggregated structural model performs very well in comparison with familiar unrestricted reduced-form term structure equations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0294.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Expectations Versus Forward Rates: Evidence From An Expectations Survey</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0295</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this paper is to test several familiar hypotheses about the relationship between the forward rates implied by the term structure and interest rate expectations, using the one ongoing systematic survey that samples market participants' expectations. The substitution of survey data for overidentified constructions removes the principal source of ambiguity that has plagued much of the earlier empirical literature of the term structure. Nevertheless, because of limitations in the available data, it is possible to perform these tests only for the very short end of the maturity spectrum. Section I briefly describes the nature of the interest rate expectations survey and the calculation of the forward rate series from observed term structure data. Sections II-V present the results of testing the hypotheses that the implied term premium is zero on average (II), that it varies systematically with interest rate levels (III), that it varies with outside asset supplies (IV), and that it varies with economic activity (V). Section VI summarizes the findings of these tests and discusses their implications</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0295.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Inflation on the Prices of Land And Gold</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0296</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Traditional theory implies that the relative price of consumer goods and of such real assets as land and gold should not be permanently affected by the rate of inflation. A change in the general rate of inflation should, in equilibrium, cause an equal change in the rate of inflation for each asset price The experience of the past decade has been very different from the predictions of this theory: the prices of land, gold, and other such stores of value have increased by substantially more than the general price level. The present paper presents a simple theoretical model that explains the positive relation between the rate of inflation and the relative price of such real assets. More specifically, in an economy with an income tax, an increase in the expected rate of inflation causes an immediate increase in the relative price of such 'store of value' real assets. The behavior of real asset prices discussed in this paper is thus a further example of the non-neutral response of capital markets to inflation in an economy with income taxes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0296.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Diffusion In the Production of an Innovation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0297</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gort</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Konakayama</surname>
          <given-names>Akira</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an attempt to explain diffusion in the production of an innovation. Diffusion in production is defined as the increase in number of producers, or net entry, in the market for a new product. It is to be distinguished from the more familiar problem in the literature on technical change, namely, the diffusion among producers in the use of new products and, hence, of changes in production processes for "old" products (or services). The empirical results confirm that a simple model -- simple in terms of number of variables -- is sufficient to explain most of diffusion in the production of an innovation. The principal variable that explains diffusion of entry is the demonstration effect. The principal variable that retards entry is the accumulated experience and goodwill of existing firms. A limiting force is the population of potential entrants. None of these variables appears to lend itself readily to influence by public policy. The first stage in diffusion -- the interval from first commercial introduction of the product to entry by competitors -- varies greatly in duration. Institutional variables, including public policy, may have a greater impact on the length of this first stage, which is not covered by this study, than on the diffusion process in the periods examined in this paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0297.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Status Report on Tax Integration in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0298</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Charles E. McLure,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent years have seen considerable interest in the integration of the corporate and personal income taxes. Full integration, under which corporate-source income would be taxed only to shareholders, has significant economic advantages, but it suffers from severe practical difficulties. Some but not all of its advantages could be realized through dividend relief. Alternative means of providing dividend relief include a deduction for dividends paid, application of a lower corporate rate to distributed income than to retained earnings, and allowing shareholders a dividend-received credit for corporate taxes imputed to have been paid on their behalf. The proper treatment of tax preferences and international flows of corporate-source income raise important issues of tax administration and public policy. It is necessary, for example, to decide whether tax preferences are to be passed through to shareholders or nullified when preference income is distributed. Beyond that, "stacking rules" are required for the presumptive allocation of dividends between preference and taxable income. Further research on both economic effects and administrative feasibility is necessary for an adequate appraisal of integration.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0298.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0298.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Supply Estimates For Public Policy Evaluation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0299</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Borjas</surname>
          <given-names>George J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In recent years, the study of labor supply has occupied the attention of a large number of economists. With the growth in interest in the topic and with the inevitable diversity of economic models and statistical methods proposed by new entrants in the field, the literature has developed its own folklore. The principal legend is that the empirical estimates of the same parameters obtained from the set of available studies display such diversity that they are of little use to policymakers. This paper disputes the folklore. We claim that there is more agreement than disagreement once a few reasonable criteria based on recent theoretical work are used to eliminate certain studies from consideration, and once we are careful about posing the question we seek the estimates to address.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0299.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetarist Interpretations of the Great Depression: An Evaluation and Critique</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0300</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wilcox</surname>
          <given-names>James A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper rejects the proposition that there is only a single interesting question to ask about the decade of the 1930s. It is concerned not only with the role of money in the 1929-33 contraction but also with the relative role of monetary and nonmonetary factors in the recession of 1937-38 and subsequent recovery and, in addition, with the division of nominal income change between prices and real output.  New empirical evidence bearing on each of these issues is provided The results suggest that both extreme monetarist and nonmonetarist interpretations of the decade of the l930s are unsatisfactory and leave interesting features of the data unexplained. Arguing against acceptance of an extreme monetarist interpretation are (1) the inability of changes in the money supply alone to explain the severity of the initial collapse in income between 1929 and the fall of 1931, (2) the steady weakening of the correlation between changes in nominal income and money as the 1930s progressed, (3) the failure of monetary factors to explain the nature and timing of the 1938-41 recovery, and (4) the apparent absence of any tendency for the mechanism of price flexibility to provide strong self-correcting forces as required by an approach that stresses monetary rules and opposes policy activism. Arguing against acceptance of an extreme nonmonetarist interpretation are (1) the close association between the collapse in income and the lagged effect of monetary changes after the fall of 1931, (2) the milder contraction and earlier recoveries associated with the more expansive monetary policies pursued in Europe, (3) the close association between money and income in the 1937-38 recession, and (4) the failure of the price change data to adhere to the expectational Phillips curve approach imbedded in many postwar econometric models constructed by nonmonetarists.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0300.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Should We Organize? Effects of Faculty Unionism on Academic Compensation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0301</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses the American Association of University Professors surveys for the period 1965 to 1976 to examine the effect of faculty unionism on faculty pay. It compares estimated effects of unionism on compensation from cross-section regressions of faculty pay on union organization and from a longitudinal model designed to correct cross-section estimates for "unobserved characteristics" of schools that are correlated with unionism. The major findings are that: 1. unionism raises faculty pay but that the extent of the effect varies greatly by estimating model and time period covered; 2.the years a school has been organized has a stronger effect on pay than the standard 0-1 union dummy variable; 3. unionism raises the fringe benefit share of compensation; 4. the estimated coefficient on faculty unionism in cross-section regressions overstates the union impact because unionized schools tend to have been higher paying even before organization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0301.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Policy in a Life Cycle Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0302</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study departs from earlier analyses of the effects of taxes on capital income in several respects. Probably the most important difference between this treatment and most preceding ones lies in the assumptions about the interest elasticity of saving. It is shown below that the common two-period formulation of saving decisions yields quite misleading results. A more realistic model of life cycle savings demonstrates that, for a wide variety of plausible parameter values, savings are very interest elastic. This implies that shifting away from capital income taxation would significantly increase capital formation, making possible long-run increases in consumption.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0302.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Towards An Understanding of the Real Effects and Costs of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0303</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Modigliani</surname>
          <given-names>Franco</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The organization of the paper is simple. We start by examining the real effects of anticipated inflation in an economy that has fully adapted to inflation. In particular, in this economy: (i) public institutions are fully attuned to inflation (or inflation proof), (ii) the same is true of private institutions, (iii) current and future inflation is fully reflected in inherited contracts, and (iv) future inflation is fully reflected in contracts for the future. After we have discussed the effects of anticipated inflation in this environment, we examine the real effects of inflation that arise as the assumptions (i) to (iv) are dropped one after the other. The effects cumulate in the sense that those present in the economy that has fully adapted to inflation are also present in economies with non-inflation proof institutions, and so on.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0303.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Changing Cyclical Behavior of Wages and Prices: 1890-1976</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0304</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The persistence of inflation during periods of high unemployment poses the central problem for macroeconomic policy in coming years. The extent of success in reducing both inflation and unemployment will depend strongly on the short-run responsiveness of wage inflation to unemployment and excess capacity. This paper studies changes in the cyclical responsiveness of inflation from 1890-1976, and concludes that a given shortfall in production relative to potential now "buys" a smaller reduction in the rate of inflation than in the past. From 1890-1929, a one percent decline in industrial production reduced inflation about .45%; for 1950-1976, the same output decline is estimated to slow inflation only about .l%. The analysis makes use of two methods to study the changing cyclical behavior of inflation. Following an innovative study by Cagan, calculations are made for wage and price inflation before and after eighteen business cycle peaks. While inflation slows in almost every recession, the declines in inflation in recent years are less pronounced than earlier, even when controlling for business cycle severity. In a second section of the study, econometric evidence is provided that also strongly supports the hypothesis of increasing rigidity of wage and price Inflation over the business cycle. In the last section of the paper, some possible reasons are cited for the declining responsiveness of inflation to unemployment. Ironically, successful macroeconomic policy might be in part responsible. To the extent that activist macroeconomic policy breaks the link between current unemployment and expectations of future unemployment, it is argued, unemployment today will not induce wage cuts in contracts for future periods. Also, the tremendous increase in duration and coverage of collective bargaining agreements is suggested as an important force behind the shifting behavior of wages and prices during the period of study.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0304.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Percent Organized Wage (POW) Relationship for Union and for NonunionWorkers</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0305</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyses the relation between the percent of workers organized in a product market and the wages received by union workers and by nonunion workers. It argues that the greater is the union coverage of a sector, the lower will be the elasticity of demand for the product of organized firms (since there will be fewer nonunion competitors) and as a result the lower will be the elasticity of demand for union labor and the larger the union wage gains. Estimates of the link between coverage and wages using information on individuals and on establishments shows the expected positive relation for union workers across manufacturing industries. By contrast, nonunion wages in manufacturing appear to be unrelated or only modestly related to the percentage organized. Estimates of the link between the percentage of construction workers unionized in a state and the wages of union and nonunion construction workers reveal relationships similar to those for manufacturing. Overall, the results strongly suggest that the percent organized is an important determinant of union wages and of the union-nonunion wage differential.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0305.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Efficient Wage Bargains Under Uncertain Supply and Demand</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0306</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lilien</surname>
          <given-names>David M.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Much recent thought has been devoted to the macroeconomic importance of the existence of wage contracts. Still, some puzzling features of the most conspicuous form of wage bargaining, that done formally by employers and labor unions, deserve further theoretical attention. Among these important features are: 1. Collective bargaining agreements are rarely contingent on outside events even though the parties have very imperfect knowledge of prospective economic conditions during the period of the contract. The only important exception is the indexing of wages to the cost of living. 2. Employers are permitted wide discretion in determining the level of employment when demand shifts unexpectedly. As employment varies, total compensation varies according to a formula established in the agreement. 3. Agreements are not permanent but are renegotiated on a regular cycle. 4. In the process of renegotiation, the current state of demand has little impact on the new wage schedule. On the other hand, current wages in other industries have an important influence. This feature especially has been denied or ignored by economic theorists even though it is a prominent part of the thinking of labor economists on wage determination.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0306.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Restriction of International Production: The Effects on the Domestic Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0307</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1978</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the argument that restricting domestic firms' production abroad by for example, imposing a tax on foreign source income, can increase domestic welfare and alter the income distribution to favor labor. These arguments follow directly from a characterization of the international producer as a facilitator of capital flows. The available evidence suggests, however, that U.S. multinational firms have a much broader role than transferring abundant U.S. capital abroad. In this paper the firm Is viewed as able to compete abroad for a variety of reasons, including an ability to make use of technological and other cost advantages over local producers. Then, the effect of its operations abroad on the domestic capital stock is no longer so obvious. It is argued that at most a part of the marginal capital employed abroad is obtained at the expense of the capital stock of the domestic economy. The paper then presents a simple model which indicates that domestic labor can either gain or lose relative to capital, and home country welfare can either increase or decline, as a result of restricting the foreign operations of domestic firms. The results depend on the ultimate source of the capital placed abroad, the relative factor intensity of production by the multinational firm, and whether the multinational firm produces the home country's importable or exportable good. Since none of the cases considered seems totally implausible, the case for reducing international production cannot be made on the traditional grounds without further empirical evidence.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0307.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Income and Race Differences in Children's Health</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0308</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we explore income and race differences in nine measures of the health of children aged 6 through 11. We show that when health measures from mid-childhood are the subject of analysis, both income and race differences are much less pronounced than they are in infant mortality and birth weight data. We do find differences in the health status of black and white children and of children from high and low income families, but these differences by no means overwhelmingly favor the white or high-income children. With respect to differences by race, whether or not they are adjusted for differences in associated socioeconomic factors, black children in many cases are in better health than their white counterparts, In the case of income differences in health, the high income children do appear to be in better health according to most measures, but their advantage is greatly diminished when one controls for related socioeconomic factors like parents' educational attainment. Even so, for measures relating to the "new morbidity," such as the presence of allergies or excessive tension, children from higher income families are in worse health.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0308.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>How Elastic is The Demand for Labor?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0309</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the magnitude of the elasticity of demand for labor in time series data using more general and complete models of demand than have been previously employed. It argues that previous analyses have imposed two invalid constraints in calculations, which bias downward estimated elasticities. The first invalid constraint is the assumption that real capital prices have an equal opposite effect to real wages in the demand equation. We show on measurement error grounds that this constraint should not be imposed in econometric work even when long run homogeneity of prices correctly characterizes the market. The constraint is rejected in the data. The second invalid constraint is that all explanatory variables have the same lag distribution. We argue that this constraint is invalid when decisions are made under uncertainty and find that it is also rejected by the data. The principal positive empirical finding is that with the constraints relaxed, the elasticity, of demand with respect to real wages is much larger than the estimates in the literature, indicating much greater price responsiveness on the demand side of the labor market than has previously been thought.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0309.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Domestic Savings and International Capital Flows</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0310</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Horioka</surname>
          <given-names>Charles Y</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>How internationally mobile is the world's supply of capital? Does capital flow among industrial countries to equalize the yield to investors? Alternatively, does the saving that originates in a country remain 'to be invested there? Or does the truth lie somewhere between these two extremes? The answers to these questions are not only important for understanding the international capital market but are also critical for analyzing a wide range of issues including the nation's optimal rate of saving and the incidence of tax changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0310.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Policy Under Exchange Rate Flexibility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0311</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The continuing depreciation of the dollar stands out as one of the big policy issues. It has started to impinge on U.S. monetary policy; it influences the chances for international commercial diplomacy, and it is enhancing the move toward European monetary integration. Above all it leaves most observers with a puzzle as to the causes of the ongoing depreciation. This paper will, of course, not resolve the puzzle. ft rather attempts to layout the basic analytical framework that has been developed for the analysis of exchange-rate questions and to relate it to the question of monetary policy. Part I concentrates on the development of the relevant theoretical framework. The main points to be made here are: (i) exchange rates are primarily deter-mined in asset markets with expectations playing a dominant role; (ii) the sharpest formulation of exchange-rate theory is the "monetary approach, "Chicago's quantity theory of the open economy; (iii) purchasing power parity is a precarious reed on which to hang short-term exchange-rate theory; (iv) the current account has just made it back as a determinant of exchange rates</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0311.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Taxation of Capital Income in the Corporate Sector</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0312</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This detailed examination of the effect of inflation on the taxation of capital used by nonfinancial corporations considers not only the tax paid by the corporations them- selves but also the tax paid by the individuals and institutions that provide capital to the corporate sector. Although corporations deduct nominal interest payments that exceed real interest, the additional taxes that lenders pay slightly exceed the tax saving by corporate borrowers. Our calculations indicate that inflation raised the 1977 tax burden on corporate sector capital income by more than $32 billion, a 50 percent increase in the total tax burden.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0312.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Note on Stochastic Rationing Mechanisms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0313</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ito</surname>
          <given-names>Takatoshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There are a couple of well-known unsatisfactory properties in the notion of effective demand defined by Benassy and one by Dreze. This is why recent authors in disequilibrium analysis study the stochastic rationing mechanism. Douglas Gale proved the existence of the equilibrium with stochastic rationing mechanism. However, Gale 's rationing mechanism requires an economic agent to know all the individual effective demands from the other agents. This creates the informational problem. Green examined a rationing scheme which depends only on the individual effective demand and the aggregate signals. However, he did not consider conditions on rationing mechanisms to show the existence of temporary equilibrium. The purpose of this paper is to show a couple of sufficient conditions for the existence of temporary equilibrium preserving all properties Green considered on rationing mechanisms. We also discuss the possibility of balancing demand and supply in realization instead of in the mean.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0313.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Private Savings: The Time Series Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0314</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reviews the studies by Robert Barro, Michael Darby, and Alicia Munnell, as well as my own earlier time-series study and presents new estimates using the revised national income-account data. The basic estimates of each of the four studies point to an economically substantial effect that is very unlikely to have been observed by chance alone. Although including variables like the Government surplus (Barro) or a measure of real money balance (Darby) can lower the estimated coefficient of the social security wealth variable, this paper explains their inappropriateness in the aggregate consumption function. Use of new data on national income and its components from the Department of Commerce improves my earlier estimates and shows that the unemployment variable does not belong in the consumption function once the level of income and its rate of change are included.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0314.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Empirical Analysis of the Fixed Coefficient 'Manpower Requirements' Model, 1960-1970</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0315</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The fixed coefficient 'manpower requirements" model has the advantage of providing information on the effect of changes in the industrial composition of an economy on demand for labor in highly disaggregated occupations, although at the cost of neglecting factor substitution. This study examines the ability of the fixed coefficient model to explain changes in employment in 3-digitoccupations in the United States from 1960 to 1970 and develops an "augmented requirements" model that uses changes in wages as well as fixed coefficient shifts in demand to analyze changes in employment. The study finds that (1) by themselves, the requirements shifts account for much of the change in employment among detailed occupations in the period studied; (2) demand for detailed skills is far from zero elastic; and (3) the fixed coefficient model seems to work, not because demand and supply are economically unresponsive, but because the variation in the wage structure and corresponding incentive to alter input coefficients is moderate relative to the variation in the shift in demand due to changes in industrial mix.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0315.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Demographic Factors on Age-Earnings Profiles</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0316</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The age-earnings profile of male workers is significantly influenced by the age composition of the workforce. When the number of young workers increased sharply in the 1970s, the profile "twisted" against them, apparently because younger and older male workers are imperfect substitutes in production. The effect is especially marked among college graduates. By contrast, the age-earnings profile of female workers appears to be little influenced by the age composition of the female workforce, possibly because the intermittent work experience of women makes younger and older women closer substitutes in production. The dependence of the age-earnings profile on demographically induced movements along a relative demand schedule suggests that standard human capital models of the profile, which posit that earnings rise with age and experience solely as a result of individual investment behavior, are incomplete.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0316.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Aspects Of Dividend Relief</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0317</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Charles E. McLure,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This article examines international aspects of the provision of relief from the double taxation of dividends that now occurs under the "classical" American system of taxing corporate income to both corporations and shareholders. It reviews recent American debate over integration and dividend relief, the systems of dividend relief now being used in Europe, and commonly accepted standards for judging international tax policy. These standards are employed in the appraisal of existing arrangements in Europe, possible alternative systems for international taxation in a world of dividend relief, and, using the European-American situation as an example, relations between countries with dividend relief and those with classical systems.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0317.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Information, Measurement, And Prediction In Economics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0318</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the flow of production and use of economic information and analyzes the effects of measurement errors, particularly as transmitted through expectations and forecasts. Economic data are subject to a variety of errors, and the uncertainty about economic measures tends to increase further with the amount and complexity of the processing per-formed on the underlying data as well as with the distance between the user and the processor. With some exceptions, economic time series lag significantly behind their reference periods and many undergo large revisions. The effective information lag includes not only the time required for incremental data to be produced and transmitted but also the time required for the signals to be extracted by the user. This lag is substantial for many important series. In general, there is no presumption that the measurement errors are random: Systematic errors are frequent and their sources and forms vary so much that they may be difficult to detect. In times of strong shocks and surprising developments (such as occurred earlier in this decade),measurement of short-term changes in the economy is particularly difficult and current signals are apt to be often misinterpreted. This can result in broadly diffused decision errors which in time are discovered, leading to sharp corrective reactions. Aggregative predictions from well known and influential sources show certain common patterns of error, which suggests that forecasters react similarly to the observed events and unanticipated shocks. Fore-casts of GNP and related variables are adversely affected by errors in both the preliminary data and the base level estimates. There is some support here for the hypothesis that information lags play a significant role ingenerating business cycles, but it is important to note that the errors involved in predicting the future are typically much larger than the errors involved in estimating the present or recent past.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0318.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Applied Welfare Economics with Discrete Choice Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0319</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Small</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Economists have been paying increasing attention to the study of situations in which consumers face a discrete rather than a continuous set of choices. Such models are potentially very important in evaluating the impact of government programs upon consumer welfare. But very little has been said in general regarding the tools of applied welfare economics indiscrete choice situations. This paper shows how the conventional methods of applied welfare economics can be modified to handle such cases. It focuses on the computation of the excess burden of taxation, and the evaluation of quality change. The results are applied to stochastic utility models, including the popular cases of probit and logit analysis. Throughout, the emphasis is on providing rigorous guidelines for carrying out applied work.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0319.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A State Price Index</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0320</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Michael</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Scott</surname>
          <given-names>Sharon R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>No cross-sectional consumer price index is currently available by state, and the BLS's cross-sectional "family budget" index for metropolitan areas is not well-suited for cross-state analyses. In this paper we propose an algorithm for constructing a state-specific Laspeyres price index using conveniently available information from the Census of Business and the Survey of Current Business. The index is calculated for each state (and for Census divisions and regions) for 1967 and 1972. Its characteristics are discussed, and it is used to deflate nominal per capita income by state. Comparing "real" income by state with nominal income by state, the former has substantially less variation cross-sectionally but greater variation over time (between 1967 and 1972).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0320.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Efficient Level Of Public Library Services</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0321</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Criteria for determining the efficient mix of branches, hours, stock, and new acquisitions are developed and applied to the branch operations of the New York Public Library. A method based on traveling costs is used to value library use at each branch. The relationship between library operations and library use is estimated using a two-stage technique. The costs of library operations are explored. Marginal benefit-cost ratios are presented. The study finds that the New York Public Library operates too many branches for too few hours of service.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0321.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Non-Trivial Equilibrium in an Economy With Stochastic Rationing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0322</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Honkapohja</surname>
          <given-names>Seppo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ito</surname>
          <given-names>Takatoshi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Stochastic rationing when the market does not clear draws attention because both Dreze (1975) and Benassy (1975) quantity-constrained equilibria have some undesirable features. Gale (1978)gave the existence proof of trade under uncertainty. His stochastic rationing depends on all the individual effective demands. It is too vague to characterize a rationing mechanism. Moreover, his assumption to ensure a non-trivial equilibrium is economically not clear. In this paper we extend Green (1978) to characterizing the rationing scheme as the individual effective demand times the rationing number which is a function of the aggregate quantity signals. We also construct an economy with money and overlapping generations. We show the existence of the non-trivial equilibrium and provide an example of a non-Wairasian equilibrium at the Walrasian equilibrium prices.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0322.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Comparing Public Library Systems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0323</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The operations of 31 large public library systems across the country are compared using information from the author' s interview survey. Operations are compared in physical terms: hours of service, materials, locations, and staffing. Differences in operations are found to be associated with differences in labor costs, local fiscal circumstances, and demographics. The libraries seem to reduce hours in the face of higher labor costs. Differences in the use of the libraries are found to be associated with differences in library services and demographics. The number of materials acquired per capita has a strong impact on library use.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0323.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Corporate Financial Policy, Taxes, and Uncertainty: An Integration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0324</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we present a simple general equilibrium model of the portfolio behavior of households and institutions, paying particular attention to the influence of differences in tax rates and attitudes toward risk. Under the plausible assumptions that households are more risk averse than institutions and possess a greater relative "tax preference" for equity versus debt, we are able to characterize the equilibria which may result when debt is subject to bankruptcy risk. Among the issues which we study are the effects of tax rate changes, changes in risk, and changes in firm leverage on the relative asset holdings of the two types of investor and the rates of return earned on equity and debt. Numerical simulations provide additional understanding of the model's characteristics.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0324.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Covariance With Qualitative Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0325</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chamberlain</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In data with a group structure, incidental parameters are included to control for missing variables. Applications include longitudinal data and sibling data. In general, the joint maximum likelihood estimator of the structural parameters is not consistent as the number of groups increases, with a fixed number of observations per group. Instead a conditional likelihood function is maximized, conditional on sufficient statistics for the incidental parameters. In the logit case, a standard conditional logit program can be used. Another solution is a random effects model, in which the distribution of the incidental parameters may depend upon the exogenous variables.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0325.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Capital Market In an Equilibrium Business Cycle Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0326</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Previous equilibrium "business cycle" models are extended by the incorporation of an economy-wide capital market. One aspect of this ex-tension is that the relative price that appears in commodity supply and demand functions becomes an anticipated real rate of return on earning assets, rather than a ratio of actual to expected prices. From the stand-point of expectation formation, the key aspect of the extended model is that observation of the economy-wide nominal interest rate conveys current global information to individuals. With respect to the effect of money supply shocks on output, the model yields results that are similar to those generated in simpler models. Anew result concerns the behavior of the anticipated real rate of return on earning assets. Because this variable is the pertinent relative price for commodity supply and demand decisions, it turns out to be unambiguous that positive money surprises raise the anticipated real rate of return. In fact, this response provides the essential channel in this equilibrium model by which a money shock can raise the supply of commodities and thereby increase output. However, it is possible through a sort of "liquidity" effect that positive money surprises can depress the economy-wide nominal interest rate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0326.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sterling and the External Balance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0327</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the behavior of the current account and the exchange rate in the British economy during the 1970's, and discusses the outlook, as influenced by the availability of oil revenues, for exchange rate developments during the 1980's.Both trade and exchange rate behavior are affected by, and in turn affect, general macroeconomic developments and policy problems. In the short term, the major macroeconomic problems of the British economy are its high rates of inflation and unemployment. Over the long term, the underlying problem for the British economy is its slow productivity growth relative to the major OECD economies (except that of the United States).Two major themes permeate this paper. First, the accepted laws of economics continue to work in the United Kingdom; for example, low domestic demand and increased British competitiveness improve the balance of payments and slow the fall of the exchange rate. Second, Britain's achievement of macroeconomic goals depends upon the behavior of both nominal and real wages. The inflation rate will remain low only if the rate of change of nominal wages does; full employment with stable prices and current account balance will be achieved only if real wage growth is restrained or productivity growth increases.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0327.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Public Libraries and Labor Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0328</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Differences in labor compensation across 31 large public library systems are examined based on the author's interview survey. Salaries for recruit clerical workers, recruit librarians, and librarians with five years' experience are compared along with hours of work per week and fringe benefits. Cost of living differences in metropolitan areas and collective bargaining are found to be strongly associated with differences in labor compensation. The collective bargaining differential for experienced librarians seems to be about13.5 percent.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0328.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money Stock Revisions and Unanticipated Money Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0329</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hercowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An important "empirical regularity" is the strong positive effect of money shocks on output and employment. One strand of business cycle theory relates this finding to temporary confusions between absolute and relative price changes. These models predict positive output effects of unperceived monetary movements, but the quantitative importance of unperceived shifts in nominal aggregates is subject to question. Another strand of theory, based on long-term nominal contracts and analogous price-setting institutions, generates output effects from unanticipated, but not necessarily contemporaneously unperceived, money shocks. However, the real effects of unpredicted, but contemporaneously understood, monetary changes are not obviously consistent with efficient institutional arrangements. The present paper provides some empirical evidence on the two types of theories by analyzing the output effects associated with revisions in the money stock data, where the revisions are interpreted as components of unperceived monetary movements. The revisions turn out to have no significant explanatory power for output. Previous findings that innovations from an estimated money growth equation have a significant output effect remain intact when the revisions are included as separate explanatory variables. Overall, the study provides a small amount of evidence against the special role of unperceived, as opposed to unanticipated, money movements as a determinant of business fluctuations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0329.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unionization and Productivity: Microeconometric Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0330</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is widely agreed that unionization affects the rules and procedures governing the employment relation in organized establishments. The effect of these changes on establishment productivity, however, is unclear. Existing evidence is based on a comparison of union/nonâ€”union differences in value added per hour worked. Although positive union effects have been estimated, possible differences in prices and technology in the union and nonâ€”union sectors render the results inconclusive. The effect of unions on productivity is examined in the present paper using establishment level data from the U.S. cement industry. The cement industry provides a useful empirical framework. Output is easily measured in physical terms, and data on both union and non-union establishments permit estimation of the union effect controlling for differences in technology. The results suggest that unionized establishments are 6-8 percent more productive than their non-union counterparts. This conclusion is supported in time series data, where a comparison of productivity before and after unionization reveals a positive union effect of similar magnitude. Since the statistical analysis controls for capital-labor substitution, scale effects and technological change, the evidence suggests that unionization leads to productive changes in the operation of the enterprise. The results are relatively robust. Specification changes and adjustments for omitted variables leave the basic findings intact.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0330.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Corporate Supply of Index Bonds</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0331</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a simple theory of the supply of index bonds by a firm, and uses that model to examine in some detail possible reasons for the non-existence of privately issued index bonds in the United States. The major elements of the theory involve the trade-off between the tax advantages of using debt finance and the increasing risk of bankruptcy debt finance involves. The theory is first used to examine the supply of nominal bonds -- it is thus a theory of the debt-equity ratio. Then the firm's optimal supply of index bonds is examined, and the values of the firm using the alternative debt instruments is compared. In general, there is no reason to think that nominal bonds dominate index bonds -- i.e. the theory cannot explain why firms have not issued index bonds. The paper then turns to a number of other reasons that have been advanced for the non-issue of indexed bonds in the United States, such as the tax treatment of such instruments and the argument that their issue would saddle the firm with open-ended obligations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0331.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unionization, Management Adjustment and Productivity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0332</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effect of unionization on productivity is examined in this paper using time-series data on selected establishments in the U.S. cement industry. The analysis combines statistical estimation of the union impact and interviews with union and management officials to forge a link between econometric estimation and the traditional institutional analysis of union policy and management adjustment. The econometric analysis primarily deals with the problem of identifying the impact of the union in the face of firm specific effects and adjustments in labor quality. The case studies are designed to shed light on the question of how unionization affects productivity. The empirical results support the conclusion that unionization leads to productive changes in the operation of the enterprise. Evidence from the case studies suggests that much of the gain in productivity derives from a series of extensive changes in management personnel and procedure. These adjustments are a management response to changes in the employment contract which follow unionization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0332.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Vehicle Currencies And the Structure Of International Exchange</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0333</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krugman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is concerned with the reasons why some currencies, such as the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar, have come to serve as "vehicles" for exchanges of other currencies. It develops a threeâ€”country model of payments equilibrium with transaction costs, and shows how one currency can emerge as an international medium of exchange. Transaction costs are then made endogenous, and it is shown how the underlying structure of payments limits, without necessarily completely determining, the choice and role of a vehicle currency. Finally, a dynamic model is developed, and the way in which one currency can displace another as the international medium of exchange is explored.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0333.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0334</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper, which was presented as the 1979 Frank Paish Lecture to the British Association of University Teachers of Economics, provides a non-technical summary of the recent studies of the effects of social security on private saving. The first section discusses the theoretical indeterminacy of the effect of social security while the second part reviews the empirical studies. Although the traditional life cycle theory of saving clearly implies that the anticipation of social security benefits reduces private saving, a richer theoretical framework suggests several reasons why the saving response cannot be unambiguously established by theoretical reasoning. These reasons include the indirect effects of social security on retirement behavior, private pensions, and gifts and bequests. The econometric studies resolve this uncertainty and indicate that social security appears to reduce private saving substantially. These studies include(1) aggregate time series evidence on the U.S. saving rates over the past 50 years, (2) microeconomic evidence on the accumulation of wealth by a large sample of individual households, and (3) international comparisons of saving rates in major industrial countries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0334.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Feedback and the Use of Current Information: The Use of General Linear Policy Rules in Rational Expectations Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0335</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The behavior of several stochastic dynamic rational expectations models is studied when policy behavior can be described by a linear rule. Four policy components are distinguished: a current response component, a feedback component, an open-loop component and a stochastic component. Policy is evaluated in terms of the current and asymptotic first and second moments of the state variables. The importance of distinguishing between variability and uncertainty is brought out. The conditional variance is argued to be the appropriate measure of uncertainty. The analysis is applied to a model of foreign exchange market intervention.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0335.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analyzing the Accuracy of Foreign Exchange Advisory Services: Theory AndEvidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0336</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Levich</surname>
          <given-names>Richard M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With the introduction of floating exchange rates, the variability of unanticipated exchange rate changes has increased dramatically. A small forecasting industry has developed to provide information about future exchange rates. From an academic viewpoint, it is of interest to examine some of the statistical properties of these forecasts and to relate the forecast errors to other fundamental economic variables in a model with rational behavior. Second, from a more practical viewpoint, we would like to know if foreign exchange forecasts are useful to decision makers. The purpose of this paper is to provide an objective analysis which addresses some of the above questions for a large sample of forecasts. On the basis of the current research, we can draw several conclusions. First, most advisory service forecasts are not as accurate as the forward rate in terms of mean squared error. Second, judgmental forecasters are superior to econometric forecasters for short-term forecasts; the relationship is reversed for longer-term forecasts (one year). Third, two statistical tests indicate that the fraction of "correct" forecasts is significantly larger than what would be expected if the advisory services were only guessing at the direction of the future spot rate. In this sense, the forecast services appear to demonstrate expertise and usefulness. However, a full analysis of the risk-return opportunities available to advisory service users is still incomplete. It should be cautioned that if the forward rate contains a risk premium, then we expect advisory service models to beat the forward rate according to the tests we have outlined. In this case we must measure speculative returns relative to a risk measure. While advisory service forecasts may lead to profits, they may not be unusual after adjusting for risk.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0336.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Static and Dynamic Resource Allocation Effects of Corporate and PersonalTax Integration in the U.S.: A General Equilibrium Approach(Rev)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0337</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>A. Thomas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shoven</surname>
          <given-names>John B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Whalley</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents estimates of static and dynamic general equilibrium resource allocation effects for four alternative plans for corporate and personal income tax integration in the U.S. A mediumâ€”scale numerical general equilibrium model is used which integrates the U.S. tax system with consumer demand behavior by household and producer behavior by industry. Results indicate that total integration of personal and corporate taxes would yield an annual static efficiency gain of around $4 billion (1973 dollars). Partial integration plans yield less. Dynamic effects are larger, and our analysis indicates that full integration may yield gains whose present value is as large as $400 billion or 0.8% of the discounted present value of the GNP stream to the U.S. economy after correction for population growth. Plans differ in their distributional impacts, although these findings depend on the nature of replacement taxes used to preserve government revenues. The size of dynamic resource allocation effects are sensitive to the choice of the replacement tax, while static gains are reasonably robust.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0337.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Private versus Public Enforcement of Fines</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0338</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present paper analyzes the competitive, monopolistic, and public enforcement of fines allowing for the costs of enforcement to differ by the choice of the enforcer. There are a number of reasons to expect such differences. First, the benefits from coordinating enforcement -- for example, avoiding duplication of investigative effort and exploiting economies of scale in information processing -- are obtained under public enforcement and monopolistic enforcement, but not under competitive enforcement. Second, the profit motive might be imagined to lead to lower costs under either form of private enforcement relative to public enforcement. Third, when the revenue from fines under public enforcement is not sufficient to finance enforcement costs, there may be a deadweight burden incurred in making up the deficit from other sources. Conversely, if the fine revenue exceeds enforcement costs, the effective cost of enforcement would be lower. On balance, these considerations suggest that monopolistic enforcement may be cheaper than competitive enforcement, but that public enforcement could be more or less expensive than private enforcement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0338.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unanticipated Money and Economic Activity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0339</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rush</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses ongoing research on the relation of money to economic activity in the post-World War I1 United States. As in previous work, the stress is on the distinction between anticipated and unanticipated movements of money. Part I deals with annual data. Aside from updating and refinements of earlier analysis, the principal new results concern joint, cross-equation estimation and testing of the money growth, unemployment, output and price level equations. The present findings raise some doubts about the specification of the price equation, although the other relations receive further statistical support. Part I1 applies the analysis to quarterly data. Despite the necessity to deal with pronounced serial correlation of residuals in the equations for unemployment, output and the price level, the main results are consistent with those obtained from annual data. Further, the quarterly estimates allow a detailed description of the lagged response of unemployment and output to money shocks. The estimates reveal some lack of robustness in the price equation, which again suggests some misspecification of this relation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0339.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Macro-Economic Adjustment With Import Price Shocks: Real and Monetary Aspects</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0340</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we explore in detail the various ways by which the introduction of intermediate imports affects the comparative statics and the dynamics of adjustment in an open economy. The importance of integrating the role of intermediate imports into a theory of macro-economic adjustment derives from the particular set of events that have affected the industrial economies in the 1970's -- the unprecedented rise in raw materials prices, in particular the oil price shock, and the concomitant inflation and widespread unemployment. The analysis lays out in detail the separate workings of the commodity labor and exchange rate markets, under various adjustment mechanisms, with the objective of obtaining empirically quantifiable hypotheses. An empirical study based on the present formulation has been prepared by the authors (see Bruno and Sachs (1979) ) .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0340.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Activist Monetary Policy With Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0341</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper examines the case for activist monetary policy. It accepts the view that expectations are formed rationally, but not the implication of flexible price, equilibrium, rational expectations models, that monetary policy cannot and should not be used to affect real magnitudes. The paper starts by asking why the economy has not insulated itself from monetary disturbances through the adoption of indexing and other provisions that would effectively shorten contracts, and suggests that the costs of doing so must be substantial. These costs provide the rational for activist policy, whose aim should be to adjust for aggregate disturbances that the private sector has not made provision to handle. The arguments about activist policy then become those familiar from earlier discussions by Milton Friedman, concerning the long and variable lags with which policy operates, and the alleged propensity of the Fed to misbehave. It is argued that an activist policy that does not respond to minor disturbances, but does respond to actual and prospective major disturbances, would provide a stabilizing force for the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0341.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>High School Preparation and Early Labor Force Experience</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0342</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Meyer</surname>
          <given-names>Robert H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The relationship between high school training and work experience on the one hand and early labor force experience on the other are analyzed in the paper. In addition, the extent and nature of the persistence of early labor force experience is evaluated. The study is based on data for male youths from the National Longitudinal Study of the High School Class of 1972. While there appears to be no relationship between job-related training in high school and post-graduation weeks worked or wage rates, there is a strong relationship between hours worked while in high school and both weeks worked and wage rates in the first four years after graduation. High school class rank and test scores also are positively related to early weeks worked and wage rates in the labor force. It is also found that after controlling for individual specific characteristics of youth, there is little relationship between weeks worked in the first year after high school graduation and weeks worked four years later. And there is almost no relationship between initial wage rates and wage rates four years later, other than those attributable to measured and unmeasured individual specific characteristics. There is little persistence of early experience that cannot be attributed to heterogeneity among youth. There is, however, an effect of early work experience on later wage rates, although it is of modest magnitude in this sample of high school graduates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0342.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Coherency Conditions In Simultaneous Linear Equation Models With Endogenous Switching Regimes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0343</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gourieroux</surname>
          <given-names>Christian</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Laffont</surname>
          <given-names>Jean-Jacques</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Monfort</surname>
          <given-names>Alain</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In modeling disequilibrium macroeconomic systems which one would want to subject to econometric estimation one typically faces the problem of whether the structural model can determine a unique equilibrium. The problem inherits a special form because the regimes in which the equilibria can lie are each linear. By placing restrictions on the parameters that insure the uniqueness of such a solution for each value of the exogenous and random variables, we can improve the estimation procedure. This paper provides necessary and sufficient conditions for uniqueness -- or "coherency." These conditions are applied to a variety of models that have been prominent in the literature on econometrics with 'switching regimes' such as those of self-selectivity (Maddala), simultaneous equation tobit and probit (Amemiya, Schmidt) and multi-market macroeconomic disequilibrium (Gourieroux, Laffont and Nonfort).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0343.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aggregation Effects And Panel Data Estimation Problems: An Investigationof the R&amp;D Intensity Decision</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0344</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers why the determinants of the inter- and intra-industry variance in R&D intensity in U.S. manufacturing differ markedly even though response parameters are similar across industries. A similar aggregation effect is noted by Grunfeld and Griliches (1960), and this paper gives that effect operational content in terms of grouped data estimation procedures. Observationally equivalent aggregation results can be generated by errors in variables models (see Aigner and Goldfeld [1974]).A later section considers specifications which identify the empirical importance of both these problems. Finally, a summary of the empirical results on the determinants of R&D intensity is provided.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0344.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Note on the Derivation of Linear Homogeneous Asset Demand Functions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0345</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Among the numerous familiar sets of specific assumptions sufficient to derive mean-variance portfolio behavior from more general expected utility maximization in continuous time, the assumptions of constant relative risk aversion and joint normally distributed asset return assessments are also jointly sufficient to derive asset demand functions with the two desirable (and frequently simply assumed) properties of wealth homogeneity and linearity in expected returns. In addition, in discrete time constant relative risk aversion and joint normally distributed asset return assessments are sufficient to yield linear homogeneous asset demands as approximations if the time unit is small.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0345.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Rate of Obsolescence Of Knowledge, Research Gestation Lags, and the Private Rate of Return to Research Resources</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0346</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schankerman</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper points out the conceptual distinction between the rates of decay in the physical productivity of traditional capital goods and that of the appropriate revenues accruing to knowledge-producing activities, and notes that it is the latter parameter which is required in any study which constructs a stock of privately marketable knowledge. The rate of obsolescence of knowledge is estimated from a simple patent renewal and the estimates are found to be comparable to evidence provided by firms on the lifespan of the output of their R&D activities. These estimates, together with mean R&D gestation lags, are then used to correct previous estimates of the private excess rate of return to investment in research. We find that after the correction, the private excess rate of return to investment in research, at least in the early 1960's, was close to zero, which may explain why firms reduced the fraction of their resources allocated to research over the subsequent decade.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0346.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Technical Systems and Innovations in Public Libraries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0347</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Getz</surname>
          <given-names>Malcolm</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The extent of use of twenty innovations in the operation of public libraries is examined in 31 large public library systems across the country. The innovations include the use of computers in ordering, cataloging, and circulating materials. The pattern of diffusion of the innovations across the systems is explored using contingency tables and discriminant analysis. All the large library systems seem to participate in early adoption of some innovations; none seem to be pace-setters for all innovations. The extent of diffusion of some innovations may be reduced by the development of successive innovations that replace them. Only some of the innovations seem to be climax technologies that are likely to persist for longer periods of time.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0347.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Can the Fed Control Real Interest Rates?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0348</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Three hypotheses concerning the controllability of rationally expected real interest rates are examined here. These hypotheses, which are suggested by recent literature, assert in different senses that the stochastic properties of expected real interest rates are independent of the Fed policy rule. We discuss the meaning and implications of the hypotheses, and how they might be tested. Evaluation of the hypotheses is attempted by examination of the Fed's "quasi-controlled experiments," historical changes in policy regimes, Granger-Sims causality tests, Barro unanticipated money regressions, and other methods. Questions as to the relevance of any such methods are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0348.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Incidence and Allocation Effects of a Tax on Corporate Distributions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0349</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>To study the effects of 'double taxation' (first at the corporation level, then at the shareholder level this paper analyzes a model with a tax on all corporate distributions to equity owners and no other taxes. Contrary to the common view, the tax is shown to have no substitution effect and, in particular, no effect on the corporate choice between debt and equity (via retained earnings) finance. The analysis opens to question certain arguments commonly used to support integration of corporation and individual income taxes via 'dividend relief'.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0349.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Measuring the Variance-Age Profile of Lifetime Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0350</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eden</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents an operational meaning to the concept of the variance in lifetime income in terms of the discounted variance of T mutually uncorrelated, sequentially realized, random variables. It is then shown how the logical implications of the lifecycle consumption model can be used to estimate this series of variances, called the variance-age profile of lifetime income, and we refer to an earlier paper by Eden (1977) to show how this variance-age profile can be used to compare the riskiness of alternative labor income paths. Finally the estimation technique is applied to Israeli data in order to compare the riskiness of the earnings path of those who attended college with that of those who terminated their education at the high school level in that economy, and to consider data requirements and estimation problems in greater depth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0350.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security and Retirement: Evidence From the Canada Time Series</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0351</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines whether social security influences the aggregate retirement rate in Canada. The lifeâ€”cycle model of individual behavior provides the foundation for this study. The model indicates how social security can affect an individual's decision to retire. Further, the model is used to specify the variable that measures this effect. This variable is social security wealth which equals the present value of the social security benefits to which an individual is entitled. The model for individual retirement decisions is used to construct a model for the aggregate retirement rate. Time series data from Canada include a measure of social security wealth that matches the specification given by the lifeâ€”cycle model. The estimate of the model yields evidence that social security induces retirement. An increase in social security wealth of approximately $2300 per capita measured in 1971 dollars has been estimated to raise the retirement rate by 5 to 6 points. The effect of the creation of the Canada and Quebec Pension Plan was to raise the retirement rate by 1.5 points in 1967.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0351.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time Preference and International Lending and Borrowing in an Overlapping-Generations Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0352</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Two economies, represented by Diamond-type overlapping-generations models and differing only in their pure rates of time preference, are joined together. Capital formation, balance-of-payments behavior, and welfare are compared under autarky and openness. With a positive natural rate of growth, the low-time-preference country runs a current account surplus in the steady state but not necessarily outside it. If preexisting capital is not shiftable between countries, integration in the world economy makes the high-time-preference country worse off in the short run. The ranking of stationary utility levels under autarky and openness is ambiguous.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0352.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimating the Determinants of Employee Performance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0353</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Charles C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Employers often wish to know whether the factors used in selecting employees do in fact allow them to choose the most qualified applicants. Because the performance of those not chosen is not observed, sample-selection bias is a likely problem in any attempt to "validate" employee-selection criteria. With minor modifications, the recently-developed techniques for dealing with sample-selection problems can be used in this context. Using data on applicants for first-line supervisory positions and ratings of on-the-job performance of those hired, ordinary least squares estimates of the determinants of performance are compared with maximum-likelihood estimates which correct for selection bias. The correction for selection bias produces some appreciable improvements in some variables' coefficients, though the corrected estimates remain "insignificant" at conventional levels. Differences in the firm's stated and actual hiring criteria are also noted.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0353.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Inflation Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0354</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the problem of optimal long run monetary policy. It shows that optimal inflation policy involves trading off two quite different considerations. First, increases in the rate of inflation tax the holding of many balances, leading to a deadweight loss as excessive resources are devoted to economizing on cash balances. Second, increases in the rate of inflation raise capital intensity. As long as the economy has a capital stock short of the golden rule level, increases in capita intensity raise the level of consumption. Ignoring the second consideration leads to the common recommendation that the money growth rate be set so that the nominal interest rate is zero. Taking it into account can lead to significant modifications in the "full liquidity rule." Inter-actions of inflation policy with financial intermediation and taxation are also considered. The results taken together suggest that inflation can have important welfare effects, and that optimal inflation policy is an empirical question, which depends on the structure of the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0354.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Differences in Social Security and Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0355</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The U.S. Social Security Administration, in cooperation with similar agencies in other countries, recently developed estimates of social security benefits for twelve major industrial countries. The present paper uses these data to estimate the effects of social security benefits on saving and retirement in an extended life cycle model. The parameter estimates indicate that, with retirement behavior given, social security significantly reduces private saving: an increase of the benefit-to-earnings ratio by 10 percentage points reduces the saving rate by approximately 3 percentage points.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0355.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Trade and Income Distribution: A Reconsideration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0356</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krugman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The postwar expansion of trade among the industrial countries has not had the strong distributional effects which standard models of trade would have led us to expect. This paper develops a model which attempts to explain this observation, while at the same time making sense of some other puzzling empirical aspects of world trade. The basis of the model is a distinction between two kinds of trade: "Heckscher-Ohlin" trade, based on differences in factor proportions, and "intraindustry" trade, based on scale economies and product differentiation. To incorporate intraindustry trade into the model it is necessary to drop the usual assumptions of constant returns to scale and perfect competition; instead the paper deals with a world where economies of scale are pervasive and all firms possess some monopoly power. Surprisingly, it is nonetheless possible to develop a fully-worked-out general equilibrium model which remains simple and can be used to compare autarky and free trade. Two main results emerge from the analysis. First, the nature of trade depends on how similar countries are in their factor endowments. As countries become more similar, the trade between them will increasingly become intra-industry in character. Second, the effects of opening trade depend on its type. If intraindustry trade is sufficiently dominant the advantages of extending the market will outweigh the distributional effects, and the owners of scarce as well as of abundant factors will be made better off.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0356.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Mobility and Wages</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0357</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jovanovic</surname>
          <given-names>Boyan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Workers' compensation insurance provides cash payments and medical benefits to workers who incur a work-related injury or illness .Many features of the workers' compensation program parallel features of proposed mandated employer-paid health insurance plans. This paper empirically examines the incidence of the workers' compensation program to infer the likely consequences of mandated health insurance proposals. In certain industries, such as trucking and carpentry, workers' compensation insurance costs are quite large, and vary tremendously within states overtime, and across states at a moment in time. This variation issued to identify the incidence of the program. Empirical analysis of two data sets suggest that changes in employers' costs of workers' compensation insurance are largely shifted to employees in the form of lower wages. In addition, higher insurance costs are found to have a negative but statistically insignificant effect on employment. The implied elasticity of labor demand from our results is about -.50.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0357.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Structure of Production, Technological Change, and the Rate of Growth of Total Factor Productivity in the Bell System</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0358</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schankerman</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The objectives of this preliminary study are threefold. The first is to analyze empirically the production structure of the Bell System at the aggregate level. Particular attention is focused on the pattern of substitution among the factor inputs and the degree to which the aggregate production function is characterized by economies of scale. In this connection, we explore the role of research and development in the Bell System as an input in the production process, and its interaction with the traditional inputs. Second, we examine the impact of external technological chance on the production structure of the Bell System. The issues here include not only the rate of such technical change, but also the extent to which it alters the optimal level and mix of inputs, that is, the factor bias of external technical change. The third objective is to explore the inter relationship between scale economies internal to the Bell System and external technical change in determining the rate of growth of total factor productivity (TFP) . Specifically, we propose and illustrate a methodology for composing the observed growth of TFP into a part related to scale economies and a part included by technical change. We address these issues by first estimate in a an aggregate translog cost function for the Bell System, using annual data for the period 1947-1976. The implied estimate of the scale economies is then used to explore the sources of the growth of TFP.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0358.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Expectations, Foreign Exchange and Interest Rates, and Demand for Money in an Open Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0359</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Arango</surname>
          <given-names>Sebastian</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Traditional studies on demand for money have often ignored influence of foreign monetary developments. The literature on international capital mobility, on the other hand, focuses on the impact of adjustments in international reserves on domestic money supply with the implicit assumption that aggregate demand for money is inelastic with respect to foreign monetary developments such as changes in exchange and foreign interest rates. These two views have often led to the conclusion that domestic monetary policy is fairly ineffective, and domestic financial markets are highly vulnerable to changes in foreign monetary developments. In this paper, the formulation of a demand function for real cash balances generalizes the traditional demand functions for money which explicitly take into account changes in exchange rates, foreign interest rates, and inflationary expectations. The underlying theoretical model is a general portfolio mode of asset holding which specifies the channels through which the influence of monetary developments abroad are transmitted to the supply and demand for money in a particular country. The demand function for real cash balances derived from this model is estimated using the tile series data for the period 1960-75 for Canada, United States, United Kingdom, and Germany. The results indicate that foreign monetary developments affect demand for money significantly, and considerable misspecification occurs when they are ignored. The results indicate that demand for real cash balances is not, as the traditional theory suggests, inelastic with respect to changes in foreign financial developments, and is fairly stable over the stressful period of 1970-75 when significant international monetary crises came in succession.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0359.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Contributions and Determinants of Research and Development Expenditures in the U.S. Manufacturing Industries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0360</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an attempt to assess the contribution of R&D to growth of output in U.S. manufacturing industries. The important issues to address are: whether the slower growth of R&D expenditures in recent years has been the cause of slowdown in the growth of productivity, and what the factors are in explaining the slower growth of R&D expenditures. After a brief survey of the major issues on this topic, a production function is formulated and estimated using tine series cross-section data for the manufacturing industries. Also, the factors determining the rate of growth of R&D expenditures in the 1958-75 period are identified by formulating a dynamic model of demand for R & D activity. The estimation results indicate that the stock of R & D, as a measure of stock of knowledge, positively and strongly affect growth of output in total manufacturing, total durable, and total nondurable industries. Potential growth of output is affected because of the slowdown of growth of stock of R&D since 1966, but the gross rates of return on stock of R&D have not changed much in the 1966-75 period. Growth of output, changes in relative prices, cyclical fluctuations of the economy, as well as changes in level of employment and capital stocks are the factors affecting R&D expenditures. The effect of government financing of R&D on private decisions regarding R & D expenditures differs among different industries. By and large, the results on this issue are basically inconclusive and require further investigation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0360.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>New Evidence That Fully Anticipated Monetary Changes Influence Real Output After All</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0361</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Robert Barro in his three papers on the topic(AER 1977, JPE 1978, and 1978 conference paper with Mark Rush). A distinction is drawn between the Lucas-Sargent-Wallace (LSW) theory that only unanticipated monetary changes influence real output, and the orthodox view that anticipated monetary changes influence real output in the short run during the interval of adjustment of prices to the monetary change. The LSW proposition requires for its validity a contemporaneous and equiproportionate response of the expected price level to the anticipated level of money or nominal CNP, whereas the orthodox approach requires that price expectations depend at least partly on the past history of prices rather than entirely on the expected level of nominal demand. The results uniformly support the orthodox approach. The Livingston expectations series exhibits a highly significant response to past price changes, and only a slight response to current expectations about nominal GNP or money. The actual inflation rate also depends heavily on past price changes, with an insignificant impact of current expectations of nominal GNP, or money. The equations that relate real output to the deviation of changes of nominal income (both anticipated and unanticipated) from past price changes fit the data significantly better than Barro's approach using current and lagged values of money "surprises." The pure version of the LSW approach relating real output only to current surprises is decisively rejected.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0361.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Family as an Incomplete Annuities Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0362</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Spivak</surname>
          <given-names>Avia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A new empirical study of the relation between money, nominal income, prices, and real output in postwar quarterly U.S. data rejects virtually all of the conclusions reached by Families provide individuals with risk sharing opportunities which may not otherwise be available. Within the family there is a degree of trust and a level of information which alleviates three key problems in the provision of insurance by markets open to the general public, namely, moral hazard, adverse selection, and deception. The informational advantages of pooling risk within families must be set against the inability of families to provide complete insurance because of the small size of the risk pooling group. This paper demonstrates how families can provide insurance against uncertain dates of death. Death risk sharing family arrangements effectively constitute an incomplete annuities market. Our analysis indicates that these arrangements even in small families can substitute by more than70% for complete annuities. Given the adverse selection problem and transactions costs in public annuity markets, risk pooling in families may well be preferred to purchasing market annuities. In the absence of organized public markets in annuities, these risk sharing arrangements provide powerful economic incentives for marriage and family formation. The paper suggests that inter-family transfers need have nothing to do with altruistic feelings; rather, they may simply reflect risk sharing behavior of completely selfish family members.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0362.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Can Productive Capacity Differentials Really Explain Earnings Differentials Associated with Demographic Characteristics? Case of Experience</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0363</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abraham</surname>
          <given-names>Katharine G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study uses computerized personnel microdata on the white male managerial and professional employees at a major U.S. corporation to address the following question: Can the additional earnings which are associated with more labor market experience at a point in time really be explained by higher productivity at the same point in time? Our answer to this question, based on both cross-sectional and longitudinal information, is that performance plays a substantially smaller role in explaining cross-sectional experience-earnings differentials and earnings growth than is claimed by those who have adopted the human capital explanation of the experience-earnings profile. This response depends critically on our assumption that the performance ratings which supervisors give to their white male managerial and professional subordinates adequately reflect the subordinates' relative productivity in the year of assessment; we present a great deal of evidence which strongly supports this assumption.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0363.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Two Faces of Unionism</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0364</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our research demonstrates that the view of unions as organizations whose chief function is to raise wages is seriously misleading. For in addition to raising wages, unions have significant non-wage effects which influence diverse aspects of modern industrial life. By providing workers with a voice both at the workplace and in the political arena, unions can and do affect positively the functioning of the economic and social systems. Although our research on the non-wage effects of trade unions is by no means complete and some results will surely change as more evidence becomes available, enough work has been done to yield the broad outlines of a new view of unionism.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0364.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Why is There A Youth Labor Market Problem?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0365</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines what is known about the causes of the high and increasing levels of youth joblessness and related problems in the youth labor market. Partly because of inconsistencies in reported rates of youth employment across surveys and partly because of problems in measuring key social variables, it is difficult to reach firm conclusions. As far as can be told, much of the relatively high rate of youth joblessness can be attributed to turnover and mobility patterns that are normal in the U.S. economy, but much is also directly related to a dearth of jobs. Demand forces, which have come to be neglected in favor of supply in much popular discussion of youth joblessness, are major determinants of variation in youth employment over time and among areas. For groups facing the most severe joblessness problems, however, the difficulty due to lack of jobs appears to be compounded by problems of employability related to deleterious social patterns. Surprisingly, perhaps, the factors that determine the probability that young persons end up employed or jobless differ substantively from those that determine wages. The paper explains the decline in the earnings of young workers relative to old workers in terms of the increased number of young persons. It speculates that the decline in relative wages may have contributed significantly to the stable ratio of employment to population among young whites. The causes of the downward trend in youth employment for nonwhites -- which constitute one of the major developments of the period -- remain a conundrum.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0365.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Determination of Long-Term Interest Rates: Implications for Monetary and Fiscal Policies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0366</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this paper is to bring to bear on financial-non financial interactions a richer approach to modeling the determination of long-term interest rates. in a series of previous papers. I have developed an alternative model based explicitly on the truism that any factor affecting long-term bond yields does so by (and only by) influencing some borrower's supply of bonds and/or some lender's demand for bonds. Rather than model the bond yield directly, as in the single-equation term-structure approach, this work instead models the supply of and the demand for bonds ,and determines the bond yield at the level necessary to equate resulting total supply and demand. The specific bond supplies and demands modeled in this work are those in the U .S. market for corporate bonds; this market is the primary source of long-term external lands to finance business fixed investment, and the corporate bond yield is also the long-term interest rate most frequently used in single-equation models of term-structure relationships.  This paper reports the implications of this supply-demand model of long-term interest rate determination for the effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policies, as modeled in all other respects by the MJT-Penn-SSRC (henceforth MPS) econometric model of the United Stares. The new research tool applied in this paper is therefore altered MPS model from which the usual single term-structure equation has been removed and into which a supply-demand model of the bond market has been substituted. The only difference between this altered MPS model and the familiar NIPS model therefore lies in the determination of long-term asset yields and prices. Since these long-term yields and prices are such an important part of the overall bearing of financial market developments on nonfinancial behavior, however, the altered model exhibits interesting implications for fiscal and monetary policies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0366.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Fixed and Flexible Rates: A Renewal of The Debate</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0367</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Artus</surname>
          <given-names>Jacques R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Young</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper reviews the extent to which a decade of analysis and experience has altered thinking about the choice of an exchange rate system. The advantages of flexible rates are viewed to have been exaggerated. They do not permit governments to have permanently higher rates of economic activity at the expense of higher inflation as some thought. Further, the slow speed of adjustment to relative price changes limits the contribution of flexible rates to external adjustment in the short-run, and the degree of insulation from external influences that they provide. Finally, flexible rates tend to be fluctuating rates, and, although there is little empirical evidence so far showing that the fluctuations have had adverse effects on trade and capital flows, the exchange rate instability more than any other factor has led to a certain disillusionment with the floating rate system. Notwithstanding the drawbacks of flexible rates, there will be a continuing need for exchange rate flexibility over the next few years, and some analysis is given of the problems of achieving greater stability under flexible rates or the requisite amount of flexibility under pegged rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0367.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Tax Treatment of the Family: Married Couples</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0368</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the appropriate tax treatment of the family in a series of analytical models and numerical examples. For a population of taxpaying couples which differ in earning capacity, we derive the optimal tax rates for each potential earner. These rates depend crucially upon own and cross labor supply elasticities and the joint distribution of wage rates. Our results suggest that the current system of income splitting in the United States, under which husbands and wives face equal marginal tax rates, is non-optimal. Using results from recent econometric studies, and allowing for a sensitivity analysis, the optimal tax rates on secondary workers in the family are much lower than those on primary earners. Indeed, our best estimate is that the secondary earner would face tax rates only one-half as high as primary earners.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0368.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Energy Prices, Inflation, and Recession, 1974-1975</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0369</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mork</surname>
          <given-names>Knut Anton</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The energy price shock depressed real output by two percent in 1974 and by five percent in 1975, according to our results. Prices rose by four percent in 1974 and by another two percent in 1975. These conclusions are derived from an aggregate model of the U.S. economy with an explicit role of energy in production. The distinction between expected and unexpected shocks is an important part of the model. We also examine monetary and fiscal policies that might have offset the energy shock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0369.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Decline in Aggregate Share Values: Inflation, Taxation, Risk and Profitability</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0370</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With a neutral tax system an increase in observed and anticipated inflation would not be expected to alter either real after-tax yields on bonds and equities or the ratio of the market value of equities to the replacement cost of corporate real capital. In the real world, however, declines in real after-tax bond yields and the relative value of shares have been observed. Feldstein (1976, 1978) has attributed both of these phenonema to the use of historic-cost depreciation, and the taxation of nominal capital gains. Our analysis supports his conjecture regarding the decline in real after-tax debt yields, but rejects his analysis of the cause of the decline in share values. The decline in share values can be attributed to many factors, but the most important is probably the favorable taxation of income from owner-occupied housing (no taxation of either implicit rents nor real capital gains). As a result housing has become more attractive with the acceleration of inflation, and households have substituted housing for equity shares. Other possible sources of the decline in share values are reduced profitability of existing capital, owing to increased regulatory costs and real energy prices, and a greater perceived risk in business operations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0370.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sorting Models of Labor Mobility, Turnover, and Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0371</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Viscusi</surname>
          <given-names>W. Kip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Utilizing a model in which individuals search among lotteries on likely success at different jobs, this paper analyzes both the search decision when unemployed and the implications of the sorting process. The model correctly predicts both the direction and convexity of the age-unemployment relationship and the impact of experience on turnover and wages. Actions taken when unemployed have an important impact on equilibrium turnover rates, unemployment rates, and the work history of the pool of unemployed. The sorting model is used to analyze racial differences in youth unemployment and major empirical features of low income labor markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0371.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Old Age Security Hypothesis and Population Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0372</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Willis</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Aging</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In traditional societies it is often argued that parents' desire for old age security in the form of transfers from their children provides an important motive for childbearing. Some doubt has been cast on this "old age security hypothesis" by recent estimates which suggest that the rate of return on investments in children tend to be negative in most developing countries. This paper presents a theoretical model which integrates micro-level decision making about fertility and life cycle consumption into a dynamic macro-level model of overlapping generations in order to investigate the implications of this hypothesis. In this model, observation of a negative rate of return to children and positive population growth in a traditional society may imply (1) that the old age security motive for childbearing is, in fact, very strong; (2) that the rate of population growth is "too high" from a Paretian point of view; and (3) that each individual in current and all future generations could be made better off if the rate of population growth were lower and the level of old age consumption were increased, but that a reduction in population growth alone would reduce welfare. A social security tax and transfer policy could be devised to induce a Pareto optimal rate of population growth and distribution of life cycle consumption only if measures are taken to offset the divergence between the private and social rate of return to children created by the social security scheme.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0372.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation Risk and Capital Market Equilibrium</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0373</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the effect of inflation uncertainty on the portfolio behavior of households and the equilibrium structure of capitol market rates. The principal findings regarding portfolio behavior are: (1.) In the presence of inflation uncertainty, households will have an inflation-hedging demand for assets other than riskless nominal bonds, which will be directly proportional to the covariance between the rate of inflation and the nominal rates of return on these other assets. (2.) An asset is a perfect inflation hedge if and only if its nominal return is perfectly correlated with the rate of inflation. The principal findings regarding capital market rates are: (1.) The equilibrium real yield spread between any risky security and riskless nominal bonds is directly proportional to the difference between the covariance of the security's nominal rate of return with the market portfolio and its covariance with the rate of inflation. (2.) As long as the net supply of monetary assets in the economy is greater than zero, an increase in inflation uncertainty will lower the risk premia on all real assets. (3.) A preliminary empirical test of the theory using rates of return on common stocks, long-term bonds, real estate and commodity futures contracts yields mixed results. The risk premia on long-term bonds and futures have the "wrong" signs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0373.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Colonial and Revolutionary Muster Rolls: Some New Evidence on Nutrition and Migration in Early America</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0374</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sokoloff</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Villaflor</surname>
          <given-names>Georgia C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>That investment in human capital has made an important contribution to the increase of labor productivity and per capita income during the last several centuries is widely acknowledged. While much of the research on this issue has focused on education, many scholars have also directed attention to the significance of improvements in nutrition. Until recently, efforts to study this subject have been hampered by a lack of evidence, but it now appears possible to construct indexes of nutrition from height-by-age data. This paper employs a relatively underutilized type of historical document to investigate the level of nutrition in early America. The same material also provides a rich source of information about patterns of migration during this period. This paper finds that native-born Americans approached modern heights by the time of the Revolution. On average, colonial Americans appear to have been 2 to 4 inches taller than Europeans, with southerners considerably taller than northerners and the rural population of greater stature than the urban. These differences may indicate that other factors besides nutrition were important in accounting for the dramatic changes in U.S. mortality rates during the nineteenth century.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0374.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Work and Wages of Single Women: 1870 to 1920</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0375</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldin</surname>
          <given-names>Claudia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Single women in the U.S. dominated the female labor force from 1870 to 1920. Data on the home life and working conditions of women in 1888 and 1907 enable the estimation of earnings functions. Work in the manufacturing sector for these women was task oriented and payment was frequently by the piece. Earnings rose steeply with experience and peaked early; learning was mainly on-the-job. Sex segregation of employment is seen as a partial product of the method of payment, and the early termination of human capital investment was a function of the life-cycle labor force participation of these women, although the role of the family is also critical.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0375.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Towards A Reconstruction of Keynesian Economics: Expectations and Constrained Equilibria</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0376</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Neary</surname>
          <given-names>J. Peter</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A two-period model of temporary equilibrium with rationing is presented, paying particular attention to agents' expectations of future constraints. it is shown that with arbitrary constraint expectations many different types of current equilibria may be consistent with the same set of (current and expected future) wages and prices, and that constraint expectations tend to be self-fulfilling (e.g., a higher expectation of Keynesian unemployment tomorrow increases the probability that it will prevail today). In addition, rational constraint expectations (i.e., perfect foresight of future constraint levels) are shown to enhance rather than reduce the effectiveness of government policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0376.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates and Portfolio Balance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0377</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Martin</surname>
          <given-names>John R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Masson</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An open economy portfolio balance model, describing allocation among money, a domestic bond, and a traded foreign currency bond is developed for a world of many countries. A special role is attributed to the dollar, namely that all internationally traded bonds are denominated in that currency. It is shown that in the short run with real variables exogenous and expectations static, stability requires that all countries except the U.S. be net creditors in dollar-denominated bonds. What data are available on inter-country claims suggest that some countries may well be net debtors abroad in foreign currency. In particular, if one excludes direct investment claims, private claims on the rest of the world by Japan and Canada have been negative over the period of floating rates since 1973. However, some preliminary reduced-form regression equations for the dollar exchange rates of these two countries do not support the implications of the portfolio balance model in the debtor case. On the other hand, an equation for a composite of Western European currencies (by our calculations, this group of countries is a net creditor) gives more promising results.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0377.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Turnover and Youth Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0378</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leighton</surname>
          <given-names>Linda S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The main question of concern in this paper is why youth unemployment is high relative to unemployment of adults. The analysis is based largely on longitudinal micro-data in the NLS and MID panels of men, surveyed in the 1966-1976 decade. Since the duration of unemployment increases with age, incidence that is the probability of experiencing unemployment is the main focus of our analysis. The basic finding is that the at first rapid and then decelerating decline with age in the probability of unemployment stems from a similarly shaped relation between the probability of separation (from a job) and working age. The age patterns are, in turn, mainly due to the decline of probabilities as tenure lengthens. Indeed, at given levels of tenure, unemployment incidence does not at all decline with age, except among blacks and in periods of high unemployment. We conclude that the short tenure level of the young is the main reason for the age differential in unemployment. To check this we compare youth with short-tenured groups which are not adversely selected, migrants who were not unemployed before migration and immigrants. The comparison reveals that youth are in the same situation as others with little accumulated tenure. We do note, however, that unemployment declines more slowly for youth than for others, reflecting the gradually increasing commitment to work in the transition from school to work and from parental to own household. Increases in the duration of unemployment with age are ascribed, within a search model framework, to a decline in the probability of finding job vacancies among older movers. The inference of increasing difficulty in job finding is also consistent with observed increases in the probability of unemployment conditional on separation, declines in the quit/layoff ration, and in wage gains from moves as workers age.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0378.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Strategic Theory of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0379</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kurz</surname>
          <given-names>Mordecai</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A strategic mechanism of price adjustment is introduced to explain inflations in the U.S. during 1909-1974. The mechanism follows from our theory that when the profit rate is above a normal-target rate, competitive forces operate to lower prices while if the profit rate is below the target a correlated strategy among firms operates to generate a rise in prices as a strategy to improve profitability. The notion of "correlated strategy" is adopted from game theory. The mechanism may operate in harmony or against demand and the net effect is what we call the "basic inflation." Contrary to a-priori notions of positive association between inflation rates and profit rates, our theory proposes a critical test of a negative association between these variables. Such a relationship is in fact empirically established. The analysis shows that large and persistent inflationary pressures are generated by low profitability and during 1971-1977 those accounted for some 20%-50% of total inflation. These pressures would be present even if no increase in cost occurs. This suggests that an important cause of the 1970's inflation is the low profit rate in the private sector and any public policy against inflation will fail if it does not aim at the same time to raise the profit rate on private capital.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0379.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Canadian Dollar, 1971-76: An Exploratory Investigation of Short Run Movements</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0380</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freedman</surname>
          <given-names>Charles</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the movement of the Canadian dollar over the 1971-76 period. Although Canadian prices increased substantially more than U.S. prices over this period, there was no tendency for a systematic depreciation of the Canadian dollar. To explain this phenomenon requires the introduction of other factors into the exchange rate equation. Among the variables that proved significant are the Canadian terms of trade, measures of long-term borrowing, the relative cyclical position of Canada and the United States, and the market's errors in forecasting the current account balance. When used together with relative prices, these variables track the movement of the Canadian dollar very satisfactorily over the period.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0380.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventories, Rational Expectations, and the Business Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0381</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The simplest macroeconomic models in which markets clear instantaneously, and expectations are rational preclude the existence of "business cycles," that is, of serially correlated deviations of output from trend. This paper studies one of several mechanisms that can be used to make these so-called "new-classical" models produce business cycles; the mechanism is the gradual adjustment of inventory stocks. Two microeconomic models of inventory holdings are formulated. Both imply, first, that current output should be a decreasing function of the stock of inventories and, second, that inventories, once perturbed from equilibrium levels, should adjust only gradually. These two features are then embedded into an otherwise standard macroeconomic model in which markets clear instantaneously and expectations are rational. Two principal conclusions are reached. First, disturbances such as unanticipated changes in money will set in motion serially correlated deviations of output from trend. Second, if desired inventories are sensitive to the real interest rate, then even fully anticipated changes in money can affect real variables.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0381.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Supply vs. Demand Approaches to the Problem of Stagflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0382</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We develop a model of aggregate supply and demand in the open economy to explain the important characteristics of international macroeconomic adjustment in the 1970s. Traditional demand-oriented models cannot account for the worldwide phenomenon of rising inflation and unemployment in the mid-70s, or for the failure of most industrialized economies to recover from the deep recession of 1974-75. When aggregate supply is carefully treated, it is found that much of the inflation and sluggish output performance may be attributed to the jump in the real costs of intermediate inputs and the failure of real wages to adjust downward after the input price shock. A simulation model shows that fuel inputs are sufficiently important in production that a large part of the worldwide recession may be attributed to the change in the relative price of oil, since 1973. In an empirical section, it is suggested that countries differ in their response to supply shocks and macro-policies because of differences in key structural relationships, particularly in wage determination.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0382.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Benefits from Owner-Occupied Housing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0383</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hu</surname>
          <given-names>Sheng Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effects of inflation on the allocation of resources between residential and nonresidential uses and the productivity of capital in the U.S. We begin by calculating the realized rates of return on homeowner equity and the contributions of fixed-rate mortgages and differences in relative inflation rates to extraordinary earned real returns. The paper then focuses on the implications of the extraordinary real returns on residential capital for stock prices and on the demand for owner-occupied housing. Proposals for achieving efficient allocation of capital between residential and nonresidential uses are also considered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0383.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time Series Changes in Youth Joblessness</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0384</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wachter</surname>
          <given-names>Michael L.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kim</surname>
          <given-names>Choongsoo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study presents a time series analysis of the youth unemployment problem stressing the cohort overcrowding effect, a result of the baby-boom induced imbalance between younger and older workers. Several techniques are used to study the problem. First, reduced form unemployment equations are estimated for the disaggregated youth groups. The results indicate that secular swings in female and white youth unemployment rates do track well with the cohort imbalance hypothesis. However, relative increases in black male unemployment remain unexplained by this model. Second, alternative measures of youth unemployment are developed by treating school enrollment and military service as equivalent to employment. In addition, several employment-to-population ratio measures are explored. Third, equations for employment, unemployment, schooling and a residual category are estimated together. This allows one to analyze flows into and out of the four states with respect to changes in explanatory variables. The results suggest that youth unemployment rates, with the exception of the black male group, peaked in relative terms in the early l970s. A detailed analysis of the declining labor market position of blacks, however, uncovers puzzling results. Although black male unemployment rates are growing, and employment rates are declining, relative wages and school enrollment rates are increasing. In fact, at least half of the decline in black employment ratios can be associated with increasing school enrollment rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0384.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Supply and Aggregate Fluctuations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0385</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Issues of labor supply are at the heart of macroeconomic explanations of the large cyclical fluctuations of output observed in modern economies. This paper starts with a serious empirical examination of the view that the labor market is always in balance-that every observed combination of employment and compensation is a point of intersection of the relevant supply and demand curves. I will call this the "intertemporal substitution" model of fluctuations. According to this model, workers are willing to shift their hours of work from one year to another in response to modest shifts in relative wages. The paper goes on to point out a strong implication of the pure inter- temporal substitution model, namely, the irrelevance of changes in the money supply for the labor supply function. A model where markets clear instantly ought to obey full monetary neutrality. The data refute this implication absolutely unambiguously. The money stock unambiguously shifts the labor supply function. The pure substitution model seems untenable in the light of this evidence. The paper then turns to explanations of the nonneutrality of money in the short run. According to the most carefully worked out line of thought, monetary shocks cause workers to make inappropriate intertemporal shifts in labor supply, because they lack complete information about the source of aggregate shocks and are forced to respond in the same way to real and nominal disturbances. Finally, the paper turns to the view that, in the short run, labor supply is largely irrelevant to the determination of aggregate employment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0385.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Prevailing Prices and Wages in the Efficient Organization of Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0386</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Among the ways a product or labor market might operate is the following: All firms quote the same price or wage. Customers or job-seekers search among sellers until they find one willing to sell them or employ them. They do not need to consider the possibility that another seller or employer might offer a better deal, since all offers are identical, under prevailing prices or wages, the small participants in the market -- customers and workers -- have very limited responsibilities for processing information. By contrast, where markets are equilibrated by conscious search for the best price or wage, the small participants face complex problems of gathering and interpreting information. Adherence to prevailing prices and wages may explain part of the macroeconomic puzzle of price and wage stickiness and the sensitivity of real variables to nominal disturbances.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0386.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Estimation of Labor Supply Over Kinked Budget Constraints: Some New Econometric Methodology</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0387</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Most programs of taxation and income maintenance imply that the tax rate faced by an individual changes at different levels of labor supply. As a result, the individual's budget constraint is kinked which presents problems for the empirical study of labor supply. This paper develops econometric methodology for estimating labor supply in the presence of taxes. Equations for market wage and shadow price are used to describe labor supply choices over a kinked budget constraint This approach makes a distinction between the discrete choice of which segment or corner of the kinked constraint to work on and the selection of the actual number of hours of work along linear segments. A consistent procedure is derived that uses all the tax rates faced by the individual and relies on no more structure than has been used in the previous literature on labor force participation. This procedure summarizes the individual's kinked budget constraint by calculating the expected value of variables that assume different values on the sections of the constraint. Techniques for estimating the model based on a probit analysis of the decision to work above or below certain corners of the budget constraint are presented. Maximum likelihood estimation is also discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0387.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Notes on Optimal Wage Taxation and Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0388</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eaton</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Most contributions to optimal tax theory have assumed that all prices, including that of leisure, are known with certainty. The purpose of this paper is to analyze optimal taxation when workers have imperfect information about their wages at the time they choose their labor supplies. Both efficiency and redistributive aspects of the problem are considered. The paper begins with a discussion of the positive theory of wage taxation and labor supply under uncertainty. This is followed by a discussion of optimal taxation when individuals are identical, but their wages are stochastic. Finally, the case of simultaneous uncertainty and inequality is discussed. In this part of the paper it is assumed that the government's objective is to maximize a utilitarian social welfare function.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0388.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Trade and Exchange Rate Projections</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0389</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Halttunen</surname>
          <given-names>Hannu</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Warner</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops and applies a model of world trade and exchange rates to analyze dynamic interaction of the current account and exchange rate. The model is designed to concentrate on the determination of trade flows, prices and exchange rates for the OECD member countries but it also covers oil exporting countries, other developing countries and Centrally Planned Economies. The model contains exchange rate equations, based on the asset market approach, for major OECI) countries and adjustable pegging rules for small OECD countries and for non-oil LDOs. These provide the link from asset accumulation through the current account to the exchange rate. With the integration of exchange rate equations into the trade model, it can be used to analyze outcomes of different exchange rate regimes and alternative growth prospects in the OECD area. Simulation results indicate that the model produces a smooth and slow adjustment process for exchange rates and current accounts. They also show that with the higher growth target for an individual country large current account deficits may occur or large changes in real exchange rates are needed to reach the external equilibrium.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0389.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Trade and Exchange Rate Projections: Equations and Parameters</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0390</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Halttunen</surname>
          <given-names>Hannu</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Warner</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains a detailed description of a model of trade and exchange rates. A verbal summary of the model may be found in NBER Working Paper #389. The model contains equations for import demands, bilateral trade flows and trade prices for 26 regions and three commodities. A simple exchange rate model used developments in current accounts to model changes in nominal exchange rates. The regions covered are the twenty-three OECD countries and three non-OECD region: LDCs, OPEC, and the centrally planned economies (CPEs). Sector A contains an algebraic description of the model and a glossary of variables and parameters. Section B is a detailed discussion of the equations and the sources of the parameter values.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0390.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Cross Country Effects of Sterilization, Reserve Currencies and Foreign Exchange Information</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0391</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marston</surname>
          <given-names>Richard C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the international repercussions of national sterilization policies under fixed exchange rates and managed flexibility. The effects of sterilization on the country pursuing the policy are well-known, but the adverse effects on other countries have not been adequately explored. In this study, a stochastic framework is used to analyze the impact of balance of payments disturbances on key financial variables in the domestic and foreign countries. The effects of sterilization are explored under fixed rates, and the combined effects of foreign exchange intervention and sterilization are similarly investigated in a regime of managed flexibility. In either regime, sterilization by the foreign country imposes costs on the domestic country by magnifying the impact of balance of payments disturbances on the domestic financial market. The analysis has important implications for the use of reserve currencies: Countries issuing reserve currencies benefit from the automatic sterilization of their balance of payments surpluses or deficits, while countries using reserve currencies encounter the same cross country effects as with discretionary sterilization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0391.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0391.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Social Security Disability Program and Labor Force Participation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0392</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leonard</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the last twenty years the labor force participation rates of 45 to 54-year-old men have fallen 10.6 percentage points among non-whites and 4.4 percentage points among whites. I find that nearly half of this puzzling decline can be explained by the growth of the Social Security Disability program. By 1975, 6.22% of the prime-age non-white men and 3.57% of the white men were Social Security Disability beneficiaries. Despite the medical screening of applicants, I find in cross-section estimates an elasticity of .35 for beneficiary status with respect to benefit levels. As eligibility requirements have eased and as benefit levels have increased relative to earnings more men have dropped out of the labor force and become Social Security Disability beneficiaries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0392.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Teenage Unemployment: What is the Problem?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0393</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ellwood</surname>
          <given-names>David T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This nontechnical paper was prepared as a background study for the NBER Conference on Youth Joblessness and Employment. Our analysis of data collected in the March 1976 and October 1976 Current Population Surveys leads us to the following conclusions: Unemployment is not a serious problem for the vast majority of teenage boys. Less than 5 percent of teenage boys are out of school, unemployed and looking for full-time work. Many out of school teenagers are neither working nor looking for work and most of these report no desire to work. Virtually all teenagers who are out of work live at hone. Among those who do seek work, unemployment spells tend to be quite short; over half end within one month when these boys find work or stop looking for work. Nevertheless, much of the total amount of unemployment is the result of quite long spells among a small portion of those who experience unemployment during the year. Although nonwhites have considerably higher unemployment rates than whites, the overwhelming majority of the teenage unemployed are white. Approximately half of the difference between the unemployment rates of whites and blacks can be accounted for by demographic and economic differences. There is a small group of teenagers with relatively little schooling for whom unemployment does seen to be a serious and persistent problem. This group suffers most of the teenage unemployment. Although their unemployment rate improves markedly as they move into their twenties, it remains very high relative to the unemp1oynent rate of better educated and more able young men.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0393.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Specific Information, General Information, and Employment Matches Under Uncertainty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0394</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Viscusi</surname>
          <given-names>W. Kip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Employment matches under uncertainty are typically accompanied by opportunities for information acquisition. Workers can acquire specific information about productivity lotteries at the firm or general information affecting their probabilistic beliefs about work elsewhere. Enterprises can acquire specific information concerning the productivity of a particular worker or general information about different groups of workers in a production process. In all cases, the market equilibrium with flexible wages is efficient. Moreover, there is no opportunity for strategic behavior that would alter this result. Both forms of information are associated with rising earnings profiles over time, hut the steepness is greater in the general case. The negative turnover-wage relation is attributable in part to the lower match termination rate of workers with productive lob histories, who earn higher wages than their less productive counterparts. General information is associated with more termination of employment matches by employers and employees than is specific information. The implications of specific/general information for matching processes in many respects aralle1 the role of that distinction in human capital theory, strengthening the link between matching theories and earlier human capital analyses.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0394.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adjusting Depreciation in an Inflationary Economy: Indexing versus Acceleration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0395</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With the existing "historic cost" method of depreciation, higher inflation rates reduce the real value of future depreciation deductions and therefore raise the real net cost of investment. The calculations in this paper show that this rise in the net cost can be quite substantial at recent inflation rates; e.g., the real net cost of an equipment investment with a 13 year tax life is raised 21 percent by an 8 percent expected inflation rate if the firm uses a 4 percent real discount rate. The effects of inflation on the net cost of investment can be completely eliminated by indexing depreciation. A more accelerated depreciation schedule can also lower the net cost of investment and make that net cost less sensitive to the rate of inflation. The current paper examines a particular acceleration proposal and finds that, for moderate rates of inflation and real discount rates, the acceleration proposal and full indexation are quite similar. For low rates of inflation, high discount rates, or very long-lived investments, the acceleration proposal causes greater reductions in net cost than would result from complete indexing. Conversely, for high rates of inflation, low discount rates, or very short-lived investments, the acceleration method fails to offset the adverse effects of inflation. Since the acceleration and indexation methods have quite similar effects under existing economic conditions, the choice between them requires balancing the administrative simplicity and other possible advantages of acceleration against the automatic protection that indexation offers against the risk of significant changes from the recent inflation rates and discount rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0395.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Family Effects in Youth Employment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0396</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rees</surname>
          <given-names>Albert E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gray</surname>
          <given-names>Wayne B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The authors begin with the hypothesis that parental contacts play a major role in finding jobs for youth. This hypothesis is tested with a model of youth employment that includes characteristics of other family members in addition to a large set of control variables. Particular attention is paid to parental characteristics that might indicate a parent's ability to assist the youth in finding a job, including occupation, industry and education. The effects of such variables are generally not significant and do not support the initial hypothesis. However, the employment probability of a youth is significantly affected by the presence of employed siblings, indicating the presence of some intrafamily effects.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0396.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Duration of Youth Unemployment in West Germany: Some Theoretical Considerations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0397</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Franz</surname>
          <given-names>Wolfgang</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a theoretical model dealing with the duration of youth unemployment in West Germany. Duration can be expressed in terms of the underlying hazard function. After a brief discussion of a reasonable shape of the hazard function a distinction is made with respect to the probabilities of receiving a job offer and accepting it. Determinants of the latter decision are developed using a unified model of consumption, leisure, and job search. Uncertainty and some restrictions such as standard work time and entitlement to unemployment compensation are taken into account. The probability of receiving a job offer depends, among other factors, on the screening process undertaken by the firms .</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0397.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adolescent Health, Family Background, and Preventive Medical Care</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0398</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the health of white adolescents, focusing particularly on the roles of family background and preventive medical care. This emphasis is motivated in part by our desire to study adolescent health in the context of the nature-nurture controversy. The findings indicate first, that family characteristics (especially mother's schooling) do have a significant impact on adolescent health and second, that preventive care is an important vehicle for this impact in the case of dental health hut not in the ease of physical health measures. Similarly, the greater availability of dentists has a positive impact on dental health, but greater availability of pediatricians does not alter the physical health measures. On the basis of these results we predict that government efforts to improve the dental health of adolescents with policies to lower the cost of dental care or increase the availability of dentists are much more likely to be successful than similar policies directed at improving their physical health.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0398.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Teenage Unemployment: Permanent Scars or Temporary Blemishes?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0399</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ellwood</surname>
          <given-names>David T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the persistence and long-term impacts of early labor force experiences. The paper reports a rise in employment rates for a cohort of young men as they age, but points out that those persons with poor employment records early have comparatively poor records later. In order to asses the extent to which differences in later employment and wages are causally related to these earlier employment experiences, the methodologies of Heckman, Chamberlain, and others are extended to account for Markov type persistence and a straight forward estimation technique results. In addition, a Sims type causality test is used to measure the true impact of work experience on wages. The paper concludes that the effects of a period without work do not end with that spell. A teenager who spends time out of work in one year will probably spend less time working in the next than he would have had he worked the entire year. Furthermore, the lost work experience will be reflected in considerably lower wages. At the same time, the data provide no evidence that early unemployment sets off a vicious cycle of recurrent unemployment. The reduced employment effects die off very quickly. What appears to persist are effects of lost work experience on wages.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0399.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Unionism on Worker Attachment to Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0400</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines these important questions using newly available data files on individuals, which contain information on their job tenure and union status, among other things. Section one examines the theoretical reasons for expecting unionism to increase job tenure. Section two develops the "waiting time" statistics and econometrics needed to analyze tenure and its converse, separations. Section three describes the data sets under study and presents the basic econometric analysis of the effect of unionism on tenure and separations. Section four analyzes the routes by which unionism influences the variables. The paper concludes with a brief discussion of the implications of the analysis for understanding the economic effects of unionism.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0400.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rank-Order Tournaments as Optimum Labor Contracts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0401</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Sherwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes compensation schemes which pay according to an individual's ordinal rank in an organization rather than his output level. When workers are risk neutral, it is shown that wages based upon rank induce the same efficient allocation of resources as an incentive reward scheme based on individual output levels. Under some circumstances, risk-averse workers actually prefer to be paid on the basis of rank. In addition, if workers are heterogeneous inability, low-quality workers attempt to contaminate high-quality firms, resulting in adverse selection. However, if ability is known in advance, a competitive handicapping structure exists which allows all workers to compete efficiently in the same organization.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0401.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analysis of Pension Funding Under Erisa</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0402</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bulow</surname>
          <given-names>Jeremy I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper begins by describing the tax, funding, and insurance aspects of the Pension Reform Act of 1974. Next, the implications of those laws are analyzed from the standpoint of the funding decision of the firm. The tax advantage of early funding appears to be quite small. Because there are insurance and other reasons (related to asymmetries in the pension law) why firms might wish to underfund their plans, there is no good reason to expect all firms to fund to the limit. The final section discusses the magnitude of the firms' unfunded pension liability, properly defined. This debt is shown to be quite small. A major reason for this is the substantial increase in long- term nominal interest rates, which have decreased the present value of accrued benefits and, equally, unfunded pension obligations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0402.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Tax Rules, and the Stock Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0403</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper shows how the interaction of tax rules and expected inflation can decrease substantially the share price per dollar of pretax earnings. The current analysis extends my earlier study [Feldstein (1978)] by recognizing corporate debt, retained earnings, and the role of diverse shareholder investments. As before, the analysis separates household and institutional investors.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0403.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Investment Tax Credit: An Evaluation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0404</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since1954, the United States government has made numerous adjustments in the tax treatment of corporate income with the aim of influencing the level and composition of fixed business investment. The effects of these reforms, principally changes in the investment tax credit, are evaluated using a macro-econometric model. We find little evidence that the investment tax credit is an effective fiscal policy tool. Changes in the credit have tended to destabilize the economy, and have yielded much less stimulus per dollar of revenue loss than has previously been assumed. The crowding out of "non-favored" investment has been sufficient to offset a large percentage of the increase in the stock of equipment resulting from the use of the credit. We are led to conclude that the reliance on the investment tax credit and other investment tax incentives should be reduced. If a credit is to be maintained, it is of the utmost importance that its effect on all sectors of the economy be considered. We analyze several possible neutrality criteria, but conclude that no simple rule can guide the optimal structuring of incentives.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0404.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inequality Within and Between Families</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0405</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sheshinski</surname>
          <given-names>Eytan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Children</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Between-family differences in expenditures and output reflect the effect of simultaneous increases in children's ability on the willingness of parents to transfer resources to them. Within-family differences also reflect the attitudes of parents toward disparity among children. In this paper we characterize the conditions on parents' preferences that determine whether between-family differences exceed within-family differences. For an additive utility, within-family differences in expenditures always exceed between-family differences. This may also be true for the maximum utility function if an increase in ability reduces the marginal utility of income. Within-family differences in output (utility or income) can also exceed between-family differences. In this case, the implication for income distribution is that equality is enhanced by a higher correlation of ability between brothers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0405.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Adjustment with Wage Rigidity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0406</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rotemberg</surname>
          <given-names>Julio J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Two of the puzzling macroeconomic phenomena of the 1970s have been the persistent stagnation in Europe, and the disagreement between the U.S. and Europe on the feasibility of recovery by demand expansion. This paper develops the hypothesis that the source of both the stagnation and the policy differences is money-wage stickiness in the U.S. and real-wage stickiness in Europe and Japan. A real wage which is sticky above its equilibrium level in Europe and Japan would account for stagnation and infeasibility of recovery by demand expansion. The theoretical models are developed in both the one-commodity and two-commodity-bundle cases. The empirical results confirm that in the U.S. the nominal wage adjusts slowly toward equilibrium, while in Germany, Italy, Japan, and the U.K. the real wage adjusts slowly.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0406.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dynamic Adjustment and the Demand for International Reserves</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0407</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bilson</surname>
          <given-names>John F. O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although there have been a large number of empirical studies of the demand for international reserves, there have not been many successful demonstrations that deviations of the actual stock of reserves from the target level defined by the demand function trigger a process of adjustment. This paper presents new evidence which suggests that central banks do have a target level of international reserve holdings, and that the adjustment of actual reserves towards the target level is quite rapid. In addition, an economic theory of the speed of adjustment is presented and tested. The evidence suggests that central banks adjust more rapidly to reserve deficiencies than to surpluses, that the speed of adjustment is positively related to the divergence between the actual level of reserves and the target level, and that countries which hold abnormally large quantities of reserves do so, in part, in order to adjust more slowly. Finally, the paper examines the applicability of the model to the current regime of managed flexible exchange rates. The evidence suggests that the move towards greater exchange rate flexibility has not significantly altered the reserve holding behavior of the world's central banks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0407.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Energy Efficiency, User Cost Changes, and the Measurement of Durable Goods Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0408</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops the theory of price measurement when quality change is "nonproportional", yielding increases in the user value of a given product in a different proportion than the increase in production cost associated with the quality improvement. The theoretical section demonstrates that "nonproportional" quality change is treated consistently by properly defined input and output price indexes; that both types of indexes should he based on quality adjustments that use the criterion of user value rather than production cost; and that if improvements in  energy efficiency are embodied in a good by its manufacturer, the prices of new models should be adjusted for the user value of these cost savings. The proposed approach is applied in a case study of the commercial aircraft industry. In contrast to the official price index for aircraft that rises at a 2.5 percent annual rate between 1957 and 1972,a new index is developed that declines at a 7.1 percent annual rate over the same period. The new index implies that output and productivity in the aircraft industry grew much faster than previously believed between 1957 and1972,while total factor productivity in the airline industry grew much less rapidly. The proposed quality adjustments for individual aircraft types are corroborated by price ratios observed in the used aircraft market.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0408.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and the Stock Market Valuation of Capital Gains and Dividends: Theory and Empirical Results (Rev)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0409</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Dividends seem to be more heavily taxed than capital gains. Why then do corporations pay dividends rather than repurchasing shares or retaining earnings? Either corporations are not acting in the interests of shareholders, or else shareholders desire dividends sufficiently for nontax reasons to offset the tax effect. In this paper, we measure the relative valuation of dividends and capital gains in the stock market, using a variant of the capital asset pricing model. We find that dividends are not valued differently systematically from capital gains. This finding is consistent with share price maximization by firms but inconsistent with the fact that most shareholders pay a heavier tax on dividends. We also show that the relative value of dividends provides an indirect measure of a marginal Tobin's q. The measured value of dividends relative to capital gains tends to be higher during prosperous periods, as is consistent with this interpretation. We hope that this time series on a marginal Tobin's q will prove to be useful in forecasting the rate of investment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0409.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Forecasting Interest Rates: An Efficient Markets Perspective</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0410</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pesando</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reviews, from an applied forecasting perspective, the properties of short- and long-term interest rates in an efficient market. The paper emphasizes that efficient markets do not preclude economic agents from successfully forecasting movements in short-term interest rates. For brief forecast intervals, however, ex ante changes in long-term rates are sufficiently close to zero that economic agents are not likely to improve upon the no-change prediction of the martingale model. Economic agents, in effect, are not likely to succeed in forecasting short-term movements in long-term interest rates. An analysis of three sets of Canadian interest rate forecasts provides results which are consistent with the theoretical discussion, Further, these results parallel those obtained in recent studies of recorded forecasts in the United States, although the authors of these latter studies apparently failed to appreciate the nature of their findings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0410.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>What is Labor Supply and Do Taxes Affect It?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0411</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The issue of tax-induced changes in labor supply behavior has been receiving increasing attention. Economic theory alone can say little about the impact of income taxation on labor supply because of the well- known conflict between income and substitution effects. Therefore, an enormous amount of effort has been devoted to empirical investigation of this problem, with a focus on the impact of taxes on hours of work and labor force participation rates. In Section I of this paper, I briefly discuss this literature and its major conclusions. It has been long understood, however, that the concept "labor supply" is more general than "hours of work." If one individual is healthier, better educated, and more highly motivated than another, then presumably a given number of hours of work will lead to a greater effective labor supply for the former than for the latter. Thus, studies of the effect of taxes on other dimensions of labor supply are needed in order to assess the full impact of taxes on work incentives. The main purpose of this paper is to discuss some of this research (Section II) and to explore its policy implications (Section III).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0411.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Roles of Monetary, Financial and Fiscal Policy with Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0412</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The setup of the paper is as follows: Section I presents a fairly standard, small deterministic macromodel with a number of classical features. All markets clear instantaneously, there is no money illusion, and perfect foresight rules. The effects of monetary, financial, and fiscal policies in this model are analyzed. A number of nonneutrality propositions are stated. The drawback of this model is that it is ad hoc in the sense that private behavioral relationships have not been derived from explicit optimizing behavior. Section II, therefore, summarizes the results of some studies on debt neutrality and monetary superneutrality in a "fully rational" overlapping generations model. This leads to the conclusion that the ad hoc model of Section I is not a bad parable for such fully rational models. Section III abandons the assumption of universal instantaneous Wairasian equilibrium and considers the consequences of price and wage stickiness for the scope for stabilization policy; stochastic models are analyzed here, which also permits the consideration of some of the interesting issues associated with incomplete information.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0412.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Why Do Companies Pay Dividends?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0413</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a simple model of market equilibrium to explain why firms that maximize the value of their shares pay dividends even though the funds could instead be retained and subsequently distributed to shareholders in a way that would allow them to be taxed more favorably as capital gains. The two principal ingredients of our explanation are:(1) the conflicting preferences of shareholders in different tax brackets and (2) the shareholders' desire for portfolio diversification, we show that companies will pay a positive fraction of earnings in dividends. We also provide some comparative static analysis of dividend behavior with respect to tax parameters and to the conditions determining the riskiness of the securities.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0413.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Multicountry Econometric Model (Revised)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0414</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A multi-country econometric model is presented in this paper. The theoretical basis of the model is discussed in Fair (l979a), and the present paper is an empirical extension of this work. The model is quarterly and contains estimated equations for 44 countries. Most of the equations have been estimated by two stage least squares. The basic estimation period is 19581-19801 (89 observations). For equations that are relevant only when exchange rates are flexible, the basic estimation period is 1972II-19801 (32 observations). The trade matrix contains data for 64 countries. The U.S. part of the model is the model described in Fair (1976, 1980b). The model differs from previous models in a number of ways.(1) Linkages among countries with respect to exchange rates, interest rates, and prices appear to be more important in the model than they are in previous models. (2) There is no natural distinction in the model between stock-market and flow-market determination of the exchange rate.(3) The number of countries is larger than usual, and the data are all quarterly. (4) I alone have estimated small models for each country and then linked them together, rather than, as Project LINK has done, take models developed by others and link them together. The advantage of this approach is that the person constructing the individual models knows from the beginning that they are to be linked together, and this may lead to better specification of the linkages. The paper contains (1) a review of the theoretical basis of the model, (2) a description of the econometric model, including presentation and discussion of all the estimated equations, (3) a comparison of the predictive accuracy of the model to that of a fourth order autoregressive model, and (4) a brief discussion of the properties of the model. A much more detailed examination of the properties of the model is presented in Fair (1981).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0414.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Impact of the Market and the Family on Youth Employment and Labor Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0415</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gustman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steinmeier</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the school enrollment and labor supply decisions of teenagers and young adults as jointly deter-mined outcomes. The empirical results are based on an application of discrete multivariate analysis to a sample taken from the Survey of Income and Education. Higher relative wage offers are found to reduce the probability of a youth enrolling in school and to increase labor supply. However, the estimated impacts are very sensitive to adjustments made for the possibility that wage rate offers by firms are higher for full-time than for part-timework. Job availability, as measured by the local youth unemployment rate, has its strongest effect on the probability of enrollment and full-time labor force participation for nonwhite males, accounting, in the extreme, for a difference in this probability of almost 50 percent. Since a wage measure is included as an independent variable, we can be sure that the job availability measure is not acting as a surrogate for an absent wage variable, but instead has an impact of its own. Specific findings on the influence of various family and market characteristics are compared to those from earlier studies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0415.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Economic Analysis of the Diet, Growth, and Health of Young Children in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0416</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chernichovsky</surname>
          <given-names>Dov</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to investigate the extent to which family income and education are obstacles to the provision of adequate diets for young children in the United States. An examination of the Health and Nutrition Examination Survey reveals the following:  1. Average nutrient intakes of young children are well above recommended dietary standards, with the exception of iron.  2. Average nutrient intakes for children in households of lower economic status are very similar to intakes of children in households of higher economic status. Rates of children's growth are also similar in these households.  3. Family income and education of the household head have statistically significant but very small positive effects on the nutrient intake levels of young children.  4. There are substantial effects of protein intakes on children's height and head growth, even though protein is consumed in excess of dietary standards. This finding and the apparent correlation between children's growth and their intellectual development brings to question the adequacy of present protein standards. Could American mothers, who provide very high protein diets for their children in households at all levels of socioeconomic status know more about what constitutes an adequate diet for their children than the experts do?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0416.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Preventive Care, Care for Children and National Health Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0417</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ghez</surname>
          <given-names>Gilbert R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to examine issues related to the coverage of preventive care under national health insurance. Four specific kinds of medical care services are included under the rubric of preventive care: prenatal care; pediatric care, dental care, and preventive physicians' services for adults. We consider whether preventive care should be covered under national health insurance, and if so what is the nature of the optimal plan. Our review of the literature on the effects of medical care on health outcomes suggests that prenatal care and dental care are effective, but pediatric care (except for immunizations) and preventive doctor care for adults are not. Moreover, health outcomes in which care is effective correspond to outcomes in which income-differences in health are observed. These empirical results and the theory of health as the source of consumption externalities indicate that the optimal NHI plan should be characterized by benefits that fall as income rises. In addition, the plan should be selective rather than general with respect to the types of services covered.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0417.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Policy and the 1979 Supply Shock</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0418</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1979</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The most striking aspects of recent U.S. wage and price behavior are the small year-to-year variations in the rate of change of wages, the modest 1977-79 acceleration in the rate of change of both wages and the consumption deflator net of food and energy, and an unprecedented gap between the inflation rates recorded by the CPI and personal consumption deflator. A small and simple econometric model is used to forecast the consequences of various policies for the future growth of the monetary base. No policy will be able to prevent an acceleration in the growth rate of the personal consumption deflator net of food and energy from its recent 7 percent track to 8 percent or above in the first half of 1980. The gross personal consumption deflator will climb even faster, with the difference depending on the behavior of oil and food prices. Thereafter, the effect of slack labor markets will begin to allow inflation net of food and energy to decelerate substantially. A 6 percent rule for the monetary base is too conservative and causes the unemployment rate to rise to 8.5 percent in 1982. An 8 percent rule for the base is preferable, allows the unemployment rate to begin to fall after late 1981, and still achieves a deceleration of inflation net of food and energy from 8 percent in mid-1980 to 6 percent in 1983. Thereafter, the growth of the base should be slowed down to keep the economy from overshooting again.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0418.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Public Policy Toward Life Saving: Maximize Lives Saved vs. Consumer Sovereignty</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0419</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gould</surname>
          <given-names>William</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Thaler</surname>
          <given-names>Richard H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is a theoretical analysis of individual and societal demands for life saving. We begin by demonstrating that the allocation of health expenditures to maximize lives saved may be inconsistent with the willingness-to-pay criterion and consumer sovereignty. We further investigate the effects of information on aggregate willingness to pay. This discussion is related to the concepts of statistical and identified lives. Methods of financing health expenditures are considered. We show that risk averse individuals may reject actuarially fair insurance for treatments of fatal diseases even if they plan to pay for the treatment if they get sick. This result has implications regarding the choice of treatment or prevention. Finally, we examine the importance of the timing of life-saving decisions. A conflict arises between society's preferences before it is known who will be sick and after, even if it is known in advance how many people will be sick.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0419.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Strict Liability versus Negligence in a Market Setting</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0420</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper formally analyzes strict liability and negligence in a market setting. The discussion emphasizes the impact of the rules on the market price and on the number of firms in the industry. For simplicity, the damage caused by each firm is assumed to be determined only by that firm's "care" (and not also by the firm's output or the victim's behavior).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0420.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Empirical Model of Labor Supply in a Life Cycle Setting</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0421</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>MaCurdy</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper formulates and estimates a structural life cycle model of labor supply. Using theoretical characterizations derived from an economic model of life cycle behavior, a two-stage empirical analysis yields estimates of intertemporal and uncompensated substitution effects which provides the information needed to predict the response of hours of work to life cycle wage growth and shifts in the lifetime wage path. The empirical model developed here provides a natural framework for interpreting estimates found in other work on this topic. It also indicates how cross section specifications of hours of work can be modified to estimate parameters relevant for describing labor supply behavior in a lifetime setting.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0421.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Rules and the Mismanagement of Monetary Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0422</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper emphasizes the importance of the interaction between tax rules and the management of monetary policy. The monetary authorities' failure to recognize the implications of the tax structure has caused them to underestimate just how expansionary monetary policy has been. Moreover, because of our fiscal structure, attempts to encourage investment by an easy-money policy have actually had an adverse impact on investment in plant and equipment. The paper discusses the desirability of substituting a policy of tight-money and positive fiscal incentives for the traditional goals of easy money and fiscal restraint. More generally, the paper stresses the significance of the fiscal structure as a determinant of macroeconomic equilibrium.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0422.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sectoral Productivity Slowdown</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0423</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper an attempt is made to answer two questions:1) What set of factors explains the recent slowdown of the U.S. aggregate labor productivity, and 2) whether the same set of forces account for the slowdown of sectoral productivity growth as well. We specify a model which relates measured labor productivity growth to capital/labor ratio, level and rate of change of utilization, stock of R & D, and the rate of disembodied technical change. The model is estimated using sectoral and aggregate data for the period 1949-1978.The results of the estimation suggest that the pattern of aggregate productivity growth can be explained by the growth of capital/labor ratio the gap between potential and actual output growth paths, the change in degree of utilization, the growth of stock of total R & D, and the time trend. In fact, both at the aggregate and sectoral levels, these factors account fairly well, first for the growth and then for the subsequent slowdown of labor productivity in the postwar period. To be sure, in some specific industries, the performance of the model could be improved. However, the overall conclusion reached is that the slowdown in growth of capital formation, the inability of the economy and various sectors to grow at their normal growth rates, and the slowdown in rate of technological change are some of the main reasons for the observed productivity slowdown of the recent years.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0423.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Risk Shifting, Unemployment Insurance, and Layoffs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0424</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops an analysis of labor markets in which the use of layoffs to effect employment separations does not imply that markets fail to clear or that the amount of employment is suboptimal relative to current perceptions. This analysis focuses on the interaction between contractual arrangements for shifting risk from workers to employers and tax-financed unemployment insurance. The key element in the analysis is that unemployment insurance is more attractive than risk shifting as a way for workers to obtain income during unemployment. The paper also analyses the effects of risk shifting and unemployment insurance on the magnitude of employment fluctuations. The analysis implies that, given the existence of unemployment insurance, the existence of risk-shifting arrangements makes employment less variable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0424.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Planning and Market Structure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0425</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Carlton</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines a model in which demand is uncertain and production must occur before demand is known for sure. By investing resources in information gathering activity, demand can be forecast. The paper investigates the relationship between the incentive to plan and market structure and conduct. Competition leads to too little planning, while monopoly leads to too high a price relative to the social optimum. A dominant firm with a competitive fringe turns out to be better. than either pure competition or monopoly. One interesting result is that the optimal production strategy of the dominant firm is to produce even when price is below marginal cost. Although such a production policy resembles that associated with "predatory pricing" (a practice which is thought to be socially undesirable), society would be harmed by prohibition of such a policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0425.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Term Structure of the Forward Premium</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0426</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hakkio</surname>
          <given-names>Craig</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Most studies of the efficiency of the foreign exchange market focus on a single maturity  -- usually a one month exchange rate. However, one observes that forward contracts of many maturities are simultaneously traded in the foreign exchange market. The hypothesis that the foreign. exchange market uses all available information has implications for the joint behavior of forward exchange rates of various maturities. This paper theoretically and empirically examines these implications. The paper proposes an equilibrium theory of the term structure of the forward premium. By combining the theory of the term structure of (domestic and foreign)interest rates with the hypothesis of interest rate parity, a simple expression relating the six month forward premium to a geometric average of expected future one month forward premiums can be developed. By assuming that the one and six month forward premiums can be expressed as a bivariate stochastic process, one can derive an expression for the expected one month forward premium. The theory will then impose highly non-linear cross equation restrictions on the parameters of the model. Two methods of testing the validity of the restrictions are presented. The results indicate that the data are consistent with the theory for Germany and inconsistent with the theory for Canada.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0426.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The "End-of-Expansion" Phenomenon in Short-run Productivity Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0427</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper makes no contribution to an understanding of the secular slowdown in productivity, except to add a new cyclical correction of the long-run trend. Its main objective is to examine the short-run behavior of aggregate labor productivity in isolation. In addition to the phenomenon of short-run "increasing returns to labor" identified in previous studies, it isolates an often overlooked but consistent tendency for productivity to perform poorly in the last stages of a business expansion. In 1956, 1960, 1969,1973, and now again in 1979, a productivity shortfall has developed, with absolute declines in the level of productivity occurring in every episode except the first, and in every episode before 1979 the shortfall has subsequently been made up. The paper is more successful in identifying this "end-of-expansion" phenomenon than in explaining it; the results suggest that firms tend consistently to hire more workers in the last stages of a business expansion than is justified by the level of output.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0427.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Savings and Taxation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0428</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In section 1.2 we shall examine the optimal taxation of capital and labor incomes in a simple growth model and derive formulae for the optimal tax rates. These are used in section 1.3 to evaluate claims that abolishing capital income taxes would lead to large welfare gains. Inflation is introduced in section 1.4, and alternative approaches to modeling savings behavior are discussed in section 1.5. Finally, we shall look briefly at some of the empirical evidence on the effects of taxes on savings. Our analysis will be highly simplified. We shall ignore many of the issues stressed by the Meade Committee, such as the complex interaction between personal and corporate taxation, the sheer diversity of tax rates currently imposed on different forms of saving, and the portfolio aspects of personal saving. The relationship between expenditure on durables and saving and the effect of social security on consumption will also be left to one side, and we shall say little about the production side of the economy. (For surveys of the effects of taxes on investment, see Helliwell, 1976; King, 1977; and von Furstenberg and Malkiel, 1977.) Despite these omissions the model captures the essential features necessary to an evaluation of the efficiency arguments.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0428.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates, Money and Relative Prices: The Dollar-Pound in the 1920's</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0429</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clements</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper applies the analytical framework of the monetary approach to exchange rate determination to the analysis of the Dollar/Pound exchange rate during the first part of the 1920's. The analysis uses monthly data up to the return of Britain to gold in 1925. The equilibrium exchange rate is shown to be influenced by both real and monetary factors which operate through their influence on the relative demands and supplies of monies. Special attention is given to examination of the relationship between exchange rates and the relative price of traded to non-traded goods. In the empirical work the prices of traded goods are proxied by the wholesale price indices and the prices of non-traded are proxied by wages. One of the key findings of the paper is the estimate of the elasticity of the exchange rate with respect to the relative price of traded to non-traded goods. This elasticity is estimated with high precision and is shown to be .415 which provides an independent measure of the relative share of spending on non-traded goods. This estimate is consistent with other estimates obtained in studies of expenditure shares. The paper concluded with a dynamic simulation which indicates the satisfactory quality of the predictive ability of the model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0429.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Comparison of Interwar and Postwar Business Cycles: Monetarism Reconsidered</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0430</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sims</surname>
          <given-names>Christopher A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When monthly data on production, prices, and the money stock are interpreted, via a vector autoregression, as generated by dynamic responses to "surprises" in each of the variables, a remarkable similarity in dynamics between interwar and postwar business cycles emerges, though the size of the "surprises" is much larger in the interwar period. Furthermore, the money stock emerges as firmly causally prior, in Granger's sense, in both periods and accounts for a substantial fraction of variance in production in both periods. When a short interest rate is added to the vector autoregression, the remarkable similarity in dynamics between periods persists, but the central role of the money stock surprises evaporates for the postwar period. While there are potential monetarist explanations for such an observation, none of them seem to fit comfortably the estimated dynamics. A non-monetarist explanation of the dynamics, based on the role of expectations in investment behavior, seems to fit the estimated dynamics better. That this explanation, which is consistent with a passive role for money, could account for so much of the observed postwar relation between money stock and income may raise doubts about the monetarist interpretation even of the interwar data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0430.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money and the Dispersion of Relative Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0431</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hercowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A price dispersion equation is tested with data from the German hyper-inflation. The equation is derived from a version of Lucas' (1973) and Barro's (1976) partial information-localized market models. In this extension, different excess demand elasticities across commodities imply a testable dispersion equation, in which the explanatory variable is the magnitude of the unperceived money growth. The testing of this hypothesis requires two preliminary steps. First, a price dispersion series is computed using an interesting set of data. It consists of monthly average wholesale prices of 68 commodities ranging from foods to metals, for the period of January, 1921 to July, 1923. The next step is the delicate one of measuring unperceived money growth. This estimation implies the postulation of an available information set and also a function relating the variables in this set to money creation. The function used was based on considerations related to government demand for revenue. The model receives support from the empirical analysis although it is evident that unincluded variables have important effects on price dispersion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0431.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Output Effects of Government Purchases</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0432</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Because of a small direct negative effect on private spending, temporary variations in government purchases as in wartime, would have a strong positive effect on aggregate demand. Intertemporal substitution effects would direct work and production toward these periods where output was valued unusually highly. Defense purchases are divided empirically into "permanent" and "temporary" components by considering the role of (temporary) wars. Shifts in non-defense purchases are mostly permanent. Empirical results verify a strong expansionary effect on output of temporary purchases, but contradict some more specific expectational propositions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0432.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money and Price Dispersion in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0433</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hercowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reports an empirical test of a price dispersion equation, using data on the U.S. after World War II. The equation, derived elsewhere from aversion of the partial information-localized market models, relates price dispersion to the magnitude of changes in the aggregate disturbances. In order to test the model a series on price dispersion is computed using annual wholesale price indexes for the period 1948-76. The data on money shocks are the unanticipated money growth series estimated by Barro. The tests also include a measure of aggregate-real disturbances. From the theoretical point of view the results are negative. They reject the hypothesis that unexpected money shocks, as measured by Barro, affect price dispersion in the way predicted by the model. In a previous paper, a similar model was tested with data from the German hyperinflation and found supported to a considerable extent. The difference in the results may be related to the extreme magnitude of the monetary disturbances during that period, and to the apparently important effect of unincluded relative disturbances in the United States.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0433.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>R&amp;D and the Productivity Slowdown</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0434</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Griliches</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The question I shall address in this pa-per is: Can the slowdown in productivity growth be explained, wholly or in part, by the recent slowdown in the growth of real R&D expenditures? But first we have to review the following questions: I) What is to be explained? Which productivity and what slowdown? 2) What is the mechanism by which R&D could have contributed to this slowdown? 3) What did happen to R&D in the relevant period? Besides traversing this somewhat familiar ground and reviewing some of the recent literature on this topic, I shall also report on some estimates of my own. The direct answer to the opening question is "probably not." But how we get there needs documenting and may prove instructive on its own merits.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0434.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Government Deficits and Aggregate Demand</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0435</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The evidence presented in this paper indicates that changes in government spending, transfers and taxes can have substantial effects on aggregate demand. The estimates also indicate that the promise of future social security benefits significantly reduces private saving. Each of the basic implications of the so-called "Ricardian equivalence theorem" is contradicted by the data. The results are consistent with the more general view of the effects of fiscal actions and fiscal expectations that is described in the paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0435.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Taxation of Exhaustible Resources</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0436</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dasgupta</surname>
          <given-names>Partha</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heal</surname>
          <given-names>Geoffrey</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the effect of taxation on the intertemporal allocation of an exhaustible resource. A general framework within which a large variety of taxes can be analyzed is developed and then applied to a number of specific taxes. It is shown that there exists a pattern of taxation which can generate essentially any desired pattern of resource usage. Many tax policies, however, have effects which are markedly different both from the effects that these policies would have in the case of produced commodities-and from those which they are designed (or widely thought) to have. For instance, if extraction costs are zero, a depletion allowance at a constant rate (widely thought to encourage the extraction of resources) has absolutely no effect; its gradual removal (usually thought to be preferable to a sudden removal) leads to faster rates of depletion (and lower prices) now, but higher prices in the future; which its sudden and unanticipated removal has absolutely no distortionary effect on the pattern of extraction. More generally, it is shown that the effects of tax structure on the patterns of extraction are critically dependent on expectations concerning future taxation. (The changes in tax structure which have occurred in the past fifty years are of the kind that, if they were anticipated, (or if similar further changes are expected to occur in the future) lead to excessively fast exploitation of natural resources. However, if it is believed that current tax policies (including rates) will persist indefinitely, the current tax structure would lead to excessive conservationism. Thus, whether in fact current tax policies have lead to excessive conservationism is a moot question.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0436.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0436.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The International Economy as a Source of and Restraint on United States Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0437</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The balance of payments, changes in our terms of trade, and other foreign influences are widely believed to be a major, if not the dominant, cause of U.S. inflation. This is possible only if the international economy has caused a significant increase in the growth rate of the nominal quantity of money sup-plied, a significant decrease in the growth rate of the real quantity of money demanded, or both. Unlike non reserve countries maintaining pegged exchange rates, the balance of payments need not influence the growth rate of the nominal quantity of money supplied by the Federal Reserve System. The Fed's reaction function is estimated and no effects of the (scaled) balance-of-payments can be detected. Noris found any other channel by which the international economy has affected the growth rate of the nominal money supply. Changes in the terms of trade will cause some transitory self-reversing effects on real income, real money demand, and the price level and also some permanent shifts in these variables. Because the permanent shifts in the level are nonrecurring, they average out when we examine the average growth rate over substantial periods. Indeed for four year averages, all autonomous variability (domestic and foreign) contributes negligibly (standard error of O.4 percent per annum) to variations in average inflation. Thus, except possibly a supporting role in the short run, international economy has contributed negligibly to U.S. inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0437.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Exploration into the Determinants of Research Intensity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0438</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schankerman</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores the economic factors which determine the variation of research effort across firms. The intra-industry coefficient of variation of research intensity is much larger than those of traditional factors. We show that this important fact is consistent with the theoretical argument that knowledge possesses unique economic characteristics, and that the demand for research depends both on the parameters of the production function for knowledge and on the ability of the firm to appropriate the benefits from the knowledge it produces. We propose and implement a framework for decomposing the observed intra-industry variance In research intensity into three components: demand inducement, a firm-specific structural parameter, and errors in the observed variables. The main empirical findings are that errors in the variables (especially research) are important, that very little of the structural variance in research intensity is accounted for by demand inducement, and that the bulk of the variance is related to differences in the firm-specific parameter. Both the theoretical and empirical analysis indicate that it is not reasonable to treat the demand for research in a manner analogous to the demand for traditional inputs, including capital. Substantially richer models are required to provide insight into the structure of incentives driving the demand for research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0438.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expectations and the Forward Exchange Rate</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0439</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hakkio</surname>
          <given-names>Craig</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides an empirical examination of the hypothesis that the forward exchange rate provides an "optimal" forecast of the future spot ex-change rate, for five currencies relative to the dollar. This hypothesis provides a convenient norm for examining the erratic behavior of exchange rates; this erratic behavior represents an efficient market that is quickly incorporating new information into the current exchange rate. This hypothesis is analyzed using two distinct, but related, approaches. The first approach is based on a regression of spot rates on lagged forward rates. When using weekly data and a one month forward exchange rate, ordinary least squares regression analysis of market efficiency is incorrect. Econometric methods are proposed which allow for consistent (though not fully efficient) estimation of the parameters and their standard errors. This paper also presents a new approach for testing exchange market efficiency. This approach is based on a general time series process generating the spot and forward exchange rate. The hypothesis of efficiency implies a set of cross-equation restrictions imposed on the parameters of the time series model. This paper derives these restrictions, proposes a maximum likelihood method of estimating the constrained likelihood function, estimates the model and tests the validity of the restrictions with a likelihood ration statistic.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0439.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage Expectations in the Labor Market: Survey Evidence on Rationality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0440</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leonard</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Using a new set of directly observed wage expectations among firms, this paper finds that in general firms' forecasts fail the unbiasedness and efficiency requirements of weak-form rational expectations. These market participants consistently underestimate the wages they actually end up paying, and their expectations do not efficiently utilize the information in past realizations. The mean absolute forecast error of two percent compares with an error of only five percent if static expectations were held. The major source of wage fore-cast error seems to be errors in predicting demand, rather than in predicting supply or the general price level. Wage forecast errors are positively correlated across fields with distinct supply patterns, and are positively correlated with quantity forecast error. The properties of stochastically weighted expectations and the effectiveness of the wage and price controls of the early 1970's are also discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0440.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Effect of Minimum Wages on Human Capital Formation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0441</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leighton</surname>
          <given-names>Linda S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The hypothesis that minimum wages tend to discourage on the job training is largely supported by our empirical analysis. Direct effects on reported job training and corollary effects on wage growth as estimated in microdata of the National Longitudinal Samples (NLS) and Michigan Income Dynamics (MID) are consistently negative and stronger at lower education levels. Apart from a single exception, no effects are observable among the higher wage group whose education exceeds high school. The effects on job turnover are: a decrease in turnover among young NLS whites, but an increase among young NLS blacks and MID whites. Whether these apparently conflicting findings on turnover reflect a distinction between short and long run adjustments in jobs is a question that requires further testing.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0441.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Purchasing-Power Annuities: Financial Innovation for Stable Real Retirement Income in an Inflationary Environment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0442</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is organized as follows: The first part of the paper introduces the topic. In the next part, we explore the inadequacies of conventional and equity-based variable annuities in an inflationary environment by contrasting them with a hypothetical PPA. We then try to assess the suitability of money market instruments hedged with commodity futures as the asset base for PPA's, and consider the possibility of having financial institutions offer them to the public. The major conclusion of the paper is that private pension plans could offer retiring employees a choice between a conventional money-fixed annuity or a PPA, both of which would cost theemployer the same amount of money to fund, although this option would require the PPA benefitlevel in the first few years of retirement to be lower than that of the conventional annuity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0442.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Federal Deficit Policy and the Effects of Public Debt Shocks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0443</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Shifts between current taxation and debt issue alter the timing of taxes, which induces a variety of intertemporal substitution effects. In some circumstances the minimization of excess budget costs would entail stabilization of expected overall tax rates over time. The first section of the paper discusses this condition and derives its implications for the behavior of public debt. Empirically the major movements in U.S. public debt can be explained along the lines of the theoretical model as sensible responses to business fluctuations, changes in government expenditures, and variations in the anticipated inflation rate. In particular, much of federal deficit policy appears to be consistent with economic efficiency. The next section focuses on the economic effects of debt shocks, which are interpreted as departures of public debt movements from the systematic behavior that was investigated in the previous section. It is possible theoretically that these shocks could influence aggregate demand even when such effects did not arise from the systematic behavior of the deficit. The constructed debt shocks appear to have expansionary influences on output and negative effects on the unemployment rate, although the magnitudes of the effects that have been isolated are substantially weaker than those estimated for money shocks. Because it is the shock component of deficits -- rather than the systematic "policy" response -- that has been shown to affect real economic activity, the results do not provide a basis for using the deficit as an element of activist stabilization policy. Overall, the results do not suggest much payoff from the imposition of restrictions on federal deficit behavior; it Is likely that such constraints would mainly increase the excess burden that is imposed on the private sector by financing of government expenditures.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0443.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Estimating the Expected Return on the Market: An Exploratory Investigation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0444</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Merton</surname>
          <given-names>Robert C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The expected market return is a number frequently required for the solution of many investment and corporate finance problems, but by comparison with other financial variables, there has been little research on estimating this expected return. Current practice for estimating the expected market return adds the historical average realized excess market returns to the Current observed interest rate. While this model explicitly reflects the dependence of the market return on the interest rate, it fails to account for the effect of changes in the level of market risk. Three models of equilibrium expected market returns which reflect this dependence are analyzed in this paper. Estimation procedures which incorporate the prior restriction that equilibrium expected excess returns on the market must be positive arc derived and applied to return data for the period 1926- 1978. The principal conclusions from this exploratory investigation are: (1) in estimating models of the expected market return. the non-negativity restriction of the expected excess return should be explicitly included as part of the specification; (2) estimators which use realized returns should be adjusted for heteroscedasticity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0444.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Intergenerational Transfers in Aggregate Capital Accumulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0445</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses historicaI U.S. data to directly estimate the contribution of intergenerational transfers to aggregate capital accumulation. The evidence presented indicates that intergenerational transfers account for the vast majority of aggregate U .S. capital formation; only a negligible fraction of actual capital accumulation can be traced u, life-cycle or "hump" savings. A major difference between this study and previous investigations of this issue is the use of more accurate longitudinal age-earnings and age-consumption profiles. These profiles are simply too flat to generate substantial lifecycle savings. This paper suggests the importance of and need for substantially greater research and data collection on intergenerational transfers. fife-cycle models of savings that emphasize savings for retirement as the dominant form of apical accumulation should give way to models that illuminate the determinants of intergenerational transfers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0445.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Evolution of the American Labor Market 1948-1980</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0446</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since World War II, the labor market in the United States has experienced significant changes in the composition of the work force, the type of work performed, institutional rules of operation and structure of wages, and employment and unemployment. Some of the changes continue historic trends. Others, however, have diverged from developments of earlier decades to create new labor market conditions and problems. In this paper, I identify seven of the most important changes, document their magnitude, and seek to estimate their impact on the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0446.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Mortgage Revenue Bonds: Tax Exemption with a Vengeance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0447</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents calculations of the impacts of two levels of mortgage revenue bonds (MRBs) on: (1) yields on home mortgages, tax-exempt bonds and taxable bonds, (2) the allocation of the American fixed capital stock among residential (by three tax brackets), business, and state and local capital, (3) the productivity of this aggregate stock, and (4) the federal deficit. The levels of MRBs analyzed are $40 billion and the maxi-mum permitted by the realities of the market place. The latter is estimated to be $440 billion or over half of regular home mortgages outstanding. Limited levels of MRBs directed solely at "lower" income housing would not have any clear impact on productivity. An unlimited volume would generate an estimated annual productivity loss of $3 billion. Assuming a 4 percent discount rate, the present value of this stream is $75 billion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0447.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Distribution of the U.S. Capital Stock Between Residential and Industrial Uses</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0448</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present study is to measure the extent to which an increase in the total capital stock induces an increase in the stock of residential capital, i.e., to measure the marginal propensity of additional capital to be absorbed in residential capital. A knowledge of this propensity is important to evaluate the national return on additional saving and to understand the impact that an increased capital stock could have on labor productivity and on the composition of national output. The present paper provides both a theoretical and an empirical examination of this question.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0448.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sterilization and Monetary Control under Pegged Exchange Rates: Theory and Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0449</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In veiw of recent strong evidence that substantial sterilization of the monetary effects of reserve flows occurs, a modified monetary approach model is formulated in which central banks exercise no control over their domestic money supply despite their sterilization activities. This model is compared with a more general model in which the balance of payments and domestic money supply are both influenced by the central bank's domestic policy goals. In order for the central bank to exercise monetary control, three conditions must be met: assets are not perfect substitutes, goods are not perfect substitutes, and expected depreciation is not "too -responsive" to the balance of payments. The third condition may be met for small but not large reserve flows. Reduced form tests are derived which show for Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, th Netherlands, and the United Kingdom that domestic policy goals strongly influenced quarterly changes in the domestic money supply; this strongly contradicts both the modified and standard monetary approach to the balance of payments. Thus there is a relevant "short-run" in which monetary authorities exercise monetary control. The paper concludes that the simpler monetary approach is no longer empirically tenable for analysis of quarterly data and that more general simultaneous models must be specified and tested.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0449.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Flexible Exchange Rates in the 1970's</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0450</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The 1970's witnessed the dramatic evolution of the international monetary system from a regime of pegged exchange rates into a regime of flexible rates. This paper surveys the key issues and lessons from the experience with floating rates during the1970's. The main orientation is empirical and the analysis is based on the experience of the three exchange rates: the Dollar/Pound, the Dollar/French Franc, and the Dollar/DM. The first issue that is being examined is the efficiency of the foreign exchange market and the degree of exchange rates volatility. The analytical framework emphasizes that exchange rates are the prices of assets that are traded in organized markets and are strongly influenced by expectations about future events. The principal finding is that the behavior of the foreign exchange market has been broadly consistent with the efficient market hypothesis. The second issue concerns the relationship between exchange rates and interest rates. It is shown that during the inflationary period of the 1970's, exchange rates and interest rates were positively correlated. This positive association is interpreted in terms of the role played by inflationary expectations. The analysis draws a distinction between expected and unexpected changes in interest rates; it is demonstrated that changes in exchange rates are strongly associated with the unexpected component of changes in the interest rates. The third issue concerns the relationship between exchange rates and prices. It is shown that the experience of the 1970'sdoes not support the prediction of the simple version of the purchasing power parity theory and that the deviations from purchasing power parities can be characterized by a first-order autoregressive process. These deviations are then interpreted.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0450.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dynamic Aspects of of Children's Health, Intellectual Development, and Family Economic Status</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0451</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shakotko</surname>
          <given-names>Robert A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an empirical investigation of childhood and adolescent health and cognitive development as determined by family economic variables. The model proposed recognizes that these processes may be jointly dependent, and may in part be determined by common unobserved factors; these factors may also be correlated with the observed family economic variables. A two-factor model is estimated using panel data, and the results indicate that when such factors are taken account of, family income is estimated to have no significant influence on health and cognitive development, but parents' education a strong positive influence.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0451.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rates, Prices and Money: Lessons from the 1920s</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0452</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper summarizes the results of an empirical study of the operation of flexible exchange rates during the 1920's under both the hyperinflationary conditions (based on the experience of Germany) and under the normal conditions (based on the experience of Britain, the United States and France).Section I deals with some general characteristics of the market for foreign exchange by examining the relationship between spot and forward exchange rates. Section II deals with the relationship between exchange rates and prices by examining aspects of the purchasing power parity doctrine. Section III deals with the determinants of exchange rates within the context of a simple monetary model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0452.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Disequilibrium Dynamics with Inventories and Anticipatory Price-Setting:Some Impirical Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0453</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Laffont</surname>
          <given-names>Jean-Jacques</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The basic assumption of this paper is an attempt to be specific about price formation while retaining a fixed-price, quantity-constrained equilibration in the short-run. The second theme of this paper is the role of inventories in macrodynamics a topic of long-recognized importance, but one which has not received much attention within the disequilibrium literature. We will analyze how the level of inventories interacts with the level of prices and wages, and how the spillover effects in a fixed-price equilibrium produce certain testable characteristics in macro time series data. We will argue that these can be used to discriminate between a model of the type we study and the analogous flexible-price system. In section 2 we set out the basic model and discuss its assumptions. Section 3 derives the short-run quantity-constrained equilibrium as it depends on initial inventory stocks and on the random disturbances within the period. Section 4 presents, for comparison purposes, the analogous results under conditions of full price flexibility after these shocks are realized. Sections 5 and 6 are the heart of the paper. We first derive the probabilistic nature of the equilibrium as it depends upon the underlying stochastic disturbances. The probabilities of different types of quantity constrained equilibria can be compared. Then, we use these results to present the dynamics of inventory behavior and the statistical relationships between real wages, inventories and employment. We emphasize the possibility of using this type of analysis to test the disequilibrium hypothesis with anticipatory pricing, against the market-clearing assumptions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0453.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Exploration of the Dynamic Relationship between Health and Cognitive Development in Adolescence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0454</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shakotko</surname>
          <given-names>Robert A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Edwards</surname>
          <given-names>Linda N.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an empirical exploration of the dynamic relationship between health and cognitive development in a longitudinal data set compiled from two nationally representative cross-sections of children. Our results indicate that there is feedback both from health to cognitive development and from cognitive development to health, but the latter of these relationships is stronger. They also indicate that estimates of family background effects taken from the dynamic model  -- which can be assumed to be less influenced by genetic factors are smaller than their cross-sectional counterparts, but some still remain statistically significant. The first finding calls attention to the existence of a continuing inter-action between health and cognitive development over the life cycle. The second finding suggests that nurture "matters" in cognitive development and health outcomes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0454.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Consistent Characterization of a Near-Century of Price Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0455</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper demonstrates that the commonly used Expectational Phillips Curve (EPC) framework cannot explain the last eighty-seven years of aggregate price behavior in the United States. The EPC explanation, which in its most general form relates price change to expected inflation and the level of detrended output, obscures the fact that price change has been much more closely related to the contemporaneous rate of change of detrended output. Over the near-century of annual data studied here, a change in output has shown a remarkably consistent tendency to be associated in annual data with a simultaneous change in the price level of about one-half as much. Stated another way, nominal GNP changes have been divided consistently, with two-thirds taking the form of output change and the remaining one-third the form of price change. This finding applies not only over the entire 1890-1978sample period, but also over three subperiods (1890-1929, 1929-53, and 1953-78).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0455.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Do Stock Prices Move Too Much to be Justified by Subsequent Changes in Dividends?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0456</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper will develop the efficient markets model in Section I to clarify some theoretical questions that may arise in connection with the inequality (1) and some similar inequalities will be derived that put limits on the standard deviation of the innovation in price and the standard deviation of the change in price. The model is restated in innovation form which allows better understanding of the limits on stock price volatility imposed by the model. In particular, this will enable us to see (Section II) that the standard deviation of p is highest when information about dividends is revealed smoothly and that if information is revealed in big lumps occasionally the price series may have higher kurtosis (fatter tails) but will have lower variance. The notion expressed by some that earnings rather than dividend data should be used is discussed in Section III, and a way of assessing the importance of time variation in real discount rates is shown in Section IV. The inequalities are compared with the data in Section V.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0456.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Neutrality and the Social Discount Rate: A Suggested Framework</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0457</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is probably no specific problem in tax analysis which has generated as much study and discussion among economists as the question of how to formulate "neutral" tax incentives for investment. Yet no consensus has been reached concerning the proper approach to take when adjusting taxes. Comparing the two fundamental notions of neutrality found in the literature, referred to here as "present value" rules and "internal rate of return" rules, we argue that there is both a single appropriate neutrality criterion (the latter) and a framework which can be used to evaluate the performance of a tax system with respect to this criterion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0457.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Postwar Changes in the American Financial Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0458</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The object of this essay is to gain an overview of developments in theAmerican financial markets since World War II, with particular attention to changes that have occurred either between the prewar and post-war years or within the past several decades. Inevitably such an effort must be selective. The primary emphasis here is on the interaction between the financial markets and the nonfinancial economy, in the sense of the demands that the nonfinancial economy has placed on the financial markets and the ways in which the financial markets have responded to these demands. In addition, much of this essay focuses on the evolving role of government in the financial markets and on the changes that it has brought about. Questions pertaining to the internal organization of financial markets and financial institutions, and to financial innovations per se, are also important, but they will receive less attention here.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0458.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Postwar Macroeconomics: The Evolution of Events and Ideas</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0459</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper traces the evolution of macroeconomic events and ideas from the late 1940s to the present day. After a brief introduction that highlights the unique features of the main macroeconomic variables as compared to their behavior before 1947, the paper turns to an analysis of four main postwar sub-periods. The analysis of each sub-period begins with a summary of the dominant conceptual framework popular at the time, reviews the most surprising features of both demand fluctuations and supply phenomena, and concludes with a retrospective evaluation of policy. Many shifts in macroeconomic thinking can be traced to the influence of particular events. The small role that monetary changes played in explaining demand fluctuations in the first postwar decade helped maintain intact the Keynesian multiplier framework, but the increasing importance of autonomous monetary movements in the second decade laid the groundwork for a greater emphasis on the potency of monetary policy in the late 1960s. The widespread acceptance of monetarism owes much to the coincidence in 1968 of an unexpected acceleration in inflation together with the failure of the tax surcharge enacted in that year. Similarly, the increased degree of inertia evident in the behavior of inflation from 1954 on helped win ready acceptance for the idea of a stable Phillips-curve tradeoff, while the refusal of inflation to abate in 1970 helped solidify the victory of the natural hypothesis. A major theme of the paper is the gradual but profound shift in macroeconomics from the dominance of demand issues to a new emphasis on supply topics. Price controls, crop failures, and OPEC actions in the l970s have brought supply shocks to the forefront of policy discussions, revived fiscal policy asa means of countering supply shocks, and lessened support for a monetarist reliance on simple policy rules.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0459.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventories in the Keynesian Macro Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0460</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An otherwise conventional Keynesian macro model is modified to include inventories of final goods by (1) drawing a distinction between production and final sales, and (2) allowing for a negative effect of the level of inventories on production. Two models are presented: one in which the labor market clears and one in which it does not. Both models are stable only if the negative effect of inventories on production is "large enough." Both models also imply that real wages move counter cyclically  -- in direct contrast to the usual implication of Keynesian models. Detailed analysis of the market-clearing model show that there should be negative correlation between the levels of inventories and output, and between changes in inventories and changes in output, over the business cycle. However, inventory change should be positively correlated with the level of output.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0460.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Protectionist Pressures, Imports, and Employment in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0461</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper assesses the theoretical and empirical basis for American labor union leaders' contention that imports have been a big source of job loss in the United States. It is shown, first, that identification of job losses "due to imports" is exceptionally difficult because economic growth affects adversely the industries believed affected by imports. Then, an accounting framework is employed to assess possible empirical orders of magnitude. The results are fairly conclusive in indicating that factors other than import competition have been primary in leading to structural shifts in employment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0461.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Mark III International Transmission Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0462</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stockman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a summary and estimates of the Mark III International Transmission Model, a quarterly macroeconometric model of the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and the Netherlands estimated for 1957 through 1976. The model is formulated to test and measure the empirical importance of alternative channels of international transmission including the effects of capital and trade flows on the money supply, of export shocks on aggregate demand, of currency substitution on money demand, and of variations in the real price of oil. Major Implications of the model estimates are:(1) Countries linked by pegged exchange rates appear to have much more national economic independence than generally supposed. (2) Substantial or complete sterilization of the effects of contemporaneous reserve flows on the money supply is a universal practice of the nonreserve central banks. (3) Quantities such as international trade flows and capital flows are not well explained by observed prices, exchange rates, and interest rates. (4) Explaining real income by innovations inaggregate demand variables works well for U.S. real income but does not transfer easily to other countries. The empirical results suggest a rich menu for further research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0462.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Resolving Nuisance Disputes: The Simple Economics of Injunctive and Damage Remedies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0463</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In nuisance-type cases, legal commentators generally recommend  -- and the courts seem to increasingly use  -- the award of damages rather than the granting of an injunction of the harmed party. This essay compares the economic consequences of injunctive and damage remedies under a variety of circumstances. The discussion focuses on the ability of the remedies to deal with the strategic behavior of the litigants, the cost of redistributing income among the litigants (or classes of litigants), and the im-perfect information of the courts. In ideal circumstances  -- cooperative behavior, costless redistribution, and perfect information -- injunctive and damage remedies are equivalent. The presence of strategic behavior alone does not change this conclusion. However, if it is also costly to redistribute income, the remedies are no longer equivalent. When there are a small number of litigants in these circumstances, neither remedy is generally more effective. When there are a large number of litigants, the damage remedy is superior. Finally, and most realistically, if the courts also have imperfect information, neither remedy dominates the other. Thus, the general presumption in favor of damage remedies is not supported.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0463.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Accommodation of Supply Shocks under Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0464</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In dealing with the expectationists' arguments, I will divide them (somewhat artificially) into two groups. Arguments in the first group, which I call "present disaster" arguments, allege that econometric models err by understating the reaction of inflationary expectations. For example, it is claimed that a policy of monetary accommodation would increase inflationary expectations, shift the short-run Phillips curve upward, and defeat the purpose of the expansionary policy. Arguments in the second group, which I call "future disaster" arguments, are more subtle, but also more elusive. The idea is that by informing private agents that it will accommodate supply shocks in the future, the monetary authority would exacerbate the downward rigidity of wages and prices, thus making it more difficult to deal with future supply shocks. Such arguments are cases of the Lucas [12] econometric policy critique, since they suggest that policy changes will cause parameter shifts. Neither of these arguments is implausible on its face. The problem is that it is hard to know how to evaluate them until they are formalized in theoretical models and then tested empirically. This paper takes one small step in that direction by augmenting two popular macro models with rational expectations so that they are capable of dealing with supply shocks, and then examining both the present and future disaster arguments in the context of each.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0464.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0464.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>How Effective Have Fiscal Policies Been in Changing the Distribution of Income and Wealth?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0465</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Despite the expansion of empirical research in public finance, there remains consider- able uncertainty about the distributional consequences of fiscal policy. For this session, I have been asked to summarize some international comparisons. I shall divide the issue into two questions. How effective has fiscal policy been in reducing inequality? Mow big are the potential gains from further redistribution? In Section I, I examine some of the evidence on the redistributive effects of taxes and benefits in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Sweden. I shall concentrate on the distribution among house- holds, and not among the units, individuals, or by type of factor income. This ignores the fact that the formation of households is itself endogenous and depends, in part, on fiscal policy, especially subsidies to housing costs. Any statement about the impact of taxes on distribution depends on a counter-factual assumption about the distribution which would be observed in the absence of taxes and benefits. Since there is no overwhelming evidence in favor of any one particular set of assumptions, I shall argue that it is helpful to pose a second question, the answer to which docs not depend on assumptions about incidence. Given the distribution which emerges from the existing system of taxes and benefits, what would be the gains from attempting further redistribution? Finally, in Section III some suggestions are presented for future research.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0465.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0465.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Trade Policy as an Input to Development</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0466</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>My topic is the question: what difference does the set of commercial policies chosen by a developing country make to its rate of economic growth? Three points are salient. First, in its present state, trade theory provides little guidance as to the role of trade policy and trade strategy in promoting growth. Second, the empirical evidence overwhelmingly indicates that there are important links between them. Third, a number of hypotheses as to the reasons for these links have been put forward, but there is not as yet sufficient evidence to enable us to estimate their relative importance.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0466.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Possibility of an Inverse Relationship between Tax Rates and Government Revenues</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0467</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When Arthur Laffer or other "supply side advocates" plot total tax revenue as a function of a particular tax rate, he draws an upward sloping segment called the normal range, followed by a downward sloping segment called the prohibitive range. Since a given revenue can be obtained with either of two tax rates, government would minimize total burden by choosing the lower rate of the normal range. A brief literature review indicates that tax rates on the prohibitive range in theoretical and empirical models have been the result of particularly high tax rates, high elasticity parameters, or both. Looking at labor tax rates and total revenue, for example, the tax rate which maximizes revenue will depend on the assumed labor supply elasticity. This paper introduces a new curve which summarizes the tax rate and elasticity combinations that result in maximum revenues, separating the "normal area" from the "prohibitive area." A general-purpose empirical U.S. general equilibrium model is used to plot the Laffer curve for several elasticities, and to plot the newly introduced curve using the labor tax example. Results indicate that the U.S. could conceivably be operating in the prohibitive area, but that the tax wedge and/or labor supply elasticity would have to be much higher than most estimates would suggest.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0467.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Index of Inequality: With Applications to Horizontal Equity and Social Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0468</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An index of Inequality is constructed which decomposes into two components, corresponding to vertical and "horizontal" equity respectively. Horizontal equity Is defined in terms of changes in the ordering of a distribution. The proposed index is a function to two inequality aversion parameters. One empirical application is for comparison of a pre-tax distribution with a post-tax distribution, and an example of this is given for the distribution of incomes in the UK in 1977. There is a trade-off between "horizontal"and vertical equity, and for particular combinations of the inequality aversion parameters the original distribution will be preferred to the final distribution. The paper concludes with an application of the proposed index to a model of optimal taxation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0468.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Trends in U.S. International Trade and Investment since World War II</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0469</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents and analyzes the data on the trends in United States international trade and investment since World War II. From this data we can perceive a shrinking United States fraction of manufacturing output and exports, a return to and strengthening of lines of comparative advantage, and balanced and rapid growth in long-term investment. We can also see increasing volatility of trade and long-term investment in the 1970s, along with a real depreciation of 25 percent in the weighted United States exchange rate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0469.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Accelerating Inflation and the Distribution of Household Savings Incentives</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0470</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kane</surname>
          <given-names>Edward J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study describes how accelerating inflation has led households indifferent economic and demographic classes to reallocate their "transactable savings." Cross-section data from the 1962 and 1970 Surveys of Consumer Finances are used to estimate both the composition of accumulated households having and prospective rates of return on this saving. The paper shows that accelerating inflation has, in thee presence of comprehensive ceilings on deposit interest rates, altered the savings incentives of different types of households. The effect has been to bias small savers toward leveraged investments in tangible assets (especially real estate) and large savers toward certificates of deposit and marketable bonds. Small savers with disadvantaged access to credit are simply victimized. Our analysis helps to explain a number of anomalous features of the 1975-1979 macroeconomic recovery, particularly the dominant role of consumer spending, the unprecedented expansion of household debt, the boom in housing, and declining flows of household savings into deposit institutions. These data underscore the unintended consequences of trying to reconcile deposit-rate. ceilings with accelerating inflation. This combination of policies unpleasantly distorts the sectoral composition of spending and risk-bearing (crowding out some productive business investment) and aggravates inequities in the distribution of income and opportunity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0470.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expectations and Valuation of Shares</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0471</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cragg</surname>
          <given-names>John G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Malkiel</surname>
          <given-names>Burton G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is a study using a unique body of expectations data collected over the decade of the 1960s. After describing the data, this paper first looks at the extent of consensus among those financial institutions providing the forecasts and measures the accuracy of the forecasts. We then ask if the forecasts are consistent with the hypothesis that tile expectations are "rational". We then turn to the relationship of the forecasts to security valuation. We develop our own variant of the popular capital asset pricing model using a framework suggested by Ross for this arbitrage model. Alternative specifications are developed relating expected returns to risk variables and relating securities prices to expectations and risk variables. We find that the expectations data of the sort we have collected do appear to influence security prices in the manner suggested by the theory. We also find that the expected security returns implied by the expectations data are related to "systematic" risk measures appropriately defined. Nevertheless, we find that, even when a variety of systematic influences are used, other risk measures, possibly related to their own variance of the securities, appear to play some role in security valuation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0471.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Stabilization, Intervention and Real Appreciation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0472</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the adjustment process to a reduction in the rate of credit creation in an open, flexible exchange rate economy. The framework of analysis is one of rational expectations with respect to interest rates, inflation and depreciation. The special feature of the model is the role of exchange market intervention and the resulting  endogeneity of the money stock. The model is of empirical interest because of the growing experience in countries such as Israel, Spain or Argentina with th fact that monetary disinflation rapidly leads to real appreciation, unemployment and money creation induced by exchange market intervention. With capital flows and induced money creation threatening attempts at stabilization, there is a need to understand the relationship between intervention and inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0472.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rate Rules and Macroeconomic Stability</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0473</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses exchange rate rules in their role as macroeconomic instruments. Two quite different approaches are pursued. The traditional view is that exchange rate flexibility is a substitute for money wage flexibility so that managed money and managed exchange rates yield the necessary instruments for internal and external balance. An entirely different perspective is offered by the modern macro-economics of wage contracting and the long run trade-off between the stability of output and the stability of inflation. In this context it is shown that exchange rate policies that seek to maintain real exchange rates or competitiveness do stabilize output but do so at the cost of in-creased inflation instability. Exchange rate rules such as full purchasing power parity crawling pegs are the analogue of full monetary accommodation of price disturbances.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0473.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The "Speculative Efficiency" Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0474</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bilson</surname>
          <given-names>John F. O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The hypothesis that forward prices are the best unbiased forecast of future spot prices is often presented in the economic and financial analysis of futures markets.  This paper considers the hypothesis independently of its implications for rational expectations or market efficiency and in order to stress this fact, the term "speculative efficiency" is used to characterize the state envisaged under the hypothesis. If a market is subject to efficient speculation, the supply of speculative funds is infinitely elastic at the forward price that is equal to the expected future spot price. The expected future spot price is a market price determined as the solution to the underlying rational expectations macroeconomic model. Although the paper is primarily concerned with testing this hypothesis in the foreign exchange market, the methodology introduced in the paper is of general application to all futures markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0474.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interactions Between Inflation and Trade-Regime Objectives in Stabilization Programs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0475</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the relationship between macroeconomic objectives of controlling inflation and trade-regime objectives in stabilization programs of developing countries. It is seen that there need be, in principle, no close relationship between the two, as a crawling peg exchange-rate policy can prevent inflation from affecting the performance of the foreign sector. In practice, trade regime objectives have been linked with inflation-reducing objectives, often to the detriment of resource allocation and growth. Differences between devaluation under liberalized regimes and under exchange control are also examined.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0475.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Efficiency of Foreign Exchange Markets and Measures of Turbulence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0476</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mussa</surname>
          <given-names>Michael L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since the move to generalized floating in1973, exchange rates between major currencies have displayed large fluctuations. This turbulence of foreign exchange rates is an important concern of government policy and its explanation is a challenge for theories of foreign exchange market behavior. In Section I of this paper, we document the extent of turbulence in foreign exchange markets by examining (i) the magnitude of short-run variations in exchange rates relative to other measures of economic variability; (ii) the degree of divergence between actual and expected changes in exchange rates; and (iii) the extent to which exchange-rate movements have diverged from movements of relative national price levels. In Section II, we provide a general explanation of this turbulence in terms of the modern "asset market theory" to exchange-rate determination. This theory emphasizes that exchange rates, like the prices of other assets determined in organized markets, are strongly influenced by the market's expectation of future events. In this context, we also discuss the narrower technical question of "foreign exchange market efficiency." Finally, in Section III, we address the question of whether turbulence in the foreign exchange markets has been "excessive" and what policy measures can (or should) be taken to reduce it.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0476.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security Benefits and the Accumulation of Preretirement Wealth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0477</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses a new and particularly well-suited body of data to assess the impact of social security retirement benefits on private savings. The Retirement History Survey combines survey evidence on the wealth of couples in their early sixties with detailed information from the administrative records of the Social Security Administration on the lifetime earnings of those individuals and the social security benefits to which they are entitled. The present paper uses these data to estimate a model of the determination of preretirement net worth. On balance, the estimates developed in this study favor the extended life cycle model as a theory of asset accumulation and indicate a substantial substitution of social security wealth for private wealth accumulation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0477.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Markets and Evaluations of Vocational Training Programs in the Public High Schools - Toward a Framework for Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0478</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gustman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steinmeier</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A simplified model is constructed to analyze the role played by vocational training programs In high schools. The model assumes that there are two kinds of educational programs in high schools, vocational and general. It also assumes that there are two types of jobs for high school graduates. One job requires training that either can be obtained from a vocational program in high school or as general training on the job. The other job has no special training requirements. The model is used in two ways. First, it is used to examine how the equilibrium outcome is affected by limitations on the number of places in the vocational training program and by the minimum wage. Second, it helps to determine what can be. learned from studies that take what has become a standard approach to evaluating high school vocational training programs  -- attempting to estimate the productivity of this program by comparing the earnings of vocational and nonvocational program graduates. We conclude that whether or not limitations on enrollments In vocational programs and minimum wages influence the wage difference between vocational and nonvocational program graduates, findings based on the standard approach to cost-benefit analysis of high school vocational training programs may prove to be highly misleading guides for policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0478.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interrupted Work Careers</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0479</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ofek</surname>
          <given-names>Haim</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The quantitative effects and even the existence of "human capital depreciation" phenomena has been a subject of controversy in the recent literature. Prior work, however, was largely cross-sectional and theiotgitudina1 dimension, if any, was retrospective. Using longitudinal panel data (on married women in NLS) we have now established that real wages at reentry are, indeed, lower than. at the point of labor force withdrawal, and the decline in wages is bigger the longer the interruption. Another striking finding is a relatively rapid growth in wages after the return to work. This rapid growth appears to reflect the restoration (or "repair") of previously eroded human capital. The phenomenon of "depreciation" and "restoration" is also visible in data for immigrants to the United States. However, while immigrants eventually catch up with and often surpass natives, returnees from the non-market never fully restore their earnings potential.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0479.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Consequences of Unfunded Vested Pension Benefits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0480</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gersovitz</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the relationship between unfunded vested pension liabilities and the market value of a firm's shares. This relationship has important implications for the mechanism by which private pensions influence aggregate savings. Attention is paid to modeling the institutional determinants of this relation implied by ERISA legislation. These considerations require a nonlinear regression model with very special properties which are developed and discussed. Estimation results suggest that ERISA has had an important effect on the relation between unfunded benefits and firm value that previous investigations have neglected.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0480.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Implicit Clientele Test of the Relationship between Taxation and Capital Structure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0481</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grier</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Strebel</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a test for the existence of debt clienteles in which the latter are represented by progressive personal tax brackets. The test generates some evidence consistent with the implication of debt clientele theory that, over time, firms' debt ratios should vary with the relative tax incentives which their investors have to hold debt. Changes in the relative structure of taxes, however, at best only partially account for the time series behavior of debt ratios, especially in the case of high debt firms.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0481.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Location of Overseas Production and Production for Export by U.S. Multinational Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0482</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The location of overseas manufacturing production by U.S. firms seems to have been strongly influenced by common factors that operate in all industries: notably proximity to the United States and to other markets. Within industries, the choices made by parent firms among locations appear to show a tendency of "opposites attract," with low-wage and low-capital-intensity parents choosing high-wage, high-capital intensity countries and high-wage, high-capital-intensity parents making the opposite choice. Production for export seems to have been most strongly attracted by large internal markets in host countries. Economies of scale in production presumably made large markets also economical as export bases. Another factor was high trade propensities of host countries, which we interpret as representing access to imported materials at low world prices or better transport, finance, and other trade facilities. Labor cost seems to have been a weak influence on location choices. U.S. firms tended to export from high-wage countries but the high productivity in such countries more than offset the high wages. However, labor cost, to the extent we could measure it, was not in general a major influence on the location of export production.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0482.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Note on the Efficient Design of Investment Incentives</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0483</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In a recent article in this Journal,  Robin Boadway has argued that the appropriate requirement for neutrality is that the present value of the returns from an initial investment of [1pound], using the social discount rate, should be equal for all projects undertaken at the margin. We have few qualifications about this approach itself; although discounting with the social rate of time preference (STP) may be inappropriate in the current context. However, we would take issue with two aspects of Boadwav's application of his view of neutrality. The first problem concerns the appropriate definition of the constraint on firm leverage which would arise from the existence of limited liability. We believe Boadway's assumption to be inappropriate, and find that its replacement with what we argue to be the correct one leads to important revisions in evaluating the neutrality of different incentives. Another point we would make is that Boadway's results depend crucially on the absence of both personal taxes and inflation. We argue below that once realistic account has been taken of these important elements of the problem, general results about the neutrality of different incentives can no longer be derived, so that while Boadway's criterion may be appropriate, its application promises to be very difficult.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0483.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Fixed Costs and Labor Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0484</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cogan</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study is a theoretical and empirical analysis of the effects of time and money costs of labor market participation on married women's supply behavior. The existence of fixed costs implies that individuals are not willing to work less than some minimum number of hours, termed reservation hours. The theoretical analysis of the properties of the reservation hours function are derived. The empirical analysis develops and estimates labor supply functions when fixed costs are present, but cannot be observed in the data. The likelihood function developed to estimate the model is an extension of the statistical model of Heckman (1974) that allows the minimum number of hours supplied to be nonzero and differ randomly among individuals. The empirical results indicate that fixed costs of work are of prime importance in determining the labor supply behavior of married women. At the sample means, the minimum number of hours a woman is willing to work is about 1300per year. The estimated fixed costs an average woman incurs upon entry into the labor market is $920 in 1966 dollars. This represents 28 percent of her yearly earnings. Finally, labor supply parameters estimated with the fixed cost model are compared to those estimated under the conventional assumption of no fixed costs. Large differences in estimated parameters are found, suggesting that the conventional model is seriously misspecified.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0484.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Imperfect Asset Substitutability and Monetary Policy under Fixed Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0485</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a long-run model of the open economy in a world of fixed exchange rates and imperfect substitutability between bonds denominated in different currencies. The model explicitly accounts for the wealth flow accompanying current-account imbalance and for the flow of interest payments associated with international lending. Both the dynamic and steady-state implications of the model are quite different from those of models that specify the capital account as a continuing flow responding to the level of interest rates. In particular, we find that when there exists outside government debt, open-market policy is not in general neutral in the long run. We also find conditions under which the central bank is able to hold the domestic price level constant in the face of an inflationary disturbance from abroad without exhausting, in the long run, its stock of domestic assets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0485.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Growth and the Rise of Service Employment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0486</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The distribution of employment among Agriculture, Industry, and Service within countries is closely related to the level of real Gross Domestic Product per capita. As real income rises, Agriculture's share falls, Service employment rises, and Industryâ€™s share rises to a peak at about $3,300 (1970 dollars) per capita and then declines. U.S. time series and OECD cross-sections follow almost identical patterns of employment change. The decline of Agriculture is attributable primarily to differences in income elasticity of demand but the shift from Industry to Service is attributable primarily to differential rates of growth of output per worker. Economic growth also contributes to the rise of service employment through an increase in female labor force participation because families with working wives tend to spend a higher proportion of their income on services. Productivity tends to grow less rapidly in the Service sector than in the rest of the economy, but the shift of employment to Services was not a major factor in the slowing of aggregate productivity in the United States in the 1970's.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0486.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Income Tax Incentives to Promote Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0487</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Becker</surname>
          <given-names>Charles</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We examine six alternative plans which might be discussed in an effort to increase consumer savings through the personal income tax system in the United States. These plans attempt to affect savings through an increase in the real rate of return either by direct tax cuts on savings or by indexing tax rates against inflation. The paper presents estimates of static and dynamic resource allocation effects for the six plans, and compares them to results obtained in earlier work on the impacts of more sweeping reforms. A medium-scale numerical general equilibrium model is used which integrates the U. S. tax system with consumer demand behavior by household and producer behavior by industry.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0487.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Level and Distribution of Economic Well-Being</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0488</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper summarizes and critically evaluates what is known about postwar trends in both the level and distribution of economic well-being. Although certain non-income aspects of well-being are considered, the primary focus is on the level and inequality of income. Considerable attention is paid to recent controversies over the effects of transfers in kind and changing life-cycle income patterns on the overall trend in income inequality.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0488.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Martingale-Like Behavior of Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0489</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sims</surname>
          <given-names>Christopher A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Asset prices set in a competitive market need not be martingales; that is, it need not be true that the best predictor of future prices is the current price. Nonetheless, statistical tests for this property are sometimes treated as tests for the proper functioning of an asset market; asset prices often seem to have the property to a close approximation, and it is sometimes supposed that the martingale ought to be imposed on econometric models of asset markets and forecasts made from them. This paper shows that under general conditions, which allow among other things for risk aversion among market participants, competitive asset prices ought to be locally -- over small units of time  -- martingale-like. This implies that tests of proper functioning of the market ought to be conducted with data at fine time intervals; results of such tests should not be used to justify imposing the martingale property on a model's long-term projections of asset prices.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0489.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intertemporal Substitution and the Business Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0490</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper summarizes the theoretical role of intertemporal substitution variables in the "new classical macroeconomics." An important implication is that positive monetary shocks tend to raise expected real returns that are calculated from the usual partial information set, but tend to lower realized real returns. After reviewing previous empirical findings in the area, the study reports new results on the behavior of returns on the New York Stock Exchange and on Treasury Bills. The analysis isolates realized real rate of return effects that are significantly positive for a temporary government purchases variable and significantly negative for monetary movements. However, the results do not support the theoretical distinction between money shocks and anticipated changes in money. Since the study focuses on realized real returns, which can be measured in a straightforward manner, there is no evidence on the hypothesis that expected real returns, which are calculated on the basis of incomplete in-formation, rise with monetary disturbances. Because this proposition is sensitive to the specification of information sets, It may be infeasible to test it directly.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0490.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Components of Manufacturing Inventories</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0491</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a structural model of production and inventory accumulation based on the hypothesis of cost minimization. It differs from previous attempts in several respects. First, it integrates the analysis of input inventories with output inventories, treating the two stocks separately. Second, it distinguishes between temporary and permanent fluctuations in sales as they are anticipated by the industry. Third, it allows for a more general structure of adjustment costs, and in particular for a cost changing the production level rather than only for deviations of the production level from a fixed target. Empirically, there are three principal conclusions. This model performs much better than those with no cost of production adjustment allowed. Disaggregation of inventories provides significant insights into the dynamics of the adjustment process. However, the restrictions on our model implied by the continuous-time stochastic control theory that we utilize are rejected by the data. We believe that a more disaggregated specification or a more detailed econometric treatment of the discrete-time nature of the observations would avoid this difficulty.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0491.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange-Rate Unions and the Volatility of the Dollar</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0492</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marston</surname>
          <given-names>Richard C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study analyzes why formation of an exchange-rate union, such as the newly-established European Monetary System, can be harmful to the interests of some member countries. The framework provided for analyzing behavior in the union is a three-country model which combines an asset market determination of exchange rates with a price sector emphasizing wage indexation behavior and price competitiveness between countries. The three countries consist of two members of the union as well as a nonmember country (the United states), allowing the study to investigate trade and financial relationships within and outside the union. The study examines how each country's exchange rates and prices respond to stochastic disturbances of several types, of which the most important is a capital account disturbance directly affecting one member's financial market (originating, for example, in shifts between U.S. securities and those of one member country). The analysis shows that the effects of the union on each member country depends upon (1) the source of those economic disturbances which give rise to fluctuations in exchange rates, (2) the share of trade between members of the union, (3) the degree of integration between the financial markets of the member countries, and (4) the responsiveness of domestic wages and prices to changes in exchange rates. The exchange-rate union fixes the cross exchange rate between member currencies, thereby preventing disturbances from affecting this key exchange rate. In doing so, however, the union may actually increase the variability of prices in the economy of one member country. The outcome depends critically upon the degree of financial integration between the two member countries in the absence of the union. The importance of another factor, domestic price responsiveness, is brought out clearly by comparing the alternative extremes of no price adjustment and full price adjustment to exchange rate changes. Price behavior interacts in an interesting way with financial integration to determine the potential gains or losses of each country in joining the union.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0492.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rate Risk and the Macroeconomics of Exchange Rate Determination</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0493</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses the link between portfolio diversification models of exchange risk and the macroeconomics of exchange rate determination. A first part sets out the mean-variance model of portfolio choice for the case of two nominal assets with random real returns. From there the model is made "international" by a specification of the world inflation process. The concept of exchange risk is discussed in terms of the variability of the real exchange rate. The paper shows that when all randomness in real returns derives from variability of the real exchange rate, rather than from inflation variability, full hedging is possible. Even for the case of no real exchange rate variability, it is shown, variability of the nominal rate of depreciation is a determinant of the portfolio composition. The risk premium is derived and discussed in terms of the deviation of the anticipated rate of depreciation from the interest differential. The actual rate of depreciation may exceed the interest differential either because of news or because of a risk premium that depends on the relative asset supplies compared to their shares in a minimum variance portfolio. An appendix investigates the implications of tastes and differences and shows that there is an additional component of the premium due to differences in consumption patterns. The portfolio model is integrated In a macro-model to show how the relative supplies of non-monetary assets, through yield and valuation effects, determine the impact and long run consequences of real and nominal monetary disturbances. The integration of the portfolio and macro models relies crucially on the properties of the demand for money. A demand for money that depend. on the average return on securities, rather than on the domestic interest rate, implies that portfolio considerations do not affect exchange rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0493.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Sterilization and Offsetting Capital Movements: Evidence from West Germany, 1960-1970</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0494</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is two fold. First, to estimate, using structural methods, the extent to which capital flows undermined West German monetary policy during the Bretton Woods years 1960 to 1970 and second, to show that earlier reduced form estimates of the capital-account offset coefficient are tainted by simultaneity bias thanks to the Deutsche Bundesbank's systematic policy of sterilization, and so overestimate the true coefficient. The paper distinguishes between the short-run or one-quarter offset coefficient and the long-run coefficient implied by the full adjustment of all asset markets. An aggregative structural model German financial markets yields short-run coefficients between .50 and .65implying substantial Bundesbank control over the monetary base, at least in the short-run. A formal test for simultaneous-equations bias provides evidence that variations in domestic credit cannot be regarded as exogenous and that equations regressing capital flows on changes in domestic credit and other variables exaggerate the extent of the offset.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0494.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Will the Real Excess Burden Please Stand Up? (Or, Seven Measures in Search of a Concept)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0495</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is well understood that a tax which distorts relative prices generates a welfare cost or "excess burden" in addition to any associated transfer of resources, but there remains considerable controversy and confusion with respect to procedures for measuring this excess burden. The purpose of this paper is to clarify matters concerning what is one of the most basic concepts in welfare economics. We describe and evaluate a number of alternative conceptual experiments which might lie behind an excess burden calculation, showing how these notions can be represented graphically and algebraically and how they can be approximated numerically.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0495.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and the Ex-Dividend Day Behavior of Common Stock Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0496</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The behavior of stock prices around ex-dividend days has been suggested as evidence for tax-induced clientele effects and as a means to estimate the average effective tax rate faced by investors. In this paper these possibilities are examined theoretically and empirically. Theoretically it is shown that the measured price drop per dollar of dividend may provide a biased estimate of the effective tax rate. Looking at the volume of trade around ex-dividend days we show that the conditions under which it would be unbiased are unlikely to hold. Strong evidence, based on a broader database than that used by previous investigators, is presented for the presence of the clientele effect.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0496.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternative Tax Treatments of the Family: Simulation Methodology and Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0497</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A number of suggestions have been made to reform the tax treatment of the family. None of these proposals has been accompanied by careful estimates of their effects on the income distribution, revenue collections, and labor supply. The purpose of this paper is to provide such information. Our analysis is based upon a series of simulations using the TAXSIM file of the National 3ureau of Economic Research, which contains information from a sample of tax returns filed in 1974. Substantial attention is devoted to the problem of imputing data that are absent from TAXSIM. The simulations assume that wives' labor supply behavior depends upon the tax system. The tax reforms simulated include various exemptions and credits for secondary workers, as well as changes in the rules governing filing status. In a number of cases we find that allowing for even a modest behavioral response leads to substantial changes in the revenue implications of the proposals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0497.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Information and Macroeconomic Fluctuations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0498</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boschen</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper introduces contemporaneously available monetary data into an "equilibrium" model that combines rational expectations, market clearing, and incomplete information about monetary disturbances. Data on the current money stock involve a preliminary estimate that is subject to a subsequent process of gradual revision. The model implies the testable hypothesis that aggregate output and employment are uncorrelated with the contemporaneous measure of money growth implied by the difference between the currently available estimates of current and past money shocks. Rejection of this hypothesis provides strong evidence again at the equilibriums approach to modeling the relation between monetary disturbances and macro-economic fluctuations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0498.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Almost Neutrality of Inflation:  Notes on Taxation and the Welfare Costs of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0499</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper I attempt to clarify the nature of the losses associated with inflation within a conventional model of a competitive economy. I shall argue that were inflation fully anticipated, it would be "almost neutral" provided (a) that the tax system were fully indexed and (b) that interest were paid on bank deposits (as to an increasing extent it is in the United States). However, unanticipated inflation may have significant effects.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0499.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Transmission of Disturbances under Alternative Exchange-Rate Regimeswith Optimal Indexing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0500</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flood</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marion</surname>
          <given-names>Nancy</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper develops a general stochastic macroeconomic model which can be used to study the international transmission of disturbances under alternative exchange-rate systems. Four types of exchange-rate systems are considered: uniform flexible exchange rates, uniform fixed exchange rates, two-tier exchange rates in which the current-account exchange rate is fixed and the capital-account exchange rate is flexible, and two-tier exchange rates with separate, floating rates for current and capital-account transactions. It is assumed that expectations are rational, so only the unexpected portion of macro policy alters the level of output. In addition, private contracts form the underpinning of the aggregate supply function, and they can be adjusted optimally in response to the country's choice of exchange-rate regime. It is shown that when the home country takes all prices as exogenous and wages are optimally indexed, the country is fully insulated from foreign disturbances under the two fixed-rate regimes but not under the two flexible-rate regimes. Even so, the fixed-rate regimes are inferior to the flexible-rate regimes in terms of their ability to minimize output variance. When the home country is large in the market for its own produced good, these results must be modified. The analysis makes two general points. First, one cannot assume stability of structure when assessing the consequences of alternative exchange-rate regimes. For example, the slope of the aggregate supply curve and the rationally-formed expectations in the asset markets can respond dramatically to the government's choice of exchange-rate regime. Second, exchange-rate regimes that provide full insulation from foreign disturbances may nevertheless be inferior to other regimes in terms of their ability to maximize social welfare.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0500.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adjustment to Variations in Imported Input Prices: The Role of Economic Structure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0501</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Katseli</surname>
          <given-names>Louka T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marion</surname>
          <given-names>Nancy</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper introduces an imported input into a model of art open economy with developed financial markets, a flexible exchange rate, and some degree of market power on the export side. The model is designed to investigate the impact of an increase in imported input prices on the exchange rate, domestic interest rate, income and nontraded-goods prices. The analysis reveals that changes in various structural parameters, such as the degree of market power or the extent of demand-side openness" or "financial openness," alter the transmission of foreign price disturbances to the domestic economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0501.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Irreversibility, Uncertainty, and Cyclical Investment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0502</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bernanke</surname>
          <given-names>Ben S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The optimal timing of real investment is studied under the assumptions that investment is irreversible and that new information about returns is arriving over time. Investment should be undertaken in this case only when the costs of deferring the project exceed the expected value of information gained by waiting. Uncertainty, because it increases the value of waiting for new information, retards the current rate of investment. The nature of investor's optimal reactions to events whose implications are resolved over time is a possible explanation of the instability of aggregate investment over the business cycle.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0502.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Modeling Price Rigidity or Predicting the Quality of the Good that Clears the Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0503</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Carlton</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>To say that the price of some good is inflexible over time has little meaning if the "good" is changing over time. In this paper we concentrate on delivery lags as being the only dimension other than price that varies. We show how one can predict the relative importance of price and delivery lag fluctuations as equilibrating mechanisms. The complications of the theory as well as the surprising results underscore the complexity of predicting price behavior when the characteristics of the good are endogenous. The empirical results provide strong support for the theory that delivery lags are an important influence on market behavior and therefore that an understanding of their influence is crucial in predicting how markets will respond to supply and demand shocks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0503.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxes, Saving, and Welfare: Theory and Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0504</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Charles E. McLure,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to review theoretical analysis and results of empirical research on the effects of taxation on private saving and economic welfare.  One basic conclusion of section II is that long-established results of theoretical analysis are often ignored or misunderstood by economists, as well as by policy-makers, and the lessons of more recent theoretical analyses of optimal taxation have been only dimly perceived. This generally inadequate conceptual state of affairs is mirrored in empirical analysis, the subject of section III, where it appears that the few serious scholars working at trying to untangle the effects of taxation on saving and welfare have not always been asking -- or even recognizing -- the "right"questions. But the problems of empirical analysis go beyond those that result from failure to frame the research question carefully. Limitations posed by inadequate data and econometric difficulties make it difficult even to arrive at a satisfactory answer to the wrong question.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0504.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Sensitivity of Consumption to Transitory Income:  Estimates from Panel Data on Households</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0505</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We investigate the stochastic relation between income and consumption (specifically, consumption of food) within a panel of about 2,000 households. Our major findings are: 1. Consumption responds much more strongly to permanent than to transitory movements of income. 2. The response to transitory income is nonetheless clearly positive. 3. A simple test, independent of our model of consumption, rejects a central implication of the pure life cycle-permanent income hypothesis. The observed covariation of income and consumption is compatible with pure life cycle-permanent income behavior on the part of80 percent of families and simple proportionality of consumption and income among the remaining 20 percent. As a general matter, our findings support the view that families respond differently to different sources of income variations. In particular, temporary income tax policies have smaller effects on consumption than do other, more permanent changes in income of the same magnitude.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0505.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Does Anticipated Monetary Policy Matter?  An Econometric Investigation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0506</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent theorizing with business cycle models which incorporate features of the Friedman-Phelps natural rate model along with rational expectations lead to the following policy conclusions. Anticipated changes in aggregate demand policy will have already been taken into account in economic agents behavior and will thus evoke no further output or employment response. Therefore, deterministic feedback policy rules will have no impact on output fluctuations in the economy. These policy implications of what Modigliani has dubbed the Macro Rational Expectations (MRE) hypothesis are of such importance that a wide range of empirical research is needed for its verification or refutation. Recent empirical work has tested the "neutrality" implication of the MRE hypothesis that anticipated monetary policy does not affect output or unemployment. Although this empirical work has frequently been favorable to the MRE hypothesis, it suffers from several deficiencies that create suspicion about the robustness of the results. This paper is an attempt to conduct an econometric investigation of the implications of the MRE hypothesis which does not suffer from these deficiencies. The results here strongly reject the neutrality implications of the MRE hypothesis: unanticipated movements in monetary policy are not found to have a larger impact on output and unemployment than anticipated movements. This evidence casts doubt on previous evidence that is cited as supporting the view that only unanticipated monetary policy is relevant to the business cycle.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0506.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Are Market Forecasts Rational?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0507</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper conducts tests of the rationality of both inflation and short-term interest rate forecasts in the bond market. These tests are developed with the theory of efficient markets and make use of security price data to infer information on market expectations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0507.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>State and Local Taxes and the Rate of Return on Nonfinancial Corporate  Capital (revised as W0740)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0508</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Poterba</surname>
          <given-names>James M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although states and localities collect a substantial amount of revenue from corporate profits taxes and property taxes on corporate capital, these taxes have been inadequately reflected in previous calculations of the effective corporate tax rate and the pretax rate of return to corporate capital. The present study focuses on non-financial corporations and begins by estimating the profits taxes and property taxes which these corporations pay to state and local governments. These estimates are then used to calculate the pretax rate of return on non-financial corporate capital; the results suggest that the conventional omission of state-local property taxes leads to an understatement of this rate of return by about one percentage point. The effective tax rate on non-financial corporate profits is also computed, taking account of state-local taxes. These taxes amount to approximately sixteen percent of the pretax profits of non-financial corporations. The total effective tax rate on these corporations is shown to have risen substantially during the past two decades; it averaged more than seventy percent in the most recent five-year period. The series for the rate of return and effective tax rate are used to compute the real after-tax rate of return on non-financial corporate capital. The calculations show that this number has declined recently, reaching 2.3 percent in 1979. This is to be contrasted with after-tax returns of over five percent which prevailed during the mid-1960s.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0508.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Pension Funding, Share Prices, and National Saving</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0509</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Seligman</surname>
          <given-names>Stephanie</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines empirically the effect of unfunded pension obligations on corporate share prices and discusses the implications of these estimates for national saving, the decline of the stock market in recent years, and the rationality of corporate financial behavior. The analysis uses the information on inflation-adjusted income and assets that large firms were required to provide for 1976 and subsequent years. The evidence for a sample of nearly 200 manufacturing firms is consistent with the conclusion that share prices fully reflect the value of unfunded pension obligations. Since the conventional accounting measure of the unfunded pension liability has a number of problems (which we examine in the paper), it would be more accurate to say that the data are consistent with the conclusion that shareholders accept the conventional measure as the best available information and reduce share prices by a corresponding amount. The most important implication of the share price response is that the existence of unfunded private pension liabilities does not necessarily entail a reduction in total private saving. Because the pension liability reduces the equity value of the firm, shareholders are given notice of its existence and an incentive to save more themselves. For this reason, unfunded private pensions differ fundamentally from the unfunded Social Security pension and the other unfunded federal government civilian and military pensions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0509.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Distributions of Family Hospital and Physician Expenses</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0510</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Bernard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper develops frequency distribution of annual health expense for a variety of family compositions. The basic data resource was a sample of claims for a large group of federal employees in 1977. The primary data were compared in several aspects against three other sources of reference data on expenses by the non-aged population; the comparisons were reassuring. The method of convolution is used to obtain family frequency distributions from the distribution for individual adults and children. This technique is necessary when the claims data do not record family com-position. In consequence, the results may not be nationally representative of households which are relatively large or affected by unemployment. Aside from this special reservation, the experience of the non-elderly federal employee families seems to be a useful resource for policy analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0510.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Firms' Decisions to Export or Produce Abroad</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0511</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weinblatt</surname>
          <given-names>J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is a theoretical analysis of the factors influencing production location decisions by a multinational corporation. It starts with a simple model of optimization for a firm facing the choice between exporting and producing abroad a single differentiated final product and then develops the model to take account of production of intermediate as well as final products, the existence of scale economies, and finally, the effects of transport cost and of factors affecting the cost of production. The share of foreign output is shown to be related to the level of transport cost, to the size of host-country markets, to host-country wage levels relative to those of the home country, in combination with labor intensities of production. All of these relationships in turn are shown to interact in various ways with economies of scale in affecting the choice of production locations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0511.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Analyzing the Relation of Unemployment Insurance to Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0512</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gustman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a framework for analyzing the relation of unemployment insurance to unemployment and applies the framework to evaluate recent developments in the UI literature and future research needs. Unemployment is decomposed into more basic elements related to the labor market flows which determine unemployment incidence and duration. It is also disaggregated by reason for unemployment -- e.g., entry into the labor force or quit last job. A matrix containing those definitional elements of unemployment which are potentially affected by the UI system forms the basis for organizing the discussion. Each component of unemployment which may be affected by variations in characteristics of the UI system is considered in turn. The discussion of each of these elements focuses on recent theoretical arid empirical studies which analyze how they are influenced by features of the UI system. By proceeding systematically through the elements which comprise unemployment and considering the major behavioral explanations linking the unemployment insurance system to unemployment, it is possible to determine where the analysis has proceeded satisfactorily and where major gaps remain.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0512.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Market Wages, Reservation Wages, and Retirement Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0513</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper is an empirical cross-section study of the retirement decisions of American white men between the ages of 58 and 67. predicated on the theoretical notion that an individual retires when his reservation wage exceeds his market wage. Reservation wages are derived from an explicit utility function in which the most critical taste parameter is assumed to vary both systematically and randomly across individuals. Market wages are derived from a standard wage equation adjusted to the special circumstances of older workers. The two equations are estimated jointly by maximum likelihood, which takes into account the potential selectivity bias inherent in the model (low-wage individuals tend to retire and cease reporting their market wage). The model is reasonably successful in predicting retirement decisions, and casts serious doubt on previous claims that the social security system induces many workers to retire earlier than they otherwise would. The normal effects of aging (on both market and reservation wages) and the incentives set up by private pension plans are estimated to be major causes of retirement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0513.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Demographic Differences in Cyclical Employment Variation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0514</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-names>Kim B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Demographic differences in patterns of employment variation over the business cycle are examined in this paper. Three primary conclusions emerge. First, both participation and unemployment must be considered in any analysis of cyclical changes in the labor market. Second, young people bear a disproportionate share of cyclical employment variation. Third, failure to consider participation has led to undue pessimism about the effect of aggregate demand policy on high unemployment groups. If participation did not surge, reduction in overall unemployment to its 1969 level would reduce the unemployment of almost all demographic groups to very low levels.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0514.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventories and the Structure of Macro Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0515</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The message of this paper can be summed up in two words: inventories matter. They matter empirically, in the sense that inventory developments are of major importance in the propagation of business cycles; and they matter theoretically, in the sense that recognition of their existence changes the structure of a variety of theoretical macromodels in some fairly important ways. This paper is mainly about the implications of inventories for the structure of theoretical macro models, but I begin by demonstrating the empirical importance of inventories in business fluctuations</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0515.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Implications for the Adjustment Process of International Asset Risks: Exchange Controls, Intervention and Policy Risk, and Sovereign Risk</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0516</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the implications of international asset risks for the operation of the international adjustment process, with special emphasis on the scope for monetary policy. After a brief review of actual practice in the evaluation of country risk, the paper discusses a number of modifications in the standard theory of efficient international financial markets that are necessitated by the existence of country risk., For macroeconomic policy, the major implications are that domestic and foreign assets become imperfect substitutes and that world demand for domestic assets is likely to be less than perfectly elastic, even in the "small country" case, Even under a fixed exchange rate, a measure of domestic control over domestic interest rates therefore exists.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0516.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Policy and Long-Term Interest Rates: An Efficient Markets Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0517</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an application of efficient markets theory to analyze empirically the relationship of money supply growth and long-term interest rates. This approach has the advantage over earlier research on this subject in that it imposes a theoretical structure on this relationship that allows easier interpretation of the empirical results as well as more powerful statistical tests. In the interest of ascertaining the robustness of the results, many different empirical tests are carried out in this paper, and they uniformly do not support the proposition that increases in the money supply are correlated with declines in long rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0517.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Anticipated Inflation, the Frequency of Transactions, and the Slope of the Phillips Curve</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0518</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hercowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effects of expected inflation on the responsiveness of output to nominal disturbances in the framework of a localized markets model. The mechanism described in the theoretical part of the paper is that expected inflation has a positive effect on the transaction frequency, which in turn increases the flow of price information across markets. More information implies less misperception of monetary shocks as relative shifts in excess demand, resulting in lower sensitivity of real output to these socks. The empirical implication of this proposition  -- namely ,that expected inflation reduces the coefficient of nominal shocks in an output equation  -- is tested first using data across countries, and then with time series data from the United States. The first test uses Lucas's and Alberro's estimates of Phillips Curve coefficients from different countries and the corresponding average inflation rates. The second test involves data from the post-World War II period. It uses nominal rates of return on Treasury Bills and corporate bonds as measures of anticipated inflation and Barro's estimates of unanticipated money. In general, results in both tests provide support (stronger than expected)for the implication of the theory.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0518.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Market Competition among Youths, White Women, and Others</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0519</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grant</surname>
          <given-names>James H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We estimate substitution possibilities among a set of age-race-sex groups in the labor force. The estimates are based on cross-section data from SMSAs in 1969,and they allow us to consider how substitutable adult women are for young women or young men. The estimates are used, along with assumptions about the extent of wage rigidity and elasticities of labor supply, to simulate the direct and indirect effects of the growth of the female labor force on job opportunities for youth, assuming rigid wages for young workers, and on the wage rates of adult males, assuming these wages are flexible.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0519.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transition Losses of Partially Mobile Industry-Specific Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0520</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Comparative static models typically assume homogeneous and mobile factors in estimating the economic effects of a tax policy change. Even dynamic models employ a given homogeneous capital stock in two different al locations for the first period of two equilibrium sequences. This malleable capital assumption causes overstatement of early efficiency gains from policies designed to improve factor allocation. on the other hand, immobile factor models would understate such gains by assuming that no capital ever relocates. The model in this paper attempts to bridge this gap by restricting each industry's capital reduction to its rate of depreciation. The stock of depreciated capital from the previous period represents an industry-specific type of capital which may earn a lower equilibrium return. The usage of mobile capital above this minimum constraint is limited by the total gross saving of the economy, including all industries' depreciation and consumer net saving. The industry-specific capital model suggests, for example, that previous estimates of the dynamic efficiency gain from full integration of personal and corporate taxes in the U.S. are overstated by about $5 billion. The model could also be used to estimate distributional impacts on individuals with more than proportionate ownership of capital in particular industries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0520.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Prices and Market Shares in the International Machinery Trade</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0521</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bushe</surname>
          <given-names>Dennis M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We use new international price measures we have developed for machinery and transport equipment to explain changes in exports and export shares of the United States, Germany, and Japan. The effects of relative price changes on export shares are fairly large, producing relative quantity changes that are 50 to 100 per cent and as much as 200 per cent greater than the price changes. The effects of price changes seem to stretch out over 3 to 5 years and possibly longer. We also find that delays between order and delivery may affect measures of export quantity and of its response to price. Equations for individual countries suggest that exports by the United States are most responsive to relative price changes and those of Germany least responsive. The income elasticities are very sensitive to the inclusion or exclusion of a time variable to measure "unexplained" trends in exports. A system of supply and demand equations is developed in which the supply of exports depends on a country's export and domestic prices for the same goods, as well as on its real income. The supply elasticities range from about 2% for Germany to over 7 for the United States, implying that firms switch easily between domestic sales and exports.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0521.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Import Competition and Macro Economic Adjustment under Wage-Price Rigidity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0522</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper analyzes the problem of short-term adjustment to a fall in the price of competing imports when thee is wage and price rigidity. This is done in terms of a two-sector model which incorporates a domestically producible import good and a semi-tradeable home good. The effect of a fall in import prices on domestic employment, prices and the balance of payments under nominal or real wage rigidity is analyzed in the various market disequilibrium regimes. The possible responses in terms of demand management and exchange rate (or tariff) policy as well as supply management are analyzed. The theory is then applied to the stagflationary environment of the 1970s within a modified framework in which the price of imported raw materials has simultaneously risen. This helps to show how the above adjustment problem crucially depends on the nature of the underlying macroeconomic environment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0522.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aggregate Land Rents and Aggregate Transport Costs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0523</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Arnott</surname>
          <given-names>Richard J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores the relationship between aggregate land rents and aggregate transport costs for land markets in which locations differ solely in terms of accessibility. That there exists a relationship between land rents and transport costs has been recognized at least since the time of von Thunen. The precise relationship between the two is, however, not generally well-understood. For instance, until quite recently it was considered correct to estimate the benefits from a transport improvement by the induced change in aggregate land rents at those locations where travel costs are reduced. This procedure can be shown to be correct only in very special circumstances. This paper presents a very general characterization of the relationship between aggregate land rents and aggregate transport costs. In some special cases, the relationship turns out to be remarkably simple: for a circular city with linear transport costs, aggregate transport costs are precisely twice aggregate land rents, independent of the distribution of tastes or income; for a linear city with linear transport costs, aggregate transport costs are equal to aggregate land rents. One corollary of our general analysis is that aggregate land rents may stay the same or actually fall in response to a transport improvement which makes everyone better off. In the first section we consider a simple example. The second derives the basic theorems of the paper, while the third examines their implications for the relationship between the benefits from a transport improvement and the change in aggregate land rents induced by the improvement. And in the fourth section, we examine the extent to which the theorems of section II generalize.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0523.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Money Supply Shocks in the Short-Run Demand for Money</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0524</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Carr</surname>
          <given-names>Jack</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Previous models of the demand for money are either inconsistent with contemporaneous adjustment of the price level to expected changes in the nominal money supply or imply implausible fluctuations in interest rates in response to unexpected changes in the nominal money supply. This paper proposes a shock-absorber model of money demand in which money supply shocks affect the synchronization of purchases and sales of assets and so engender a temporary desire to hold more or less money than would otherwise be the case. Expected changes in nominal money do not cause fluctuations in real money inventories. The model is simultaneously estimated for the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, and the Netherlands using the postwar quarterly data set and instruments used in the Mark III International Transmission Model. The shock-absorber variables significantly improve the estimated short-run money demand functions in every case.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0524.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Relation of Stock Prices to Corporate Earnings Adjusted for Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0525</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cagan</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effects of inflation adjustments of corporate earnings on market prices were tested by cross section regressions of 485 manufacturing companies for the period 1966-76 and subperiods. The basic data were company reports and stock prices. For the full period, market prices reflected the inventory valuation adjustment and the decline in real value of net financial liabilities fairly completely, but they reflected the adjustment for the understatement of depreciation to only a small extent. The surprisingly low effect of the depreciation adjustment could only be partly attributed to measurement error, but not entirely. The estimated effect of capital gains on stock prices was either in the wrong direction or negligible. The implication of the results is that market investors use a range of adjustments for the effects of inflation which differs from the estimates used in this study, though how and why they differ is not clear. The adjustments were much lower in the later period 1972-76 than in the earlier period 1966-71. This seemed inconsistent with the higher inflation rates in the later period. The explanation for the difference is not clear, but it may reflect the difficulties of judging the size of the adjustments in a period of rapid inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0525.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Portfolio Choice, and the Price of Land and Corporate Stock</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0526</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents an explicit model of portfolio demand and uses it to show how the rate of inflation and its variances affect the real prices of land and of common stock. The analysis is thus an extension of two of the author's earlier papers which studied how the interaction of inflation and tax rules alter the real prices of land and stock. The analysis shows the importance of going beyond the traditional assumption that netâ€”ofâ€”tax yields are equated for all assets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0526.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Optimal Weighting of Indicators for a Crawling Peg</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0527</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>de Macedo</surname>
          <given-names>Jorge Braga</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper derives optimal weights for current-account and reserve indicators for adjusting the exchange rate (a "crawling peg"). Keven (1975)showed that use of a current account indicator alone would not stabi1iereserves, while a reserve indicator results in unstable fluctuations in the exchange rate. This paper begins by analyzing the problem in the frame work of Phillips (1954), in which the current account indicator is "proportional" and the reserve indicator is "integral." We then analyze the problem in a deterministic optimal control framework, and finally as a problem in stochastic control. In all cases the optimal combination is a weighted average, which we call the Keven-Phillips formula. With a fairly low variance of the current account, its weight falls in the range 0.47-0.65. Rising variance reduces its weight in the optimal formula.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0527.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Capitalization of Income Streams and the Effects of Open Market Policy under Fixed Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0528</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the long- and short-run neutrality of open-market monetary policy in a world of fixed exchange rates and imperfect substitutability between bonds denominated in different currencies. Using an illustrative portfolio-balance model, it shows that when the public discounts the future tax liabilities associated with the national debt and the central bank supports the exchange rate by trading non-interest-bearing foreign assets, open-market policy has a short-run effect, but no long-run effect, on the domestic price level and interest rate. When the foreign-exchange intervention assets earn interest that is rebated to and capitalized by the public, open-market policy loses even its short-run efficacy -- the capital-account offset to monetary policy is complete.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0528.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Historical Evolution of Female Earnings Functions and Occupations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0529</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldin</surname>
          <given-names>Claudia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Of all the changes in the history of women's market work, few have been more impressive than the rapid emergence and feminization of the clerical sector and the related decline in manufacturing employment for women. Although a century ago few women were clerical workers, as early as 1920 22% of all employed non-farm women were, and about 50% of all clerical workers were women. Employment for women in the clerical sector expanded at five times the annual rate in manufacturing from 1890 to 1930, and during the same period of time wages for female clerical workers fell relative to those in manufacturing. This paper explores the underlying causes of these dramatic sectoral shifts by estimating the relationship between earnings and experience for manufacturing and clerical workers from 1888 to 1940. It is seen that earnings profiles for employment in manufacturing rose steeply with experience and peaked early, while those in the clerical sector were much flatter and did not peak within the relevant range. Returns to off-job training and depreciation with age and with time away from the labor force also differed between these occupations. A model of sectoral shift is developed in which workers choose occupations and therefore the time path of training on the basis of their life-cycle labor force participation and their consumption value of education. The coefficients from the earnings function estimations are used to demonstrate that the decline in the relative wage of clerical to manufacturing work from 1890 to 1930 can be explained by such a model, Finally, it is shown that a sizable percentage of the difference in the growth of female employment in the manufacturing and clerical sectors can be explained by various labor supply factors.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0529.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Does the Investment Interest Limitation Explain the Existence of Dividends?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0530</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Miller and Scholes show that under certain conditions the Federal Income tax taxes dividend income at a rate no higher than the rate on capital gains. Tabulations of actual 1977 tax returns show that the special circumstances under which this can occur apply to less than 3% of dividend income and no significant role can be ascribed to their result in the determination of corporate dividend policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0530.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Policy Decentralization and Exchange Rate Management in Interdependent Economies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0531</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eaton</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1986</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper provides a theoretical framework for analyzing policy formation among independent authorities operating in an interdependent environment. This is then applied to the analysis of optimal monetary policy in a stochastic twoâ€”country model with rational expectations. The main conclusions are 1) Optimal monetary policy requires a finite response of the money supply to the exchange rate (which is the only contemporaneously observed variable.) Neither a fixed nor a freely floating exchange rate is likely to be optimal. 2) Output stabilizing monetary policy may well require 'leaning with the wind' in the foreign exchange market, expanding the money supply when the home currency depreciates, thus increasing the volatility of the exchange rate. 3) The ability of the monetary authorities to influence real variables is due to the assumption that the private sector does not make exchange rate-contingent forward contracts.4) There are likely to be gains from policy coordination.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0531.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Microeconomic Aspects of Productivity Growth under Import Substitution: Turkey</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0532</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krueger</surname>
          <given-names>Anne O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Tuncer</surname>
          <given-names>Baran</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper assesses the empirical relevance of "dynamic" factors in industrialization in developing countries. Using data from a sample of 91 firms, rates of growth of output per unit of input are calculated. It is shown that there is little basis, at least with regard to Turkish experience, to the notion that non-traditional industries are in some sense more "dynamic" than traditional industries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0532.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Tax Advantages of Pension Fund Investments in Bonds</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0533</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Black</surname>
          <given-names>Fischer</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>I believe that every tax-paying firm's defined benefit pension fund portfolio should be invested entirely in bonds (or insurance contracts). Although the firm's pension funds are legally distinct from the firm, there is a close tie between the performance of the pension fund investments and the firm's cash flows. Sooner or later, gains or losses In pension fund portfolios will mean changes in the firm's pension contributions. Shifting from stocks to bonds in the pension funds will increase the firm's debt capacity, because it will reduce the volatility of the firm's future cash flows. Shifting from stocks to bonds in the pension funds will give an indirect tax benefit equal to the firm's marginal tax rate times the interest on the bonds. There is no indirect tax benefit if the pension funds are invested in stocks. Fully implementing the plan will mean shifting all of the stocks in the pension fund to fixed income investments, and putting all new contributions into fixed income investments. Shifting $2 million from stocks to bonds has a present value for the firm's stockholders of about $1 million. Shifting from stocks to bonds in the pension funds will reduce the firm's leverage. To offset this, the firm can issue more debt than it otherwise would have issued. The money raised can be invested in the firm or used to buy back the firm's stock. This version of the plan, with more bonds in the pension fund and more debt on the firm's balance sheet, is equivalent to the following transactions: (1)sell a portfolio of stocks on which no taxes are paid, and buy the firm's stock on which no taxes are paid; and (2) issue the firm's bonds at an afterâ€”tax interest rate, and buy other firm's bonds at a before-tax interest rate.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0533.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Incomplete Information, Risk Shifting, and Employment Fluctuations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0534</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores one of the ways in which acceptance of the hypothesis that labor market transactions involve arrangements for shifting risk from workers to employers strengthens the case for accepting the hypothesis that incomplete information is the critical factor in producing the positive effect of aggregate demand for output on aggregate employment. The analysis shows that the introduction of risk-shifting arrangements into models of incomplete information eliminates the dependence of the relation between aggregate demand and aggregate employment on the relative strengths of the usual substitution and income effects on labor supply of perceived real wage rates or perceived real interest rates. In addition, the analysis shows that the apparent fact that workers choose an amount of risk shifting that gives them constant nominal wage rates implies that incomplete information would produce a positive effect of aggregate demand on aggregate employment. The key to these results is that risk shifting allows workers to use the value of product associated with high levels of demand to supplement the income associated with low levels of demand. Consequently, they can choose high employment instates of high demand without causing a corresponding reduction in their expected marginal utility of consumption.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0534.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Some Aspects of the Canadian Experience with Flexible Exchange Rates in the 1970s</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0535</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freedman</surname>
          <given-names>Charles</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Long</surname>
          <given-names>David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this study, the authors examine three aspects of the Canadian experience with flexible exchange rates in the 1970s: the movements in the Canadian dollar-U.S. dollar exchange rate, the sharp growth of external borrowings by Canadians in the 1974-76 period, and the real effects of relative price movements. Several theoretical and empirical exchange rate models are found to have done poorly in explaining the movements of the value of the Canadian dollar over the decade. In the examination of external borrowings in the mid-1970s, it is concluded that there was some response in borrower and lender behaviour to movements in nominal long-term interest rate differentials. Four sources of explanation for such behaviour are examined. A three-sector model comprising non-tradable goods, resource-based tradable goods and non resource-based tradable goods, is used to study the effects of changes in raw material prices, domestic unit labour costs, and the exchange rate on various real variables in the Canadian economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0535.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Further Evidence on the Value of Professional Investment Research</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0536</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stanley</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lewehlen</surname>
          <given-names>Wilbur G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schlarbau</surname>
          <given-names>Gary G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper shall consider not only the potential for individual investors to exploit one of the major categories of professional investment advice to earn superior portfolio returns, but also will examine the actual return experiences of a representative sample of investors who were, in fact, observed to trade on such advice.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0536.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange-Rate Expectations and Nominal Interest Differentials: A Test ofthe Fisher Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0537</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cumby</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This note tests the hypothesis that nominal interest differentials between similar assets denominated in different currencies can be explained entirely by the expected change in the exchange rate over the holding period. This proposition, often called the "Fisher open" hypothesis or the hypothesis of perfect asset substitutability, has been a major component of recent theories of exchange-rate determination, and has important implications for monetary policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0537.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimated Effects of the October 1979 Change in Monetary Policy on the 1980 Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0538</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>On October 6. 1979, the Federal Reserve announced what most people interpreted as a change in monetary policy. The purpose of this paper is to estimate the effects of this change on the 1980-81 economy. The effects of the change are estimated from simulations with my model of the U.S. economy (1976, 1980b).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0538.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time Preference and Health: An Exploratory Study</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0539</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reports the results of an exploratory survey designed to measure differences in time preference across individuals and to test for relationships between time preference and schooling, health behaviors, and health status. Approximately 500 adults age 25-64 were surveyed by telephone. Time preference was measured by a series of six questions asking the respondent to choose between a sum of money now and a larger sum at a specific point in the future. Approximately two-thirds gave consistent replies to the six questions. The implicit interest rate revealed in their replies is weakly correlated with years of schooling (negative), cigarette smoking (positive), and health status(negative). Family background, especially religion, appears to be an important determinant of time preference.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0539.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intermediate Imports, the Terms of Trade, and the Dynamics of the Exchange Rate and Current Account</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0540</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the macroeconomic effects of an increase in the price of an imported intermediate production input. The framework of the analysis is a small open economy with abating exchange rate and endogenous terms if trade, in which saving depends on residents'(variable) rate of time preference. Contrary to popular conceptions, an intermediate price shock may lead to an appreciation of the exchange rate in both the short run and the long run, and is likely to occasion a current-account surplus. The terms of trade between foreign and domestic finished goods always improve in the long run.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0540.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Three Papers on Brazilian Trade and Payments</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0541</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cardoso</surname>
          <given-names>Eliana</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This report brings together three separate, short papers on problems of Brazilian trade and payments. The following topics are addressed: the determinants of export behavior in the manufactures sector, measures of the real exchange rate and the monetary approach applied to the external balance. In the paper on export behavior of manufactures, we report estimates of an export supply equation. We show that for the period 1959-1977 exports of manufactures were determined by productive capacity, the relative price (inclusive of subsidies) facing exporters and the domestic output gap. The equation describes well the behavior of exports and documents on export price elasticity of unity and a significant responsiveness of exports to the level of domestic demand relative to capacity. The study of real exchange rates examines a number of different empirical measures of external competitiveness. Specifically, we look at the manufactures terms of trade, the relative wholesale prices in Brazil and abroad, export prices relative to home prices and export prices relative to prices in world trade. The comparison of these real exchange rate measures points out the important role that composition effects played in Brazilian export growth. A large fraction of Brazilian exports is in the area of processed foods that experienced a particularly sharp increase in their relative price in world trade in 1968-1974. The paper dealing with the monetary approach explains reserve and exchange rate behavior in terms of domestic credit and the determinants of nominal money demand. It corrects earlier estimates in the literature and, while sustaining the success of a monetary approach, it also qualifies that approach by drawing attention to the role of monetary liabilities of the consolidated banking, system.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0541.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expected Inflation and Equity Prices: A Structural Econometric Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0542</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jones</surname>
          <given-names>David S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of the present paper is to investigate the effects of expected inflation on the general level of common stock prices using a structural rather than a reduced-form approach. To this end, an aggregative partial-equilibrium structural econometric model of the U.S. equity market is constructed using quarterly flow-of-funds data. The primary endogenous variable in this model is the Standard and Poor's Index of 500 Common Stock Prices, P. After passing several standard validation exercises he model is used to perform a number of simulation experiments designed o assess the impact of expected inflation on P. To anticipate, we find that increases in expected inflation depress current equity prices by bout the same amount as found in a related study of Modigliani and Cohn: a l00 basis point increase in expected inflation, holding real interest rates constant, is predicted to lower the general level of equity prices by 7.8%. In the course of constructing the structural equity market model equity demand equations are estimated for households, life insurance companies, open-end investment companies, property and casualty insurance companies, and state and local government retirement systems. Equations are also estimated for the demand for mutual fund shares by households and equity issues by U.S. nonfinancial corporations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0542.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Economics of Tenure Choice: 1955-79</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0543</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shilling</surname>
          <given-names>James D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The aggregate homeownership rate in the United States has continued to rise throughout the 1970s despite rising inflation and the rapid growth of young and primary individual households with relatively low homeownership rates. This appears to be a result of a decline in the cost of homeownership relative to renting. The post 1965 decline in the real after-tax interest rate has acted to reduce the costs of both types of housing. However, inflation, and legislation induced increases in taxation of rental housing have largely offset the decline in the net real financing rate. Depreciation is based on historic cost and nominal capital gains are taxed. Moreover, this taxation was increased in 1969 and 1976 with the introduction and expansion of the minimum tax, the increased recapture of accelerated depreciation, and the amortization, rather than expensing, of construction period interest and property taxes. The decline in the cost of owner-occupied housing relative to rental housing is estimated to have sharply increased homeownership. In the absence of this decline 4.5 to 5 million fewer households would have been homeowners at the end of 1978. That is, the homeownership rate would have been 60 percent, rather than 65 percent.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0543.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Gold Monetization and Gold Discipline</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0544</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flood</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Garber</surname>
          <given-names>Peter M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper is a study of the price level and relative price effects of a policy to monetize gold and fix its price at a given future time and at the then prevailing nominal price. Price movements are analyzed both during the transition to the gold standard and during the post-monetization period. The paper also explores the adjustments to fiat money which are necessary to ensure that this type of gold monetization is non-inflationary. Finally, some conditions which produce a run on the government's gold stock leading to the collapse of the gold standard and the timing of such a run are examined.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0544.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Staggered Wage Setting without Money Illusion: Variations on a Theme of Taylor</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0545</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jewitt</surname>
          <given-names>Ian</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In a number of influential recent papers, Taylor (1979a, b; 1980a, b) has analyzed the behaviour of an economy characterized by staggered over-lapping wage contracts and rational expectations. His model has the "Keynesian" feature that the second moment of the distribution function of real output is not invariant under changes in the deterministic (and known) components of monetary policy rules. The reason for this is the inertia in the money wage process induced by the staggered multi-period contracts and the assumption that the wage payments due in any given period under the contract are not "indexed", that is not made contingent on the actually realized values of such nominal variables as the general price level. We retain the crucial assumption of multi-period (staggered) non-contingent contracts but wish to examine the consequences of altering Taylor's assumption that wage bargainers are influenced by relative money wages rather than relative real wages. In Taylor's model money wage contracts are negotiated without reference to past, current and expected future prices. Our suggested modification that wage bargainers are influenced by relative real wages, which we consider somewhat more plausible, has some interesting implications for the empirical estimation of models with staggered wage contracts (see especially Taylor, 1980b).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0545.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation, Portfolio Choice, and Debt-Equity Ratios: A General Equilibrium Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0546</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores the portfolio behavior of investors differing with respect to both tax rates and risk-aversion, emphasizing the role of constraints on individual and firm behavior in ensuring the existence of and characterizing portfolio equilibrium. Under certain conditions on the securities available in the market, which also are required for shareholders to be unanimous in supporting firm value maximization, investors will be segmented by tax rate into two groups, one specialized in equity and the other in debt. Though the relative wealths of the two groups determines the aggregate debt-equity ratio, each firm will be indifferent to its financial policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0546.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Tax Treatment of Firm Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0547</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the past decade, economists have be-gun to realize that inflation, even when fully anticipated, constitutes a great deal more than a tax on money balances. The primary reason for inflation's wider impact is the existence of a tax system designed with stable prices in mind. This paper offers a brief summary of the effects of inflation on the tax treatment of the firm, focusing on four important decisions the firm makes: the scale of investment; the method of finance; the durability of assets used in production; and the holding period of these assets. There are a number of interesting and related issues which cannot be covered in a paper of this length. As I will be considering inflation that is both uniform and fully anticipated, questions concerning the behavior of the firm in response to uncertainty about inflation, or to a concommitant change in relative prices, will not arise.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0547.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transfers, Taxes, and the NAIRU</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0548</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Just as war is too important to be left to the generals, the impact of taxes and transfers on the aggregate unemployment rate is too important to be left to the macroeconomists. I therefore subject the issue of how tax and transfer policy affects unemployment and aggregate supply to a detailed, microeconomic examination of the effects of individual tax and transfer program structures. This inductive approach is, I believe, likely to provide a far better guide to discovering how changes in these policies have worked through the economy than would a macroeconomic approach that ignored the programs' complexities.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0548.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Timing of Monetary and Price Changes and the International Transmission of Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0549</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cassese</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lothian</surname>
          <given-names>James R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a theoretical and empirical investigation into timing relationships between variables within and across industrialized countries. In the analysis we highlight the two polar cases of completely closed and open economies and draw some implications for timing between monetary expansion and inflation, inter-country comparisons of inflation rates and interest rates, and comparisons of central bank behavior. The Granger-causality test is applied in a bivariate fashion to these groups of variables. The main empirical results of our analysis are: (1) Domestic monetary expansion appears to lead inflation in the sense that money Granger-causes prices without feedback, contradicting an implication of the monetary approach to the balance of payments. (2) Hardly any significant timing relationship exists between domestic and foreign rates of inflation during the fixed exchange rate period, providing no evidence for a generalized "law of one price." (3) Some sterilization of official reserve inflows was successfully performed by the non-reserve central banks, except for Canada. (4) U.S. interest rates Granger-cause foreign rates, providing evidence of some international transmission via asset markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0549.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Government Intervention in the Inflation Process: The Econometrics of "Self-Inflicted Wounds"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0550</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frye</surname>
          <given-names>Jon</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a single reduced-form inflation equation that can explain both the variance and acceleration of inflation during the 1970s.Inflation is explained by four sets of factors. Aggregate demand enters through the lagged output ratio and the growth rate of nominal GNP. The adjustment of inflation to changes in aggregate demand is limited by the role of inertia in the inflation process, expressed as the dependence of the rate of change of prices on its own past values. Two types of supply-side elements enter. Government intervention directly altered the price level during the Nixon control era, and in addition the government has aggravated the inflation problem by what have been called "self-inflicted wounds," including increases in the effective social security tax rate and effective minimum wage. Also there have been external supply shocks that are outside of the immediate control of the government, including changes in the relative prices of food and energy, changes in the growth rate of productivity, and changes in the foreign exchange value of the dollar. Considerable attention is given to alternative methods of estimating the impact of direct episodes of government intervention In the price-setting process, particularly during the Nixon controls. We find that such episodes have been futile. Because of their futility, these intervention episodes can be regarded as "self-inflicted wounds," like the payroll tax and minimum wage changes that normally are described by this term.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0550.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Variance and Acceleration of Inflation in the 1970s: Alternative Explanatory Models and Methods</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0551</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frye</surname>
          <given-names>Jon</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper attributes the behavior of U.S. inflation to four sets of factors: aggregate demand shifts; government intervention in the form of the Nixon price controls and changes in the social security tax rate and the effective minimum wage; external supply shocks that include the impact of the changing relative prices of food and energy, the depreciation of the dollar, and the aggregate productivity slowdown: and inertia that makes the inflation rate depend partly on its own lagged values. Considerable attention is given to alternative methods of measuring the impact of government intervention, including the Nixon controls, Kennedy- Johnson guideposts, and the Carter pay standards. The results imply that direct intervention has been futile, since the guidelines and pay standards had no effect at all on inflation, while the Nixon-era controls had only a temporary impact that stabilized both the inflation rate and the level of real output. Some previous studies have had a problem in explaining why inflation was so rapid in 1974 and have been forced to conclude that the termination of the Nixon controls raised prices more than the imposition of controls had lowered them. We find that much of the explanation of rapid inflation in 1974 is the same as that in 1979-80: the shortfall of productivity growth below its ever-slowing trend rate of growth raised business costs and forced-extra price increases, and the depreciation of the dollar in 1971-73 and 1978 boosted the prices of exports and import substitutes, Rapid demand growth, the 1979-80 oil shock, the depreciation of the dollar, the productivity slow- down, and payroll tax increases all help to explain why the inflation rate accelerated between 1976 and 1980 by much more than was generally expected two or three years ago.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0551.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wages, Nonwage Job Characteristics, and Labor Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0552</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bartel</surname>
          <given-names>Ann P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the impact of a set of nonwage job characteristics on the quit decisions of young and middle-aged men. The empirical analysis shows that young men are less likely to quit "physical" jobs or jobs with bad working conditions but are more likely to quit repetitive jobs. Older men, however, are more likely to quit jobs with physical requirements or bad physical conditions but are less likely to quit repetitious jobs. After they quit, young men experience an increase in the physical components of the job and a decline in repetitiveness while exactly the opposite holds for the older men. It was shown that the age differences in the impacts of the nonwage attributes could be explained by the fact that young men place greater weight on wage growth opportunities in the job and in the physically demanding jobs there are good opportunities for wage growth, while in the repetitive jobs, wage growth is slow. The finding that young workers want to move into jobs that are simultaneously perceived by older workers to be undesirable indicates how opportunities for mobility can improve an economy's productivity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0552.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Income Taxes, and Owner-Occupied Housing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0553</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Poterba</surname>
          <given-names>James M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Owner-occupied housing receives favorable treatment under current tax law for several reasons. A homeowner's imputed rent is not taxed, and mortgage interest payments are tax deductible. Many past studies have analyzed the effects of these provisions. Inflation's importance in determining the implicit subsidy to owner-occupied housing has received less attention. Since home- owners can deduct their nominal mortgage payments, they do not bear the full cost of higher interest rates. They also receive essentially untaxed capital gains on their homes during periods of high inflation. The after-tax capital gains outweigh the higher after-tax interest payments, so inflation reduces the effective cost of homeownership. This paper develops a simple model to estimate the effect of higher expected inflation rates on the real price of houses and the equilibrium housing stock. Simulation results suggest that the inflation-tax interactions can have a substantial impact on the housing market. The increases in expected inflation during the 1970s could have accounted for as much as a thirty percent increase in real house prices. Over time, builders should respond to higher home prices and increase the amount of new construction. The persistence of current inflation rates could lead ultimately to a twenty percent increase in the housing stock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0553.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Oil and the Dollar</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0554</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krugman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a simple theoretical model of the effect of an oil price increase on exchange rates. The model shows that the direction of this effect depends on a comparison of the direct balance of payments burden of the higher oil price with the indirect balance of payments benefits of OPEC spending and investment. In the short run, what matters is whether the U.S. share of world oil imports is more or less than its share of OPEC asset holdings; in the long run, whether its share of oil imports is more or less than its share of OPEC imports. Casual empiricism suggests that the initial effect and the long run effect will run in opposite directions: an oil price increase will initially lead to dollar appreciation, but eventually leads to dollar depreciation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0554.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation Stabilization and Capital Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0555</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper investigates the process of inflation stabilization under conditions of international capital mobility. A first part looks at the traditional view of inflation and payments problems as a reflection of fiscal problems and deficit finance. From there the analysis proceeds to the macro-dynamics of inflation stabilization under alternative policy regimes. Inflation stabilization is studied in an open economy model of inflation and output determination with high but imperfect capital mobility. The policy regimes considered range from a monetary growth rule combined with constant real exchange rates to a prefixed path for the nominal exchange rate combined with active money for external balance. The analysis identifies three main problems in the stabilization effort. First and foremost, the problems of stubborn inflation. Because inflation does not collapse in the face of good intentions inflation stabilization requires a protracted reduction in the level of demand. The inflation process is modeled along two different lines, each emphasizing inertia. Second, the velocity problem which arises from the fact that a reduction in inflation and nominal interest rates raises real demand. This implies that in the adjustment process Inflation has to average less than money growth and, indeed, has to fall transitorily below the new rate of money creation. Third, the real exchange rate problem. This arises from the fact inflation stabilization reduces output and raises real interest rates, thus improving the balance of payments, creating a sterilization problem and/or putting upward pressure on the exchange rate. An initial real appreciation might be welcome as it provides help in the disinflation process, but it must be recognized that the benefit is transitory and must ultimately be repaid when the real exchange rate, with adverse inflation effects, returns to its equilibrium level.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0555.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Trade Adjustment Assistance under the U.S. Trade Act of 1974: An Analytical Examination and Worker Survey</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0556</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Richardson</surname>
          <given-names>J. David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The goals of trade adjustment assistance (TAA) are to ease transition, compensate injury, and bleed political pressure for protectionism. Section I of the paper outlines the economic principles underlying these goals, and their shifting historical importance in the U.S. Sections II and III of the paper discuss the personal characteristics of a representative sample of worker recipients of TAA in 1976, and their labor market success in several subsequent years. Their experience is compared to that of a matched sample of workers receiving standard unemployment insurance (UI) . Comparisons in Section II focus on differences in mean characteristics and experience between the TAA and UT samples, controlling only for whether workers returned eventually to the firm from which they were initially separated. Comparisons in Section III focus on differences between the TAA and UI samples in their ability to recover lost employment and income, using a regression approach that in principle controls for all relevant variables, and not for just one. The most important conclusions of the research are the following. (1) The majority of TAA recipients in 1976 were not permanently displaced, but returned eventually to their former employers. A far greater proportion of UI recipients suffered permanent displacement. (2) Workers receiving TAA had higher incomes on average than their counterparts who received only UI. Their incomes furthermore fell less frequently below the poverty line. (3) TAA recipients nevertheless experienced more frequent and enduring transitional unemployment than did UI recipients, and did not return to their former income level as rapidly. (4) The reasons for conclusion (3) were unclear. It could not readily be explained by differences between the TAA and UI samples in permanence of layoff, generosity of program benefits, age, experience, industry, affluence, economic environment, socioeconomic status, or behavioral responses to any of these variables. Conclusions (1) and (2) are at variance with most previous work on TAA. Conclusion (3) is not, but the traditional explanations for it are those that conclusion (4) rules out.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0556.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Capital Mobility and Devaluation in an Optimizing Model with Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0557</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effects of ex-change-rate policies when individuals maximize lifetime utility on the basis of rational expectations about the future. The economy studied is one in which the authorities allow free mobility of capital under a crawling-peg exchange-rate regime. Many industrializing economies have adopted a crawling peg as a means of reconciling disparate inflation rates at home and abroad, and some recent efforts to use the rate of crawl as an instrument of anti-inflation policy have attracted considerable interest (see Carlos Diaz Alejandro). Tools similar to those employed here have been applied by Guillermo Calvo (forthcoming) to study this type of exchange-rate management under conditions of capital immobility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0557.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tests of Equilibrium Macroeconomics Using Contemporaneous Monetary Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0558</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boschen</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses contemporaneous monetary data to carry out econometric tests of the "equilibrium" approach to modeling the relation between monetary disturbances and macroeconomic fluctuations. The theoretical analysis introduces into an equilibrium macroeconomic model the availability of preliminary data on current monetary aggregates and the process of accumulation of revised monetary data. The econometric analysis tests two hypotheses derived from this extended model. One hypothesis concerns the neutrality of perceived monetary policy. The other hypothesis concerns the nonneutrality of errors in preliminary monetary data. The econometric results imply rejection of both of these hypotheses. These tests provide strong evidence against the reality of the equilibrium approach.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0558.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Level Determinacy with an Interest Rate Policy Rule and Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0559</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCallum</surname>
          <given-names>Bennett T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reconsiders a result obtained by Sargent and Wallace, namely, that price level indeterminacy obtains in their well-known model if the monetary authorities adopt a policy feedback rule for the interest rate rather than the money stock. Since the Federal Reserve seems often to have used the federal funds rate as its operating instrument, with the money stack determined by the quantity demanded, this result suggests that the Sargent-Wallace model -- as well as others incorporating rational expectations -- is inconsistent with U.S. experience. It is here shown, however, that the indeterminacy result vanishes if the interest rate rule is chosen so as to have some desired effect on the expected quantity of money demanded. This revised conclusion holds even if considerable weight is given, in the choice of a rule, to the aim of smoothing interest rate fluctuations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0559.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Importance of Lifetime Jobs in the U.S. Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0560</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Though the U.S. labor market is justly notorious for high turnover and consequent high unemployment, it also provides stable, near-lifetime employment to an important fraction of the labor force. This paper investigates patterns of job duration by age, race, and sex, with the following major conclusions: 1. The typical worker today is holding a job which has lasted or will last about eight years. Over a quarter of all workers are holding jobs which will last twenty years or more. Sixty percent hold jobs which will last five years or more. 2. The jobs held by middle-aged workers with more than ten years of tenure are extremely stable. Over the span of a decade, only twenty to thirty percent come to an end. 3. Among workers aged thirty and above, about forty percent are currently working in jobs which eventually will last twenty years or more. Three-quarters are in jobs which will last five years or more.4. The duration of employment among blacks is just as long as among whites. Even though the jobs held by blacks are worse in almost every other dimension, they are no more unstable than those held by whites. 5. Women's jobs are substantially shorter than men's, on the average. Only about a quarter of all women over the age of thirty are employed in jobs which will last over twenty years, whereas over half of men over thirty are holding these near-lifetime jobs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0560.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Patents and R and D at the Firm Level: A First Look</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0561</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Griliches</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This is a first report from a larger study of inventive activity of U.S. firms and some of its consequences. It reports on the relationship between patents applied for and R&D expenditures based on data for 121 large corporations covering the 1968-1975 period. The main conclusion is that there is a statistically significant relationship between a firm's R&D expenditures and the number of patents it applied for and receives. This relationship is very strong in the cross-sectional dimension (squared partial correlations of .8 or higher). It is weaker in the within-firm time-series dimension (partial r[squared]'s of .2 to .3). Attempts to fit an unconstrained distributed lag relationship yields only significant coefficients for the first and last terms in the lag structure, indicating both a quick response of patenting to changes in R&D and a small but persistent effect of past R&D, the truncation of this long lag being reflected in a significant coefficient for R&D lagged five years. In spite of these difficulties, patent counts do measure something systematic and hence are worthy of further study.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0561.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Reconsidering the Work Disincentive Effects of Social Security</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0562</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>Donald E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper shows that, contrary to commonly held views, the provisions of the social security law actually provide strong work incentives for older men. The reason is that, for most workers, higher current earnings lead to higher future social security benefits. These incentives have been particularly strong for workers under 65 years of age and, although they will be reduced somewhat when the 1977 amendments to the social security law become fully effective, they will remain substantial. The findings raise serious questions about recent econometric work attributing the decline in labor force participation rates of older men to the social security system.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0562.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternative Tests of Rational Expectations Models: The Case of the Term Structure</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0563</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A linearized version of the rational expectations models of the term structure is put forth in terms of a complete vector of equally spaced observations along the yield curve. A data series on intermediate maturity yields which meets the specifications of the model is presented. The model is tested against a specific and easily interpreted alternative. Earlier studies of rational expectations models, which used "volatility tests" or "likelihood ratio tests," are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0563.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Determinants of the Variability of Stock Market Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0564</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Sanford J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The most familiar interpretation for the large and unpredictable swings that characterize common stock price indices is that price changes represent the efficient discounting of "new information" It is remarkable given the popularity of this interpretation that it has never been established what this information is about. Recent work by Shiller, and Stephen LeRoy and Richard Porter, has shown evidence that the variability of stock price indices cannot be accounted for by information regarding future dividends since dividends just do not seem to vary enough to justify the price movement. These studies assume a constant discount factor. In this paper, we consider whether the variability of stock prices can be attributed to information regarding discount factors (i.e., real interest rates), which are in turn related to current and future levels of economic activity. The appropriate discount factor to be applied to dividends which are received k years from today is the marginal rate of substitution between consumption today and consumption k periods from today, We use historical data on per capita consumption from 1890-1979 to estimate the realized value of these marginal rates of substitution. Theoretically, as LeRoy and C. J. La Civita have also noted independently of us, consumption variability may induce stock price variability whose magnitude depends on the degree of risk aversion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0564.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Use of Volatility Measures in Assessing Market Efficiency</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0565</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>My initial motivation for considering volatility measures in the efficient markets models was to clarify the basic smoothing properties of the models to allow an understanding of the assumptions which are implicit in the notion of market efficiency. The efficient markets models, which are described in section II below ,relate a price today to the expected present value of a path of future variables. Since present values are long weighted moving averages, it would seem that price data should be very stable and smooth. These impressions can be formalized in terms of inequalities describing certain variances (section III). The results ought to be of interest whether or not the data satisfy these inequalities, and the procedures ought not to be regarded as just "another test" of market efficiency. Our confidence of our understanding of empirical phenomena is enhanced when we learn how such an obvious property of data as its "smoothness" relates to the model, and to alternative models (section IV below).On further examination of the volatility inequalities, it became clear that the inequalities may also suggest formal tests of market efficiency that have distinct advantages over conventional tests. These advantages take the form of greater power in certain circumstances of robustness to data errors such as misalignment and of simplicity and understandability. An interpretation of volatility tests versus regression tests in terms of the likelihood principle is offered in section V.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0565.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Asset Prices, Substitution Effects, and the Impact of Changes in Asset Stocks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0566</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Walsh</surname>
          <given-names>Carl</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The standard result in macroeconomic models is that an increase in the stock of government debt has an ambiguous effect on aggregate demand. Models which have derived this result have assumed that all assets are gross substitutes. Some recent work within the framework of mean-variance portfolio models, however, seems to imply that the assumption that all assets are gross substitutes is sufficient to determine whether an increase in government debt is expansionary or contractionary. This apparent inconsistency is resolved by showing that gross substitutability is sufficient to sign the impact of a change in government debt only when money is riskless. To carry out the analysis, portfolio choice and equilibrium asset prices are characterized in a new way through the use of a distance function.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0566.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Two Notes on Exchange Rate Rules and on the Real Value of External Debt</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0567</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This report presents two unrelated, short papers on exchange rate rules and on the real value of the external debt. The paper on exchange rate policy uses the Taylor model of overlapping, long term wage contracts to ask whether accommodating or PPP oriented exchange rate policies tend to stabilize output. In earlier work I had shown that exchange rate indexing, while destabilizing prices enhances the stability of output. The result is qualified hereby showing that the exchange rate not only affects aggregate demand directly but operates also, through the cost of imported intermediates, on the price level. It is shown that unless monetary policy is sufficiently accommodating this latter effect may dominate with the consequence that increased exchange rate indexation reduces output stability .The paper on the real value of external debt poses the question how to integrate external debt holdings in the traditional framework used to evaluate the effects on real income of changes in world prices. It is shown that integrating debt service liabilities in a comprehensive income measure makes real disposable income equal to the value of output less the real value of real interest payments on the external debt. Furthermore, with the CPI being the appropriate deflator for foreign debt, a rise in export prices raises income in proportion to exports while a rise in import prices lowers real income in proportion to Imports. The proper accounting of debt in a comprehensive income framework, noting the intertemporal budget constraints, thus restores the conventional treatment of the income effects of price changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0567.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Private Pensions and Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0568</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Much of the recent discussion about the relation between pensions and inflation has emphasized the adverse impact that the un-expected rise in inflation has had on pension recipients and on the performance of pension funds. In contrast, the present paper focuses on the way that pensions are likely to evolve in response to the expectation of continued inflation in the future and to the uncertainty about the rate of inflation. The unfortunate effects that occurred when inflation caught pensioners and pension fund managers by surprise should not be confused with an inability to adjust to future conditions, even uncertain future conditions. As I shall explain, the persistence of a high rate of inflation is likely to increase the share of total saving that goes into private pensions. Since the tax treatment of pension contributions allows individuals to save in this way for retirement on the same terms that they would under a consumption tax,' the existence of the private pension system may be one of a few things that prevents the national saving rate from going even lower in the current inflationary environment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0568.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Collapse of Purchasing Power Parities during the 1970s</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0569</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reviews and analyzes the empirical record of exchange rates and prices during the 1970's and the analysis is based on the experience of the Dollar/Pound, the Dollar/French Franc and the Dollar/DM exchange rates. Section 2 presents the evidence on PPP during the 1970's and contrasts it with the evidence from the 1920's -- a period during which the doctrine held up reasonably well. This analysis is relevant for assessing whether the flexible exchange rate system was successful in providing national economies with an added degree of insulation from foreign shocks, and whether it provided policymakers with an added instrument for the conduct of macroeconomic policy. The evidence regarding deviations from purchasing power parities is also relevant for determining whether there is a case for managed float. Section 3 attempts to explain what went wrong with the performance of the doctrine during the 1970's. It examines the hypothesis that the departures from PPP are a U.S. phenomenon, as well as the hypothesis that the departures are due to large changes in inter-sectoral relative price changes within the various economies. Given that the predictions of the simple versions of PPP do not hold up, section 4 proceeds in examining the question of whether national price levels have been independent of each other. Section 5 addresses the question of whether exchange rates and national price levels are comparable and whether in principle one should have expected them to be closely linked to each other. The main point that is being emphasized is that there is an important intrinsic difference between exchange rates and national price levels which stems from the basset market theory' of exchange rate determination. This theory implies that the exchange rate, like the prices of other assets, is much more sensitive to expectations concerning future events than national price levels and as a result, in periods which are dominated by news' which alter expectations, exchange rates are likely to be much more volatile than national price levels and departures from PPP are likely to be the rule rather than the exception. Finally, section 6 concludes the paper with some policy implications.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0569.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage and Employment Determinants under Trade Unionism: The InternationalTypographical Union</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0570</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dertouzos</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pencavel</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper represents the first empirical application of a model of trade union behavior that has been discussed in the literature for over thirty years. The wages and employment o typographers are examined to see whether they can be usefully characterized as the outcome of a process by which the union maximizes an objective function containing wages and employment and is constrained by a trade-off between these two variables as represented by the employer's labor demand function. Our functional form assumptions permit investigation of some familiar special cases of union behavior. We find the parameter implications of both the wage bill maximization hypothesis and the rent maximization hypothesis to provide inferior explanations of the movement of wages and employment of these workers compared with our more general formulation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0570.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Trade, Indebtedness, and Welfare Repercussions among Supply-Constrained Economies under Floating Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0571</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hool</surname>
          <given-names>Bryce</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Richardson</surname>
          <given-names>J. David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Almost all developed economies at some time during the 1970s seemed supply-constrained. Even much of measured excess capacity was arguably redundant due to energy price shocks, environmental policy, and other structural flux of the 1970s. Little analytical work has been carried out on the macroeconomics of open economies under such supply constraints. This paper attempts a beginning. Its focus is on the international transmission of various macroeconomic shocks, and on their implications for the current account, capital account, and exchange rate. The paper captures both the foreign repercussions and the terms-of-trade effects of various shocks. Conclusions are based on an analytical model that assigns behavior to each of two regions relating to one nontradeable input, one tradeable output, and one tradeable financial asset. International exchange between the two regions is characterized by sequential "temporary equilibria," each consistent with economically and institutionally constrained optimization, yet each simultaneously consistent with failure of output and input markets to clear. International transactions take place in capital markets and through a foreign exchange market that do clear continuously through flexible exchange rates. The abstract reduced form of the model is derived, then applied empirically, using parameters and initial values that incorporate data and consensus beliefs about the U.S. and the rest of the world in the 1970s. The most important conclusions of the exercise are:(1) Floating exchange rates fail to insulate either supply-constrained economy from unanticipated shocks in the other. International transmission is direct -- the impacts on the two regions of any shock have the same sign.(2)Exchange rates and the terms of trade between the supply-constrained economies are moderately sensitive to incomes policies and changes in technology/productivity trends (elasticities of 0.5 to 1.5 in absolute value) and relatively insensitive to fiscal policy and distributionally neutral wage-price guidelines. Wage-favoring incomes policies, liquidity-financed fiscal expansion, tighter wage-price guidelines, and slackening of technology/productivity growth all cause depreciation of the domestic currency and deterioration of the terms of trade.(3)These same shocks all promote "internationalization" of commodity and financial markets. Export volume, import volume, claims on foreigners, and indebtedness to them all grow as a result, sometimes by significant amounts (elasticities as high as 1.5 in response to each shock taken independently of the others, and larger elasticities in response to combinations of shocks).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0571.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Accumulation and Growth in a Two-Country Model: A Simulation Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0572</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipton</surname>
          <given-names>David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes saving and capital accumulation in a two-good growth model of two market economies in which economic agents optimize with perfect foresight. The goal is to present a model in which short-run dynamics and the steady-state are soundly integrated. We stress the importance of asset markets as the linkage that transmits disturbances both internationally and intertemporally. While many components of the model described below can be found in the literature on optimal consumption, investment and international growth models, we provide a consistent synthesis. Our framework permits the analysis of structural adjustment in the global economy, and the dynamic effects of a wide range of public policies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0572.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Consistent Simple Sum Aggregation over Assets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0573</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jones</surname>
          <given-names>David S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses the issue of consistent simple sum aggregation over assets within the context of expected utility maximizing investors. The first part of the paper extends the Hicks and Leontief aggregation theorems of consumer choice theory to the portfolio choice problem. Next, necessary and sufficient conditions for consistent simple sum aggregation are derived for Nerton's (1973) continuous-time trading model of investor behavior. Results relating to the construction of consistent rate of return indices for simple sum composite assets are also presented.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0573.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Symmetric Substitution Matrices in Asset Demand Systsems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0574</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jones</surname>
          <given-names>David S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, necessary and sufficient conditions for an asset substitution matrix to be symmetric for all distributions of rates of return are derived. It is found that symmetry in this context is essentially equivalent to the proposition that the von Neumann-Morgenstern utility function displays either constant absolute or constant relative risk aversion, depending upon whether the substitution matrix is defined in terms of arithmetic or geometric rates of return.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0574.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary and Fiscal Policies in an Open Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0575</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mussa</surname>
          <given-names>Michael L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The central theme of this paper is that international linkages between national economies influence, in fundamentally important ways, the effectiveness and proper conduct of national macroeconomic policies. Specifically, our purpose is to summarize the implications for the conduct of macroeconomic policies in open economies of both the traditional approach to open economy macroeconomics (as developed largely by James Meade, Robert Mundell, and J. Marcus Fleming) and of more recent developments. Our discussion is organized around three key linkages between national economies: through commodity trade; through capital mobility; and through exchange of national monies. These linkages have important implications concerning the effects of macroeconomic policies in open economies that differ from the effects of such policies in closed economies. Recent developments in the theory of macroeconomic policy have established conditions for the effectiveness of policies in influencing output and employment which emphasize the distinction between anticipated and unanticipated policy actions, the importance of incomplete information, and the consequences of contracts that fix nominal wages and prices over finite intervals. In this paper, we shall not analyze how these conditions are modified in an open economy. However, since our concern is with macro-economic policy, a principal objective of which is to influence output and employment, we shall assume that requisite conditions for such influence are satisfied.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0575.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and Corporation Finance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0576</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Malkiel</surname>
          <given-names>Burton G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the effects of the federal tax structure on corporate financial and investment behavior. We first develop a model of corporate behavior given taxes, taking into account both uncertainty and costs of bankruptcy. Simpler models abstracting from bankruptcy costs had clear counterfactual implications. The forecasts from our model proved to be consistent with both the observed cross-sectional variation in debt-equity ratios and the time series pattern of debt-equity ratios (data that were constructed in the paper). We then attempted to measure the efficiency costs created by corporate tax distortions as implied by the model. The forecasted efficiency cost of the distortion favoring debt finance seemed to be quite large, while the tax distortion affecting investment seemed to be less important than others have claimed. The paper concludes with a study of the efficiency implications of various proposed corporate tax changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0576.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Tax Rules, and Investment: Some Econometric Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0577</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents econometric evidence on the effect of tax incentives on business Investment in the United States in the period from 1953 through1978. The analysis emphasizes that the Interaction of inflation and existing tax rules has contributed substantially to the decline of business investment since the late 1960's.Because the investment process is far too complex for any simple econometric model to be convincing, I have estimated three quite different models of investment behavior. The strength of the empirical evidence rests on the fact that all three specifications support the same conclusion. More generally, the analysis and evidence show that theoretical models of macroeconomic equilibrium should specify explicitly the role of distortionary taxes, especially taxes on capital income. The failure to include such tax rules can have dramatic and misleading effects on the qualitative as well as the quantitative properties of macroeconomic theories. This paper was presented as the Fisher-Shultz Lecture at the Fourth World Congress of the Econometric Society, 29 August 1980, in Aix-en-Province.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0577.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Reservation Wage of Unemployed Persons in the Federal Republic of Germany: Theory and Empirical Tests</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0578</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Franz</surname>
          <given-names>Wolfgang</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the determinants of the reservation wage of unemployed persons in the Federal Republic of Germany in 1976. The theoretical section presents the derivation of an optimal reservation wage and shows the source of an ambiguity of some explanatory variables. The data basis are unemployed persons leaving the unemployment register within a given sample week. For a subset of them, we know their reservation wage and a set of personal characteristics. Other variables, such as the wage offer distribution and demand side variables, are obtained by employing other data. Methodological problems, such as as a sample selection bias, are taken into account. As a result, individual characteristics and the wage offer distribution are dominant causes of the reservation wage, but demand side variables and the entitlement to unemployment compensation play minor roles.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0578.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security, Induced Retirement, and Aggregate Capital Accumulation:A Correction and Updating</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0579</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In a 1974 paper in the Journal of Political Economy I discussed the theoretical ambiguity of the effect of social security on private saving and presented statistical evidence that social security does on balance depress saving. Recently, an error was detected in the computer program that was used to construct the "social security wealth" variable. I have now corrected that error and re estimated the original consumer expenditure equation. I have also updated the analysis by including the five years of additional data that have become available since the original study was completed. The new estimates, presented in the current note, continue to indicate that social security substantially depresses private saving. The point estimates of this effect are somewhat lower than before but nevertheless simply that social security depresses saving by about fifty percent of its current value. The estimated reduction in saving is more than two-thirds of the concurrent "contributions" of employees and employers to the social security retirement and survivors fund.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0579.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Economic Policy after the New Classical Macroeconomics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0580</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper considers the implications of the rational expectations New Classical Macroeconomics revolution for the 'rules versus discretion' debate. The following issues are covered: 1) The ineffectiveness of anticipated stabilization policy, 2) Non-clausal models and rational expectations, 3) Optimal control in non-causal models -- the inconsistency of optimal plans. I established the robustness of the proposition that contingent (closed-loop or feedback) rules dominate fixed (open-loop)rules. The optimal contingent rule in non-causal models -- the innovation or disturbance-contingent feedback rule -- is quite different from the state-contingent feedback rule derived by dynamic stochastic programming.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0580.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Effects on the U.S. Capital Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0581</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents evidence bearing on the question of international influences on the U.S. capital market. Both the examination of relative magnitudes of international asset holdings and the estimation of a simple partial-equilibrium capital market model indicate that such influences are potentially quite important. In particular, we find that the effects on international flows on the long-term new-issue corporate bond rate in the U.S. are highly significant. Since this interest rate is often seen as crucial in domestic investment decisions, the paper provides reason to believe that investment in the U.S. is significantly influenced by international capital transactions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0581.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Energy and Growth under Flexible Exchange Rates: A Simulation Study</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0582</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Environmental and Energy Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper offers a theoretical framework for studying the inter-actions of energy prices and economic growth. The incorporation of energy prices and quantities in a macroeconomic setting focuses on (1)the aggregate technology; (2) the interdependence of energy producers and consumers in the world economy; and (3) the asset markets as the channel through which energy price changes affect output and capital accumulation. While several existing studies consider aspects of these issues, none provides a synthesis. In this analysis, a theoretically sound model of an oil price increase in the world economy is presented, carefully treating topics (1) - (3).The model is solved with computer simulation, as it is far too complex to yield analytical solutions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0582.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Modeling Alternative Solutions to the Long-Run Social Security Funding Problem</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0583</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Avrin</surname>
          <given-names>Marcy</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cone</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a Social Security simulation model. Combining data from the 1975 Social Security Exact Match File, which merges individual records from the1975 Current Population Survey with OASI earnings and benefit records, with a model of income growth, retirement and labor force participation patterns, life expectancy, age-earnings profiles, etc., we present estimates of a variety of types of information concerning the long-run financial status of the OASI system. Estimates are developed for current legislation and a variety of possible reforms of the aggregate real present value of benefits, taxes and deficit; and expected benefits, taxes and net transfers for different population groups by age and income. Among the more important findings of the first in a series of analyses using the simulation model are the following: 1. Under OASI alone, the long-run deficit amounts to $632 billion in 1977dollars. This is roughly the size of the regular privately held national debt. This occurs primarily because of the impending large increase in the ratio of retirees to workers early in the next century and in spite of already legislated impending large payroll tax increases. 2. The long-run deficit is quite sensitive to assumptions concerning productivity growth and the length of the retirement period. For example, a one year increase in the latter (perhaps due to a gain in life expectancy) increases the real present value of the deficit by about$250 billion.3. Current retirees and older workers will be receiving a large multiple of taxes paid plus interest. Younger workers ultimately will not even break even. The overall pattern of benefits, taxes and transfers will depend heavily upon the time pattern of responses to the deficit and the form the response takes.4. Several types of options exist for eliminating the deficit and even for freeing up resources for other purposes. Delaying retirement by three years on average relative to current patterns will eliminate the deficit (mainly reducing total benefits paid); and separating the transfer and annuity components of the system also offers potentially large deficit reductions (but implies part of the sum will be used to finance an expanded transfer payment system from general revenues).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0583.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Self-Employment and Labor Force Participation of Older Males (Revised)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0584</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This longitudinal analysis of the labor market behavior of older, urban white males in 1969, 1971, and 1973 focuses on changes from wage-and-salary to self-employment and changes from working to non-working status. In each two-year transition approximately four percent of wage-and-salary workers switched to self-employment. They were primarily men who were previously self-employed or who were in wage-and-salary occupations with characteristics similar to self-employment, e.g., managers and salesmen. For a blue collar worker employed forty hours per week the predicted probability of switching was close to zero. Controlling for a large number of economic and demographic variables, the self-employed were significantly more likely to continue to work, partly by reducing their workweek to under 35 hours. Other significant predictors of continuing to work are good health, years of schooling, white collar occupation, no expectation of a private pension, and a workweek longer than fifty hours. Age is also important, especially at the eligibility ages set by social security.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0584.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Transmission under Pegged and Floating Exchange Rates: An Empirical Comparison</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0585</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper continues the investigation of the surprisingly slow and weak international transmission of inflation indicated by the Mark III International Transmission Model. The Mark IV Simulation Model is presented. This is a simplified version of the Mark III Model which retains the transmission channels found significant in the Mark III and is suitable for simulation experiments. Separate versions of the Mark IV model describe the pegged and (dirty) floating exchange regimes. In order to be consistent with the stochastic processes governing policy variables in the sample period, policy experiments involved one percentage point increases in the disturbances of those processes for a single quarter with the behavior thereafter governed by the estimated process. U.S. money shocks were immediately mimicked (in accord with the monetary approach) in Germany but only with a lag (specie-flow mechanism) in the Netherlands. Canada and the U.K. showed only Keynesian absorption transmission. Weaker transmission is generally found under floating exchange rates with a J-curve important in the dynamics. No significant international transmission was found in experiments involving money shocks in the U.K. and Germany and real government spending shocks in the U.S., U.K., and Germany. The money shock experiments indicated short-run money control in U.K. and Germany, although less under pegged than floating rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0585.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Federal Debt Management Policy on Corporate Bond and Equity Yields</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0586</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In theory, Federal debt management policy potentially plays an important role in determining Treasury and private security yields. However, empirical studies have been unable to detect any significant effects from Federal debt management. In large part the insignificance of relative asset supply effects associated with Federal debt management policy may result from the use of unrestricted reduced- form models of interest rate determination. Using a disaggregated structural model of the markets for corporate bonds, equities, and four distinct maturity classes of Treasury securities. Federal debt management policy is found to significantly affect Treasury and private security yields. Furthermore, the yields on corporate bonds and equities are influenced disproportionately.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0586.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Effects of Shifting Saving Patterns on Interest Rates and Economic Activity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0587</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Individuals in the United States consistently do most of their saving through financial intermediaries, but over time there have been and continue to be major shifts in people's reliance on specific kinds of intermediary institutions. In recent years, for example, individual savers have relied progressively more on pensions and thrift institutions and progressively less on life insurance companies. Moreover, legislative and regulatory actions currently under discussion would further alter the pattern of individuals' saving flows. This paper assesses the potential effects on interest rates, and via interest rates (and asset prices and yields more generally) on nonfinancial economic activity, of four specific shifts in saving behavior: additional pension contributions financed by individuals, additional pension contributions financed by businesses, additional purchases of life insurance by individuals, and additional deposits in thrift institutions by individuals. The paper's results indicate that such shifts, in plausible magnitudes, would have significant effects not only on interest rates and asset-liability flows but also on both the level and the composition of nonfinancial economic activity. In particular, although the specific effects differ from one shift to another, each would disproportionately stimulate capital formation in comparison to other forms of spending.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0587.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Taxation, and Corporate Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0588</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>During the past decade, the inflation rate has been very high by historical standards, yet the U.S. tax law has yet to adjust to this fact. The purpose of this paper is to investigate to what degree the lack of indexing of the corporate and personal income taxes by itself ought to have resulted in a change in corporate investment and financial policy, and in capital gains or losses to existing owners of corporate equity. In studying these questions, the paper models corporate financial and real decisions simultaneously, unlike other recent studies. The principle conclusions of the paper are: 1) the doubling of corporate debt-value rations can easily be rationalized solely by the interaction of inflation and the tax laws, 2) the stock market and the level of investment behaved much less favourably than would have been forecast focusing solely on the increased inflation rate, and 3) more pessimistic expectations, perhaps in combination with increased riskiness, would provide a consistent rationale for observed behaviour.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0588.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unanticipated or Actual Changes in Aggregate Demand Variables: A Cross-Country Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0589</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper generalizes the Barro approach to explaining real income growth as the solution of a Lucas aggregate supply function and an aggregate demand function with nominal money, real government spending, and real exports as arguments. The resulting real income equation involves lagged transitory income and short distributed lags on the shocks (innovations) in the three aggregate demand variables. This equation was estimated using quarterly data from 1957 through 1976 for the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan and the Netherlands. While the data are not inconsistent with the model's restrictions, it is found that with the exception of the United States, unanticipated and actual changes in aggregate demand variables are about equally poor as explanations of real income growth. Although these results can be rationalized by greater measurement errors in the foreign data, they are sufficiently surprising to warrant further investigation and cautious application of at least Barro's approach to the Lucas aggregate supply function.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0589.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of the Black Market for Dollars</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0590</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dantas</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel Valente</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pechman</surname>
          <given-names>Clarice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>de Rezende Rocha</surname>
          <given-names>Roberto</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Simoes</surname>
          <given-names>Demetrio</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper develops an analytical framework to discuss the determinants of the premium in the black market for dollars in Brazil. While the specific details of the model were chosen with the Brazilian case in mind, the structure of the model is quite general and suitable for application to black markets for currency elsewhere. The building blocks of the model are three. A capital asset pricing approach is used to derive an asset demand for dollars, or equivalently a real yield premium in market equilibrium. The current account of the black market is specified in terms of the sources and uses in the flow market for dollars, mainly smuggling proceeds and flows associated with tourism. The model is closed by a model of official exchange rate policy and the assumption of rational expectations. In comparative static applications the model has the properties of current account oriented models of the exchange rate. Unanticipated current account improvements due, for example, to increased export taxes that promote smuggling, lead to a decline in the premium. Asset market disturbances, such as increased inflation uncertainty or increased variability in the official real exchange rate policy are shown to have ambiguous effects on the premium. In applying the distinction between anticipated and unanticipated disturbances it is shown that the current expectation of a future maxi-devaluation leads to an immediate rise in the premium, with a subsequent decline when the maxi actually takes place. The paper concludes with a discussion of seasonal patterns in the premium. It is shown-that for "always" anticipated disturbances there is no jump in the premium, but a gradual adjustment that precedes the actual seasonal in the current account.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0590.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Policy and International Competitiveness</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0591</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Miller</surname>
          <given-names>Marcus H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A model of Dornbusch is adapted to analyze the consequences for output and competitiveness of certain aspects of the U.K. government's medium term financial strategy and some other policy actions. This includes the announcement of a sequence of reductions in the target rate of monetary growth, an increase in VAT and a move to make the U.K. banking system more competitive. The impact of a discovery of domestic oil is also modeled. We consider the consequences of varying the degree of inertia in the underlying rate of inflation and of different rates of international capital mobility. A real interest rate equalization tax stabilizes the real exchange rate but not the level of output. Once and for all changes in the level of the nominal money stock to accommodate changes in the demand for real money balances prevent 'overshooting' of the real exchange rate and fluctuations in output. It may, however, undermine the credibility of an announced policy of monetary disinflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0591.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Oil, Disinflation, and Export Competitiveness: A Model of the "Dutch Disease"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0592</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Purvis</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas D.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines three possible sources of "de-industrialization" in an open economy: monetary disinflation, an increase in the international price of oil, and a 'domestic oil discovery. The analysis is conducted using a model which incorporates different speeds of adjustment in goods and asset markets; domestic goods prices respond only sluggishly to excess demand while the exchange rate (and hence the price of imported goods) adjusts quickly. Monetary disinflation leads to reduced real balances, higher interest rates, and a lower nominal exchange rate. In the short-run this causes a real appreciation and a decline in domestic manufacturing output. Perhaps surprisingly, an increase in world oil prices can create similar effects even for a country which is a net exporter of oil. Although the direct effect of an oil price increase for such a country is an increase in the demand for the domestic manufacturing good, that effect may be swamped by a real appreciation created by the increased demand for the home currency. This corresponds rather closely to the recent experiences of several oil and gas exporting countries, and is commonly referred to as the "Dutch-Disease". In our analysis, however, this is only a transitional phenomenon. Domestic oil discoveries, though necessarily finite in nature, generate permanent income effects in demand which last beyond the productive life of the new oil reserve. Initially, current income is above permanent income, leading to an improvement in the trade account; this is eventually reversed when permanent income exceeds current income. A wide variety of output response patterns are possible.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0592.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0592.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Symmetry Restrictions in a System of Financial Asset Demands: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0593</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The symmetry restriction in a system of financial asset demands has frequently been employed to reduce the number of independent parameters to be estimated. The theoretical implications of the symmetry restriction are examined in this paper, and it is found that symmetry implies a particular type of risk averse portfolio behavior. The symmetry restriction is also examined empirically, and the evidence supports symmetry only in cases where coefficients on cross-asset yields are insignificantly different from zero.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0593.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxes and Corporate Capital Structure in an Incomplete Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0594</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Robert A. Taggart,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper extends Merton Miller's 1977 analysis of corporate capital structure decisions to the incomplete capital markets case. As in Miller's model, aggregate demand for corporate leverage is curtailed as interest rates on taxable bonds rise. Unlike Miller's model, however, capital structure is not a matter of indifference to all equilibrium shareholders. Market incompleteness and tax arbitrage restrictions combine to prevent marginal rates of substitution from being equalized for all investors and hence their preferences are not unanimous. In addition, costs associated with debt induce a tendency for lower cost firms to issue a larger proportion of total corporate debt.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0594.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Expectations, Term Premiums and the Volatility of Long-Term Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0595</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pesando</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper first identifies how large must be the range in which ex ante yields on long-relative to short-term bonds vary if term premiums -- are to account for a significant fraction of the variance of the holding- period yields on long-term bonds. This paper then extends Shiller's bound to the case of a time-varying term premium and readily identifies the variance in the term premium necessary to salvage the efficient markets model if the variance of these holding-period yields exceeds the bound implied by the rational expectations model. The role of transactions costs is noted and the possibility explored that evidence of excess volatility need not imply the existence of unexploited profit opportunities under the rational expectations model.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0595.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Accelerated Depreciation and the Efficacy of Temporary Fiscal Policy: Implications for an Inflationary Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0596</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abel</surname>
          <given-names>Andrew B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effect on investment of temporary tax rate changes depends on the age profile of depreciation deduct ions. If the depreciation allowance schedule is accelerated, then temporary cuts in the corporate tax rate could reduce investment. Inflation causes the age profile of real depreciation deductions to become accelerated and thus could make temporary tax cuts have a contractionary effect on investment. Two currently proposed reforms are shown to exacerbate this effect. Under these proposals, temporary tax cuts are likely to have opposite effects on investment in short-lived and long-lived capital, thereby complicating the conduct of countercyclical fiscal policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0596.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Variable Cost Functions and the Rate of Return to Quasi-Fixed Factors: An Application to R and D in the Bell System</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0597</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nadiri</surname>
          <given-names>M. Ishaq</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schankerman</surname>
          <given-names>Mark</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We formulate a variable cost function model in which certain inputs are treated as quasi-fixed, and develop a simple statistical test of whether optimization occurs for the quasi-fixed inputs. It is shown how to retrieve characteristics of the long-run cost function from the variable cost parameters, with specific reference to the cost elasticity and the elasticities of substitution. We also present a model of the I returns to R & D in the context of a regulated firm and show how to I estimate the net rate of return to R & D from the variable cost function. A translog version of the model is estimated for the Bell System for the period 1947-1976. The empirical results suggest substantial long-run economies of scale at the aggregate level. The formal envelope test indicates that the Bell System's use of capital and R & D was cost- minimizing during the post-war period, but the conclusion is seriously qualified by evidence that the power of the test in this application is low. Finally, we estimate the net rate of return to R & D in the Bell System in the range of 25-40 percent, which is somewhat higher than available estimates for manufacturing industries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0597.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The International Financial Market and U.S. Interest Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0598</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the linkages between the Eurodollar and U.S. domestic financial markets. Despite the fact that these markets are characterized by rapid arbitrage of interest rate differentials, it is shown that using weekly data allows the isolation of significant fluctuations being transmitted between markets in both directions. That is, financial markets in the U.S. are affected significantly by foreign events and the Eurodollar market is significantly affected by events occurring in the U.S. Since a moderate amount of arbitrage occurs within a week's time and because there is no way to determine the source of any disturbances which affect both interest rates simultaneously, it is impossible to reach precise conclusions about the causes of historical variation in the rates. However, this paper provides evidence that at most forty percent of the variation in Eurodollar interest rates over the 1975-1978 period can be traced to domestic U.S. sources and that between about one-fifth and two-thirds of the variation in domestic rates can be traced to foreign sources.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0598.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Macroeconomic Policy, Exchange-Rate Dynamics, and Optimal Asset Accumulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0599</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper develops a model of exchange-rate and current-account determination for a small economy peopled by infinitely lived, utility-maximizing households. In this setting, a central-bank purchase of foreign exchange has no real effects when central-bank foreign reserves earn interest at the world rate and the proceeds are returned to the public. In contrast, an increase in the monetary growth rate does have real effects, even in the long run. The model developed here implies that an increase in government spending may lead to a surplus on current account. The external adjustment process predicted by the model is one in which consumption, real balances, anti external assets all rise or fall simultaneously.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0599.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Insurance and Consumption: An Empirical Inquiry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0600</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value></meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The main stated purposes of social insurance programs have been the maintenance of consumption by people suffering from misfortunes, and the stabilization of employment. Despite this, most recent research on unemployment insurance (UI) and Old Age Insurance has focused on secondary labor-market effects, with only a few studies looking at stabilization, and none considering effects on consumption. In this study we examine how UI will affect the consumption of recipients. For some individuals UI will help remove the constraints on consumption during periods of reduced income that arise from insufficient savings and imperfect capital markets, while for others the UI benefits merely augment the entire lifetime consumption stream. The model enables us to estimate what fractions of the population fall into these two categories. If individuals are also constrained in the allocation of their reduction consumption, consumption propensities out of UI will differ from those out of nonrecipients' income. The model is tested on aggregate time-series data covering 41 consumption categories for 1959-1978:II, and on over 14,000 individuals from the 1972-73 Consumer Expenditure Survey. In both data sets we find no more than half of UI benefits are consumed as if the recipients' consumption were constrained during times of unemployment. In both samples spending out of UI benefits is disproportionately on luxuries, though UI recipients spend greater shares of their income on necessities. The results imply that a large part of social insurance payments does not go to prevent serious imbalances in individuals' lifetime consumption profiles.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0600.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Real Effects of Anticipated and Unanticipated Money: Some Problems of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0601</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper addresses two issues that arise in estimation of testing of the real effects of anticipated and unanticipated money. First it is shown that identification of the effects of unanticipated (or unperceived) monetary growth on real output is possible only if the a priori restrict ion is imposed that monetary growth does not depend on unanticipated (or unperceived) output. Second, it is shown that anticipated money can enter "semi-reduced form" output equations of the kind estimated by Barro, through three additional channels not allowed for in existing empirical work. These are 1) past and present anticipations of future monetary growth (the inflation tax channel), 2) expectations of monetary growth in a given period conditioned at various preceding dates (the Fischer-Phelps-Taylor effect) and 3) past and present revisions in forecasts of monetary growth (the Turnovsky-Weiss effect). The presence of the first of these would mean that alternative open-loop monetary growth rules have real effects. The presence of the other two implies that monetary feedback rules can have real effects.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0601.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Price Behavior and the Demand for Money</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0602</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gandolfi</surname>
          <given-names>Arthur E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lothian</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Oil prices, commodity prices and American monetary policy, the last operating through a variety of channels, have all figures prominently in explanations of the international inflation process in the last 1960s and early '70s. Our major purpose in this paper is to test these various hypotheses. We do so in the context of a reduced-form rational-expectations price equation which we estimate for the United States and seven other industrial countries using quarterly data for the period 1955 through 1976. The principal conclusion that emerges from this exercise is that movements in domestic money in these countries served as the key link in the inflation process. The factors that produced these monetary changes, however, differed among countries. Price shocks of various sorts were clearly of secondary importance. The other important set of conclusions concerns the demand for money. In place of a traditional stock adjustment model, we used, GLS with a second- order correct ion for autocorrelation. We believe this produced more plausible estimates of the parameters of the long-run demand function and of the adjustment process it self.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0602.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>How Close to an Auction Is the Labor Market? Employee Risk Aversion, Income Uncertainty, and Optimal Labor Contracts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0603</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>James N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Section I of this paper develops a model of income insurance in the labor market. The model differs from those of previous analyses in its focus on quantitative implications regarding the degree to which wages diverge from marginal value products, both in time-series and in cross-section data. Sections II and III present empirical evidence consistent with these implications. The main empirical finding is that of short-term divergence, but long-term equality between wages and marginal value products. The labor market appears to differ from an auction market only in the short run, but this short-run divergence considerably reduces the potential variability of employees' realized wealth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0603.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Taxation, and Corporate Investment: A q-Theory Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0604</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents an analysis of the effects of tax policy on capital accumulation and valuation based on James Tobin's q theory of investment. As Tobin has explained, aggregate investment can be expected to depend in a stable way on q, the ratio of the stock market valuation of existing capita1 to its replacement cost. For example, increases in the rate of return on physical capital raise its market value and cause increased investment until equilibrium is restored. Although models linking the stock market to investment have been estimated, they have not previously been used to examine the impact of tax policies. The basic idea underlying the approach taken here can be described quite simply. It is generally assumed that the stock market valuation of corporate capital represents the present value of its future dividend stream. In the model of this paper, the effects of tax changes on future profits are used to estimate the impact of those changes on the stock market. These estimates in turn are used as a basis for gauging the impact of the tax changes on capital formation. This approach, working through q, can provide estimates of the effects of policy announcements and of personal tax reforms as well as estimates of the distributional impact of alternative reforms. A distinct feature of the model developed here is that it is rooted in a microeconomic theory that integrates the interests of the corporation and its shareholders.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0604.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Policy and Corporate Investment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0605</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1988</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper overviews the issues connected with proposals to spur investment using tax incentives. There are four main conclusions: (1) The rate of net capital formation in the U.S. has declined very substantially. This decline has been associated with a sharp fall in the after tax return to investors in the corporate sector. (2) Increasing the share of output devoted to business capital formation would not have a large effect on the rate of productivity growth, inflation or employment. However, it would contribute substantially to intertemporal economic efficiency. The welfare gains achievable through investment incentives approach $100 billion. (3) Measures to spur investment are likely to have substantial effects. The lags are, however, very long. For example, it is estimated that the elimination of capital gains taxes would raise the capital stock by 29 percent in the long run, but by only 4 percent within five years. (4) Through judicious design of tax policy, it is possible to spur investment with only a small revenue cost. It is crucial to take account of the effect of anticipated policy on the level of investment. Traditional Keynesian econometric approaches are ill-suited to this goal.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0605.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, the Stock Market, and Owner-Occupied Housing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0606</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper suggests that to a large extent. the increases in the value of housing and decreases in the value of corporate capital may have a common explanation, the inter- action of inflation and a nonindexed tax system. The acceleration of inflation has sharply increased the effective rate of taxation of corporate capital income, while reducing the effective taxation of owner- occupied housing. These changes have been capitalized in the form of changing asset prices. In the long run, they will lead to significant changes in the size and composition of the capital stock. The first section of the paper describes in more detail the nonneutralities caused by inflation. A simple model showing how inflation and taxation interact to determine asset prices is presented in the second section. The third section presents some crude empirical tests suggesting that increases in the expected rate of inflation may account for a significant part of the asset price changes which have been observed. A final section concludes the paper by commenting on some implications of the results.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0606.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Does Purchasing Power Parity Work?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0607</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The logarithm of the purchasing power ratio (PPR) is shown for seven countries and three alternative price indices to follow a stationary and invertible process in the first differences. This means that permanent shifts in the parity value accumulate over time. Therefore, as the prediction interval lengthens, the variance of the level of the PPR goes towards infinity while the variance of its average growth rate goes to zero. Since the variance of the permanent shifts is substantial: (1) Harmonized money growth cannot maintain constant exchange rates; reserve flows feedback is required. (2) Economic explanations of the permanent shifts are an important research topic.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0607.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Functions, Quality, and Timeliness of Economic Information</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0608</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The flow of production and use of economic information consists of the collection and processing of primary data, the reporting of the resulting measures, and the transformation of the latter into signals or messages that presumably aid knowledge or decision-making. Each stage contributes to the return and costs, quality and errors of the information. The processes involved on the micro and macro levels show important similarities and interact ions. The uncertainty about economic information increases with the probability of error in the underlying data and their processing and interpretation. Many errors cannot be promptly detected and eliminated but can be gradually reduced over time, as attested by the revisions in economic statistics. This paper presents substantial evidence on the accuracy of provisional estimates of quarterly and monthly changes in eighteen important variables. Measures of several aspects of data quality and of average lags of data release and signal detection are provided for a collection of 110 widely used economic indicators. These materials help identify the location of the more serious measurement errors by variable and period, and they show that informational lags of five and more months are frequent. The errors and lags of information may lead to apparently "systematic" but not readily detectable and removable errors in expectations. This is likely to happen, in particular, in times of great surprises and shocks when measurement of short-term changes in the economy is most difficult and current signals are often misread. Some illustrations are drawn from the events of 1970-75.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0608.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Physical Disabilities and Post-Secondary Educational Outcomes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0609</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shakotko</surname>
          <given-names>Robert A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an empirical investigation of the effect of poor early life-cycle health on post-secondary educational choices and outcomes. We use panel data for a sample of 10,430 individuals who were high school seniors in the spring of 1972, and who were re-surveyed in October of each year through 1976. Various health information was collected in the base year of the survey, and we use these base year reports as measures of health which are predetermined with respect to educational behavior in the subsequent five years. We examine individuals' choices of post-secondary activities (which include different types of post-secondary education and no post-secondary education), and the rate at which individuals leave educational activities, in an effort to determine if the behavior of disabled individuals differs from healthy individuals, and if these differences could be attributable to health problems.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0609.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Income and Payroll Tax Policy and Labor Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0610</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hausman</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1980</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers both theoretical quest ions and empirical measures of the effects of various policies of income and payroll taxation on labor supply. It emphasizes deadweight loss as the correct criterion of taxation evaluation, rather than merely output effects. Distributional issues are also discussed. Simulations are done for the Kemp-Roth tax reform proposals to calculate both revenue effects and changes in deadweight loss. Deadweight loss calculations are also done for an equal yield progressive linear income tax.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0610.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Healthiness, Education, and Marital Status</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0611</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Taubman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Sherwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we use data from the Retirement History Survey (RHS) to examine the relationship of some sociodemographic and economic variables to morbidity and mortality. Since the RHS is a longitudinal survey, we are able to study current health conditioned on prior health as well as the more usual unconditioned estimates. We find that health is related to education and marital status though the marital effects are much weaker when we condition for prior health. These effects persist when we control for income and use of medical facilities. An interesting finding is that married men seem to persist in the state of poor health rather than dying.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0611.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Choice of Health Policies with Heterogeneous Populations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0612</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zeckhauser</surname>
          <given-names>Richard J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shepard</surname>
          <given-names>Donald S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Deciding whether to fund a given health program involves both statistical and ethical issues. Traditional statistical methods of measuring program effectiveness may give misleading results unless careful attention is paid to the question of population heterogeneity. Even within particular age and sex categories, members of a population typically differ in both their mortality rate and the extent to which they would benefit from a given medical intervention. It may or may not be possible to identify the risk factors (e. g., weight, smoking behavior) that explain these differences. If an intervention confers unequal benefit on different risk groups, it will change their mixture within the population over time. If those helped most are those at greatest risk, a "traditional assessment" will overstate intervention benefits. Greater accuracy can be achieved through a "standardized assessment, " which calculates intervention benefits separately for each distinctive risk group of the population. For example, a traditional assessment of pneumococcal pneumonia vaccine probably overstates program benefits and underestimates costs. Failure to recognize population heterogeneity also creates pitfalls in interpreting the results of clinical trials of new drugs, as illustrated by the example of sulfinpyrazone. As more sophisticated statistical methods improve our understanding of differential program benefits, they will also raise ethical problems. Use of a standardized assessment, for instance, may make it clear that it is cost-effective to give an intervention to certain groups (e.g., nonsmokers, the elderly) but not others. Considering this problem from an "original position" may reveal an ethically acceptable basis for making such decisions on the basis of efficiency. We believe that if people were unaware of which risk group they themselves would fall into, they would elect to allocate resources according to the principle of cost-effectiveness.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0612.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Is the Maximum Tax on Earned Income Effective?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0613</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lindsey</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Tax Reform Act of 1969 included a provision intended to set at 50 percent the tax rate on all personal service income above the 50 percent bracket amount. The current law fails to meet this objective for the vast majority of these taxpayers. This paper explains why the current law is ineffective, simulates our current experience with the law using the National Bureau of Economic Research TAXSIM model, and considers options to the present law.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0613.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Asset Holdings and the Life Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0614</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dicks-Mireaux</surname>
          <given-names>Louis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Empirical studies of the life cycle savings model have tended to rej ect the hypothesis of a "hump-shaped" pattern for the wealth-age profile. In this paper we show, using new data on net worth for 12,734 families, that there is evidence that wealth declines after retirement provided that we control for differences in permanent income and take account of sample selection bias. The estimated rates of decumulation are consistent with a life cycle model in which there is uncertainty about the date of death.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0614.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Variations in Infant Mortality Rates among Counties in the United States: The Roles of Social Policies and Programs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0615</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jacobowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Steven</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to shed light on the causes of the rapid decline in the infant mortality rate in the United States in the period after 1963. The roles of four public policies are considered: Medicaid, subsidized family planning services for low-income women, maternal and infant care projects, and the legalization of abortion. The most striking finding is that the increase in the legal abortion rate is the single most important factor in reductions in both white and nonwhite neonatal mortality rates. Not only does the growth in abortion dominate the other public policies, but it also dominates schooling and poverty.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0615.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Elusive Incidence of the Corporate Income Tax: The State Case</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0616</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Charles E. McLure,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A recurring theme in the literature on taxation has been uncertainty about the incidence of the corporate income tax. The answer may be even more elusive for state taxes than for federal taxes. As seen by one state, a cor- porate income tax levied on the basis of formula apportionment of total income is a composite of taxes levied on whatever factors enter the state's apportion- ment formula. Such a tax is likely to be borne primarily by residents of the taxing state, as consumers, immobile workers, and owners of land and immobile capital. Substantial shifting to consumers or capitalists throughout the nation is unlikely.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0616.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Black-White Earnings Ratios Since the Civil Rights Act of 1964: The Importance of Labor Market Dropouts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0617</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Charles C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Previous analyses of postwar black/white earnings ratios have found a more rapid rate of increase in the period since 1964 than before. The reason for this acceleration is unresolved. One view is that federal equal-employment activities have increased the relative demand for black labor. An alternative view is that rising relative earnings reflects (1) reductions in relative supply and (2) the "statistical" effect of low earners raising median earnings by withdrawing from the labor market. This study differs from previous work on the subject in two ways. First, the restrictions on the universe from which published median earnings data by race are calculated are discussed explicitly. The restrict ion most commonly addressed in previous work (having positive earnings in the year in question) is found to be less important than an undiscussed restriction (being employed as a wage and salary worker the following March). Second, data on the distribution of earnings are used to determine the effect of labor market dropouts on median earnings, instead of trying to estimate this effect (as well as demand and supply effects) from time series data. This permits comparison of "corrected" and "uncorrected" post-1964 trends. For males, about half of the "uncorrected" trend remains after the relative earnings variable is corrected for labor market withdrawals. For females, between half and four fifths remains.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0617.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Role of Seniority at U.S. Work Places: A Report on Some New Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0618</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abraham</surname>
          <given-names>Katharine G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study discusses newly collected data concerning the role played by seniority in U.S. firms' termination and promotion decisions. The new information, based on 561 usable responses to a nation-wide survey of companies conducted by the authors, sheds light on two key questions: For what percentage of U.S. private sector employees (outside of agriculture and construction) is seniority -- per se (that is, seniority independent of current performance) rewarded in promotion decisions? For what percentage does protection against job loss grow with seniority even when current value to the firm does not? While there appear to be important differences for hourly versus salaried employees and for those covered by collective bargaining versus those not so covered, the new evidence presented strongly supports the claim that seniority independent of productivity plays a major role in the compensation and termination decisions affecting all employee groups at most U.S. workplaces.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0618.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security, Bequests, and the Life Cycle Theory of Saving: Cross-Sectional Tests</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0619</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>Donald E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the asset holdings of white American men near retirement age. Assets as conventional defined show no tendency to decline with age, in apparent contradiction of the life-cycle theory of saving. However, a broadened concept of assets which includes expected future pension benefits (both public and private) and expected future earnings ("human wealth") does decline more or less as predicted by the theory. No matter how they are defined, assets are a decreasing function of the number of children--which casts doubt on the strength of the bequest motive. Finally, financial assets and social security wealth fail to exhibit the inverse relationship suggested by Feldstein's displacement hypothesis. To investigate these issues econometrically, an equation for assets is developed from the strict life-cycle theory. The specification is generalized to allow for (a) a bequest motive, proxied by the number of children; (b) displacement of private wealth by social security wealth that is not exactly dollar-for-dollar; (c) a level of consumption late in life that differs systematically from what the strict life-cycle theory implies. The equation is estimated by nonlinear least squares on a rich cross- sectional data set containing over 4300 observations. The results show that the life-cycle model has little ability to explain cross-sectional variability in asset holdings. The model's key parameters are poorly identified, despite the large sample size and considerable cross-sectional variation in most variables. According to the estimates, consumption late in Life is on average only about half of what the strict life-cycle theory predicts; each dollar of social security wealth displaces about 3% (with a large standard error) of private wealth; and the bequest motive, while present, is quite weak.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0619.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inventories and Sticky Prices: More on the Microfoundations of Macroeconomics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0620</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The role of inventories in making prices "sticky" is studied by analyzing a dynamic linear-quadratic model of a monopoly firm facing stochastic demand, but able to store its finished goods in inventory. It is shown that, in contrast to the usual presumption, firms that exhibit the smallest output responses to demand fluctuations may also exhibit the smallest price fluctuations. Specifically, firms which have very flexible inventory storage facilities or are subjected to very transitory demand shocks will rely on inventories as buffers, and will change neither production nor price very much. On the other hand, firms which have very inflexible storage facilities or whose demand shocks are quite permanent will display large swings in both price and output. The standard assumption about inventory carrying costs that has been used in the literature (that they are linear) is shown to imply that production is impervious to fluctuations in demand. It is also established that prices may respond more strongly to positive demand shocks than to negative ones if it is impossible to hold negative inventories (i.e., to have unfilled orders). The model offers an explanation for "stickiness" in relative prices. However, under certain circumstances, it may help explain the persistence of inflation</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0620.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Output Fluctuations and Gradual Price Adjustment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0621</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reviews the leading ideas that have emerged within two paradigms of price adjustment. Neither, it appears, provides a satisfactory theoretical scheme when taken in isolation. This paper concludes that an attempt to merge the more convincing elements of each is needed, and some suggestions for such a merger are put forward.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0621.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Real Interest Rate: An Empirical Investigation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0622</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an empirical exploration of real interest rate movements in the United States over the last fifty years. It focuses on several questions which have repeatedly arisen in the literature. How valid is the hypothesis associated with Fama (1975) that the real rate of interest is constant? Does the real rate decline with increases in expected inflation? Are cyclical movements in real variables correlated with real rate movements? How reliable is the Fishei (1930) effect where nominal interest rates reflect changes in expected inflation? What kind of variation in real interest rates have we experienced in the last fifty years? Have real rates turned negative in the 1970s, as is commonly believed, and were they unusually high in the initial stages of the Great Depression? In pursuing these questions, this paper first outlines in section II the methodology and theory used in the empirical analysis. The empirical results then follow in section III, and a final section contains the concluding remarks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0622.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage-Employment Contracts   (Replaced by W0675)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0623</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the efficient agreements about the dependence of workers' earnings on employment, when the employment level is controlled by firms. Under plausible assumptions, such agreements will cause employment to diverge from efficiency as a byproduct of their attempt to mitigate risk. However, employment is above rather than below the efficient level when the conditions of profitability are worse than average. Such a one- period implicit contracting model cannot, therefore, be used to "explain" unemployment as it is traditionally conceived.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0623.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Intertemporal Analysis of Taxation and Work Disincentives: An Analysis of the Denver Income Maintenance Experiment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0624</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>MaCurdy</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper formulates an empirical model of consumption and labor supply that explicitly incorporates income taxes in a multiperiod setting. This model relies on few assumptions and provides a robust framework for estimating parameters needed to predict the response of consumption and hours of work to changes in a consumer's lifetime resource constraints. The empirical specifications developed here apply when a consumer is uncertain about future prices, taxes, income, and tastes, and the estimation of these specifications does not require explicit modeling of either a consumer's expectations or the history of a consumer. The empirical model accommodates both progressive and regressive tax schemes. Estimation of the model involves no complicated procedures; a full set of parameter estimates can be obtained with the application of standard two-stage least squares techniques. The final sect ion of the paper estimates a particular specification of the model using data from the Denver Income Maintenance Experiment. The empirical formulations proposed here are particularly well suited to deal with the kinds of tax schemes used in NIT experiments and the limited duration of those programs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0624.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Explanations of Exchange Rate Volatility and Other Empirical Regularities in Some Popular Models of the Foreign Exchange Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0625</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flood</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present paper is intended to accomplish two tasks. First, models predicting overshooting and magnification, respectively, will be checked for their consistency with two key empirical regularities: A. The observed pattern of price level vs. exchange-rate volatility. B. The observed pattern of spot exchange-rate vs. forward exchange-rate volatility. Second, a widely neglected reason for exchange-rate volatility, activist monetary policy, will be studied.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0625.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Model of Stochastic Process Switching</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0626</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flood</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Garber</surname>
          <given-names>Peter M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we develop a rational expectations exchange rate model which is capable of confronting explicitly agents' beliefs about a future switch in exogenous driving processes. In our set-up the agents know with certainty both the initial exogenous process and the new process to be adopted when the switch occurs. However, they do not know with certainty the timing of future switch as it depends on the path followed by the (stochastic) exchange rate. The model is discussed in terms of the British return to pre-war parity, in 1925. However, our results are applicable to a variety of situations where process switching depends on the motion of a key endogenous variable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0626.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Adequacy of Savings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0627</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper uses newly available data from the Social Security Administration's Retirement History Survey to examine the adequacy of saving. This data source is particularly rich; survey data for respondents covering the ydars 1969, 197 1( and 1953 have been matched with Social Security earnings records covering the years dating back to 1951. In addition to information on the path of lifetime earnhngs, the survey contains extensive data on individual asset holdings. The evidence indicates that surprisingly few couples currantly suffer significant reductions in their standard of living in their old age. This appears due, in large part, to our compulsory savings institutions, the Social Security and private pension systems. These institutions have succeeded in redistributing the lifetime consumption of private individuals from their youth to their old age.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0627.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Trade Policy and Import Competition under Fluctuating Prices</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0628</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Strebel</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>donnenfeld</surname>
          <given-names>shabtai</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When subsidies and tariffs are applied to imports with fluctuating prices, it is shown that the output response of domestic producers depends on market structure and their attitude toward risk. The domestic industry response is contrasted under two types of market structure, a monopoly and a competitive industry. Some unanticipated results suggest caution in the implementation of trade policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0628.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Real Price of Oil and the 1970s World Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0629</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Darby</surname>
          <given-names>Michael R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper shows that the effects on real income and the price level of the 1973-1974 oil price increase are quite ambiguous on both theoretical and empirical grounds. The theoretical analysis reviews standard results and extends them to analyze the steady-state equilibrium and endogenous monetary policy reaction functions. It is shown that standard models and parameter values imply trivial reductions in real income and ambiguously signed changes in the price level. It is noted, however, that other special models can rationalize empirical findings of large effects. Direct real- oil-price effects in an extended Barro-Lucas real income equation are estimated for eight countries. Although statistically significant and substantial direct effects are found for about half the countries, it is noted that these coincided with countries undergoing price decontrol during 1973- 1974. Thus price-control biases in real GNP data provide an acceptable alternative explanation for the estimated effects. Simulation experiments in an international model illustrate the wide range of real income and price level effects which are consistent with the data. Further research is proposed to narrow the range of possible effects.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0629.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetarist Principles and the Money Stock Growth Rule</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0630</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCallum</surname>
          <given-names>Bennett T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Given the influence of Milton Friedman ,it is hard to keep from identifying "monetarisms" with the advocacy of a policy rule that would require the money stock to grow at a constant rate and prohibit cyclical adjustments in government spending or in tax schedules. This identification is somewhat inaccurate since Karl Brunner and Allan Meltzer, the other two leading proponents of monetarism, have not always been advocates of a constant money growth rate. It may nevertheless he useful to relate one's thoughts about monetarism to Friedman's rule, as will be done in this paper. But the question that immediately arises is, what more fundamental beliefs about the economy give rise to the idea that such a rule would be socially desirable. At this more basic level there may he more agreement among monetarists than about the rule itself. in any event, it appears that there are two basic monetarist propositions that are of crucial importance, as follows. (i) Cyclical and secular movements in nominal income are primarily attributable to movements in the stock of money relative to capacity output. (ii) There is no permanent tradeoff between unemployment and inflation or any other characteristic of the path of the price level -- that is, the natural rate of unemployment hypothesis is valid.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0630.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>When Is a Positive Income Tax Optimal?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0631</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Black</surname>
          <given-names>Fischer</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>When will the optimal mix of a constant income tax with a constant consumption tax involve a positive income tax? The assumptions of the model in which this question is asked include (1) identical individuals with coincident lifetimes who work in every period; (2) initial endowments of physical capital; (3) fixed government expenditures; and (4) government borrowing (or lending) that goes to zero when the world ends. In a model like this, we can ignore the transition problem. If we allow the constant tax on income from capital and the constant tax on wage income to be at different rates, we can ask a further question. When will the optimal mix of all three taxes (including the consumption tax) involve a positive tax on either income from capital or wage income?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0631.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Self-Selection and Pareto Efficient Taxation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0632</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the set of Pareto efficient tax structures. The formulation of the problem as one of self-selection not only shows more clearly the similarity between this problem and a number of other problems (such as optimal pricing of a monopolist) which have recently been the subject of extensive research, but also allow the derivation of a number of new results. We establish (i) under fairly weak conditions, randomization of tax structures is desirable; (ii) if different individuals are not perfect substitutes for one another, then the general equilibrium effects -- until now largely ignored in the literatures -- of changes in the tax structure may be dominant in determining the optimal tax structure; in particular if relative wages of high ability and low ability individuals depends on the relative supplies of labor, the optimal tax structure entails a negative marginal tax rate on the high ability individuals, and a positive marginal tax rate on the low ability individuals (the magnitude of which depends on the elasticity of substitution); (iii) if individuals differ in their preferences, Pareto efficient taxation may entail negative marginal tax rates for high incomes; while (iv) if wage income is stochastic, the marginal tax rate at the upper end may be 100%.Our analysis thus makes clear that the main qualitative properties of the optimal tax structure to which earlier studies called attention are not robust to these attempts to make the theory more realistic.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0632.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Impact of Unions on the Labor Market for White and Minority Youth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0633</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Holzer</surname>
          <given-names>Harry J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents estimates of the effects of unions on the wages of young black and white males who are both union and nonunion workers. It also presents estimates of union effects on employment for these groups, as well as their union membership rates. While unions have a very substantial, positive effect on the wages of young union workers, particularly for young blacks, they have a negative effect on the wages of young blacks who are not unionized. The effects of unions on employment are negative for both groups and especially for blacks. As for the relative access to unionized employment, young blacks within the labor force have membership rates that are roughly comparable to those of young whites. However, rates for young blacks appear to be somewhat lower after accounting for differences in rates of labor force participation between young blacks and whites. Young blacks also continue to be under-represented in the crafts and construction industries, which are heavily unionized, while being overrepresented in the relatively nonunionized, low-wage service sector. These results suggest that increasing the access of young blacks to unionized employment would improve their positions in the labor market.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0633.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Involuntary Terminations under Explicit and Implicit Employment Contracts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0634</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abraham</surname>
          <given-names>Katharine G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study investigates where and when last-in-first-out permanent layoff policies seem to go hand in hand with compensation policies under which the net value of senior workers appears to be less than that of their junior peers. The investigation relies upon both the approximately 260 usable responses to a survey we mailed out to a sample of U.S. firms and microdata from the computerized personnel files of a major U.S. corporation. Our findings for U.S. companies outside of agriculture and construction lead us to the following three conclusions: (1) For most employees, it appears that protection against job loss grows with seniority, although net value to the firm does not.(2) While a very sizeable percentage of nonunion workers may be covered by implicit employment contracts which give more protection against termination to those with more seniority, a much higher percentage of workers covered by collective bargaining agreements seem to enjoy such protection; and (3) The job protection afforded senior nonunion personnel, especially exempt employees, appears to be less strong than that provided to union members.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0634.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Process Consistency and Monetary Reform: Further Evidence and Implications</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0635</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flood</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Garber</surname>
          <given-names>Peter M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we provide additional evidence that process consistency may have materialized as a restrictive constraint on the money generation process. In addition to recomputing the time series of process consistency probabilities using new data from the German case, we also supply our empirical technique to the data from the other hyperinflations studied by Cagan. We interpret our results as evidence hearing on the type of transversality condition studied by Brock or by Brock and Scheinkman as a sufficient condition to insure a unique equilibrium in optimizing models with perfect foresight and money.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0635.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Predictability of Tax-Rate Changes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0636</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Some previous analyses have suggested that the smoothing of tax rates over time would be a desirable guide for public debt management. One implication of this viewpoint is that future changes in tax rates would be unpredictable based on current information. This proposition is tested by examining the behavior of U.S. federal and total government tax (and "non-tax")receipts relative to GNP. The sample for the federal government goes back to1879, while that for total government starts in 1929. Some econometric problems with using time-averaged data are discussed. The main empirical results accord with the theoretical analysis -- in particular, there is first, little indication of drift in the tax rates; second, insignificant relations of tax-rate changes to the own history of changes; and third, little explanatory value for tax-rate changes from a vector of lagged variables, which include the behavior of government spending and real output. If the findings are sustained, they imply that the existing IJ.S. time series data do not isolate periods in which current overall tax rates would be perceived as high or low relative to expected future rates. Accordingly, it may be impossible to use these data to evaluate policies that entail intertemporal manipulation of aggregate tax rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0636.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Issues in the Design of Saving and Investment Incentives</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0637</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the characteristics of and interactions among measures to effect saving and investment incentives ("S-I incentives")in the context of an income tax system that is inadequately indexed for inflation. Examples are proposals for more rapid depreciation of buildings and equipment and proposals to exempt larger amounts of interest income. SI incentives are classified into "consumption tax" and "direct grant" types, and it is shown that these differ in their influence on portfolio choices, in their sensitivity to inflation and in the design problems they present. Stress is placed on requirements for neutrality with respect to asset durability and portfolio composition. A new result is the derivation of the reduction in interest taxation yielding neutrality in the presence of partial expensing of real investment or equivalent investment incentive.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0637.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Accelerating Inflation, Technological Innovation, and the Decreasing Effectiveness of Banking Regulation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0638</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kane</surname>
          <given-names>Edward J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>To explain the evolution of U.S. deposit institutions and markets in the 1960sand 1970s, we feed into the regulatory dialectic assumptions about the objectives of federal banking regulation and about outside forces that disturb the adjustment process. The disturbing exogenous forces are accelerating change in the technological and market environment of commercial banking and increasing uncertainty concerning the future speed of enviromental change. We hypothesize that, in the face of these environmental changes, the adaptive efficiency shown on average by deposit-institution managers is greater than that shown by managers of the several competing banking agencies. Incorporating this differential adaptive capacity into the regulatory dialectic helps us to understand how increases in the pace of environmental change and in the degree of environmental uncertainty led regulatee responses to come more quickly and regulatory responses to come more slowly. The bottom line is that, when the environment changes rapidly and becomes more uncertain, traditional forms of U.S. banking regulation can be overwhelmed by technological and regulation-induced innovation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0638.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Nested Tests of Alternative Term-Structure Theories</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0639</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kane</surname>
          <given-names>Edward J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Controversies in term-structure theory center around the existence and variability of term premia in securities yields. In this paper, the term premium on a default-free n-period bond is defined as the difference between its observable yield to maturity and the average expected per-annum rate of return on an n-period strip of rollover investments in one-period bonds. To test alternative term-structure theories without introducing ex post proxies for expectational variables, this paper uses a set of cross-section interest-rate forecasts collected jointly with Burton Malkiel of Princeton University from a population of large institutional lenders at four different phases of a single interest-rate cycle. Statistical tests strongly confirm the existence of nonzero term premia at each survey date, thereby rejecting the pure-expectations theory of the term structure. Additional tests are unable to reject restrictions implied by the liquidity-premium hypothesis that term premia should be positive and increase with maturity. Finally, contrary to the martingale hypothesis, ex ante term-premium data vary significantly overtime and show a positive association with the level of interest rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0639.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Deregulation, Savings and Loan Diversification, and the Flow of Housing Finance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0640</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kane</surname>
          <given-names>Edward J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper assesses the probable impact on S&Ls' profitability and participation in mortgage markets of The Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980. It tracks inflation-induced secular declines in the value of S&L mortgage holdings between 1965 and 1979 and argues(contrary to conventional wisdom) that deposit-rate ceilings proved no more than a minor and temporary source of help to S&Ls. Analysis presented shows that Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation guarantees, not deposit-rate ceilings, kept the industry afloat in recent years. Further analysis centers on federal and state restrictions on S&L loan opportunities and on mortgage lenders' ability to design and to price mortgage instruments for an environment marked by accelerating inflation and increasing inflation uncertainty. Since S&Ls were free to raise whatever amount of funds they wished through large certificates of deposit, restrictions on S&L lending opportunities had to lie responsible for the much-publicized bouts of disintermediation these institutions suffered near post-1965 business-cycle peaks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0640.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Foreign Takeovers of Swedish Firms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0641</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Swedenborg</surname>
          <given-names>Birgitta</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The examination of foreign takeovers is a way of distinguishing between the characteristics of f inns and industries that encourage takeovers and the effects of foreignness or of takeovers per se. Foreigners have tended to take over Swedish firms that are of above average size within each industry. 'Very .few takeovers are of the smallest groups of firms: those with fewer than 20 employees or even those with fewer than 200. However, the firms taken over are not large compared to Swedish companies of 200 employees or more. In fact, they are well below average size within that group. The firms taken over are more skill-oriented or technology-oriented than Swedish-owned firms in the same industries. However, takeovers are not particularly prevalent in industries in which firms in general are large or skill-oriented or technology-oriented. Thus the select ion of firms for takeover is based on f inn characteristics, not industry characteristics. After takeover by foreigners, firms grow somewhat faster than Swedish-owned firms in the same industries. The technological characteristics of the firms, by the crude measurements we have been able to apply so far, do not seem to be affected in any consistent way by takeover.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0641.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Relation between Vocational Training in High School and Economic Outcomes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0642</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gustman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steinmeier</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The examination of foreign takeovers is a way of distinguishing between the characteristics of f inns and industries that encourage takeovers and the effects of foreignness or of takeovers per se. Foreigners have tended to take over Swedish firms that are of above average size within each industry. 'Very .few takeovers are of the smallest groups of firms: those with fewer than 20 employees or even those with fewer than 200. However, the firms taken over are not large compared to Swedish companies of 200 employees or more. In fact, they are well below average size within that group. The firms taken over are more skill-oriented or technology-oriented than Swedish-owned firms in the same industries. However, takeovers are not particularly prevalent in industries in which f inns in general are large or skill-oriented or technology-oriented. Thus the select ion of this paper examines estimated relationships between economic outcomes and vocational training in high school. We find that these relationships are relatively robust with respect to variation in the way that type and quality of vocational training is measured as well as with respect to a number of other variations in specification. None of the evidence we have developed supports a view that vocational training for male students in high school produces any special skills that are valued by firms beyond those that are produced by a general high school education. The evidence does suggest that in the early 70's commercial-business programs taken by young women did produce such valued skills. But the evidence pertaining to later years is inconclusive firms for takeover is based on f inn characteristics, not industry characteristics. After takeover by foreigners, firms grow somewhat faster than Swedish-owned firms in the same industries. The technological characteristics of the firms, by the crude measurements we have been able to apply so far, do not seem to be affected in any consistent way by takeover.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0642.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Risk on Interest Rates: A Synthesis of the Macroeconomic and Financial Views</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0643</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kouri</surname>
          <given-names>Pentti J.K.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the effects of real income and price level uncertainty on equilibrium interest rates. It is demonstrated that even if there are no outside nominal assets, the interest rate on nominal bonds contains a risk premium, or as the case may be, a risk discount. The sign, and the magnitude, of the deviation from the Fisher parity depends on the covariance between the purchasing power of money on the one hand and real income on the other. The second part of the paper extends the model into a model of two countries, two monies and two bonds denominated in these two monies. It is shown, in contrast with statements made in the literature, that the 'efficiency' of international financial markets does not imply equality of expected real interest rates on bonds denominated in different currencies, nor does it imply that the forward exchange rate should be an unbiased predictor of the future spot exchange rate. This is again true even when there are no outside nominal assets in the world economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0643.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Balance of Payments and the Foreign Exchange Market: A Dynamic Partial Equilibrium Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0644</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kouri</surname>
          <given-names>Pentti J.K.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a dynamic partial equilibrium model of the foreign exchange market extending the standard textbook model in two respects. First, capital account transactions are explicitly incorporated into the model, and secondly, 'rational' speculative behaviour is also introduced. At a point in time, or in a given day, exchange rate fluctuations are dominated by 'new information' that leads to revision of speculative expectations, as well as by other disturbances on the capital account. In the long run, fundamental factors, such as divergences of inflation rates and real changes influencing the trade balance, become relevant in determining the 'trend' of the exchange rate. A variety of exercises, and numerical simulations, illustrate the usefulness of the dynamic supply-demand model in understanding the behaviour of floating exchange rates in a world of high capital mobility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0644.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Relative Stability of Money and Credit "Velocities" in the United States: Evidence and Some Speculations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0645</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Is credit as closely related to income as is money? Results presented in the first half of this paper, based on a variety of methodological approaches, consistently indicate that the aggregate of outstanding credit liabilities of all nonfinancial borrowers in the United States bears as close a relationship to U.S. nonfinancial activity as do the more familiar asset aggregates like the money stock (however measured) or the monetary base. In contrast to the asset aggregates, however, which exhibit little overall difference among themselves in this context, total nonfinancial indebtedness appears to be unique among credit aggregates in bearing this close relationship to income. Moreover, additional evidence of offsetting movements of the public and private components of total nonfinancial indebtedness further substantiates the case for stability in the aggregate. The second half of the paper suggests three hypotheses that provide internally consistent potential explanations for this phenomenon:(1) an "ultrarationality" hypothesis which emphasizes acute perceptions and offsetting actions on the part of the private sector, (2) a "capital leveraging" hypothesis which emphasizes borrowing limitations and the need for tangible collateral, and (3) an "asset demand" hypothesis which emphasizes the private sector's role as a net lender. Initial efforts to match these hypotheses against data for the U.S. household and corporate business sectors yield only mixed results, however. The stability of the credit-to-income relationship remains for the present a major puzzle, therefore, although these three hypotheses do look sufficiently promising to warrant a much closer investigation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0645.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Multiple Time-Serie3 Models Applied to Panel Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0646</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>MaCurdy</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study presents a general methodology for fitting multiple time series models to panel data. The basic statistical framework considered here consists of a dynamic simultaneous equation model where disturbances follow a permanent-transitory scheme with transitory components generated by a multivariate autoregressive-moving average process. This error scheme admits a wide variety of autocovariance patterns and provides a flexible framework for describing the dynamic characteristics of longitudinal data with a minimal number of parameters. It is possible within this framework to consider generally specified rational distributed lag structures involving both exogenous and endogenous variables which includes infinite order lag relationships. This paper outlines the generalizations of standard time series models that are possible when using panel data, and it identifies those instances in which procedures found in the time series literature cannot be directly applied to analyze longitudinal data. Data analysis techniques in the tine series literature are adapted for panel data analysis. These techniques aid in the choice of a time series model and prevent one from choosing a specification that is broadly inconsistent with the data. Several estimation procedures are proposed that can be used to estimate all the parameters of a multiple tine series model including both regression coefficients and parameters of the covariance matrix. The techniques developed here are robust in the sense that they do not rely on any specific distributional assumptions for their asymptotic properties, and in many cases their implementation requires only standard computer packages.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0646.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rate Behavior under Full Monetary Equilibrium: An Empirical Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0647</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Makin</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper aims to remedy difficulties with some extant empirical tests of the monetary approach to exchange rate determination. Four problems are addressed: explication of and allowance for real exchange rate changes; imposition of interest parity; use of the forward rate as an unbiased predictor of the spot rate; and modeling implications of official intervention in foreign exchange markets and of possible efforts to sterilize effects of intervention in the monetary base. Empirical tests conducted with monthly data on the dollar-DM exchange rate from March, 1973 -December,1979 do not permit rejection of the complex joint hypothesis represented by equations estimated to test the monetary approach. Still, there remained unexplained a large portion of the behavior of the dollar-DM exchange rate in the 1973-79 monthly sample employed. This result suggests that exchange rates may be viewed as prices determined in asset markets where a large and unsystematic flow of information, not captured by monetary or other variables, produces large, unsystematic movements.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0647.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Capital Flows under Full Monetary Equilibrium: An Empirical Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0648</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Makin</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a theory of international capital flows based upon a monetary-equilibrium, rational-expectation theory of exchanged rate determination extended to include the official intervention and possible sterilization of its effects upon the monetary base that are part of the post-1973 system of limited flexibility of exchange rates. Capital flows are shown to depend only on the current expectation of a future relative excess money supplies once all arbitrage conditions are imposed along with rationality. Empirical testing reveals that U.S. international capital flows respond with persistent, damped oscillations to growth of relative excess money. This phenomenon is a quantity adjustment corollary of '"overshooting" of exchange rates in response to changes in relative excess money supply. Inclusion of a relative interest rate term along with measures of growth of relative excess money supply results in rejection of the hypothesis that such a variable provides any additional explanatory power regarding behavior of U.S. international capital flows.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0648.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dividend Yields and Stock Returns: A Test for Tax Effects</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0649</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hess</surname>
          <given-names>Patrick J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the empirical relation between stock returns and dividend yields. Several equilibrium pricing models incorporating differential taxation of dividends and capital gains are nested as systems of time series regressions. Estimates of these models and tests of parameter restrictions implied by the models are conducted within the context of Zellner's seemingly unrelated regression. It is concluded that the data fail to support these models as well as the hypothesis that dividends are neutral. The inability to distinguish between these competing hypotheses suggests the need for further research before definitive conclusions are reached regarding the tax impacts of dividends.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0649.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Some Theoretical Aspects of Base Control</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0650</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freedman</surname>
          <given-names>Charles</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper focuses on the implications of using the monetary base or bank reserves as an instrument to control a monetary aggregate. Following analysis of a series of theoretical models of increasing complexity, it is concluded that in a system with either institutional or structural lags base control may entail very sharp and possibly undamped oscillations of short-term interest rates. The shorter the time period over which the authorities choose to bring the monetary aggregate back to its target, the more volatile will be the movements of interest rates. Furthermore, there is an asymmetry in the U.S. institutional structure such that rigid implementation of the base control system will under certain circumstances lead to a decline in short-term interest rates to very low levels. The final section of the paper is devoted to the examination of the Canadian institutional structure emphasizing the differences between the U.S. and Canadian systems.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0650.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Consumption Preferences, Asset Demands, and Distribution Effects in International Financial Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0651</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krugman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an attempt to examine some of the microeconomic foundations of this last view of the link between current accounts and exchange rata. Several authors, especially Kouri and de Macedo (1978), but also more recently Dornbusch (1980), have sought to justify the portfolio approach in terms of finance theory, deriving asset demands from a mean-variance framework and arguing that differences in the portfolios of different countries explain why changes in the world distribution of wealth affect exchange rates. What I will do in this paper is to argue that, even under seemingly favorable assumptions, these distribution effects nay run the wrong way; that if they run the right way, they will be very weak; and that the incentives for inter-national, portfolio diversification are in any case small, and can be swamped by quite modest transaction costs or other costs to diversification.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0651.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Federal Minimum Wage, Inflation, and Employment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0652</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boschen</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study investigates the effects of Federal minimum wage policy on mini-mum wage employment, aggregate employment, and average wage rates. The theoretical analysis focuses on the possible effect of the Federal minimum wage in constraining wages and employment in a subset of labor markets, on the possible responses of labor suppliers to these constraints, and on the possible role of the policy of presetting the nominal minimum wage in making monetary policy nonneutral. Among the elements of the theoretical framework that are both distinctive and important are the assumptions that both the demands and supplies of labor services in the subset of constrained markets depend on the expected relative minimum wage in the near and distant future, as well as on the current relative minimum wage and on past levels of employment, and that the relevant expectations of both workers and employers about relative minimum wages are "rational."</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0652.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Indexation of the Minimum Wage with Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0653</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the possible employment effects of reforming minimum-wage policy to incorporate indexation of the nominal minimum wage .The analysis assumes that both the demand for the labor services of minimum-wage workers and the setting of the nominal minimum wage rate under existing policy depend in part on rational expectations of future average wage rates. The analysis implies that, if the indexation ratio of the nominal minimum wage to the recent-past average wage rate were large relative both to the level and trend of the expected rate of average wage inflation and to the existing relative minimum-wage target, indexation would decrease the average level over time of minimum-wage employment. The analysis also implies that, if the year-to-year variation in expected wage inflation were large relative to the year-to-year variation in unexpected wage inflation, indexation would increase the year-to-year variation in minimum-wage employment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0653.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Early Retirement Pension Benefits</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0654</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bulow</surname>
          <given-names>Jeremy I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Early retirement options alter the accrual of pension benefits, increasing the fraction of total benefits accrued in the early years of work. This is true regardless of whether de facto no worker exercises the early retirement option. No currently used actuarial method correctly calculates the cost of an early retirement option. Early retirement options must be considered in calculating age/compensation profiles. Furthermore, the early retirement option can effectively be used to encourage less productive older workers to retire, without the firm having to reduce the nominal salary of such workers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0654.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects of Government Regulation on Teenage Smoking</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0655</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lewit</surname>
          <given-names>Eugene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We examine the impact of three sets of government regulations on the demand for cigarettes by teenagers in the United States. These are: (1) the excise tax on cigarettes, (2) the Fairness Doctrine of the Federal Communications Commission, which resulted in the airing of anti-smoking messages on radio and television from July 1, 1967 to January 1, 1971,and (3) the Public Health Cigarette Smoking Act of 1970, which banned pro-smoking cigarette advertising on radio and television after January 1, 1971.Teenage price elasticities of demand for cigarettes are substantial and much larger than the corresponding adult price elasticities. The teenage smoking participation elasticity equals -1.2, and the quantity smoked elasticity equals -1.4. It follows that, if future reductions in youth smoking are desired, an increase in the Federal excise tax is a potent policy to accomplish this goal. The contention of the proponents of the advertising ban that the Fairness Doctrine failed in the case of teenagers is incorrect. According to our results, the doctrine had a substantial negative impact on teenage smoking participation rates. Extrapolations suggest that the advertising ban was no better or worse a policy than the Fairness Doctrine.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0655.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Minimum Wages and the Demand for Labor</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0656</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>I formulate measures of the effective minimum wage, based on broad definitions of the labor costs that face employers, and use these measures in reestimating some simple equations relating the relative employment of youths and adults to the U.S. minimum wage using aggregate data for 1954-78.I then ground the model more closely in the theory of factor demand, first by adding the relative wages of youths and adults to the equation describing their relative employment, and then by specifying a complete system of demand equations for these two types of labor. Teen employment responds quite robustly to changes in the effective minimum in these specifications, with an elasticity of -0.1. A translog cost function defined over young workers, adults, and capital shows that the effective minimum wage reduces employers' ability to substitute other factors for young workers. Using both sets of results, I find that a subminimum wage for youths would have increased their employment with at most a small loss of jobs among adults.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0656.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Housing Behavior and the Experimental Housing Allowance Program: What Have We Learned?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0657</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to evaluate the Experimental Housing Allowance Program (EHAP). My focus is on what the experimental data have taught us that could not have been learned from more traditional sources of information. I review the major problems that confronted investigators using non-experimental data, and for each problem discuss whether or not it was mitigated by the availability of EHAP data .I conclude that if the goal was to obtain improved estimates of the behavioral response to housing allowances, a social experiment was not necessary.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0657.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Real Exchange Rate Adjustment and the Welfare Effects of Oil Price Decontrol</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0658</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Krugman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Conventional analysis of the welfare effects of U.S. oil price regulation in the 1970's focuses on the deadweight losses in the oil market. This paper argues that such analysis substantially understates the benefits from decontrolling prices, because decontrol will lead to an improvement in the U.S. terms of trade with respect to other oil importing countries. A simple model of the relationship between oil decontrol and the terms of trade is developed, and the impact is calculated for plausible parameter values. The results suggest that the terms of trade benefits are several times larger than the benefits as conventionally measured.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0658.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Social Security on Retirement in the Early 1970s</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0659</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hurd</surname>
          <given-names>Michael D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boskin</surname>
          <given-names>Michael J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Improved understanding of retirement behavior is a key to better understanding of many important economic problems. In as close as we can come to a general "social experiment," real Social Security benefits were increased substantially for the period we study the retirement patterns of a cohort of white males: 28% on average between 1970 and 1972, with the maximum benefit increased by over 50% in real terms between 1968 and 1976. Other important structural changes in the method of computing benefits were also made. Hence, we have extremely detailed longitudinal data on a cohort of people spanning the years of most active retirement behavior (ages 58-67) over a period of abrupt change in the economic incentives surrounding their retirement . We have analyzed these data in a variety of ways to examine the impact of the changes in Social Security, as well as other factors, on retirement probabilities. The most simple to the most sophisticated analyses reveal the same set of inferences: 1. The acceleration in the decline in the labor force participation of elderly men over the period 1969-73 was primarily due to the large increase in real Social Security benefits; our probability equations estimate effects of changes in real benefits combined with the actual changes to predict declines in participation rates virtually identical to actual observed changes from independent data. 2. Social Security wealth interacts with other assets. A substantial fraction of the elderly appear to have few other assets and this group shows a markedly larger propensity to retire early, e.g., at age 62 when Social Security benefits become available. We find strong evidence of this liquidity constraint effect for an important subgroup of the elderly. 3. The magnitude of the induced retirement effect is large enough that if it is ignored in estimating the direct fiscal implications of major changes in benefit provisions, these may be substantially underestimated . 4. We interpret our results in the historical context of a particular cohort undergoing a major, unanticipated transfer of wealth via larger real benefits. We make no attempt to distinguish these from the long- run effects if the system were to remain unchanged for many years or if future changes were readily predictable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0659.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Raw Materials, Profits, and the Productivity Slowdown (Rev)</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0660</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A factor-price frontier framework is used to clarify the analogy of an increase (decrease) in raw material prices with that of autonomous technological regress (progress). Factor-price profiles estimated for the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, and Japan bring out the major role of raw materials in the profit and product wage squeeze after 1972, with some differences between countries. The production model, in conjunction with estimates obtained from the factor-price frontier, attributes almost all the slowdown in total productivity to the rise in relative raw material prices. It is also shown that part of the apparent productivity riddle has to do with the common use of double-deflated national accounting measures of value added, which have an inherent measurement bias.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0660.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and Corporate Pension Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0661</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Tepper</surname>
          <given-names>Irwin</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Section I introduces the material in the context of existing research.  In Section II the effects of the tax structure on the desirability of having pension plans and on the funding and investment policies of such plans is discussed. Section III discusses the discrepancies between the prescriptions presented above and current practice. The Appendix contains a detailed analysis of each of the two tax provisions that apply to corporate pension plans.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0661.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Suit and Settlement vs. Trial: A Theoretical Analysis under Alternative Methods for the Allocation of Legal Costs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0662</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shavell</surname>
          <given-names>Steven</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Will a party who believes that he has a legally admissible claim for money damages decide to bring suit? if so, will he subsequently settle with the opposing party or will he go ahead to trial? These questions are analyzed under four methods for allocating legal costs, namely, under the American system, whereby each side bears its own costs; under the "indemnity" or British system, whereby the losing side bears all costs; under the system favoring the plaintiff whereby the plaintiff pays only his own costs if he loses and nothing otherwise; and under the system favor the defendant, whereby the defendant pays only his own costs if he loses and nothing otherwise. Following the analysis, two brief illustrations are considered and comments are made on the relative social desirability of the methods of allocating legal costs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0662.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Distributional Implications of Imperfect Capital Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0663</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lee</surname>
          <given-names>Joon Koo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The primary aim of this study is to analyze the impact of imperfections in capital markets on individuals' lifetime allocation plans and the resulting implications for income distribution. The model builds upon Samuelson's overlapping generation model with human capital and bequest motives playing central roles. The model developed here introduces a limit on the individual's ability to borrow. One of the most important consequences of this constraint is that human investment falls short of the level where its marginal return is equal to that of non-human investment. The comparative static results show that an individual who has been subject to the borrowing constraint would increase human investment unambiguously if he were allowed to borrow freely against future earnings. Discussions of the distributive implications of this result suggest that the elimination of the borrowing constraint has a potential of enhancing both intragenerational income equality and intergenerational mobility. The simulation results show that the elimination of the borrowing limit would bring about a significant improvement in income distribution without having an adverse effect on efficiency.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0663.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Profitability and Stability in International Currency Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0664</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bilson</surname>
          <given-names>John F. O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A number of recent empirical studies have rejected the hypothesis that forward exchange rates are unbiased forecasts of future spot exchange rates. This result implies that there have been opportunities for speculative profit during the post Bretton Woods period. Observers of the floating rate system have also noted that exchange rates have been more volatile than they were anticipated to be in the 1960's. In this paper, the link between the volatility of exchange rates and the existence of opportunities for speculative profit is explored. The question answered in the paper is the following: if there were no opportunities for speculative profit, would exchange rates have been more stable? The answer is yes. This answer implies that speculation (intervention) based upon the forecasting equation described in the paper would be both profitable and stabilizing.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0664.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Business Cycles and Growth: Some Reflections and Measures</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0665</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Is the long-term trend of the economy -- growth -- substantially influenced by the short-term movements -- business cycles -- and, if so, how? Are business cycles subject to major secular changes? Are these fluctuations the natural way growth takes in private enterprise economies or are they mainly due to some outside shocks that could be avoided or reduced? Should their analysis be based on trend-unadjusted or on trend-adjusted time series data? These are major questions that have received considerable attention in economic literature, but they are difficult and still debated. I cannot hope to resolve any of them in this paper, of course, but I shall attempt to contribute to the discussion of some aspects of how business cycles and growth are related.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0665.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Currency Baskets and Real Effective Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0666</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Katseli</surname>
          <given-names>Louka T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With the major currencies continuously moving (if not floating freely) against each other, a country that does not choose to float must decide what to peg to. If it pegs to the SDR it floats against all currencies. Thus in the system begun in the early 1970s the very concept of a fixed exchange rate is unclear. In this situation many countries have chosen to peg their currencies to a basket, or a weighted average of other currencies. The analysis of this paper is focused on fluctuations in real exchange rates. We first show that pegging to a currency basket is the same as holding constant a real effective exchange rate that uses a specific set of weights depending on a chosen policy target. We also show the weights that correspond to particular targets for stabilization policy. Next we discuss several problems involved in choosing and computing optimal weights or the equivalent real effective rate. It is shown that the index formula itself aggregates countries that are in a currency area, so that monetary authorities should use weights based on trade with countries rather than on currency denomination of trade. Finally, we report on an initial empirical investigation of pegging practices in Greece, Portugal, and Spain. These are all countries that have moved to basket pegs, with geographically diversified trade. We present initial estimates of the implicit weights in their baskets, and find that all three countries experienced real appreciation relative to the basket during the l970s.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0666.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expected Interruptions in Labor Force Participation and Sex Related Differences in Earnings Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0667</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Weiss</surname>
          <given-names>Yoram</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper analyzes the joint determination of wives' earnings and labor force participation over the life cycle given the interruptions in wives' work careers. The interruptions affect the profitability of the investment in human capital, which in turn determines earnings. The earnings prospects feed back into the participation decision, namely, the decision whether and for how long to drop out of the labor force. The formal analysis compares the age-earnings profiles of persons who drop out of the labor force with those who do not during the pre- and post-interruption period. The comparison is carried out where interruptions are assumed to be exogenous and when they are endogenous. The effect of productivity at home, the initial stock of human capital and its rental value on the length of the interruption is investigated.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0667.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wives' Labor Force Participation, Wage Differentials and Family Income Inequality: The Israeli Experience</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0668</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gronau</surname>
          <given-names>Reuben</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent decades have witnessed a sharp increase in the labor force participation of married women. The paper investigates the effect of wives' earnings on family income distribution. This effect depends on the in-equality of women's earnings as compared with other sources of income, on the correlation between the two and on the woman's share in total income. These in turn depend on participation patterns, labor supply and sex related wage differentials. In general, only the correlation between the various sources of income has an unambiguous effect on inequality, the effects of the other factors depending on the specific values of the parameters. In Israel where there are sharp differences in participation rates of married women and in sex related earnings differentials by schooling group, wives' earnings reduce total family income inequality, increasing at the same time the between-group (ethnic and schooling group) variability. The paper examines the effect of changes in the participation rate and the wife-husband earnings gap on family income inequality. It compares the effect of wives' earnings with other income sources (e.g., transfers) and examines the implication of separate tax returns for inequality.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0668.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Federal Attack on Labor Market Discrimination: The Mouse that Roared?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0669</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Charles C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to review available evidence on the impact of federal equal employment opportunity programs. While Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and Executive Order 11246 have been in effect for over 15 years, the lag in data collection and evaluation means that little can be said regarding the last few years' experience. In particular, evidence on the impact of recent administrative changes in the agencies responsible for enforcement is unavailable. In general, time series studies find significant improvements in the relative labor market position of blacks compared with whites since 1965. While several arguments have been advanced that these gains are illusory, the most plausible interpretation is that much of the apparent progress is real. Cross-sectional studies of the impacts of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (which enforces the nondiscrimination and affirmative action requirements of the Executive Order) and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (which enforces Title VII) have been much less conclusive. Half of the major studies of the OFCCP find that the program had the intended effects on the relative position of blacks -- or at least black males. Unfortunately, variations in conclusions among studies are not readily explained, even after a careful look at the competing data and methods. Equally disturbing is the inability of studies producing positive results to associate such impacts with the "levers" by which OFCCP might exert influence. Studies of EEOC impacts are more vulnerable to problems of identifying the appropriate control group, since Title VII covers contractor and noncontractor firms. Apart from evidence that relative black employment grew considerably faster in firms which must report to EEOC (firms with over 15 employees are subject to Title VII, but only those with 100 or more must report to EEOC), available studies have not produced consistent evidence of EEOC impact. Besides the lack of strong cross-sectional support for the time series conclusions, three puzzles emerge: (1) What caused the decline in black male labor force participation which began about the same time as the federal antidiscrimination effort? (2) Why did black females advance more rapidly than black males since the federal effort began? (3) Why did advantaged blacks advance more rapidly than less advantaged blacks?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0669.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Indexing and Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0670</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Much of the opposition to indexation as a means of adapting to on going inflation arises from the view that indexation is itself inflationary. This paper examines the basis for that view in a simple macroeconomic model in which budget deficits are in part financed through the printing of money. It is shown that all aspects of indexing -- wage indexation, bond indexation, and tax indexation -- tend to increase the impact on the price level of any inflationary shock. However, this association between indexation and inflation is in large part a consequence of the monetary and fiscal policies being followed by the government. Evidence from a cross-section of forty countries on the effects of indexation on the inflationary impact of the oil price shock of 1974 suggests that indexation did not in general increase the inflationary impact of the oil shock. However, the impact of the oil shock was significantly stronger in those countries that had adopted bond indexation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0670.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Training, Tenure, and Productivity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0671</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lichtenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Frank R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is substantial evidence from the literature on individual wage determination that length of service to the firm is an important determinant of earnings and thus of labor productivity, holding constant employee at-tributes such as age, sex, and education. Earnings growth associated with increased tenure is usually interpreted as a reflection of firm-specific on-the-job training (OJT). In this paper a model of producer technology  consistent with the hypothesis of firm-specific OJT is formulated and estimated. Empirical implementation of the model on data for U.S. manufacturing provides the basis for estimation of the marginal productivity of workers classified by length of service to the firm, i.e., of the tenure-productivity profile. The parameter estimates also enable us to determine the effect of recent changes in the tenure distribution (due to changes in labor turnover behavior) on manufacturing productivity performance.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0671.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Competitive Theory of Monopoly Unionism</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0672</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper sets up a microeconomic theory of labor unions. It discusses their formation and goals, their hierarchical structure, and the nature of rent distribution. The theory provides predictions for the probability that an industry or occupation will be unionized, the proportion of that industry that will be unionized, and observed wage differentials within that industry. It discusses the way that those values change in response to changes in the supply of labor, demand for labor, cost of organizing the union, and cost of defeating the union. Institutions such as featherbedding, fringe benefits, and seniority are rationalized in this framework. The model is consistent with competitive factor and product markets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0672.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Reexamination of Tax Distortions in General Equilibrium Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0673</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>General equilibrium models have recently been used to simulate the effects of many proposed tax changes. However, in modeling the effects of the government on the economy, these models have assumed for simplicity that marginal tax rates equal the observed average tax rates, and that marginal benefit rates are zero. The main purpose of this paper is to derive improved estimates of various marginal tax and benefit rates. Most importantly, we include in the model recent theories concerning the effects of combined corporate and personal taxes on corporate financial and investment decisions. The conclusions previously derived concerning the effects of corporate tax integration are then reexamined in light of the proposed changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0673.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Have Angels Done More? The Steel Industry Consent Decree</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0674</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ichniowski</surname>
          <given-names>Casey</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study analyzes the Consent Decree of the United States' basic steel industry which reformed plant seniority systems to accommodate issues of equal employment opportunity. The plant-by-plant litigation brought under Title VII and Executive Order 11246 is shown to be the main catalyst which brought representatives of the steel industry, of the United Steel Workers of America, and of the appropriate government agencies to negotiate this industry-wide solution. The principal terms of the steel industry Consent Decree are: the establishment of a mechanism to implement the Decree; the uniform institution of plant-wide seniority; the retention of pay rates after transfer to a position that provides a lower pay rate than the previous position; the establishment of goals for minority representation in trade and craft jobs; and a back pay settlement. The analysis of these provisions reveals two related points. Black representation in trade and craft jobs increased in the four year period after the Decree, with an indication that the increase was greater than pre-1974 employment trends would have predicted. However, 1978 black/white employment figures indicate that underutilization of blacks in these positions still persists.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0674.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0674.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wage-Employment Contracts: Global Results</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0675</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kahn</surname>
          <given-names>Charles</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the efficient agreements about the dependence of workers' earnings on employment, when the employment level is controlled by firms. The firms ' superior information about profitability conditions is responsible for this form of contract governance. Under plausible assumptions, such agreements will cause employment to diverge from efficiency as a byproduct of their attempt to mitigate risk. It is shown that, if leisure is a normal good and firms are risk neutral, employment is always above the efficient level. Such a one-period implicit contracting model cannot, therefore, be used to "explain" unemployment as a rational byproduct of risk sharing between workers and a risk neutral firm under conditions of asymmetric information.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0675.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0675.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Quantity and Elasticity Spillovers onto the Labor Market: Theory and Evidence on Sluggishness</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0676</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Drazen</surname>
          <given-names>Allan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obst</surname>
          <given-names>Norman P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Firms' beliefs that they may be unable to sell as much as they would like at the market price leads not only to a quantity spillover (even when prices are flexible) but also to a spillover of product demand elasticity onto the elasticity of labor demand. Hence, optimal firm behavior can be expected to produce a negative correlation between the (absolute value of) the wage elasticity and the unemployment rate. This hypothesis is tested on three sets of data. 1) For low-skilled workers in the United States in 1969 there is weak support for this hypothesis; 2) In time-series data for the U.S. there is no evidence for the hypothesis (there is essentially no cyclical variability in the elasticity); and 3) In time-series data for the United Kingdom there is fairly strong evidence supporting it. We also find that, in both the U.S. and the U.K., the demand elasticity for labor decreased in the 1970s to an extent that does not appear to be explained by changes in other factor prices.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0676.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0676.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimated Output, Price, Interest Rate, and Exchange Rate Linkages amongCountries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0677</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides quantitative estimates of the output, price, interest rate, and exchange rate linkages among a number of countries. The econometric model that is used for this purpose is described in Fair (1981), and the present paper is an extension of this work. The linkages are examined by changing various policy variables and observing the resulting change in the endogenous variables. The model is also used to estimate what is called the "exchange rate effect" on inflation. One of the ways in which monetary and fiscal policies may affect a country's inflation rate is by first influencing its exchange rate, which in turn influences import prices, which in turn influences domestic prices. The model allows this exchange rate effect on inÂ£ lat ion to be estimated. The results in the paper give a good indication of the properties of the model. The linkages among countries are complicated and there are few unambiguous effects with respect to sign. This is true not just in principle but also in fact. Depreciation, for example, increases GNP for Japan, but decreases it for Germany and the U.K. A spending in- crease leads to a depreciation in Japan, but to an appreciation in Germany and the U.K. A spending increase in the U.S. has noticeably different effects on different countries. The results also show the importance of price, interest rate, and exchange rate linkages among countries as well as the usual trade linkages.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0677.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Information and Capital Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0678</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides the foundations of a general theory of information and the capital market. We show that in a pure gambling market, even with asymmetric information, there cannot exist an equilibrium with trade with rational individuals. We argue that although a pure exchange stock market is not a pure gambling market, most of the trade on the stock market arises from irrationality on the part of some investors and the rational response on the part of other investors to take advantage of that irrationality. We show that the private returns to information acquisition and dissemination differ markedly from social returns and as a result the market equilibrium is not a (constrained) Pareto optimum. Moreover, we show how firms' actions, e.g. the fraction of shares retained by the original entrepreneurs, the debt equity ratio, and the level of investment, may convey information about firm characteristics. This in turn affects the behavior of firms. As a result, the original owners of firms will be incompletely diversified, firms will not take actions which maximize their stock market value, and, in particular, they may behave in a risk averse manner, paying attention to own risk (which traditional theory suggests that the only risk firms should care about is the correlation with the market).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0678.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Has the Rate of Investment Fallen?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0679</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although the ratio of gross fixed nonresidential investment to GNP has decreased very little since the late 1960rs, the corresponding net investment ratio declined by nearly 40 percent between the second half of the 1960's and the second half of the 1970's. Four-fifths of this decline was due to the increased ratio of depreciation to GNP and only one-fifth to the decreased ratio of gross investment to GNP. The increased ratio of depreciation to GNP was in turn due in equal amounts to the higher ratio of capital to GNP and to the higher rate of depreciation. Nearly half of the higher depreciation rate was due to the increased rate of depreciation of equipment and nearly half to the increased share of equipment in the capital stock.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0679.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0679.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Capital Taxation, and Monetary Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0680</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper discusses the effects of the interaction between inflation and the taxation of capital income. The principal conclusions are: (1) Inflation substantially increases the total effective tax rate on the income from capital used in the nonfinancial corporate sector. The total effective tax rate has risen from less than 60 percent in the mid-1960's to more than 70 percent in the late 1970's. (2) The higher effective tax rate reduces the real net rate of return to those who provide investment capital. In the late 19701s, the real net rate of return averaged less than three percent. (3) The interact ion between inflation and existing tax rules contributed to the fall in the ratio of share prices to real pretax earnings, or, equivalently, to the rise in the real cost to the firm of equity capital. (4) By reducing the real net return to investors and by widening the gap between the firms' cost of funds and the maximum return that they can afford to pay, the interaction between tax rates and inflation has depressed the rate of net investment in business fixed capital. (5) The failure to consider correctly the effects of the fiscal structure has caused observers to underestimate the expansionary character of monetary policy in the past two decades. (6) The goal of increasing investment while maintaining price stability can be achieved with tight money, a high real interest rate, and tax incentives for investment. A high real net-of-tax interest rate could reduce residential investment and other forms of consumer spending while the tax incentives offset the monetary effect for investment in business capital.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0680.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternative Tax Rules and Personal Savings Incentives: Microeconomic Data and Behavioral Simulations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0681</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines the potential effects on personal savings of alternative types of tax rules. The analysis makes use of two extensive samples of information on individual savings and financial income: the 1972 Consumer Expenditure Survey and a stratified random sample of 26,000 individual tax returns for that year. The first type of tax rule that we consider would permit all tax-payers to make tax deductible contributions to individual savings accounts. The interest and dividends earned in these accounts would also accumulate untaxed. A potential problem with any such plan is that Individuals could in principle obtain tax deductions without doing any additional saving merely by transferring pre-existing assets into the special accounts. The evidence that we have examined indicates that this Is not likely to be important in practice since most taxpayers currently have little or no financial assets with which to make such transfers. For example, a plan permitting contributions of 10 percent of wages up to $2000 a year would exhaust all the pre-existing assets of 75 per-cent of households in just 2 years. Our evidence also shows that a ceiling on annual contributions of 10 percent of wages still leaves an increased saving incentive for more than 80 percent of households since fewer than 20 percent of households currently save as much as 10 percent a year. Specific simulations of a variety of such proposals show that even when income and substitution effects balance for a representative taxpayer (implying no change in his consumption) aggregate saving would rise considerably. The second type of tax rule that we examine would increase the current $200 interest and dividend exclusion. In 1972, among families with incomes of $20,000 to $30,000, 55 percent had more than $200 of interest and dividends; for those with incomes of at least $30,000, 82 percent had more than $200 of interest and dividends. For such families, the$200exclusion provides no incentive for additional saving. Our analysis considers four ways of strengthening the saving incentive while limiting the reduction in tax revenue:(1) a limit of $1000 on the interest and dividend exclusion; (2) a 51) percent exclusion of interest and dividends up to a $1000 limit; (3) exclusion of interest and dividends in excess of 5 percent of income over$10,000with an exclusion limit of $1000;and (4)exclusion of 20 percent of interest and dividend income without any limit. The revenue effects of all of these options were found to be quite small. But even with quite modest elasticities of current consumer spending with respect to the relative prices of present and future consumption, these plans could increase saving by significantly more than the reduction in tax revenue.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0681.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Simulating Nonlinear Tax Rules and Nonstandard Behavior: An Application to the Tax Treatment of Charitable Contributions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0682</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lindsey</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines how the tax simulation method can be extended to incorporate nonlinear budget constraints and nonstandard economic behavior. We simulate the effect of extending the charitable deduction to nonitemizers and study the effect of alternative "floors". The specific simulations indicate that the econometric evidence on charitable giving implies that extending the charitable deduction to nonitemizers would raise individual giving by about 12 percent of the existing total amount or $4.5 billion at 1977 levels. The extension would reduce tax revenue by slightly less, about $4.1 billion. A floor of $300 or 3 percent of AGI would reduce the revenue loss by 30 to 40 percent, even if there is significant bunching. The effect of the floor on increased giving depends critically on whether taxpayers' behavior is guided by conventional demand principles or by the net altruism rule. A reasonable conclusion is that a floor would reduce giving by less than the increased revenue but that the difference between them would not be very large.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0682.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Decline in Black Teenage Employment: 1950-1970</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0683</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cogan</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the causes of the decline in black male teenage employment from 1950 to 1970. During this period, the employment-to-population ratio of black youth (age 16-19) declined from 46.8 percent to 27 percent. The white teenage employment ratio, in contrast, remained constant. The primary source of the decline is traced to the virtual demise of the market for low-skilled agricultural labor. All of the black teenage employment decline during this period occurs in the South. The employment ratio among those living outside the South actually increases. Within the South, the entire decline in employment is accounted for by a reduction in agricultural employment. This study argues that technological progress is the principal cause of the agricultural employment decline among black youths. Spurred by the rapid advance and adoption of labor-saving technology, southern agricultural production was transformed from a relatively labor intensive process to a highly capital intensive one. As a result, the demand for low-skilled agricultural labor plummeted. By 1970, a formerly important source of black youth employment virtually ceased to exist. Black teenagers who were displaced from agricultural work were not absorbed by the nonagricultural sector. An additional finding of this paper is that the federal minimum wage acted as an important barrier to nonagricultural employment in the South. The raw data reveal significant reductions in black teenage employment growth in precisely those industries where coverage of the minimum wage was increased : retail trade, construct ion, and the service sector. Regression estimates indicate a quantitatively large minimum wage effect.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0683.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0683.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Non-Uniqueness in Rational Expectations Models: An Attempt at Perspective</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0684</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCallum</surname>
          <given-names>Bennett T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Many macroeconomic models involving rational expect at ions give rise to an infinity of solution paths, even when the models are linear in all variables. Some writers have suggested that this non-uniqueness constitutes a serious weakness for the rational expectations hypothesis. One purpose of the present paper is to argue that the non-uniqueness in question is not properly attributable to the rationality hypothesis but, instead, is a general feature of dynamic models involving expectations. It is also argued that there typically exists, in a very wide class of linear rational expectations models, a single solution that excludes "bubble" or "bootstrap" effects -- ones that occur only because they are arbitrarily expected to occur. A systematic procedure for obtaining solutions free from such effects is introduced and discussed. In addition, this procedure is used to interpret and reconsider several prominent examples with solution multiplicities, including ones developed by Fischer Black and John B. Taylor.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0684.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Relative Prices, Employment, and the Exchange Rate in an Economy with Foresight</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0685</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the effects of monetary policy in a small, open economy with a floating exchange rate, sticky wages, and rational expectations in both the asset and labor markets. The model developed emphasizes the link between exchange-rate depreciation and nominal wage inflation, embodying it in an expectations-augmented Phillips curve. The economy studied produces both traded and non-traded goods, and thus provides a framework in which to explore the connection between the dynamic behavior of the exchange rate and the supply structure and degree of openness of the economy. In addition, the paper examines the "vicious circle" hypothesis, showing how an explosive cycle of exchange-rate depreciation and wage-price inflation may arise in response to an expected monetary expansion.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0685.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0685.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aggregate Spending and the Terms of Trade: Is There a Laursen-Metzler Effect?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0686</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the spending and current-account effects of permanent terms-of-trade shifts in a model where households maximize utility over an infinite planning period. In the framework we adopt, an economy specialized in production must experience a fall in aggregate spending and a current surplus when the terms of trade permanently deteriorate The model thus provides a counter-example to the argument of Laursen and Idetzler (1950) and Harberger (1950) that a permanent worsening in the terms of trade must produce a current-account deficit.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0686.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0686.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation of Corporate Capital Income: Tax Revenues vs. Tax Distortions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0687</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Roger H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Since the average tax rate on corporate capital income is very high, economists often conclude that taxes have caused a substantial fall in corporate investment, a movement of capital into noncorporate uses, and a fall in personal savings. The combined efficiency costs of these distortions are believed to be very important. This paper attempts to show that when uncertainty and inflation are taken into account explicitly, taxation of corporate income leaves corporate investment incentives basically unaffected, in spite of the sizable tax revenues collected. In addition, in some plausible situations, such taxes can result in a gain in efficiency. The explanation for these surprising results is that the government, by taxing capital income, absorbs a certain fraction of both the expected return and the uncertainty in the return. While investors as a result receive a lower expected return, they also bear less risk when they invest, and these two effects are largely offsetting.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0687.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0687.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Pitfalls in the Construction and Use of Effective Tax Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0688</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bradford</surname>
          <given-names>David F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A cost of capital formula can be a useful tool in estimating the effective tax rate on a dollar of marginal investment in a particular industry. There are a number of procedural issues, however, which can greatly affect the resulting estimates. First, tax rate estimates vary with the interest rate used in the formula. Second, the nonlinearity of tax rate formulas may lead to anomalous results. For example, an investment that is actually subsidized may appear to bear a positive tax. Or, tax rates may become arbitrarily large when the project's rate of return approaches zero. Third, effective tax rate results depend on the assumed relationship between inflation and nominal interest rates. Our conclusion is that much sensitivity analysis and specificity are required in studies that undertake to estimate effective tax rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0688.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Policy and Foreign Direct Investment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0689</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the implications of the most common system of taxing foreign source income. It is argued that, because the repatriation of earnings to the home country investor and not the earnings themselves are typically the source of tax liability, the foreign source income tax should affect foreign investment differently depending on the required transfers of funds within the firm. One implication of viewing the tax in this fashion is that in order to maximize after tax profits, a firm should finance its foreign investment out of foreign earnings to the greatest extent possible. That is, a firm's required foreign return jumps at the point at which desired foreign investment just exhausts foreign earnings. This allows us to draw a distinction between "mature" foreign operations, which are at any point in time financed at the margin by reinvested earnings (and perhaps also pay dividends to their: parent firm in the home country), and "immature" foreign affiliates, which rely on funding from their parents (and should not be paying dividends). It is noted that survey evidence on multinational firm behavior is consistent with this distinction. Direct investment data indicate that mature foreign operations probably account for nearly ninety percent of U. S. foreign direct investment. The discussion then turns to investment incentives. It is shown that the home country's rate of tax on foreign source income and the presence or absence of a foreign tax credit should be irrelevant to a mature foreign operation's investment and dividend decisions. This conclusion, which conflicts sharply with the conventional wisdom, follows because the home country tax acts as an unavoidable cost. New firms' investment decisions are, on the other hand, influenced by home country taxes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0689.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0689.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Consumption Correlatedness and Risk Measurement in Economies with Non trade Assets and Heterogeneous Information</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0690</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Sanford J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The consumption beta theorem of Breeden makes the expected return on any asset a function only of its covariance with changes in aggregate consumption. It is shown that the theorem is more robust than was indicated by Breeden. The theorem obtains even if one deletes Breeden's assumptions that (a) all risky assets are tradable, (b) investors have homogeneous beliefs, (c) other assets can be traded without transactions costs and (d) that all assets have returns which are Ito processes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0690.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0690.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Systematic Banking Collapse in a Perfect Foresight World</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0691</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flood</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Garber</surname>
          <given-names>Peter M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we present a model in which a systematic banking collapse is possible in a perfect foresight, general equilibrium context. Our aim is to determine con3itions under which a collapse will eventually occur and the timing of such a collapse. The collapse can occur endogenously, driven by market fundamentals. Alternatively, it can be caused by a mass hysteria which generates itself in reality. Vie also compare the assumptions and implications of our model to the observable phenomena of the 1930's.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0691.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wealth Mobility: The Missing Element</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0692</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kearl</surname>
          <given-names>J. R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pope</surname>
          <given-names>Clayne L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We consider the problems that may arise when cross sectional data alone are used for inferences about individual welfare, the existence of elites, the possibilities of class boundaries, the openness of a society, etc. We also consider problems with alternative measures of socio-economic position. We then use a sample of 2400 households observed over one or two decade intervals together with data on the population of households at each observation point to examine mobility within the distribution of wealth for an almost closed economy, Utah, 1850-1870. We use information on households to examine those characteristics that contribute to mobility. We find considerable mobility, much apparently stochastic, within quite highly skewed distributions of wealth that also exhibit increasing inequality through time.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0692.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0692.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Policy and Short-Term Interest Rates: An Efficient Markets-Rational Expectations Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0693</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The impact of a money stock increase on nominal short-term interest rates has been a hotly debated issue in the monetary economics literature. The most commonly held view -- also a feature of most structural macro models--has an increase in the money stock leading, at least in the short-run, to a decline in short interest rates. Monetarists dispute this view because they believe that it ignores the dynamic effects of a money stock increase. This paper is an application of efficient markets-rational expectations theory to analyze empirically the relationship of money supply growth and short- term interest rates. This approach has the advantage over earlier research on this subject in that it imposes a theoretical structure that allows easier interpretation of the empirical results as well as more powerful statistical tests. In the interest of ascertaining the robustness of the results, many different empirical tests are carried out in this paper, and they uniformly do not support the proposition that increases in the money supply are correlated with declines in short rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0693.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Utilitarianism and Horizontal Equity: The Case for Random Taxation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0694</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper establishes that, far from being able to derive the principle of horizontal equity from utilitarianism, the principle is actually in- consistent with utilitarianism in a variety of circumstances. We derive conditions under which (a) it is optimal to impose random tax schedules (ex post randomization) ; and (b) it is optimal to randomize the tax schedules imposed on a set of otherwise identical individuals (ex ante randomization). The implications for optimal tax theory are discussed. More generally, it is shown that there are a number of potentially important economic situations with which the principle of horizontal equity may be inconsistent not only with utilitarianism but even with Pareto optimality.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0694.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0694.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Familial Love and Intertemporal Optimality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0695</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the intertemporal efficiency and optimality of steady states within overlapping-generations models in which the utility of individual working couples , depends on the consumption of their parents and children as well as their own consumption. The analysis considers both a basic model in which altruistic behavior can take only the form of gifts of consumption goods from working couples to their retired parents and an extended model in which altruistic behavior also can take the form of bequests from parents to their surviving children. In the basic model, saving only involves storing consumption goods, whereas the extended model includes capital and neoclassical production. The following conclusions from the analysis apply to both models: An altruistic utility function promotes inter-temporal efficiency. However, altruism creates an externality that implies that satisfying the conditions for efficiency does not insure intertemporal optimality. Nevertheless, if the utility of working couples is appropriately sensitive at the margin to their own consumption, their parents consumption, and their children's consumption, the steady state that is consistent with individual behavior is both efficient and optimal.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0695.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0695.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimated Effects of Relative Prices on Trade Shares</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0696</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Estimated effects of relative prices on trade shares are presented in this paper for 64 countries. The equations are estimated using pooled time series, cross section data under the assumption that the error term is serially correlated across time and heteroskedastic across countries. The results strongly indicate that relative prices have an important effect on trade shares. The sensitivity of the properties of the multicountry model in Fair (1981a) to the endogenous treatment of trade shares is also examined. The addition of the trade share equations to the model has noticeable effects on the properties of the model regarding the effects of a depreciation. The sensitivity of trade shares to relative prices is an important channel in this version of the model through which a country's price of exports affects the demand for its exports.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0696.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0696.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Implications of the Changing U.S. Labor Market for Higher Education</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0697</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines evidence regarding the impact of the changed labor market on the higher educational system. Four basic propositions can be drawn from the paper's findings. Firstly, the labor market for the highly educated underwent a downturn in the 1970s, reducing the relative earnings of new college graduates and forcing them into jobs not normally considered as requiring college training. Secondly, this downturn resulted in a leveling off, and, in the case of white males, a sharp decline, in college enrollment. Statistical and survey questionnaire data show that this is due to the economic responsiveness of potential students to market incentives. The effects of this labor market change were most severe in the liberal arts, teaching, and academic and research-oriented occupations. In other business-oriented fields such as management and accounting, and in engineering, economic opportunities remained substantial or in some cases improved. Consistent with these changes were changes in enrollments and degrees. Depressed job markets experienced rapid declines in enrollment, while fields such as engineering experienced an increase in enrollment. Concurrently, professional schools benefited while liberal arts schools suffered from labor market induced patterns of change in enrollment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0697.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0697.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and Excess Burden: A Life-Cycle Perspective</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0698</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Driffill</surname>
          <given-names>E. John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A lifetime perspective is appropriate in assessing the welfare implications of government tax policies. Although a number of attempts have been made to ex- amine the excess burden of taxation in life-cycle models, these have tended to ignore the role of human capital accumulation and/or the leisure-income choice. In this paper, we do numerical simulations with a model that takes both of these phenomena into account. We find that under reasonable assumptions, the failure to take into account distortions of human capital decisions produces substantial underestimates of the excess burden of income taxation. In addition, allowing for the endogeneity of human capital increases the efficiency of a personal consumption tax relative to that of an equal yield income tax.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0698.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0698.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Resource Utilization, and Debt and Equity Returns</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0699</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Enormously diverse real and nominal ex post returns on equity and short and long term debt securities have accompanied substantial variations in inflation and resource utilization during the past half century. This paper contains an examination of the relationships among these security returns and an analysis of the effects of inflation and resource utilization on the relationships. The three major results are the following. First, prior to the Treasury-Federal Reserve Accord in 1951, nominal yields on one-month Treasury bills were reasonably stable, while real bill rates were incredibly volatile. Since 1952, the reverse has been true. Nominal bill rates have cycled around a rising trend, and real bill rates have stayed near zero. Second, changes in yields on new-issue, long-term bonds have been largely unanticipated, and these changes have dominated the realized returns on bonds relative to Treasury bills. Because bond rates have risen with (unexpected) inflation during the last fifteen years, bonds have earned negative real returns. Third, the relative returns on equities and bonds are greatly affected by the business cycle with equities performing very well around troughs and very poorly around peaks. This has been true for all ten troughs since 1926 and all six peaks since 1946.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0699.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0699.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Risk and Return: A New Look</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0700</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Malkiel</surname>
          <given-names>Burton G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One of the best documented propositions in the field of finance is that, on average, investors have received higher rates of return on in- vestment securities for bearing greater risk. This paper looks at the historical evidence regarding risk and return, explains the fundamentals of portfolio and asset pricing theory, and then goes on to take a new look at the relationship between risk and return using some unexplored risk measures that seem to capture quite closely the actual risks being valued in the market. The paper concludes that the best single risk proxy is not the traditional beta calculation but rather the dispersion of analysts' forecasts. Companies for which there is broad consensus with respect to future earnings and dividends seem to be less risky (and hence have lower expected returns) than companies for which there is little agreement among security analysts. It is possible to interpret this result as contradicting modern asset pricing theory, which suggests that total variability per se will not be relevant for valuation. As is shown in the paper, how- ever, this dispersion of forecasts could well result from different companies being particularly susceptible to systematic risk elements and thus the dispersion measure may be the best individual proxy available to capture the variety of systematic risk elements to which securities are subject.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0700.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Investment Strategy in an Inflationary Environment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0701</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper addresses the issue of how an investor concerned about the real rate of return on his investment portfolio should allocate his funds among four major asset classes: stocks, bonds, bills and commodity futures contracts. It employs the Markowitz mean-variance framework to derive estimates of the pre-tax, real risk-return tradeoff curve currently facing an investor in the U.S. capital markets. Some of the major findings are: 1) Bills are the cornerstone of any low-risk investment strategy. The minimum-risk portfolio has a mean real rate of return of zero and a standard deviation of about 1%. The slope of the tradeoff curve is initially 1, but it declines rapidly as one progresses up the curve to higher mean rates of return. 2) Stocks offer the highest mean and are also riskiest. 3) Bonds play a prominent part in portfolios which lie in the midsection of the tradeoff curve, although not much would be lost if these instruments were eliminated. 4) Commodity futures contracts are the only asset whose returns are positively correlated with inflation. By adding them to the portfolios of stocks, bonds and bills, it is possible to achieve any target mean real rate of return with less risk.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0701.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Changing Balance Sheet Relationships in the U.S. Manufacturing Sector, 1926-77</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0702</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>John H. Ciccolo,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper documents trends in the sources and uses of funds, market valuations, and rates of return for a sample of U.S. manufacturing firms during the half -century ending in 1977. The major objective of the paper is to construct economic balance sheet relationships based on securities market valuations rather than on the more familiar book values used for accounting purposes. Among the more interesting long-term trends highlighted in the analysis is the finding that the widely recognized increase in debt in manufacturing firms' capitalization has come primarily at the expense of .preferred stock. A second interesting point is the contrast between the sharp fall in common equity values in 1929-32, which was entirely reversed by 1936, and the even sharper post-1968 decline which was not reversed by 1977 nor, for that matter, by 1981. This paper is an introduction to a more comprehensive study which will be part of the second stage of the Debt/Equity Research Project.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0702.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Private Pensions as Corporate Debt</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0703</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper begins by examining the ways in which pension liabilities are and are not like corporate bonds. Some conceptual issues involved in valuing future pension obligations are then discussed. The second section considers the advantage to firms of fully funding their pension obligations and the reasons why many firms nevertheless choose to have unfunded obligations. The third section then summarizes the results of research on the effect of unfunded pension liabilities on the equity value of firms. The first three sections thus consider the role of pensions at the level of the individual firm. The two sections that follow focus on the current and future role of pensions in the national economy. More specifically, section 4 examines the effect of private pensions on the nation's saving rate, paying special attention to the implication of unfunded pension obligations. The fifth section then discusses the impact of inflation on the private pension system and the likely future for indexed and unindexed private pensions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0703.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0703.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Debt and Economic Activity in the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0704</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper documents a long-standing stability in the relationship between outstanding debt and economic activity in the United States, and explores the implications for capital formation of several hypotheses that could explain this observed phenomenon. The aggregate of outstanding credit liabilities of all nonfinancial borrowers in the United States bears as close a relationship to U.S. non- financial economic activity as do the more familiar asset aggregates like the money stock (however measured) or the monetary base. This stability in the debt-to-income relationship reflects the net outcome of pronounced but offsetting movements of the public and private components of the total debt aggregate. Three different hypotheses provide potential explanations for this phenomenon. Two of these, one emphasizing taxpayers' actions and one based on credit market borrowing constraints, carry the implication that increases in government debt outstanding associated with financing budget deficits crowd out private financing and hence private capital formation. The third hypothesis, which emphasizes the portfolio preferences of lenders, implies that increased government financing will not crowd out private capital formation but will cause the private sector to shift from debt to equity financing.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0704.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0704.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Real and Monetary Disturbances in an Exchange-Rate Union</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0705</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marston</surname>
          <given-names>Richard C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates how a small country fares in an exchange-rate union if that country is subject to real and monetary disturbances originating at home and abroad. By joining a union, the country can fix the exchange rate between its currency and the currency of another country or countries. The paper asks whether or not fixing this exchange rate helps to modify the effects of disturbances on the domestic economy. This question is investigated within a model consisting of an aggregate demand equation dependent upon the terms of trade, an aggregate supply equation in which labor supply is responsive to the general price level, and a financial equation that determines the exchange rate of the domestic currency relative to one of two foreign currencies (the other being determined by triangular arbitrage) . Aggregate supply behavior varies depending upon whether wages respond to prices with a lag or are indexed to current changes in the general price level. Because the small country model cannot be used by itself to analyze the effects of foreign disturbances, the paper introduces models of two foreign countries with the same analytical structure as the domestic country model. Foreign disturbances are studied in two stages, first within the foreign model, then within the domestic model. The analysis shows that one of the most important factors determining the effects of the union is the degree of wage indexation in the domestic economy. The greater the degree of indexation, the less difference there is between output variation in the union and in a flexible regime. Apart from wage behavior, two other factors are important: the sources of the disturbances and the pattern of trade. Contrary to common belief, the case for a union is not necessarily strengthened if disturbances primarily originate outside the union and if the domestic country trades primarily with other members of the union.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0705.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0705.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Added-Worker Effect: A Reappraisal</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0706</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lundberg</surname>
          <given-names>Shelly J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, the added worker effect is interpreted as a response to uncertain returns to labour supply offers by members of a household. A model of household labour supply is developed In which each member's current labour force status affects the job search and participation decisions of the other and thus the probabilities of observed transitions between the states of employment, unemployment, and non-participation. The determinants of actual household transitions are then investigated using continuous employment histories for a sample of low-income families. Simulations using the estimated transition functions show that increased unemployment among married men has a sizeable short-run effect on both participation and employment of married women.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0706.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0706.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Well-Being and Child Labor: The Inter action of Family and Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0707</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldin</surname>
          <given-names>Claudia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Parsons</surname>
          <given-names>Donald</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>How did industrialization in the nineteenth century affect the well-being of children among American working class families? Two revealing surveys from 1890 and 1907 are used to examine the implications of child labor on schooling decisions and on possible offsetting intrafamily transfers, in the form of current "retained" earnings or future asset transfers. Both issues are analyzed within the context of a formal model of family labor supply, in which returns to schooling accrue after the youth has left the household and thus the interests of the parents and the child need not coincide. Parents working in the industries examined did not, it appears, compensate their children for the reduced future earnings implied by child labor, in either the current or in future time periods. But, in addition, the migration of families in which parental altruism was weak may have eliminated much of the apparent increase in family income due to higher child earnings. We end with a note reconciling our findings with the long term trend away from child labor.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0707.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Flexible Exchange Rates, and the Natural Rate of Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0708</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The most important conclusion of this paper is that the growth rate of the money supply influences the U.S. inflation rate more strongly and promptly than in most previous studies, because the flexible exchange rate system has introduced an additional channel of monetary impact, over and above the traditional channel operating through labor-market tightness. Lagged changes in the effective exchange rate of the dollar, through their influence on the prices of exports and import substitutes, help to explain why U.S. inflation was so low in 1976 and why it accelerated so rapidly in 1978. Granger causality tests indicate that lagged exchange rate changes influence inflation, but lagged inflation does not cause exchange rate changes. A policy of monetary restriction in the 1980s is shown to cut the inflation rate by five percentage points at about half the cost in lost output as compared with the consensus view from previous studies. The paper defines the "no shock natural rate of unemployment" as the unemployment rate consistent with a constant rate of inflation in a hypothetical state having no supply shocks and a constant exchange rate. A new estimate of this natural rate concept displays an increase from 5.1 percent in 1954 to 5.9 percent in 1980 that is entirely due to the much-discussed demographic shift in labor-force shares and relative unemployment rates. Other higher estimates of the natural unemployment rate, close to 7 percent in 1980, result from the use of a naive Phillips curve that relates inflation only to labor-market tightness and inertia variables. The paper contains extensive sensitivity tests that examine the behavior of the basic inflation equation over alternative sample periods; that enter the growth rate of money directly and track the behavior of a money- augmented equation in dynamic simulation experiments; and that test and reject the view that wage-setting behavior is dominated by "wage-wage inertia", that is, the dependence of wage changes mainly on their own past values.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0708.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0708.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Test Scores and Self-Selection of Higher Education: College Attendance versus College Completion</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0709</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Venti</surname>
          <given-names>Steven F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>As a companion paper to our work on students' application and colleges' admission decisions, we have estimated a joint discrete-continuous utility maximization model of college attendance and college completion. The paper is motivated by the possibility that test scores are poor predictors of who will succeed in college and thus may not promote optimal investment decisions and may indeed unjustly limit the educational opportunities of some youth. We find that: (1) College attendance decisions are strongly commensurate with college completion. Persons who are unlikely to attend college would be very likely to drop out of even their "first-choice" colleges, were they to attend. College human capital investment decisions are strongly mirrored by the likelihood that they will pay off. (2) Contrary to much of the recent criticism of the predictive validity of test scores, we find that their informational content is substantial. After controlling for high school class rank, for example, the probability of dropping out of the first-choice college varies greatly with SAT scores. (3) Individual self-selection, related to both measured and unmeasured attributes, is the dominant determinant of college attendance.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0709.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0709.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Test Scores, Educational Opportunities, and Individual Choice</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0710</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Venti</surname>
          <given-names>Steven F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A model combining student preferences for college with university admissions decisions is estimated to provide information on the role of test scores in the determination of post-secondary educational opportunities. In contrast to implications of much of the recent criticism of tests and their use, we find that scholastic aptitude test scores are more strongly related to student application and choice of college "quality" than to college admissions decisions. In addition, although there is a substantial correlation between test scores and high school performance, we find that both post-secondary school preferences and ultimate opportunities are related as much to performance in high school as to test scores themselves. Although SAT scores certainly exclude some persons from schools, our findings indicate that they do not represent a dominating constraint on the college opportunities of high school graduates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0710.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Discontinuous Distributions and Missing Persons: The Minimum Wage and Unemployed Youth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0711</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Meyer</surname>
          <given-names>Robert H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effects of minimum wage legislation on the employment and wage rates of youth are estimated using a new statistical approach. We find that without the minimum, not only would the percent of out-of-school youth who are employed be 4 to 6 percent higher than it is, but also that these youth would earn more. In particular, the expected hourly earnings of youth with market wage rates below the 1978 minimum are 10 percent lower with the minimum than they would be without it. Thus, an effect of the minimum is to increase the concentration of non-employment among low-wage workers and to reduce their earnings relative to higher wage workers as well. The minimum wage accounts for possibly a third of the difference between the employment rates of black and white youth, according to our results. Our methodology is based on parameterization of the effect of the minimum on the distribution of "market" employment outcomes and market wage rates that would exist in the absence of the minimum. A concomitant of the estimation procedure is joint estimation of market wage and employment functions that would pertain if there were no minimum.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0711.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0711.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Sources of Labor Productivity Variation in U.S. Manufacturing, 1947-80</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0712</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bernanke</surname>
          <given-names>Ben S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the relationship between inflation, exchange rates, and the pattern of international trade and payments in a small economy with utility-maximizing agents and a transactions demand for money. Fully anticipated inflation has real effects in the model through its role as a tax on money and thereby on monetary transactions. An increase in the rate of monetary expansion generally reduces the value of domestic output and alters the composition of domestic production. The result is a change in the pattern of international comparative advantage and trade flows. The initial depreciation of the exchange rate following an increase in the rate of monetary expansion is accompanied by a trade surplus and capital outflow, while the subsequent depreciation is accompanied by a trade deficit.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0712.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0712.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Effects of Inflation on the Pattern of International Trade</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0713</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stockman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the relationship between inflation, exchange rates, and the pattern of international trade and payments in a small economy with utility-maximizing agents and a transactions demand for money. Fully anticipated inflation has real effects in the model through its role as a tax on money and thereby on monetary transactions. An increase in the rate of monetary expansion generally reduces the value of domestic output and alters the composition of domestic production. The result is a change in the pattern of international comparative advantage and trade flows. The initial depreciation of the exchange rate following an increase in the rate of monetary expansion is accompanied by a trade surplus and capital outflow, while the subsequent depreciation is accompanied by a trade deficit.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0713.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0713.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Risk Sharing through Breach of Contract Remedies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0714</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the sharing of risk under three different remedies for breach of contract. The risk considered arises from the possibility that, after a seller and buyer have entered into an agreement for the exchange of some (not generally available) good, a third party who values the good more than the original buyer may come along before delivery has occurred; the seller will want to breach. It is shown that this risk is optimally allocated by the expectation damage remedy if the seller is risk neutral and the buyer is risk averse, by the specific performance remedy if the opposite is true, and by a liquidated damage remedy if both parties are risk averse. The level of damages under the liquidated damage remedy is also shown to be bounded by the expectation measure of damages and a "damage equivalent" to the specific performance remedy. By means of a numerical example, it is shown that use of the prevailing remedy for breach of contract -- the expectation damage remedy -- may plausibly cause a welfare loss of as much as 20% due to inappropriate risk sharing.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0714.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0714.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Four Observations on Modern International Commercial Policy under Floating Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0715</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Richardson</surname>
          <given-names>J. David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes the essential similarity between "modern" commercial policy, with its rent-like revenues, and capital transfers. Import barriers are shown to have consequently ambiguous effects on nominal and real exchange rates. The paper also examines some important supply-side welfare Costs and consequences of import barriers through their influence on current asset prices and future capital formation. The model on which the observations are based is an aggregated fixed-endowment, full-employment, general-equilibrium model similar to those used in the pure theory of international trade, with financial capital and foreign exchange markets that are integrated in a manner consistent with the asset/portfolio-balance approach to exchange rates. The model is empirically calibrated to reflect the U.S. and the rest of the world in the early 1980's. In this empirical stylization, U.S. import barriers are shown (1) to reduce national consumption possibilities more significantly than is usually thought to be the case; (ii) to discourage U.S. physical capital formation; and (iii) to have significant yet variable effects on exchange rates, where the variability depends on the distribution between the U.S. and the rest of the world of the rent-like revenues implicit in the import barriers. It is notable that the more favorable this distribution to the U.S. the larger is the dollar depreciation caused by import barriers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0715.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0715.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Comment on Feldstein's Fisher-Schultz Lecture</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0716</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fair</surname>
          <given-names>Ray C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Feldstein argues in his Fisher-Schultz Lecture that he has found, by accounting for inflation and taxes, large and significant rate of return effects on investment. His results are interesting because they seem to be robust to alternative specifications of the investment equation. Feldstein has clearly not exhausted all possible specifications of the investment equation, and this comment reports on results, using Feldstein's data, for one alternative specification. The results do not support Feldstein's conclusion. The data do not appear to contain enough information to decide the issue of the quantitative effect of the cost of capital on investment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0716.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0716.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Unions on Productivity in the Public Sector: The Case of Libraries</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0717</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Ronald G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schwarz</surname>
          <given-names>Joshua L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents an analytical framework that can be used to analyze the effects of unions on productivity in the public sector. Our initial focus is on public libraries because considerable effort has been devoted to conceptualizing library productivity measures and because of the availability of data to implement the framework. Preliminary estimates are presented based upon data from 71 municipal libraries in Massachusetts. We conclude by indicating the direction that our future research on the subject will take.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0717.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0717.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Allocation of Capital Between Residential and Nonresidential Uses: Taxes, Inflation and Capital Market Constraints</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0718</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hu</surname>
          <given-names>Sheng Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We have constructed a simple two-sector model of the demand for housing and corporate capital. An increase in the inflation rate, with and with- out an increase in the risk premium on equities, was then simulated with a number of model variants. The model and simulation experiments illustrate both the tax bias in favor of housing (its initial average real user cost was 3 percentage points less than that for corporate capital) and the manner in which inflation magnifies it (the difference rises to 5 percentage points without an exogenous increase in real house prices and 4 percentage points with an exogenous increase). The existence of a capital-market constraint offsets the increase in the bias against corporate capital, but it introduces a sharp, inefficient reallocation of housing from less wealthy, constrained households to wealthy households who do not have gains on mortgages and are not financially const rained. Widespread usage of innovative housing finance instruments would overcome this reallocation but at the expense of corporate capital. Only a reduction in inflation or in the taxation of income from business capital will solve the problem of inefficient allocation of capital. The simulation results are also able to provide an explanation for the failure of nominal interest rates to rise by a multiple of an increase in the inflation rate in a world with taxes. When the inflation rate alone was increased, the ratio of the increases in the risk-free and inflation rates was 1.32. An increase in the risk premium on equities, in conjunction with the increase in inflation, lowered the simulated ratio to 1.10, introduction of a supply price elasticity of 4 and an exogenous increase in the real house price reduced the ratio to 1.03, and incorporation of the credit-market. constraint reduced the ratio to 0.95.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0718.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0718.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Efficiency of Decentralized Investment Management Systems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0719</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jones</surname>
          <given-names>David S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The primary purpose of this paper is to demonstrate that decentralized investment management systems may not always be efficient. Specifically, within the context of a particular portfolio choice paradigm it is shown that a given decentralized investment management system is (weakly) efficient if and only if the joint probability distribution of asset rates of return satisfy certain covariance restrictions. If these restrictions do not obtain then the asset portfolios generated by this decentralized structure will generally be inferior to those which would be generated by a completely centralized structure. This paper also discusses how the managers of departments within an efficient decentralized structure should behave so as to generate portfolios which are optimal from the point of view of the institution as a whole. Generally, departmental managers should behave as if they have less risk aversion than the institution as a whole. In fact, a given manager should be more risk averse the greater the value of his portfolio. Finally, we note that the efficiency concept employed in this paper is equivalent to the proposition that certain assets admit consistent simple sum aggregation. It is shown that this implies that the efficient decentralization of investment decisions permits the institution to economize on the information which must be passed to higher level departments.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0719.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0719.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intertemporal Substitution in Consumption</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0720</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1988</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Does a higher real interest rate induce significant postponement of consumption? According to the theory developed here, this question can be answered by studying the relation between the rate of growth of consumption and expected real interest rates. In postwar data for the United States, expected real returns have declined over time in the stock market and for savings accounts. Over the same period, the rate of growth of consumption has been almost steady. The paper concludes that intertemporal substitution is weak, for if it were strong, the growth rate of consumption would have declined.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0720.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0720.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Bilateral Contracts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0721</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Honkapohja</surname>
          <given-names>Seppo</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The basic form of economic exchange is a bilateral relationship between buyer and seller. If economic conditions are common knowledge there is no problem in principle to determine the efficient quantity to trade. But if benefits are known only to the buyer and costs are known only to the seller a situation of bargaining under incomplete information results. Instead of relying on the vagaries of a bargaining outcome, which might be quite costly to implement, economic inefficiency is likely to be improved by a contractual arrangement that could be agreed upon in advance. In such contracts various aspects of the exchange could be allocated to the two parties involved. For example, a price per unit might be fixed in advance and the buyer might be allowed to name his quantity in the light of the information he has about benefits. A more complex version would present the buyer with a non-linear price schedule. Alternatively the supplies might be given control. While these solutions are fairly well understood, there are other types of arrangements in which control is mutual. This paper studies contracts of this nature. We examine the feasibility of implementing various agreements and the nature of optimal bilateral contracts under these informational circumstances. When the random influences impact both parties significantly, full efficiency is not attainable. We show that contracts involving mutual control might sometimes be superior to the best contract giving one side or the other exclusive dominance.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0721.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0721.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Relative Productivity Hypothesis of Industrialization: The American Case, 1820-1850</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0722</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldin</surname>
          <given-names>Claudia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sokoloff</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The American Northeast industrialized rapidly from about 1820 to 1850, while the South remained agricultural. Industrialization in the Northeast was substantially powered during these decades by female and child labor, who comprised about 45% of the manufacturing work force in 1832. Wherever manufacturing spread in the Northeast, the wages of females and children relative to those of adult men increased greatly from levels in the agricultural sector which were previously quite low. Our hypothesis of early industrialization is that such development proceeds first in areas whose agriculture, for various reasons, puts a low value on females and children relative to adult men. The lower the "relative productivity" of females and children in the pre-industrial agricultural or traditional economy the earlier will manufacturing evolve, the proportionately greater will the relative wages for females and children increase, and the relatively more manufactured goods will the economy produce. A two-sector model which incorporates a difference in "relative productivity" between two economies is used to develop seven propositions relating to the process of early industrialization. Data from two early censuses of manufactures, 1832 and 1850, and other sources provide evidence for our hypothesis, demonstrating, for example, the low relative productivity of females and children in the Northeast agricultural sector, and the increase in relative wages for these laborers with industrialization. We conclude that factors with low relative productivity in agriculture were instrumental in the initial adoption of the factory system and of industrialization in general in the U.S., and we believe these results are applicable to contemporary phenomena in developing countries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0722.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0722.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Real Interest, and the Determinacy of Equilibrium in an Optimizing Framework</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0723</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the short-run relation between anticipated inflation and the real rate of interest in a model where agents with perfect foresight maximize utility over infinite lifetimes. In addition to deriving behavioral functions from explicit intertemporal optimization, the approach taken here departs from the usual IS-LM analysis in that it is dynamic and deals with a small economy open to trade in consumption goods. Because capital mobility must be ruled out to allow scope for variation in the real interest rate, the results obtained here for one of the two exchange- rate regimes considered -- free floating -- apply equally to a closed economy. The paper shows that an increase in the expected inflation rate depresses the real interest rate in the short run when the exchange rate is instantaneously fixed by the central bank. When equilibrium is determinate in the floating-rate case, the real interest rate is invariant with respect to inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0723.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0723.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Aspects of Corporate Pension Funding Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0724</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bulow</surname>
          <given-names>Jeremy I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores four models of firms' pension liabilities. All of the models yield the result that if it is the stockholders who gain or lose from a change in the market value of pension fund assets, a pension fund invested entirely in bonds will maximize that gain. If a firm's pension liabilities are considered to be no more than the present value of accrued benefits, then most plans for salaried employees would maximize the pension's value by having their assets entirely in bonds. However, for less well funded plans such as most union plans, holding both stocks and bonds or even all stocks may maximize the value of the firm.. Implicit contracts on the liability side of the pension balance sheet can encourage holding some stock, but implicit contracts on the asset side are likely to encourage increased bond holdings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0724.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0724.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Savings and Loan Usage of the Authority to Invest in Corporate Debt</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0725</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Villani</surname>
          <given-names>Kevin E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the portfolio choice of savings and loan associations (SLAS) between mortgages and bonds, first in a certainty world and then under uncertainty. Differences in servicing and transactions costs, in default losses, in tax treatment and in the timing of payments are accounted for in a certain world. SLAs are seen as investing in bonds only if the demand for mortgage funds is sufficiently weak that more profitable SLAs compete away some of the value of their tax preference by bidding down mortgage rates; in this case less profitable SLAs would find corporate debt attractive. In an uncertain world, mortgages will command a premium over bonds to compensate for the prepayment option extended mortgage borrowers. The appropriate value of this premium depends on uncertainty regarding future interest rates and aversion to this uncertainty. SLAs that view future interest rates as more uncertain than the market does generally, or who are more averse to this uncertainty, will require an options premium greater than that determined in the market. Thus they will find corporate debt to be attractive relative to bonds, even when the demand for mortgage funds is strong and their mortgage tax preference is not competed away.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0725.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0725.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Integrated View of Tests of Rationality, Market Efficiency, and the Short-Run Neutrality of Monetary Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0726</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abel</surname>
          <given-names>Andrew B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes an important class of models in which expectations play an important role. Topics included in the analysis are tests of: (1) rationality of forecasts in either market or survey data, (2) capital market efficiency, (3) the short-run neutrality of monetary policy and, (4) Granger causality in macroeconometric models. The common elements of these tests are highlighted. In particular, cross-equation tests for rationality or the short-run neutrality of money are shown to be equivalent to more common regression tests in the literature. Also discussed are the conditions for identification and the implications for whether hypotheses are testable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0726.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0726.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Design of Contracts and Remedies for Breach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0727</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shavell</surname>
          <given-names>Steven</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The implications of uncertainty for the design of contracts and of remedies for their breach are studied. After characterizing complete contingent contracts, incomplete contracts are examined. Specifically, in view of difficulties in making contingent provisions (costs of enumeration and of bargaining; verification of occurrence of events), it is shown for which contingencies provisions are made. Then, in the major part of the paper, two important implicit substitute for contingent terms are analyzed. The first is provided by remedies for breach of contract; for when a party must pay damages for breach, he will be induced to fulfill his obligations in approximately those contingencies which would have been agreed upon under the terms of a detailed contract. The second substitute for contingent terms lies in the opportunity for renegotiation in light of circumstances, since renegotiation will occur in more or less those contingencies where the contract terms would have differed under a more detailed agreement.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0727.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0727.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transition from Inflation to Price Stability</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0728</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Garber</surname>
          <given-names>Peter M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides a detailed discussion of the real phenomena that materialized in the stabilization period which followed the German hyper-inflation. Significant real dislocations arose after the monetary reform; and these can be attributed to a government policy which subsidized heavy industry through the inflation tax proceeds. The "credibility problem" appears not to have been a significant factor in the post-reform dislocation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0728.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0728.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>National Savings, Economic Welfare, and the Structure of Taxation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0729</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a perfect foresight general equilibrium simulation model of life cycle savings that may be used to investigate the potential impact of a wide range of government policies on national savings and economic welfare. The model can provide quantitative answers to a number of long-standing questions concerning the government's influence on capital formation. These include the degree of crowding out of private investment by debt financed increases in government expenditure, the differential effect on consumption of temporary versus more permanent tax cuts, the announcement effects of future changes in tax and expenditure policy, and the response to structural changes in the tax system, including both the choice of the tax base and the degree of progressivity. The model tracks the values of all economic variables along the transition path from the initial steady state growth path to the new steady state growth path. Hence, it can be used to compute the exact welfare gains or losses for each age cohort associated with tax reform proposals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0729.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Examination of Empirical Tests of Social Security and Savings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0730</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The effect of social security and other forms of government debt on national savings is one of the most widely debated policy questions in economics today. Some estimates suggest that social security has reduced U.S. savings by almost forty percent. This paper examines recent cross-section and time series empirical tests of the social security-savings question and argues that, given current data, neither type of test has much potential for settling the controversy. In particular, there are a number of specification problems relating to social security time series regressions that can easily lead to highly unstable coefficients and to rejection of the hypothesis that social security reduces savings, even if it is actually true. These points are demonstrated by running regressions on hypothetical data generated by a perfect foresight life-cycle growth model developed previously by the authors. While the data is obtained from a model in which social security reduces the nation's capital stock by almost twenty percent, time series social security regression coefficients vary enormously depending on the specified level of the program, the preferences of hypothetical households, the level of concommitant government policies, and the time interval of the data.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0730.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0730.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Changes in the Provision of Correspondent-Banking Services and the Role of Federal Reserve Banks under the DIDMC Act</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0731</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kane</surname>
          <given-names>Edward J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper focuses on microeconomic incentives set in motion by Federal Reserve decisions about how to implement the reserve-requirement and pricing-of-service provisions of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980 (the DIDMC Act). These incentives promise to reshape the production and character of correspondent-banking services, the margin of jurisdictional competition between state banking regulators and the Federal Reserve System, and ultimately the regional structure of the Federal Reserve itself.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0731.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Measurement Error and the Flow of Funds Accounts: Estimates of HouseholdAsset Demand Equations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0732</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Walsh</surname>
          <given-names>Carl</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the household sector of the Flow of Funds Accounts, the difference between net acquisition of financial assets and net financial savings is equal to a statistical discrepancy which is often quite large relative to the reported changes in asset holdings. This means that the budget restrictions emphasized in the Brainard-Tobin approach to specifying asset demand equations are not satisfied by the data commonly used to estimate such equations. The view adopted in this paper is that the statistical discrepancy should be thought of as resulting from measurement error in the Flow of Funds data. By imposing a structure on the measurement error, a consistent estimator is developed and used to estimate asset demand equations for the household sector. The demand equations are similar in specification to those used by others so that the results allow a direct assessment of the effects of alternative treatments of the statistical discrepancy. The empirical results suggest that qualitative conclusions about the effects of financial flows and interest rates on asset demands are not affected by the way the statistical discrepancy is treated. Quantitative conclusions are, however, affected.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0732.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0732.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Taxation and On-the-job Training Decisions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0733</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an econometric analysis of the on-the-job training (OJT) decisions of a group of white American males during 1975. The data are obtained from the Panel Study of Income Dynamics, which asked a very careful series of questions concerning the individual's OJT status. Each individual's internal rate of return is estimated and used as an explanatory variable to predict the probability of taking OJT. The individual's marginal tax rate is also entered in the equation. The results suggest that income taxation has tended to increase the probability of being involved in OJT. I conjecture that this is because income taxation makes investment in physical capital a less desirable vehicle for carrying consumption into the future, and hence increases the attractiveness of human capital.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0733.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Social Security and the Decision to Retire</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0734</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pellechio</surname>
          <given-names>Anthony J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study examines empirically whether social security influences the retirement decisions of individuals. The framework for this study is the life-cycle model of individual behavior. The life-cycle model shows that there are two main ways in which social security can affect behavior. One way is through the change in an individual's lifetime income that social security can bring about. The other way has to do with how the system changes compensation for work. Social security's income and substitution effects are included in a model for examining retirement decisions. This model is based on the model of labor force participation that has become standard in the literature on labor supply. The data used in this study come from the Social Security Administration and are particularly well suited for this study. Retirement models are estimated separately for samples of 62-64 and 65-70 year old men. The empirical results support the conclusion that social security influences the decision to retire. The magnitude of behavioral responses to changes in social security benefits are reported and implications for future behavior are discussed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0734.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0734.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Impact of Collective Bargaining: Illusion or Reality?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0735</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reviews a significant body of evidence regarding the impact of trade unionism on economic performance and seeks to evaluate antithetical views regarding whether estimated differences between union and nonunion workers and firms represent: illusions created by poor experiments, real effects explicable solely in price-theoretic terms, or real effects which reflect the non wage-related dimensions of trade unions. The review yields conclusions on both the substantive questions at hand and the methodologies which have been used to address their validity. With respect to the illusion/reality debate, the preponderance of extant evidence indicates that union effects on a wide variety of economic variables estimated with cross-sectional data are real. Moreover, since the effects of unions on nonwage outcomes generally come from models which hold fixed the level of wages and variables affected by wages, the evidence supports the view that unions do much more than simply raise wages as an economic monopolist. While, in this study, we do not examine interpretations of these nonwage effects, the effects represent an empirical foundation for the "institutional" view of unionism, which is described in Section I. With respect to methods for evaluating the quality of standard cross-sectional experiments, some techniques appear more useful than others. In particular, we find that sensitivity analyses of single-equation results and longitudinal experiments provide valuable checks on cross-sectional findings while multiple-equations approaches produce results which are much too unstable to help resolve the questions of concern.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0735.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0735.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Macroeconomic Adjustment and Foreign Trade of Centrally Planned Economies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0736</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Burkett</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Portes</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Winter</surname>
          <given-names>David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This empirical study stresses the underlying macroeconomic forces which determine foreign trade flows in CPEs. The general specification includes a planners' demand equation for the volume of imports, a planners' supply equation for the volume of exports, and a rest-of-world demand equation for the export price level. The planners' behavioural equations include variables for activity levels, trade balance constraints, prices, and domestic excess demand. The import price is exogenous. This simultaneous equation model is estimated on annual data from the mid-1950s to the mid-1970s, for Czechoslovakia, the GDR, Hungary, and Poland. Maximum likelihood estimation in a nested hypothesis testing framework allows selection of restricted versions of the general model for each country. Estimated price elasticities accord with the underlying theory, and the excess demand variables perform well.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0736.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0736.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Implications of Corporate Capital Structure Theory for Banking Institutions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0737</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Orgler</surname>
          <given-names>Yair E.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Robert A. Taggart,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper applies some recent advances in corporate capital structure theory to the determination of optimal capital in banking. The effects of corporate and personal taxes, government regulation, the technology of producing deposit services and the costs of bankruptcy and agency problems are all discussed in the context of the U.S. commercial banking system. The analysis suggests explanations for why commercial banks tend to have relatively less capital than nonfinancial firms, why commercial bank leverage has tended to increase over time and why large banks tend to have relatively less capital than small banks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0737.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0737.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Terminations Premium in Mortgage Coupon Rates: Evidence on the Integration of Mortgage and Bond Markets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0738</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Villani</surname>
          <given-names>Kevin E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>During the Last three years mortgage rates have risen relative to yields on comparable maturity bonds. The questions addressed in the present paper are what is the extent of this increase and to what is it attributable? We find the increase between early 198 and early 1981 in coupon rates on GNMA mortgage pools relative to ''the" rate on a comparable portfolio of Treasury bonds to be about 100 basis points. We attribute the increase to a rise in the terminations premia built into mortgage coupon rates. The premia is the price borrowers are charged for the option to repay the mortgage when it is to their benefit (to refinance if interest rates decline). This price has risen in response to an increase in interest rate uncertainty. Our empirical results suggest that the increase is due to both greater uncertainty regarding the inflation premium in interest rates and the lesser weight the monetary authorities give to interest rate stability in their deliberations.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0738.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0738.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Housing Finance in the United States in the Year 2001</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0739</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Villani</surname>
          <given-names>Kevin E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper proceeds as follows. We first identify the essential services provided by a financial system and then derive the characteristics of the system that would exist in a technologically advanced society unfettered by nonneutral taxes and regulations. Next we consider how taxes and regulations have shaped the existing American financial structure. Finally, we posit likely tax and regulatory changes and conjecture as to how technological innovation will further interact with these changes to alter the American financial system. Our basic contentions are that the tax and regulatory influences are eroding and that the system will eventually move toward the unfettered financial system described in the first section.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0739.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0739.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effective Tax Rate and the Pretax Rate of Return</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0740</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Poterba</surname>
          <given-names>James M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dicks-Mireaux</surname>
          <given-names>Louis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents new estimates of the taxes paid on nonfinancial corporate capital, on the pretax rate of return to capital, and on the effective tax rate. The basic time series show that both the pretax rate of return and the effective tax rate have varied substantially in the past quarter century. An explicit analysis indicates that, after adjusting for different aspects of the business cycle, pretax profitability was between one and 1.5 percentage points lower in the 1970's than in the 1960's. The rate of profitability in the 1960's was also about one-half of a percentage point greater than the profitability in the 7 years of the 1950's after the Korean war. Changes in productivity growth, in inflation, in relative unit labor costs, and in other variables are all associated with changes in profitability. None of these variables, however, can explain the differences in profitability between the 1950Ts, 1960's and 1970's. Looking at broad decade averages, the effective tax rate and the pretax rate of return move in opposite directions, higher pretax profits occurring when the tax rate is high. There thus appears to have been no tendency for pretax profits to vary in a way that offsets differences in effective tax rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0740.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0740.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Social versus the Private Incentive to Bring Suit in a Costly Legal System</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0741</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shavell</surname>
          <given-names>Steven</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The question is asked how the incentives of private parties to bring suit relate to what would be socially appropriate given the costs of using the legal system; and the answer presented in the model that is examined involves two elements. The first is that as a potential plaintiff takes into account only his own legal expenses in deciding whether to bring suit, the private cost of suit is evidently less than the social cost (which would include the defendant's legal expenses), suggesting a tendency toward excessive litigation, other things equal. But consideration of the second element complicates matters: as the plaintiff takes into account his own expected gains but not the social gains attaching to suit (which in the model is the general effect of suit on potential defendants' behavior), and as these social gains could be either larger or smaller than his gains, there is a tendency in respect to litigation that could either counter or reinforce the previous tendency.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0741.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0741.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Pigouvian Taxation with Administrative Costs</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0742</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Polinsky</surname>
          <given-names>A. Mitchell</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shavell</surname>
          <given-names>Steven</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines how the optimal Pigouvian tax should be adjusted to reflect administrative costs. Several cases are examined, depending on whether the administrative costs are fixed per firm taxed or are a function of the amount of tax collected, and on whether such costs are borne by the government or by the taxed firm. In some cases, the presence of administrative costs increases the optimal tax above the external cost, while in other cases it leads to a decrease in the tax.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0742.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On the Role of Social Security as a Means for Efficient Risk-Bearing in an Economy Where Human Capital Is Not Tradeable</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0743</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Merton</surname>
          <given-names>Robert C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An intertemporal general equilibrium model of an economy with overlapping generations and two factors of production, labor and capital, is used to analyze the economic inefficiencies caused by the non- tradeability of human capital -and to derive a constrained pareto-optimal sys tern of taxes and transfers which "c.orrectS1 these inefficiencies. It is shown that, in the absence of such a system, this market failure causes the equilibrium path of the economy to deviate from the optimum for two reasons: First, as is well known, people cannot achieve their optimal lifecycle consumption program because early in life when most of their wealth is in the form of human capital, they cannot consume as much as they would otherwise choose. Second, investors cannot achieve an optimal portfolio allocation of their savings. Not only will some investors be forced to bear more risk than they would choose in the absence of this market failure, but because factor shares are uncertain, the portfolios held by investors will be inefficient. The young are "forced" to invest "too much" of their savings in human capital and the old are "forced" to invest "too little" in human capital. Hence, all investors bear "factor-share" risk which if human capital were tradeable, could be diversified away. It is shown that a optimal system of taxes and transfers not unlike the current Social Security system can eliminate this inefficiency, and therefore, it is suggested that a latent function of the present system may be to improve the efficiency of risk-bearing in the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0743.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0743.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Inertia and Policy Ineffectiveness in the United States, 1890-1980</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0744</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper introduces a new approach to the empirical testing of the Lucas- Sargent-Wallace (LSW) "policy ineffectiveness proposition." Instead of testing that hypothesis in isolation from any plausible alternative, the paper develops a single empirical equation explaining price change that includes as special cases both the LSW proposition and an alternative hypothesis. The alternative, dubbed "NRH-GAP," states that prices respond fully in the long run, but only gradually in the short run, to nominal aggregate demand disturbances. A second innovation is the development of a quarterly data file for the period 1890-1980, thus opening up more than 200 new quarterly observations for analysis. A third innovation is the testing of three different methods of introducing "persistence effects" into the LSW analytical framework. In conflict with the predictions of the LSW approach, the results here exhibit uniformly high coefficients of real output and low coefficients of price changes in response to anticipated nominal GNP changes. Further, price changes respond positively and output responds negatively to lagged changes in prices, reflecting the short-run inertia in price-setting that forms the basis for the alter- native NRH-GAP approach. Evidence is also provided that velocity tends to respond negatively to anticipated changes in money, in contrast to the usual assumption in this literature of random serially independent velocity changes. Two shifts in the structure of the price-setting process are noted--a much higher degree of price responsiveness during World War I and its aftermath, and a longer mean lag in the influence of past price changes after 1953. Of independent interest, beyond its treatment of the policy ineffectiveness debate, is the treatment in the paper of changes in monetary regimes, and of the impact of programs of government intervention. The money creation process exhibits a highly significant change in structure before and after World War I, and a marginally significant change in 1967. The results identify five episodes of government intervention that significantly displaced the time path of prices -- the National Recovery Act of 1933-35, and price controls during the two world wars, Korea, and the Nixon era.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0744.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0744.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Financing Capital Formation in the 1980s: Issues for Public Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0745</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Three specific aspects of the corporate financing decision - internal versus external funds, equity versus debt within the external component, and features of the debt including especially maturity - present opportunities (and pitfalls) for public policy for affecting U.S. capital formation. First, by reducing the government's dissaving and hence its claims on the economy's financial resources, policy can make credit market funds available for corporations to finance their investment externally, thereby both stimulating the overall amount of capital formation and also taking advantage of the allocative efficiency of the competitive market mechanism to achieve a productive composition of that capital formation. At the same time, by using the tax system to augment the rate of return on corporate-sector assets, policy can also enable corporations better to compete for such funds once they are available. Second, by eliminating or even reversing the current tax discrimination in favor of debt, policy can encourage corporations to rely at least in part on equities in their external financing , thereby reducing the economy 's aggregate-level financial risk. Third, by neutralizing or even reversing the current emphasis on long- term securities in managing the federal government's own debt, policy can encourage corporations to issue long- instead of short-term debt instruments, thereby further reducing aggregate-level financial risk. Along the same lines, policy can also play a role in pioneering markets for new financial instruments, like bonds providing protection of the investor's purchasing power, that private borrowers can then use to finance private capital formation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0745.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0745.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Exporting and the Commerce Clause: Reflections on Commonwealth Edison</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0746</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Charles E. McLure,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Law and Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper appraises the conflicting contentions found in the majority and dissenting opinions in Commonwealth Edison Co. et al. v. Montana et al. about the feasibility of basing findings of constitutionality under the Interstate Commerce Clause on the results of incidence analysis. Severance taxes, property taxes, corporate income taxes levied by both producing and consuming states, and gross receipts taxes levied by consuming states in conjunction with price controls are considered. Factors affecting tax exporting by producing states include the degree of geographic concentration of natural resources, cartelization by producing states, the mobility of various resources, international competition, natural substitutability, government regulations, the prevalence of long-term contracts, and transportation costs. The analysis of tax exporting is sufficiently complicated that attempting to base constitutionality on estimates of tax exporting is fraught with danger, especially in times of rapid economic and institutional change, in part because it is so difficult to know when the tax exporting question is being asked properly.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0746.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0746.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Capital Structure Equilibrium under Incomplete Market Conditions</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0747</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Senbet</surname>
          <given-names>Lemma W.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Robert A. Taggart,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Most discussions of corporate capital structure have been set in the context of a complete capital market. In this paper we study the determinants of capital structure for the incomplete markets case, where incompleteness manifests itself in the form of divergent borrowing and lending rates. We argue that firms have a natural incentive to tailor their financing choices so as to narrow such divergences. While this implies an optimal capital structure for firms in the aggregate, however, competition will drive out profits, and the capital structure of any individual firm may still be a matter of indifference. Firms' incentive to try to complete the market provides a rationale for corporate finance even in a taxless environment. This incentive may also shed light on such related issues as corporate mergers, the use of complex securities and the role of financial intermediaries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0747.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0747.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aspects of the Optimal Management of Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0748</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Aizenman</surname>
          <given-names>Joshua</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes aspects of the economics of the optimal management of exchange rates. It shows that the choice of the optimal exchange rate regime depends on the nature and the origin of the stochastic shocks that affect the economy. Generally, the higher is the variance of real shocks which affect the supply of goods, the larger becomes the desirability of fixity of exchange rates. The rationale for that implication is that the balance of payments serves as a shock absorber which mitigates the effect of real shocks on consumption. The importance of this factor diminishes the larger is the economy's access to world capital markets. On the other hand, the desirability of exchange rate flexibility increases the larger are the variances of the shocks to the demand for money, to the supply of money, to foreign prices and to purchasing power parities. All of these shocks exert a similar effect and their sum is referred to as the "effective monetary shock." It is also shown that the desirability of exchange rate flexibility increases the larger is the propensity to save out of transitory income. When the analysis is extended to an economy which produces traded and non-traded goods it is shown that the desirability of exchange rate flexibility diminishes the higher is the share of non-traded goods relative to traded goods and the lower are the elasticities of demand and supply of the two goods.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0748.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0748.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Real Exchange Rate Overshooting and the Output Cost of Bringing Down Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0749</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Miller</surname>
          <given-names>Marcus H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Implementing a 'gradualist' policy of monetary contraction, in an open economy with a freely floating exchange rate but with nominal inertia in domestic labor costs, can lead to prompt and substantial changes in the nominal and real exchange rate. One of the virtues claimed for such exchange rate 'overshooting', however, is its immediate effect on the price level and so on domestic wage and price inflation. In this paper we show that, in a model which is 'super-neutral' and has nominal inertia in both the level of labor costs and their trend or core rate of growth, this early overshooting of the exchange rate does not succeed in cutting the output costs of reducing steady-state inflation. Those output and unemployment costs which are initially avoided by over- valuing the currency have to be paid later when this overvaluation is corrected. Relative to other policies which achieve the same effect on steady-state inflation, exchange rate overshooting brings inflation down more quickly.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0749.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Career Patterns of College Graduates in a Declining Job Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0750</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study uses Current Population Survey cohort data and the National Longitudinal Survey for men aged 14-24 in 1966 to examine the earnings growth of college graduates relative to high school graduates during the 1970s depressed market for graduates. The principal finding is that the longitudinal/cohort earnings profile for college graduates flattened markedly relative to that for high school graduates in the 1970s. With smaller growth rates of earnings for the college educated in the period than in previous decades, the evidence lends no support to the hypothesis that the graduates who suffered economic losses during the period will recover the traditional college advantage as time proceeds. The finding that the longitudinal profile of college graduates flattened contrasts sharply with the steepening of cross-section profiles in the period, raising serious doubts about the validity of standard cross-section analyses of age-earnings curves to assess lifetime income profiles and investments in training.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0750.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Have Black Labor Market Gains Post-1964 Been Permanent or Transitory?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0751</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>One of the most important questions regarding black economic gains post-1964 is whether they are permanent or transitory. This study examines the relative economic progress of black cohorts and of individual black workers in longitudinal samples to evaluate the permanence of changes. It finds that the preponderance of evidence runs against the proposition that the post-1964 advances have bS2- transitory or illusory. Measured by earnings of workers and occupational attainment, blacks have continued to make significant progress in the 1970s. Measured by the increase in earnings of specific cohorts, black gains did not dissipate due to slow growth of earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0751.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0751.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Union Wage Practices and Wage Dispersion within Establishments</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0752</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study uses establishment level data to examine the effect of unionism on the wage structure within establishments. The major finding is that unionism substantively reduces within-establishment dispersion of wages, in part through explicit wage practices, such as single rate or automatic progression modes of wage payment as opposed to merit reviews and individual determination. Dispersion of wages between organized plants is reduced compared to dispersion of wages between unorganized plants, but by more modest amounts. Overall, the evidence suggests a major role for explicit union wage policies on dispersion of wages within firms and in the economy as a whole.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0752.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation, Tax Rules, and the Accumulation of Residential and Nonresidential Capital</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0753</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The present paper analyses the effect of the interaction between tax rules and inflation on the size and allocation of the capital stock with particular emphasis on the role of owner-occupied housing. The analysis is developed in the framework of an economy that is in equilibrium and in which a constant fraction of disposable income is saved. In this model, I show that, with current U.S. tax laws, an increase in the rate of inflation reduces the equilibrium amount of business capital employed in the economy and raises the amount of housing capital. The analysis also shows that a higher rate of inflation lowers the real net-of-tax rate of return to the provider of business capital. In a richer model than the current one, i.e., in a model in which the rate of personal saving was an increasing function of the net rate of return, a higher inflation rate would therefore lower the rate of saving. The present analysis also shows that permitting firms to depreciate investments more rapidly for tax purposes increases the accumulations of business capital but that, unless firms are permitted to expense all in- vestment immediately, an increase in inÂ£ lat ion continues to depress the accumulation of business capital.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0753.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0753.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intergenerational Effects of the Distribution of Income and Wealth: The Utah Experience, 1850-1900</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0754</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kearl</surname>
          <given-names>J. R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pope</surname>
          <given-names>Clayne L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The relationship between the wealth or income of parents and children is an important economic issue in both positive and normative senses. In this paper, we estimate elasticities of sons' income or wealth with respect to the wealth of their fathers for a sample of households in nineteenth century Utah. We find the elasticity relating the wealth of fathers to sons to range from .10 to .34 depending on the variables held constant such as occupation, age and residence. Elasticities based on observation of the wealth of fathers and sons in the same year were higher than those based on a lagged value of the fathers' wealth. The death of the father prior to observation of the sons' wealth increased the elasticity about three fold. The elasticity between the income of sons and wealth of fathers was low (.09 to .21) but significant even though the sons' incomes were observed fifteen years after the wealth of fathers. In general, the data suggest a persistent relationship between the economic status of parents and their children with substantial regression toward the mean so that an economic elite was unlikely to be based upon intergenerational transmission of economic success.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0754.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0754.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Accelerating Inflation, Nonassumable Fixed-Rate Mortgages, and Consumer Choice and Welfare</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0755</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hu</surname>
          <given-names>Sheng Cheng</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper measures the impact of nonassumable, fixed-rate, long-term mortgage financing on household mobility and housing demand during a period of accelerating inflation (l965_71l). We calculate that typical households who bought houses during the l96l7l period and utilized this type of financing would not have moved until the 1975-77 period. And this is in spite of rising incomes and a sharp fail in the real rental price or user cost of housing. We conclude that the nonassumable, fixed-rate mortgage is largely responsible for bath sluggish housing demand in the l967-79 period and its surge in the 1976-79 period. Housing activity would have been far more stable had variable-rate mortgagee been employed. Finally, the enormous gap between current mortgage rates and those existing in the19705 and the resultant huge capital gains on existing mortgages does not bode well for housing activity in the near term future.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0755.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0755.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Permanent Income, Liquidity, and Expenditure on Automobiles: Evidence from Panel Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0756</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bernanke</surname>
          <given-names>Ben S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Several recent papers have tested the permanent income-cum- rational expectations hypothesis using data on nondurable or semi-durable consumption. We show how this approach can be extended to the case of durables. An application to panel data on automobile expenditures reveals no evidence against the permanent income hypothesis. This result is unchanged in subsamples segregated by family holdings of liquid assets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0756.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0756.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tax Reform and Corporate Investment: A Microeconometric Simulation Study</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0757</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Salinger</surname>
          <given-names>Michael A.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a methodology for simulating the effects of alternative corporate tax reforms on the stock market valuation and investment plans of individual firms. The methods are applied to estimate the effects of alternative corporate tax reforms on the 30 Dow Jones companies. The estimates are all based on extensions of Tobin's "q Theory of Investment" to take account of the effects of tax policy. As well as providing the basis for the estimates of the effects of tax policy, the results here provide strong microeconometric support for the q theory of investment. The q theory approach provides a superior method for estimating the effects of investment incentives because it recognizes the effects of changes in the cost of capital on the desired level of output. The results suggest that some potential tax reforms could have potent effects, which vary widely among firms. For example, complete indexation of the tax system would raise the Dow Jones average by an estimated 7.6 percent. The variance among companies is substantial with the effect ranging from -13 percent for Sears to 20 percent for American Brands.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0757.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0757.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Capital Gains Taxation in an Economy with an "Austrian Sector"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0758</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kovenock</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rothschild</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effects of a proportional capital gains tax in an economy with an Austrian sector (with wine and trees) and an ordinary sector. We analyze the effect of capital gains taxation (on both an accrual and a realization basis) on the efficiency with which resources are used within the Austrian sector. Since time is the only input which can be varied in the Austrian sector this amounts to looking at the effect of capital gains taxation on the harvesting time or selling time of assets. Accrual taxation decreases the selling time of Austrian assets. Realization taxation decreases the selling time of some Austrian assets and leaves it unchanged for others. Inflation further reduces the selling time of assets taxed on an accrual basis; often, but not always, inflation increases .the selling time of Austrian assets taxed on a realization basis. These results suggest that the capital gains tax can reduce the holding period of an asset. However, there is a sense in which such taxes (at least when levied on a realization basis) discourage transactions and increase holding periods. It is never profitable to change the ownership of an Austrian asset between the time of the original investment and the ultimate harvesting of the asset for final use. We examine the effect of capital gains taxation on the efficiency of the allocation of investment between sectors. No neutrality principles emerge when ordinary investment income is taxed at the same rate as capital gains income. We also analyze the effect of the special tax treatment of capital gains at death and find that the current U.S. tax system, under which capital gains taxes are waived at death, encourages investors to hold assets longer than they otherwise would.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0758.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0758.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Anticipated and Unanticipated Oil Price Increases and the Current Account</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0759</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marion</surname>
          <given-names>Nancy</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the current-account response to anticipated future increases in real oil prices as well as to unexpected increases which may be temporary or permanent in nature. The analysis is conducted using an intertemporal two-period model of a small open economy which produces both traded and nontraded goods and imports its oil. The paper identifies the channels through which various types of oil price increases affect the current account. The inclusion of nontraded investment and consumer goods permits oil price increases to generate intertemporal and static substitution effects in production and consumption which alter net international saving. Moreover, the relative oil-value-added ratio in the traded and nontraded sectors plays a crucial role in shaping these substitution effects and hence the current-account response.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0759.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0759.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Anticipated Money, Inflation Uncertainty, and Real Economic Activity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0760</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Makin</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper critically examines a number of maintained hypotheses that are necessarily being tested along with the basic notion derived from the rational expectations (RE) formulation of Lucas (1972) (19 73) that "only unanticipated money matters." The trend stationary representation of secular real output of Lucas and others is replaced by a difference stationary representation found by Nelson and Plosser (1980) to be consistent with U. S. historical data. The impact of inflation uncertainty on real activity is considered. Attention is paid to possible mis-measurement of agents' ex ante -- anticipated money growth. It is found that three alternative measures of anticipated money growth produce a stable impact on growth of output and employment. Contemporaneous and lagged values of unanticipated money growth have no significant additional explanatory power in the presence of any one of the three measures of anticipated money growth. Beyond this, it is impossible to reject the hypothesis that the initial positive real impact of anticipated money is not temporary. Inflation uncertainty is found to act as a significant depressant of real economic activity in the presence of all tested combinations of anticipated and unanticipated money growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0760.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0760.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Index of Leading Indicators: "Measurement without Theory," Twenty-Five Years Later</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0761</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The index of leading economic indicators first developed by the NBER remains a popular informal forecasting tool in spite of the original criticism that its use represents "measurement without theory. " This paper seeks to evaluate the performance of the index in comparison to alternative time series methods in predicting business cycle behavior. While the actual method of choosing the weights for the twelve series included in the index is essentially unnecessary (because the resulting series is indistinguishable from another with uniform weights) the series itself helps explain business cycle behavior, and outperforms an index with econometrically chosen weights.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0761.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0761.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Holding Period Distinction of the Capital Gains Tax</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0762</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kaplan</surname>
          <given-names>Steven N</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>United States tax law distinguishes between short-term and long-term capital gains. By taxing long-term gains at a lower rate the law creates an incentive for investors to postpone the realization of short-term gains. This study examines the lock-in effect induced by the differential tax treatment of long- and short-term gains. Analysis of data on corporate stock transactions from 1973 suggests that the lock-in effect is large and, thus, causes investors to alter their investment portfolios. The existence of such an effect is inefficient and results in a reduction in capital market efficiency. The inefficiency might be justified if there were convincing reasons which supported the existence of the holding period distinction. It is commonly argued, for instance, that eliminating the distinction would encourage short-term speculation at the expense of long-term commitment to capital. It is also claimed that this would result in a loss of revenue to the government. This study relies on IRS data and simulations using the NBER-TAXSIM file to examine the validity of these arguments. The results of this study suggest that the holding period distinction is not very effective in deterring speculation and does not increase government revenues; in fact, it may decrease them.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0762.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0762.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Partial Retirement and the Analysis of Retirement Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0763</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gustman</surname>
          <given-names>Alan L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steinmeier</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas L.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the phenomenon of partial retirement . Topics covered include: (1) the quantitative importance of partial retirement, (2) institutional constraints in addition to mandatory retirement which limit the opportunity to retire partially in the main job, (3) the effect of these constraints on the specification of the relevant structural equations in a life cycle retirement model, (4) the impact of standard explanatory variables on four outcomes -- complete retirement, partial retirement both in and outside the main job, and non-retirement, (5) the importance of partial retirement even for those who do not face mandatory retirement, are not covered by a pension and are healthy, (6) the sensitivity of results based on a dichotomous retirement variable to whether the partially retired are classified as retired or not retired. A number of studies have either treated partial retirement inappropriately or have adopted unrealistic assumptions about the opportunity set facing potential retirees. Our findings call their results into question.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0763.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0763.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Potential for Using Excise Taxes to Reduce Smoking</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0764</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lewit</surname>
          <given-names>Eugene</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Coate</surname>
          <given-names>Douglas</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We examine the potential for reducing cigarette smoking through increases in cigarette excise taxes by estimating the price elasticity of demand for cigarettes. Using information on individual smoking behavior for a sample of adults in the 1976 Health Interview Survey, we estimate the adult price elasticity of demand for cigarettes to be -.45. Moreover, we find that price has its greatest effect on the smoking behavior of young males and that it operates primarily on the decision to begin smoking regularly rather than via adjustments in the quantity of cigarettes smoked by smokers. It follows that, if future reductions in cigarette smoking are desired, Federal excise tax policy can be a potent tool to accomplish this goal, but only in the long run. An excise tax increase, if maintained in real terms, would discourage smoking participation by successive cohorts of young adults and those reduced smoking levels would be reflected in aggregate smoking as these cohorts mature. In the short run however, the impact of an excise tax increase on aggregate cigarette consumption would be relatively small.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0764.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Low-Cost Student Labor: The Use and Effects of the Subminimum Wage Provisions for Full-time Students</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0765</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gray</surname>
          <given-names>Wayne B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ichniowski</surname>
          <given-names>Casey</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Section 14(b) of the Fair Labor Standards Act permits certain classes of employers to pay full-time students a wage fifteen percent below the minimum wage. This study develops a new data base from administrative records, our own survey of participating company and establishment managers, and published information on local labor markets to investigate employer responses to a subminimum wage program. Our analysis of the full-time student certification program has yielded four general conclusions. First, while the most important users of the program are institutions of higher education, certain non-educational employers in the retail and service sectors employ a sufficiently large and increasing number of students below the minimum wage to suggest that the program has considerable attractiveness in the private sector. Second, area labor market conditions are a major determinant of which establishments with permits to pay students subminimum wages in fact make use of the program and the extent of that use. Establishments in areas characterized by high wages and low levels of unemployment, implying high costs in employing or locating substitute labor, make more use of student subminimum workers than establishments in areas with lower costs for substitute labor. The magnitude of the effect of area wage is, however, sensitive to the precise specification of the full-time student employment equation and the variable used to measure area wage. Although this sensitivity leads to variations in the estimation of the elasticity of substitution between student and other labor, reasonable estimates of this elasticity range from .5 to 1.0. Among company characteristics, unionism reduces program usage, while certain company incentives promote use of the program. Finally, restrictions in the law placed on hours worked at the subminimum appear to be a major reason for failure to employ students under this program.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0765.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0765.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rate Determination and the Demand for Money</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0766</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hakkio</surname>
          <given-names>Craig</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the conventional monetary equation of exchange rate determination. Under certain exogeneity conditions, one can write the price level, at home and abroad, as the ratio of the nominal money supply to the demand for real money balances. Then, since the exchange rate is the domestic price of foreign exchange, one can equate the exchange rate to the ratio of domestic to foreign prices. This then allows one to write, and estimate, the exchange rate as a function of the money supply differential, income differential and interest rate differential. If the domestic and foreign money demand errors are autocorrelated, and if deviations from purchasing power parity are autocorrelated, tests based on the above model may be invalid. Only if all autoregressive parameters are equal will test results be valid. A full information maximum likelihood procedure is used to estimate and test the assumptions necessary for the conventional procedure to be correct. Finally, two alternative models of exchange rate determination are considered to illustrate the importance of introducing the error terms at the beginning of the analysis.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0766.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Employee Valuation of Pension Claims and the Impact of Indexing Initiatives</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0767</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pesando</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There is discussion in both Canada and the United States of the government's requiring private pension plans to provide contractual cost-of-living protection. This paper employs both an auction and an implicit contract model to identify the compensating wage differentials required of possible indexing initiatives. The contract model, motivated by the prevalence (especially in Canada) of ad hoc cost-of-living adjustments to pensions in pay, presumes that workers have a call option on the investment earnings in excess of the interest rate assumption used to value the plan. The case for policy action would appear to rest on either (1) the assumption that workers misperceive the value (and, possibly, the security) of pension benefits or (2) the presumption that society should subsidize pension income by providing to pension plans an investment vehicle (such as an index bond) whose risk-return characteristics cannot be duplicated by portfolios of existing assets.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0767.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0767.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Schooling and Health: The Cigarette Connection</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0768</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Farrell</surname>
          <given-names>Phillip</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Numerous studies by economists during the past decade have revealed a large, statistically significant correlation between health and years of schooling after controlling for differences in income and other variables. Cigarette smoking is a likely intervening variable because of the strong effect of smoking on morbidity and mortality, and because there is a strong negative correlation between smoking and years of schooling -- at least at high school levels and above. This paper tests the hypothesis that schooling causes differences in smoking behavior. We use retrospective smoking histories of 1,183 white, non-Hispanic men and women who had completed 12 to 18 years of schooling. The data were collected in 1979 by the Stanford University Heart Disease Prevention Program from randomly selected households in four small California cities. The most striking result is that the negative relation between schooling and smoking observed at age 24 is accounted for by differences in smoking behavior present at age 17, when all subjects were still in approximately the same grade. We conclude that additional years of schooling cannot be the cause of differential smoking behavior; one or more "third variables" must cause changes in both smoking and schooling. Analysis of smoking by cohort reveals that the schooling-smoking correlation developed only after the health consequences of smoking became widely known; it has remained strong even in the most recent cohorts. This implies that the mechanism behind the schooling-smoking correlation may also give rise to the schooling-health correlation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0768.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0768.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Collective Bargaining and Compulsory Arbitration: Prescriptions for the Blue Flu</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0769</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ichniowski</surname>
          <given-names>Casey</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reveals that municipal police departments are much less likely to strike in states that have collective bargaining laws than in states with no police bargaining law or when police bargaining has been outlawed. Unlike previous research which has used the state as the unit of observation, this study examines the municipal level decision to strike for a pooled cross-section of 2998 municipal police departments. Pooled cross-section estimates of this study reveal two important relationships. First, municipalities in states that provide for collective bargaining in any form experience significantly fewer police strikes than do municipalities in environments where there is no law or where police bargaining is specifically outlawed. Second, among states with duty-to- bargain rights for police, those with compulsory arbitration provisions experience significantly fewer strikes. Fixed-effect estimates that consider strike probabilities of the same cities under different statutes qualifies the first finding. Municipalities that experienced a change from a "no law" environment to a bargaining law environment are less likely to experience strikes while in the "no law" environment than are municipalities which have always been in no law environments. However, fixed-effect estimates confirm the finding that a compulsory arbitration provision significantly reduces strike propensities. Interviews with representatives from cities that experienced a police strike suggest that state agencies responsible for the administration of arbitration mechanisms could help avoid strikes by avoiding lengthy delays in the arbitration process after the expiration of contracts.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0769.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0769.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Capital Mobility and the Scope for Sterilization: Mexico in the 1970s</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0770</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cumby</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an empirical study of the Banco de Mexico's monetary policy during the 1970s. In particular, it studies the Mexican monetary equilibria and the extent to which capital mobility undermined monetary control. Estimates of a Banco de Mexico reaction function suggest that the Mexican central bank attempted to sterilize reserve flows through offsetting movements in domestic credit, at least over the second half of the decade. This finding suggests that estimates of the capital-account response to domestic credit expansion should be derived from a structural model, and we accordingly estimate an aggregative three-equation model of Mexican financial markets. The paper distinguishes between the short-run or one-quarter capital-account offset and a hypothetical long-run offset that would obtain under instantaneous asset-market adjustment. The model implies that, depending on the method of monetary expansion, between 30 and 50 percent of an expansion in domestic credit was offset by capital outflow in the same quarter. The implied long-run offsets range from 50 to 76 percent. These offset coefficients indicate that the Banco de Mexico's monetary control was exercised at a substantial cost in terms of reserve volatility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0770.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Interaction between Research and Public Policy: The Case of Unemployment Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0771</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This essay examines the role of economic research in affecting the recommendations of the National Commission of Unemployment Compensation, and the likely impacts of that Commission and economists' research findings on policy. Using a questionnaire addressed to Commission members, I find that most became quite aware of the results of research on the labor- market effects of unemployment insurance, with the degree of recognition proportional to the strength of the consensus among economists on a particular result; that the members had little awareness of the identity of particular economists who had done the research; and that, though the members claimed their recommendations were influenced importantly by research, that influence is difficult to detect in the Commission's Report. Because that Report goes against the tenor of current labor- market policy, its short-run impact will likely be small; and, because the focus of interest in policy will change over time, its long-term influence may not be great. Economic research, though, is shown to have had an immediate impact in three specific cases; and its long-run effect, by conditioning the policy discussion, has been and will likely be substantial.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0771.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0771.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects of Pensions and Earnings on Retirement: A Review Essay</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0772</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mitchell</surname>
          <given-names>Olivia S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fields</surname>
          <given-names>Gary S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Does retirement behavior react predictably to economic incentives? Evidence on this question would be useful to policy makers responsible for work and retirement programs affecting the elderly. This paper reviews the lessons and limitations of recent economics literature on pensions, earnings, and retirement. Section I develops the life cycle context for analyzing this problem. Theoretical literature is examined in Section II, followed by a review of the empirical literature in Section III. Conclusions appear at the end of each Section.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0772.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0772.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The International Economics of Transitional Growth: The Case of the United States</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0773</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Leamer</surname>
          <given-names>Edward E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a general equilibrium two country, two commodity dynamic simulation model of international trade in commodities and financial claims. The model generalizes the Heckscher-Ohlin static theory of trade by incorporating costs of quickly adjusting levels of capital stocks in particular industries;  i.e., capital mobility in the short run is permitted, but at a price. The model predicts Heckscher-Ohlin relationships, including factor price equalization, in the long-run, but not during the economy's transition path to its ultimate steady-state. An interesting feature of the model is that it provides a determinate solution to the long-run inter- national allocation of the world's capital stock. This is true despite the fact that the Rybchinski-theorem holds in the long-run. The simulation model of international trade with costly capital stock adjustment appears capable of explaining many features of the patterns of factor price equalization, international investment, and changes in comparative advantage that have characterized the post-war period.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0773.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0773.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Prices and Terms of Trade for Developed-Country Exports of Manufactured Goods</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0774</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kravis</surname>
          <given-names>Irving</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lipsey</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to contribute some new measurements to t112 discussion of trends in the terms of trade between manufactured goods exports of developed countries and primary product exports of developing countries. The new measures are manufactured goods price indexes that are derived from price data rather than from unit value data and include some corrections for quality change. Our calculations indicate that the prices of manufactured goods exported by developed countries to developing countries have risen over twenty years or so by 75 per cent, as compared to the 140 per cent shown by the generally used UN unit value indexes. The decline in terms of trade for these goods relative to primary products has been almost 50 per cent over this period. Over tile last hundred years, fluctuations in the terms of trade of manufactured goods relative to primary products !lave been very wide, as far as we can tell from the inadequate measures we have. Impressions about trends have been highly dependent on choices of beginning and end years. There is very little evidence for a long-run trend in either direction.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0774.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0774.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary Aggregates as Targets: Some Theoretical Aspects</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0775</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freedman</surname>
          <given-names>Charles</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the mid-1970s the Bank of Canada, along with a number of other central banks, began to set explicit targets for monetary growth and to emphasize the long-run role of monetary aggregates in controlling the rapid upward trend of prices. There are three distinct ways of viewing and interpreting a policy of setting growth targets for monetary aggregates. The first is associated with the work of William Poole, the second is derived from the reduced-form model initially developed at the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, and the third, which the author has labeled the feedback- rule approach, is related to the techniques developed within central banks to implement the policy of monetary targeting. In this paper the author sets forth the logic and examines the implications of these three methods when the principal aim of policy is reducing the rate of inflation. He also examines the question of gradualist versus "cold-shower" policies and the criteria for selecting a monetary aggregate as a policy target.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0775.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0775.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Currency Diversification and Export Competitiveness: A Model of the "Egyptian Disease"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0776</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>de Macedo</surname>
          <given-names>Jorge Braga</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper presents a dynamic portfolio model under currency inconvertibility which rationalizes the recent Egyptian experience of real exchange rate appreciation and currency diversification following the increase in oil exports and the partial financial liberalization that took place after 1976. The two shocks are linked because the relative price of manufacturing exports in terms of oil is also the premium of the black market rate over the official exchange rate. The effects of various official exchange rate policies on the temporary equilibrium values of the premium and the real wage and on the steady-state values of asset stocks are examined. A review of the Egyptian experience shows that as the model suggests the official devaluation of 1979 was ineffective against the "Egyptian disease" so that little can be expected from the 1981 devaluation. In light of the model results, a crawling peg policy is proposed instead.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0776.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Agency, Delayed Compensation, and the Structure of Executive Remuneration</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0777</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eaton</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rosen</surname>
          <given-names>Harvey S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we examine the factors affecting the structure of executives' compensation packages. We focus particularly on the role of various types of delayed compensation as means of "bonding" executives to their firms. The basic problem is to design a compensation package that rewards actions that are in the long-run interest of the stockholders. Firms must take into account (1) their ability to discern unfortunate circumstances from mismanagement; (2) the extent to which a compensation package forces the executive to face risks, beyond his control; and (3) the willingness of a given executive to bear this risk. We use our theory to interpret some executive compensation data from the early 1970's. The results are generally in line with the theoretical predictions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0777.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0777.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects of Incomes Policies on the Frequency and Size of Wage Changes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0778</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pencavel</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Along with house rents, wages have frequently been described as the "stickiest" prices in the economy, rarely adjusted more than once a year. Because of this stickiness (which arises from the transactions costs involved in changing wages), a distinction exists between the adjustment of wages and the size of that adjustment. This distinction has important implications for empirical investigations of the determinants of aggregate money wage changes because the equations fitted in these studies are almost invariably plagued with aggregation bias unless the non-synchronous pattern of wage settlements in different sectors of the economy is taken into account. This is a particularly relevant issue when evaluating the effectiveness of incomes policies since some policies have operated by postponing the implementation of new wage settlements (in which case they are directed towards the occurrence of the event) while other policies have taken the form of specifying a permissible ceiling on wage increases (in which case they are designed to affect the extent of occurrence of the event, but not its occurrence). One purpose of this paper is to reevaluate the effectiveness of incomes policies by making use of information from one industry both on the frequency of wage settlements and on the size of wage changes when a settlement takes place. Our empirical work leads us to conjecture whether the apparent "statistical significance" reported by researchers with respect to the performance of variables in models of aggregate wage changes reflects primarily the effects of these variables on the probability of wages being adjusted rather than the effects on the magnitude of wage changes conditional upon wages being adjusted.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0778.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0778.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Real Interest Rates, Home Goods, and Optimal External Borrowing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0779</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper investigates the optimal tire path of consumption and external borrowing in the dependent economy model. The small country faces given world prices and a given world real interest rates. The presence of a home goods sector implies that the relevant real interest rate appropriate to consumption decisions depends on the rate of change of the real price of home gods. The paper shows how transitory disturbances in output or in the world real interest rate affect the time profile of consumption. In particular it is shown that the presence of a home goods sector dampens the consumption effects of changes in interest rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0779.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0779.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Government and Health Outcomes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0780</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, I summarize the results of empirical studies in the areas of schooling and health, public programs and infant mortality, and government regulation of teenage smoking. My review is selective and is based on my own research. It is neutral with respect to the question of whether the government should pursue policies to improve the health of its citizens. But it calls attention to the consequences with respect to health of alternative decisions by policy makers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0780.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0780.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Unemployment, Unsatisfied Demand for Labor, and Compensation Growth in the United States, 1956-1980</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0781</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abraham</surname>
          <given-names>Katharine G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents two key facts which call into question the value of unemployment rates as barometers of labor market tightness. First, while both unemployment rates and unsatisfied labor demand proxies perform reasonably well on their own in compensation growth equations, in models which include both, only the unsatisfied demand variable appears to matter. Second, the past decade's outward shifts in Phillips plots can to a substantial degree be tied to outward shifts in plots pairing the relevant unemployment rate and unsatisfied demand proxies. The paper also provides results which indicate that Phillips relationships which are defined in terms of unsatisfied demand variables appear to be somewhat more stable than those using unemployment rates. Taken together, our findings have a clear message for those concerned with macroeconomic theory and policy: labor market pressure on wages can be more reliably assessed by looking at measures of unsatisfied labor demand than by looking at the unemployment rates on which most earlier analyses have focused.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0781.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Central Planning and Monetarism: Fellow Travelers?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0782</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Portes</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We discuss the monetary institutions and macroeconomics of centrally planned economies (CPEs) ; objectives and techniques of monetary control; the relevance to CPEs of the neutrality property, the natural rate hypothesis, and the quantity theory; the roles of stock .and flow variables and the stability of asset demand and expenditure functions; the relation between monetary policy, fiscal policy and incomes policy in CPEs; the CPE equivalent of a floating exchange rate and its implications for monetary policy; and "super crowding out." Many considerations suggest that monetarism as theory and policy might be more applicable under central planning than it is in market economies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0782.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0782.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Seigniorage and Fixed Exchange Rates: An Optimal Inflation Tax Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0783</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A country that decides to fix its exchange rate thereby gives up control over its own inflation rate and the determination of the revenue received from seigniorage. If the country goes further and uses a foreign money, it loses all seigniorage. This paper uses an optimal inflation tax approach to analyze the consequences for optimal rates of income taxation and welfare of the alternative exchange rate and monetary arrangements. From the viewpoint of seigniorage, a system in which the country is free to determine its own rates of inflation is optimal; fixed exchange rates are second best, and the use of a foreign money is worse. The paper notes that seigniorage is only one of the factors determining the choice of optimal exchange rate regime, but also points out that rates of seigniorage collection are high, typically accounting for five or more percent of government revenue.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0783.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Domestic Tax Policy and Foreign Investment: Some Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0784</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>David G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Investment abroad has come to play a major role in the total investment undertaken by U.S. firms. Despite this development, very little attention has been paid to the impacts of domestic tax policy on foreign investment. One reason has been the presumption that, since changes in domestic tax rules ordinarily also apply to foreign-source income, policy changes should affect foreign and domestic investment similarly. However, the fact that the tax on foreign-source income is deferred until the income is repatriated represents a crucial difference in the treatment of foreign and domestic income. So long as the U.S. tax is deferred, the effective U.S. tax rate on foreign-source income can be shown to be irrelevant to a firm's optimal foreign reinvestment decision. Foreign investment is now largely accomplished by firms reinvesting earnings abroad, so the reinvestment decision is of primary importance. Thus, a decrease in the effective U.S. tax rate which applies to both domestic and foreign investment income can be thought of as a cut in the tax on domestic investment income, which is encouraging to domestic investment (perhaps at the expense of foreign investment), combined with a cut in the tax on foreign investment income, which has no effect on the optimal foreign reinvestment decision. Consequently, the impacts on foreign and domestic investment of an apparently neutral policy could be very different . Another reason that the response of foreign investment has been neglected in domestic policy discussions is the lack of evidence on the magnitude of that response. This paper utilizes the theory just described to confirm that foreign investment is influenced negatively and quite strongly by the after-tax rate of return to domestic investment. A further test, in which a "gross domestic rate of return" term and a "domestic tax" term are included separately, produces coefficients virtually equal in absolute value, confirming that the net domestic rate of return is the appropriate variable. The results indicate that a tax incentive which has been found to raise net domestic investment by a dollar reduces net foreign investment by at least twenty cents. This conclusion is further reinforced by results from a forward-looking (Tobin's q) mod el. While these results do not point to the primary outcome of a domestic policy change being a domestic-foreign reallocation of the capital stock, they indicate that a significant reallocation does take place. With open economy tax analysis still in its infancy, the question of how this evidence alters the usual conclusions is largely an open one.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0784.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0784.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Real versus Financial Openness under Alternative Exchange Rate Regimes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0785</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A simple analytical framework is used to consider alternative exchange rate regimes and their bearing on macroeconomic management of a semi- industrial economy. The emphasis is on the implications of different degrees of capital mobility. One of the topics taken up is the conflict between the role of the real exchange rate as a signaling device for long-run resource allocation and the problem of real exchange rate appreciation accompanying the opening up of an economy to short-term capital inflow. Also discussed is the related choice of exchange rate policy as an anti-inflation device.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0785.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0785.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Patents, R and D, and the Stock Market Rate of Return</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0786</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The purpose of this paper is to present and estimate a model which allows one to use the recently computerized U.S. Patent Office's data base to identify when and where changes in inventive output have occurred. The model assumes a firm which chooses a research strategy to maximize the expected discounted value of the net cash flows from its activities, and a stock market that evaluates this expectation at different dates (it is a version of the Lucas-Prescott, 1971, investment model). Patents are taken as an indicator of the output of the firm's research laboratories. These assumptions place a set of testable restrictions on the stochastic process generating patents, R&D, and the stock market rate of return on the firm's equity (the econometric framework used is that of a restricted index, or dynamic factor-analysis model [Sargent and Sims, 1977; Geweke, 1977b]). The data contain observations on these three variables for 120 firms over an eight year period. The model fits these data quite well and the final section reports on the implications of the parameter estimates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0786.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Should Private Pensions Be Indexed?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0787</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The analysis in this paper was motivated by the apparent puzzle that, despite substantial uncertainty about future inflation rates, private pensions are almost universally unindexed. Moreover, although a variable annuity invested in short-term money market instruments provides a good inflation hedge, almost all private pensions provide a fixed annuity. The results of the analysis indicate that the existence of unindexed pensions and fixed annuities is not at all surprising. Even without Social Security, it may be optimal to have a completely unindexed private pension and it is generally not optimal to have a completely indexed pension. The availability of an optimal (or greater than optimal) amount of Social Security generally reduces the desired degree of indexing and, under a variety of conditions, makes it optimal to have no indexing at all in the private pension. Because unexpected changes in the price level do not alter the value of Social Security pensions, the existence of inflation uncertainty makes a Social Security pension optimal when it would not otherwise be and an increase in inflation uncertainty is likely to increase the optimal reliance on Social Security. But despite these conclusions, the analysis shows that including some Social Security in an overall pension program is necessarily optimal only when both money market instruments and Social Security have rates of return that are known with certainty. When the real yield on money market instruments is uncertain, the optimal pension arrangement may be a partially indexed private pension even though Social Security is risk-free and has a return that is higher than the expected rate on the money market instruments. Similarly, when Social Security is risky, the optimal arrangement my be to exclude Social Security and to use a partially indexed private pension. In all cases, an individual who has a low enough degree of risk aversion will prefer no Social Security and a completely unindexed private pension.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0787.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0787.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Stochastic Problems in the Simulation of Labor Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0788</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hausman</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Modern work in labor supply attempts to account for nonlinear budget sets created by government tax and transfer programs. Progressive taxation leads to nonlinear convex budget sets while the earned income credit, social security contributions, AFDC, and the proposed NIT plans all lead to nonlinear, nonconvex budget sets. Where nonlinear budget sets occur, the expected value of the random variable, labor supply, can no longer be calculated by simply 'plugging in' the estimated coefficients. Properties of the stochastic terms which arise from the residual or from a stochastic preference structure need to be accounted for. This paper considers both analytical approaches and Monte Carlo approaches to the problem. We attempt to find accurate and low cost computational techniques which would permit extensive use of simulation methodology. Large samples are typically included in such simulations which makes computational techniques an important consideration. But these large samples may also lead to simplifications in computational techniques because of the averaging process used in calculation of simulation results. This paper investigates the tradeoffs available between computational accuracy and cost in simulation exercises over large samples.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0788.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0788.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Does Anticipated Aggregate Demand Policy Matter? Further Econometric results.</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0789</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mishkin</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A heated debate has arisen over what Modigliani has dubbed the Macro Rational Expections (MRE) hypothesis. This hypothesis embodies two component hypotheses: 1) rational expectations and 2) short-run neutrality -- i.e., that anticipated changes in aggregate demand will have already been taken into account in economic agents' behavior and will thus evoke no output or employment response. Together these component hypotheses imply that deterministic feedback policy rules will have no effect on business cycle fluctuations. The irrelevance of these types of policy rules is inconsistent with much previous macro theorizing as well as with the views of policymakers. It is thus an extremely controversial proposition which requires a wide range of empirical research. This paper is a sequel to a previous paper by the author. That paper developed a methodology for testing the MRE hypothesis and found that anticipated money growth does matter to the business cycle. This paper extends the analyses to cases where the rate of nominal GNP growth or the inflation rate, rather than money growth, is the aggregate demand variable. The empirical results are also negative on the MRE hypothesis and its corresponding policy ineffectiveness proposition.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0789.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0789.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time-Series Evidence of the Effect of the Minimum Wage on Youth Employment and Unemployment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0790</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Charles C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gilroy</surname>
          <given-names>Curtis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kohen</surname>
          <given-names>Andrew I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>While previous time series studies have quite consistently found that the minimum wage reduces teenage employment, the extent of this reduction is much less certain. Moreover, because few previous studies report results of more than one specification, the causes of differences in estimated impacts are not well understood. Less consensus is evident on the effect of the minimum wage on teenage unemployment, or its relative impact on black and white teenagers. The purpose of this paper is both to update earlier work and to analyze the sensitivity of estimated minimum wage effects to alternative specification choices. In addition to providing estimates of the effect of minimum wage increases on aggregate employment and unemployment rates of teenagers, we explore several related issues: the relative importance of changing the level and coverage of the minimum wage; the timing of responses to a change in the minimum; effects on part-time and full-time work; effects on young adults (age 20-24).</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0790.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The OPEC Surplus and U.S.-LDC Trade</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0791</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>10</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores the connections between the shift of world saving toward OPEC and the changing structure of U.S. trade with the non-oil developing countries. The basic point of the paper is that during the 1970s the U.S. economy has become more interdependent through trade with the newly industrializing countries (NICs) in the developing world. The shift of world saving toward OPEC in the 1970s effectively internationalized the supply of saving, as OPEC places its surplus in the international financial system. The NICs and other developing countries borrow the surplus and direct it to domestic investment. Investment in the NICs stimulates the demand for U.S. capital goods. The reallocation of resources towards capital goods production in the U.S. stimulates excess demand for consumer goods, which appear as imports from the NICs. U.S. exports of capital goods to these countries have grown rapidly in the 1970s as have U.S. imports of non-food, non-auto consumer goods from them. Thus the structure of U.S. trade has been reoriented to become complementary with the rapidly- growing developing countries, and perhaps more competitive with Europe and Japan.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0791.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0791.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intergenerational and International Trade</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0792</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dornbusch</surname>
          <given-names>Rudiger</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper sets out an overlapping generations model in an open economy context. In the absence of productive capital a real consol is the vehicle for intertemporal consumption smoothing. The presence of a long term asset implies that the anticipated future path of the economy, through the term structure of interest, affects current generations. The model is applied to issues in the closed and open economy. These include the effects of debt issue on asset prices and welfare, the effect of present or anticipated future income growth, permanent or transitory. In the open economy context we investigate the welfare and current account effects of income changes on debt issue. The role of international differences in risk aversion is studied.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0792.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0792.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wages, Relative Prices, and the Choice between Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0793</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marston</surname>
          <given-names>Richard C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reexamines the choice between fixed and flexible rates to take into account wage indexation and flexible prices. The model employed is of a small open economy faced by monetary and aggregate demand disturbances originating at ham and abroad. Aggregate supply behavior in this &el varies depending upon whether wages are set in one-period labor contracts or are indexed to current changes in the general price level, Two central conclusions emerge from the analysis. First, for all disturbances the difference in output variation between fixed and flexible rates is dependent upon the degree of wage indexation, being proportional to one minus the degree of wage indexation in the domestic economy. Thus the more highly indexed the economy, the less difference the choice of exchange rate regime makes to output variation, Secondly, the effect of foreign disturbances on the domestic economy depends as much on foreign wage and price behavior as domestic. If the rest of the world is fully indexed, flexible rates insulate the domestic country completely from foreign monetary disturbances, If the rest of the world is more highly indexed than the domestic country, then for high price elasticities at least, a flexible rate dampens the output variation associated with foreign demand disturbances.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0793.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0793.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Trade and Protection with Multistage Production</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0794</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dixit</surname>
          <given-names>Avinash</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Gene M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes trade in manufactured goods that are produced via a vertical production structure with many stages, where some value is added at each to an intermediate product to yield a good-in-process ready for the next stage. We consider the stage at which a good is traded to be an economically endogenous variable, with comparative advantage determining the pattern of production specialization by stages across countries. We study how endowment changes and policy shifts move the margin of comparative advantage, which thus provides a channel for resource allocation adjustment that is additional to the usual ones of factor substitution and changes in the quantity of output.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0794.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0794.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Women, Children, and Industrialization in the Early Republic: Evidence from the Manufacturing Censuses</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0795</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldin</surname>
          <given-names>Claudia</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sokoloff</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The first half of the nineteenth century was a critical juncture regarding the emergence of female participation in the market economy, the increase in the wage of females relative to that of adult males, and the evolution of large scale firms in both mechanized and non-mechanized industries. We present the first systematic and comprehensive description of these events as they evolved in the states of the Northeast to 1850. Our sources are primarily samples taken from three early censuses and reports of manufacturing, 1820, 1832, and 1850. Our principal findings are: (1) that women and children composed a large share (over 40% in 1832) of the entire manufacturing labor force during the initial period of industrialization in the U.S., but that this share began a secular decline as early as 1840; (2) that the wage of females (and boys) relative to that of adult males rose wherever large scale manufacturing establishments spread and that by 1850 this ratio had risen to almost 90% its long-term level; (3) that the labor force participation of young unmarried women in the industrial counties of the Northeast was, in 1832, high by late nineteenth century standards; and (4) that the employment of females and boys was closely associated with production processes used by large-scale establishments. Women and children had been a previously under-utilized and large segment of the potential labor force, and their harnessing by manufacturing was a critical factor in the industrialization of the Northeast.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0795.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0795.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Current Account in the Eacroeconomic Adjustment Process</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0796</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides a formal analysis of the current account balance in a dynamic model with optimizing agents. Two analytical ideas are stressed. First, an economy's current account balance depends as much on fixture economic trends as on the current economic environment. A shift in fiscal policy, for example, will have one effect on the current account if it is perceived to be temporary and another if it is seen to be permanent. Second, temporary disturbances in the economy have permanent effects, by altering the entire future path of the economy's international indebtedness.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0796.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tariffs as Insurance: Optimal Commercial Policy When Domestic Markets Are Incomplete</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0797</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eaton</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Gene M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Free trade is not optimal for a small country that faces uncertain terms of trade if some factors are immobile - ex post, and markets for contingent claims are incomplete. The government can improve social welfare by using commercial policy that serves as a partial substitute for missing insurance markets. Using a combination of analytical and simulation techniques we demonstrate that optimal policy for this purpose will often have an anti-trade bias. We also show that the usual preference by economists for factor or product taxes and subsidies over tariffs and export subsidies may not be justified in this context.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0797.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0797.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Issues in the Taxation of Foreign Source Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0798</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frisch</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel J.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines some aspects of the tax treatment of U.S. multinational corporations. The emphasis is on problems of coordination of the different tax systems faced by the firms. The U.S. corporate income tax must take account of the fact that the firms' over- seas income is taxed by the host governments, in a variety of ways. Currently, the foreign tax credit is the principle mechanism for making these adjustments; it is examined, along with alternative methods such as territorial treatment and a deduction for foreign taxes. The paper also considers the closely related question of coordinating measures of taxable income. The most common method, the arm's length rule, is examined. Alternatives to it, including allocation by shares and a partial case involving allocation of research and development expenses, are also considered. First, the revenue effects of these tax regimes are simulated, with no behavioral responses considered. Responses in location of investment decisions are then included. The data are taken from the corporations' U.S. tax returns, cross-tabulated into approximately 240 industry and country cells.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0798.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0798.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A General Equilibrium Model of Taxation with Endogenous Financial Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0799</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents and utilizes a new general equilibrium simulation model of capital income taxation. Its chief advantage over existing models of the effects of taxation is that it recognizes that agents may adjust their financial behavior in response to changes in the way that capital income is taxed. By integrating a structural treatment of portfolio choice and financial markets into a standard multi-sector model of taxation, the model can trace the general equilibrium impact of these financial adjustments and calculate the tax-induced changes in the allocation of factors and output as well as the distributional effects of any tax change. The model is used to simulate the impact of completely indexing the tax system for inflation. The results indicate there would be significant financial adjustment in response to indexing. A large shift in the distribution of private risk bearing accompanies a slight reallocation of the capital stock away from owner-occupied housing toward its other uses and a substantial change in the ownership of the housing stock by income class. All in all, indexing the tax system of an economy like the U.S. in 1977 seems to lead to an efficiency gain, slightly hurts the lowest income classes, and substantially improves the welfare of the highest income groups. The simulation results should, however, be considered tentative due to uncertainty about the values of several parameters and the relatively simple formulations of the determinants of portfolio choice and the U.S. financial structure.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0799.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0799.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>"Double Dipping":  The Combined Effects of Social Security and Civil Service Pensions on Employee Retirement</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0800</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Burtless</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hausman</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We consider the retirement behavior of civilian employees of the United States government. Unlike previous studies, this investigation is based upon a data set containing fairly complete and accurate information about the Social Security and employer-provided pensions for which employees are (or ultimately will be) eligible. These data permit us to specify the financial aspects of individual retirement decisions with a reasonable degree of precision. A large fraction of civil service pensioners is eligible to receive Social Security benefits because a part of their working careers was spent in Social-Security-covered employment. The prevalence of double pension coverage among government employees has raised serious equity questions about the treatment of civil servants by Social Security, and these questions have led to various suggestions for pension reform. Partly, the reform proposals have been put forward due to the perceived unfairness of "double dipping" which arises from the double pension coverage of government employees. Our analysis finds: (1) Both the amount of a Federal pension entitlement and the expected wait until the pension commences affect the timing of retirement from the Federal service. (2) The rate of anticipated wage growth significantly affects individual decisions to remain in Federal employment. (3) Workers who are eligible to ultimately receive Social Security in some cases show a different pattern of retirement than do workers not vested in Social Security. However, our analysis does not reveal any massive shift of Federal workers into Social-Security-covered employment in order to benefit from the "tilt" in the Social Security formula.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0800.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0800.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Macroeconomic Determinants of Real Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0801</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a model that integrates money, relative prices, and the current account balance as factors explaining movements in nominal (effective) exchange rates. Thus money and the current account are the proximate determinants of changes in real (effective) rates. The basic model is first analyzed under static expectations. It is an extension of Branson (1977) to include explicitly exogenous disturbances to the current account. Next, rational expectations are introduced, and it is shown that the nominal (and real) rate should be expected to jump instantaneously in response to new information or "innovations" in money, the current account, and relative prices. The model is applied to the quarterly data on effective exchange rates, relative prices, money and the current account for four countries--the U.S., the U.K., Germany and Japan -- since 1973. First the time-series properties of the data are described. All are approximately first-order autocorrelations except all relative prices and Japan's effective exchange rate and current account balance. These are second-order autocorrelations. Then vector autoregressions (VARs) are estimated among the four variables for each country. The residuals from these equations are the "innovations" in the data -- the current movements not predicted by the past. The correlations amongst these innovations are consistent with the theory. Thus the broad conclusion from the paper is that the theoretical model which integrates money, the balance on current account and relative prices, is consistent with movements in these variables since 1973. Real exchange rates adjust to real disturbances in the current account, and time-series innovations in the current account seem to signal the need for adjustment.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0801.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0801.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Public Goods in Open Economies with Heterogeneous Individuals</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0802</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stiglitz</surname>
          <given-names>Joseph E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper formulates a simple model of "perfect community competition." It is shown that (1) the equilibrium is Pareto optimal; (2) communities will, in general, be heterogeneous; not all individuals will have the same tastes; but (3) all individuals of a given skill within the community will have identical preferences; (4) in spite of the heterogeneity of tastes, there is complete unanimity with respect to tax and expenditure policy, and there is no scope for redistribution at the local level; (5) under certain circumstances, everyone's expected utility can be increased by introducing a particular kind of unequal treatment of individuals who are otherwise identical with respect to tastes and production characteristics; (6) when there is not "perfect community competition, " the equilibrium will, in general, not be Pareto optimal, and benefit taxation may be desirable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0802.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0802.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Human Capital and Economic Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0803</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Individuals differ in both inherited and acquired abilities, but only the latter differ among countries and time periods. Human capital analysis deals with acquired capabilities which are developed through formal and informal education at school and at home, and through training, experience, and mobility in the labor market. Just as accumulation of personal human capital produces individual economic (income) growth, so do the corresponding social or national aggregates. At the national level, human capital can be viewed as a factor of production coordinate with physical capital. This implies that its contribution to growth is greater the larger the volume of physical capital and vice versa. The framework of an aggregate production function shows also that the growth of human capital is both a condition and a consequence of economic growth. Human capital activities involve not merely the transmission and embodiment in people of available knowledge, but also the production of new knowledge which is the source of innovation and of technical change which propels all factors of production. This latter function of human capital generates worldwide economic growth regardless of its initial geographic locus. Contrary to Malthus, economic growth has not been eliminated by population growth. Indeed, spatial and temporal patterns of the "demographic transition" appear to be congruent with economic growth. Human capital is a link which enters both the causes and effects of these economic-demographic changes.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0803.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Economics of Wage Floors</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0804</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper contains a theoretical analysis of and summaries of empirical information on consequences of wage floors in the labor market imposed by minimum wages and by labor unions. Excess supplies are rationed in part probabilistically ("first come, first served"), and in part systematically -- by raising hiring standards, or by discrimination and nepotism. Effects on employment, unemployment, and labor force participation, and on wage differentials between the II covered'' and the free sector follow. Empirical information on these effects is cited in the minimum wage case, but only wage differentials are analyzed in the union context. Other consequences outlined here are: lengthening of school attendance, reduction of hours of work, substitution of paid out wages for fringes in the minimum wage case. However, union pressure on fringes is greater than on wages. This strategy produces larger income and greater job security for union members. The minimum wage reduces opportunities for job training and consequent wage growth. Quits initially decline as wages are pushed up, but turnover is likely to increase as the training content of jobs is reduced. Union wage and fringe advantages reduce quits significantly. However, training as well as wage growth are reduced.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0804.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0804.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Compensating Wage Differentials for Mandatory Overtime</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0805</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Ronald G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schumann</surname>
          <given-names>Paul L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our paper estimates the extent to which employees are compensated for an unfavorable job characteristic, being required to accept mandatory assignment of overtime, by receiving higher straight-time wages. Our estimating equations are derived from a model in which wage rates and the existence of mandatory assignment of overtime are jointly determined in the market by the interaction of employee and employer preferences. While - on average, we do not observe the existence of a compensating wage differential for mandatory overtime, we do observe the existence of such differentials for unionized workers and workers with only a few years experience at a firm. Given any estimated compensating wage differential for an unfavorable working condition, one must decide whether its magnitude is sufficiently large to allow one to conclude that the differential fully compensates workers for the disutility of being subject to the unfavorable working condition. We develop and illustrate a methodology that can be used to answer this question, at least for the case of mandatory overtime provisions and other rules that restrict employees' choice of hours.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0805.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0805.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Evaluating the Taxation of Risky Assets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0806</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper explores the taxation of risky assets, both from the theoretical perspective of optimal taxation and from the practical one of measuring "the" tax rate on an asset when, as under existing practice, its stochastic returns are subject to differential tax treatment across states of nature. The results suggest that it may be "appropriate" for tax rates to vary systematically with the riskiness of an asset, but that use of the expected tax rate to evaluate the characteristics of any particular tax system may be very misleading.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0806.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural-Rate Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0807</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>David B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Natural-rate models suggest that the systematic parts of monetary policy will not have important consequences for the business cycle. Nevertheless, we often observe high and variable rates of monetary growth, and a tendency for monetary authorities to pursue countercyclical policies. This behavior is shown to be consistent with a rational expectations equilibrium in a discretionary environment where the policymaker pursues a "reasonable" objective, but where precommitments on monetary growth are precluded. At each point in time, the policymaker optimizes subject to given inflationary expectations, which determine a Phillips Curve-type tradeoff between monetary growth/inflation and unemployment. Inflationary expectations are formed with the knowledge that policymakers will be in this situation. Accordingly, equilibrium excludes systematic deviations between actual and expected inflation, which means that the equilibrium unemployment rate ends up independent of "policy" in our model. However, the equilibrium rates of monetary growth/inflation depend on various parameters, including the slope of the Phillips Curve, the costs attached to unemployment versus inflation, and the level of the natural unemployment rate. The monetary authority determines an average inflation rate that is "excessive," and also tends to behave countercyclically. Outcomes are shown to improve if a costlessly operating rule is implemented in order to precomrnit future policy choices in the appropriate manner. The value of these precommitments -- that is, of long-term agreements between the government and the private sector -- underlies the argument for rules over discretion. Discretion is the sub-set of rules that provides no guarantees about the government's future behavior.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0807.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Union Effects: Wages, Turnover, and Job Training</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0808</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mincer</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study explores the existence of a net union premium and of the extent of rationing by quality of the resulting excess supply. The net union premium was estimated by relating changes in wages to changes in union status of the same worker in longitudinal panels (NLS and MID), and by two cross-section wage level regressions, a "prospective" and "retrospective" which permit more direct observation of selectivity in hiring. Over a half of the cross-section differential of over 20% for the "same" (standardized) worker is a net union rent and much of the rest reflects a quality adjustment in hiring, as measured by wages. This conclusion was less reliable for older workers. Subsequent analysis explores the effects of successful union wage pressure on: quit rates, fringe benefits, wage profiles, and training. The reduction in quit of union joiners depends on the size of the net wage premium. Quit rate differentials are also positively related to the gross, cross-section wage differentials within groups of workers, classified by location and occupation, less so by industry. In Section 4, it is hypothesized that the imposition of larger fixed labor costs (such as fringes) helps to deter employers from preferring reductions in hours to reductions in men, and it helps to stabilize employment in the face of fluctuating demand, by a more frequent use of overtime and of temporary layoffs in the union sector. This hypothesis links the size of fringe benefits to the union wage gain. An analysis of firms in 70 industries confirms this link. Union pressure is exerted on the whole tenure profile of wages. The explicit linking of wage levels to seniority reduces incentives for worker investment in general (transferable) training. The total volume of training is indeed reported to be smaller in union jobs, and this is consistent with the flatter profile.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0808.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0808.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Why U.S. Wage and Employment Behavior Differs from That in Britain and Japan</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0809</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper argues that rigid wages cannot provide the underpinnings of a universally valid theory of the business cycle, simply because wages are not universally rigid. Several different statistical techniques suggest that wage rates in the U.K. and Japan are between three and 15 times more flexible than in the U.S. during the postwar period. Corresponding to greater flexibility in wages, these two countries also exhibit more stable employment behavior over the business cycle. In historical data covering the period between the late-nineteenth-century and 1940, U.S. wage behavior appears to be much more similar to that in Britain and Japan. The contrast between the prewar data and the postwar data, where the U.S. is a definite outlier, suggests that the 1948 invention of the three-year staggered U.S. wage contract may be the crucial factor underlying sluggish U.S. postwar wage dynamics. A theoretical section attempts to distill from recent literature those features of labor market institutions that are regarded as optimal by economic theory. Japanese institutions exhibit more similarity to this theoretical paradigm than those in the U.S. or U.K. Economic theory predicts that long-duration contracts, like those in the postwar U.S., are more likely to emerge when the perceived cost of renegotiation is high, but we must appeal to history and cultural differences to explain why conflict avoidance plays a more prominent role in the development of Japanese labor market institutions than in the American case. In this comparison Britain is the odd-man-out, with well-publicized industrial strife, together with short contract durations. I appeal to history, the different legal tradition, and the nature of the British unions themselves to explain why the three-year contract became established in America but not in Britain.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0809.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0809.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Secular Patterns in Corporate Finance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0810</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Robert A. Taggart,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Trends in the financing of the corporate sector have been widely discussed in both business and academic circles. It is frequently argued, for example, that corporations' use of debt financing has increased dramatically in recent years. These discussions have been hampered, however, by the lack of a unified theoretical framework. In this paper, an attempt is made to develop such a framework using existing corporate finance theory and some extensions thereof. This theory is then used to interpret available data on aggregate corporate financing patterns over the course of the twentieth century. It is found that corporations' use of debt has undeniably increased in the post-World War II period. Nevertheless, the relative corporate debt level was unusually low in the 1940's and current debt levels are not unprecedented when viewed in the context of the entire century. The tax system, in conjunction with inflation, has probably played an important role in the postwar increases in corporate debt, but these factors appear insufficient to explain longer-term trends. It is argued, then, that supplies of competing securities, such as federal government bonds, as well as the secular development of the financial intermediary system, may also be important determinants of long-run corporate financing patterns.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0810.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0810.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Pensions and Mortality</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0811</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Taubman</surname>
          <given-names>Paul</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Pensions and age specific death rates are intertwined in several ways. Pensions provide a mechanism to remove the uncertainty about date of death from consumption planning. Age specific death rates determine the cost and value of pensions. In this paper, we use the Retirement History Survey to estimate reduced form functions for the probability of having a pension when the person reaches 65 and on the dollar amount of the pension. We also evaluate the effect of 15% drop in age specific death rates from 1973 to 1979 on the costs of a pension. We find that the probability of having a pension is related to education, marital status, occupation, industry and assets. The probability equation is very similar for males and females. We find that the sharp drop in death rates has only a marginal impact on the cost of providing a pension.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0811.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0811.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Employment Effects of the Federal Minimum Wage</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0812</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boschen</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Herschel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes an empirical study of the effects of federal minimum wage policy on aggregate employment, on the employment of various demographic groups, and on employment in low-wage industries. The analytical framework permits separate testing both for direct employment effects of the level and coverage of the minimum wage and for indirect employment effects resulting from a possible role for the minimum wage as a cause of monetary nonneutrality. Another innovation in this study is the inclusion of rational expectations of expected future relative minimum wages as determinants of the demands and supplies of labor services. The study finds that minimum-wage policy seems not to affect aggregate employment or average wages either directly or indirectly. Minimum-wage policy, however, has large and statistically significant effects on the industrial and demographic composition of employment, with employment decreasing in certain low-wage industries and for teenagers and for young men but increasing for young women and for adults. A major part of these effects are associated with anticipated future changes in the level of the minimum wage.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0812.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0812.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Health Care Incentives under Disability Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0813</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slade</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic P.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines one of the possible factors which has contributed to the significant recent growth in the Social Security Administration's Disability Insurance program: that of health care incentives under the program. The examination of health care incentives involves a 2-period, 2-state insurance model under uncertainty which incorporates two general types of insurance. One form of insurance is disability insurance, and the other is the individual; "own" insurance or own risk bearing -- which is represented by acute care and preventive care expenditures. The model predicts a positive effect of disability insurance on acute care, while the extent to which disability insurance discourages preventive care depends largely on the effect of preventive care on the price of disability insurance. Regression estimates using data from the 1969 Longitudinal Retirement History Study(LRHS) indicate an elasticity of prescription drug expenditures (acute care) with respect to benefits of about .5, and an elasticity of use of X-rays and inoculations (preventive care) with respect to benefits of about -.004.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0813.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0813.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Adjustment and Structural Change under Supply Shocks</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0814</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The resource boom effect and the input price effect of raw material price changes are analyzed within a two-period, two-sector (plus resource industry), open economy framework. Diagrammatic exposition is used to study the 'Dutch disease', and in particular the distinction between the short term wealth effects (causing a real appreciation and a movement of variable factors from tradable to non-tradable industries) and between the long-run effects on total investment, its sectoral allocation and its finance by foreign borrowing. The framework further enables analysis of the different allocational effects of temporary versus permanent raw material price increases, when the two sectors differ in material use. Also discussed are the effects of changes in the world interest rate on factor allocation and foreign borrowing as well as the allocational effects of government intervention in the case of temporary real wage rigidity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0814.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0814.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Compliance with the Overtime Pay Provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0815</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Ronald G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Schumann</surname>
          <given-names>Paul L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our paper presents a methodology that can be used to estimate the extent of noncompliance with the overtime pay provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). The methodology is applied to data from the May 1978 Current Population Survey and the 1977 Michigan Quality of Employment Survey. These data suggest that the fraction of covered workers working overtime who fail to receive a premium of at least time and a half, as called for by the legislation, is in the range of 25 percent. They also suggest that the extent of noncompliance is greater in those industries in which size class exemptions to the legislation exist (retail trade and selected service industries). Finally, probit analyses of the determinants of noncompliance suggest that decisions about whether to comply with the overtime provisions of the FLSA are at least partially based on the associated benefits and costs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0815.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0815.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Troubled Workers in the Labor Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0816</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper seeks to discover the criteria by which workers are judged to be "troubled," to examine the severity of the economic problems facing "troubled" groups, and to determine whether the condition of these people is relatively permanent or the result of transitory setbacks. The paper provides a broad overview of some of the literature on troubled groups in the labor market, and puts forth several basic propositions about those having trouble in the labor market. Among these are the fact that many workers at the bottom of the income distribution are permanently plagued by problems of low earnings, that workers who drop substantially in the earnings distribution do not recover their previous economic positions, and that personal, unobserved characteristics are important factors in the labor market problems of individuals. Another finding is that areas with high rates of unemployment tend to experience these rates for a decade or more, classifying most regional differences in unemployment as permanent rather than transitory.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0816.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0816.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Stockholder Tax Rates and Firm Attributes</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0817</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops a rigorous theoretical model to assess when investor clienteles may be empirically identified using ex dividend day data and what firm attributes these clienteles should respond to. It then presents empirical results for the period 1963-1977 suggesting that (1) tax-based investor clienteles do exist, and are reasonably stable over time (2) these clienteles are strongly influenced by the dividend-price ratio, but insignificantly by direct measures of risk and other firm characteristics.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0817.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0817.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Real Interest, Money Surprises and Anticipated Inflation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0818</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Makin</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper investigates the hypothesis that surprise changes in the money supply and anticipated inflation (the Mundell-Tobin effect) are both inversely related to the expected real interest rate. The two novel aspects of the investigation are tests of the hypothesized impact of money surprises on real rates while simultaneously testing the Mundell-Tobin hypothesis and estimation employing transfer function methodology developed by Box and Jenkins (1970). The transfer function enables the investigator to entertain the hypothesis that residuals may not follow a simple AR-1 process, as is usually assumed in corrections for correlated residuals, but rather may be appropriately represented by a more complex ARMA process. Based on quarterly data from 1959-1 - 1980-IVY results obtained constitutes failure to reject either an inverse relationship between money surprises and expected real interest or an inverse relationship between anticipated inflation and expected real interest. These findings do not constitute a rejection of market efficiency.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0818.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0818.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Efficiency Gains from Dynamic Tax Reform</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0819</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kotlikoff</surname>
          <given-names>Laurence J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Skinner</surname>
          <given-names>Jonathan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a new simulation methodology for determining the pure efficiency gains from tax reform along the general. equilibrium rational expectations growth path of life cycle economies. The principal findings concern the effects of switching from a proportional income tax with rates similar to those in the U.S. to either a proportional tax on consumption or a proportional tax on labor income. A switch to consumption taxation generates a sustainable welfare gain of almost 2 percent of lifetime resources. In contrast, a transition to wage taxation generates a loss of greater than ? percent of lifetime re- sources. A second general result is that even a mild degree of progressivity in the income tax system imposes a very large efficiency cost.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0819.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0819.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Changing Economic Value of Higher Education in Developed Economies: A Report to the O.E.C.D.</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0820</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyses the changing economic value of higher education in the major O.E.C.D. countries. The first part of the study examines data on earnings by education or earnings in occupations composed of per- sons with different educational attainments. A second part looks at un- employment rates and the occupations attained by college graduates. Both the relative earnings data and the unemployment and occupational attainment data suggest that the heralded decline in the economic value of higher education in the U.S. is not a unique North American phenomenon, but rather, a general development throughout the developed world. On the basis of evidence on elasticities of substitution and the observed growth in the supply of college graduates the paper suggests that the decline in the premium to the educated reflects movement along a reasonably well-defined demand for graduates schedule due to the growth of the college and university systems of the various countries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0820.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>New Measures of Labor Cost: Implications for Demand Elasticities and Nominal Wage Growth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0821</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This study develops alternative quarterly measures of labor costs that refine the published data on hourly earnings and hourly compensation for the period 1953-1978. These new series account for deviations of hours paid for from hours worked, for the tax treatment of wages under the corporate income tax, and for variations in the user cost of training. They generally produce somewhat higher elasticities of labor demand, and explain variations in employment over time slightly better than do the published series. They also provide a different view of the recent path of wage inflation in the United States, suggesting that nominal wage growth has been more responsive to variations in the rate of price inflation than the published labor-cost series indicate. A data appendix lists the values of these new series; one series (that which adjusts for the hours paid/hours worked distinction) can be updated with readily avail- able data by persons interested in using these more appropriate measures of the cost of labor facing employers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0821.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0821.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Alternatives to the Current Maximum Tax on Earned Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0822</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lindsey</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Maximum Tax on Personal Service Income was intended to reduce the maximum marginal tax rate on earned income to 50 percent. In general it did not achieve this result, although it did lower marginal tax rates on both earned and unearned income. This paper considers the effect of different tax rate structures on the total tax revenue collected from high income taxpayers. The sensitivity of tax avoidance practices to marginal tax rates is estimated using four different specifications. These estimates are then combined with plausible parameter values for income and substitution effects in the supply of labor to produce a range of elasticities of taxable income with respect to tax rates. The NBER Taxsim model is then used to estimate the effects of different rate structures on tax revenue.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0822.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Lender of Last Resort and the Run on the Savings and Loans</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0823</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Garber</surname>
          <given-names>Peter M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Speculative runs on asset price fixing schemes are most often attributed either to an inexplicable mass hysteria or to a sudden, unpredictable random disturbance. Such attribution places runs and panics outside of the realm of scientific inquiry. Alternatively, in this paper I define the notion of a run as a discontinuous shift in portfolio asset holdings brought about by a belief in the end of the price fixing regime. I also argue that runs are foreseeable events and employ the current difficulties of S & L's to serve as an extended example which emphasizes such predictability.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0823.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation and the Valuation of Corporate Equities</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0824</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the relationship between inflation and the return on individual corporate securities. This question is of substantial importance in light of the puzzling behavior of the stock market over the last decade. Conventional financial theory holds that equity should be a good inflation hedge since it represents a claim of real rather than nominal assets. Yet a negative relationship between both expected and unexpected inflation and stock market returns has been widely documented. This relationship, which appears to antedate the surge in inflation over the last 15 years. might provide an explanation for the market's surprising recent performance. This paper studies differences across firms in the response of stock market values to changes in expected inflation in an effort to explore the reasons for the aggregate negative relationship between inflation and stock market values. Two opposing hypotheses about the impact of inflation on market valuation are contrasted. The "inflation illusion" hypothesis holds that investors are not able to see through nominal accounting statements and respond to reported rather than real profits. The opposing "tax effects" hypothesis holds that firms which report spuriously high profits due to inflation are penalized because the extra tax burden incurred reduces real profits. The results from the 1970's strongly bear out the predictions of the tax effects hypothesis. Aggregate calculations suggest that the interaction of inflation and taxation can account for a large part of the decline in the stock market which has been observed over the past decade. A significant part of the remainder appears to be due to increasing investor awareness of the need to adjust for historic cost depreciation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0824.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0824.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Impacts on Capital Allocation of Some Aspects of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0825</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hendershott</surname>
          <given-names>Patric H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shilling</surname>
          <given-names>James D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops and employs a five-asset, four-household and single-business sector simulation model to measure the long-run impacts of the major provisions of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 on the allocation of a fixed capital stock among owner-occupied housing, rental housing, and nonresidential capital. The specific provisions analyzed are the increases in tax depreciation for nonresidential capital and rental housing and the reduction in the maximum tax rate on unearned income. Our analysis suggests a 6 percent increase in nonresidential capital, an 11 percent decline in owner-occupied housing and little change in rental housing (the increase in the number of renters -- the homeownership rate declines by 1 1/2 percentage points -- offsets a decline in the quantity of rental services demanded per renter). In the absence of an increase in aggregate saving, real pretax interest rates rise by nearly two percentage points. Corporate profit taxes decline by 60 percent, and after-tax earnings rise by 25 percent. As a result of the Act, the net (of depreciation) user costs for the three types of capital will almost be equalized.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0825.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0825.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Productivity and R and D at the Firm Level</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0826</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Griliches</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mairesse</surname>
          <given-names>Jacques</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the relationship between output, employment, and physical and R&D capital, for a sample of 133 large U.S. firms covering the years 1966 through 197'. In the cross sectional dimension, there is a strong relationship between firm productivity and the level of its R&D invespments. In the time dimension, using deviations from fire means as obserrations and unconstrained estimation, this relationship bomes closa to vanishing. his may be due, in part, to the increase in collinearity between trend, physical capital, and R&D cap)tal in the within dimension, leaving little ildependent variability there. When the coefficients of the first two variables are constrained to reasonable values, the R&D coefficient is both sizeable and significant. The possibility of simultaneity between output and employment decisions in the short run is also investigated. Allowing for this via the use of a semi-reduced form equations system yields rather high estimates of the importance of R&D capital relative to physical capital. Our data do not allow us, however, to answer any detailed questions about the lag structure of the effects of R&D on productivity. These effects are apparently highly variable, both in timing and magnitude.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0826.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0826.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Estimating Wage-Fringe Trade-Offs: Some Data Problems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0827</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Smith</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Ehrenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Ronald G</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Our paper attempts to identify the types of data nee3ed to estimate tradeoffs between wages and fringe benefits (such as pensions); it also explores the usefulness for this estimation of one particular employer- based data set collected by gay Associates. We stress three things: first, that employer-based data sets are required. Second, because pensions and many other fringe benefits are actuarial functions of wages or salaries, these technical relationships must be accounted for in estimation. Third, to take account of unobservable heterogeneity of employees across employers, one must use econometric methods that control for these unobservable variables. The paper concludes with a discussion of our attempts to estimate the tradeoff between wages and fringe benefits using a unique database for 200 establishments that contains information on wages and actuarial valuations of employer costs of fringe benefits at three different job levels.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0827.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0827.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Long-Run Effects of the Accelerated Cost Recovery System</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0828</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>henderson</surname>
          <given-names>yolanda</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1988</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Much of the debate surrounding the enactment of President Reagan's tax plan was concerned with the short run effects of macroeconomic stimulation.  Now that the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 has become law, it is appropriate to look again at the long run effect of these tax cuts. This paper measures, for 37 different assets and for 18 different industries, the reduction in effective corporate tax rates that result from the acceleration of depreciation allowances and the expansion of the investment tax credit. It also uses a detailed dynamic general equilibrium model of the U.S. economy to simulate the effects of the new Accelerated Cost Recovery System (ACRS) on revenues, investment, long run growth, and capital allocation among industries. We find significant welfare gains from ACRS, but we find larger welfare gains from alternative plans that were not adopted.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0828.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0828.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Dividend Taxes, Corporate Investment, and "Q"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0829</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Poterba</surname>
          <given-names>James M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Taxes on corporate distributions have traditionally been regarded as a "double tax" on corporate income. This view implies that while the total effective tax rate on corporate source income affects real economic decisions, the distribution of this tax burden between the shareholders and the corporation is irrelevant. Recent research has suggested an alter- native to this traditional view. One explanation of why firms in the U.S. pay dividends in spite of the heavy tax liabilities associated with this form of distribution is that the stock market capitalizes the tax payments associated with corporate distributions. This capitalization leaves investors indifferent at the margin between corporations paying our dividends and retaining earnings. This alternative view holds that while changes in the dividend tax rate will affect shareholder wealth, they will have no impact on corporate investment decisions. This paper develops econometric tests which distinguish between these two views of dividend taxation. By extending Tobin's "q" theory of investment to incorporate taxes at both the corporate and personal levels, the implications of each view for corporate investment decisions can be derived. The competing views may be tested by comparing the performance of investment equations estimates under each theory's predict ions. British time series data are particularly appropriate for testing hypotheses about dividend taxes because of the substantial postwar variation in effective tax rates on corporate distributions. The econometric results suggest that dividend taxes have important effects on investment decisions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0829.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0829.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Debt Management Policy, Interest Rates, and Economic Activity</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0830</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>12</month>
       <year>1981</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The maturity structure of the U.S. government's outstanding debt has undergone large changes over time, at least in part because of shifts in the Treasury's debt management policy. During most of the post World War I1 period, an emphasis on short-term issues rapidly reduced the debt's average maturity. In the early 1960's and again since 1975, however, the opposite policy just as rapidly lengthened (and is now lengthening) the average maturity, Such changes in debt management policy in general affect the structure of relative asset yields as well as nonfinancial economic activity. The evidence presented in this paper indicates that debt management actions of a magnitude comparable to the recent changes in U.S. debt management policy have sizeable effects both in the financial markets and more broadly. In particular, a shift from long-term to short-term government debt - that is, a shift opposite to the Treasury's recent policy - lowers yields on long-term assets, raises yields on short-term assets, and in the short run stimulates output and spending. Moreover, the stimulus to spending is disproportionately concentrated in fixed investment, so that debt management actions shortening the maturity of the government debt not only increase the economy's output but also shift the composition of output toward increased capital formation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0830.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Roles of Money and Credit in Macroeconomic Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0831</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the implications, for macroeconomic modeling and for monetary policy, of the interrelationships among money, credit and nonfinancial economic activity. Data for the United States since World War II show that the volume of outstanding credit is as closely related to economic activity as is the stock of money, and moreover that neither money nor credit is sufficient to account fully for the effect of financial markets in determining real economic activity. Instead, what appears to matter is an interaction between money and credit. This result is consistent with a macroeconomic modeling strategy that deals explicitly with both the money market and the credit market, and with a monetary policy framework based on the joint use of a money growth target and a credit growth target.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0831.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange Rate Dynamics and the Overshooting Hypothesis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0832</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Frenkel</surname>
          <given-names>Jacob</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rodriguez</surname>
          <given-names>Carlos</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we analyze the determinants of the evolution of ex- change rates within the context of alternative models of exchange rate dynamics. We examine the overshooting hypothesis in models which emphasize differential speeds of adjustment in asset and goods markets as well as in models which emphasize portfolio balance considerations. We show that exchange rate overshooting is not an intrinsic characteristic of the foreign exchange market and that it depends on a set of specific assumptions. We also show that the overshooting is not a characteristic of the assumption of perfect foresight nor does it depend in general on the assumption that goods and asset markets clear at different speeds. As long as the speeds of adjustment in the various markets are less than infinite, the key factor determining the short run effects of a monetary expansion is the degree of capital mobility. When capital is highly mobile, the exchange rate overshoots its long-run value and when capital is relatively immobile the exchange rate undershoots its long-run value. Within the context of the portfolio-balance model we show that the effects of a monetary expansion on the dynamics of exchange rates and in particular on whether exchange rates overshoot or undershoot their equilibrium path depend critically on the specification of asset choice, on the degree of substitution among assets, and on the quality of the various assets in being an inflation hedge, Specifically, when internationally traded goods are a better inflation hedge than nontraded goods, the nominal exchange rate overshoots the domestic price level and conversely.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0832.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0832.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Can We Sterilize? Theory and Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0833</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is a highly selective review of our knowledge about the scope for sterilized intervention in foreign exchange markets under alternative exchange-rate regimes. Section I demonstrates the potential importance of simultaneous-equations bias in single-equation econometric studies of the capital-account offset to monetary policy under fixed exchange rates. The empirical record suggests that, in the case of West Germany, sterilization was a feasible short-run monetary strategy in the 1960s. Section II notes that there is considerable recent evidence of imperfect asset substitutability under the managed float. While limited substitution between bonds of different currency denomination is a precondition for the efficacy of sterilized foreign-exchange intervention, it is no guarantee of efficacy. Whether limited substitutability can in fact be exploited in a predictable manner by central banks is a distinct, and unanswered, question.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0833.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0833.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Transitory Terms-of-Trade Shocks and the Current Account: The Case of Constant Time Preference</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0834</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The paper uses an intertemporal perfect-foresight optimizing model to analyze the effect of transitory terms-of-trade shocks on a small open . economy's current-account and utility time profiles. An adverse terms-of-trade shift known to be temporary induces the economy to run down its stock of external assets in the period before the terms of trade revert to their initial level. Subsequently, the assets consumed during this period are reaccumulated. The current-account response is due only in part to a desire to smooth out the future consumption stream. In addition, households know that the real value of any debt incurred while the terms of trade are unfavorable will be reduced sharply when the terms of trade improve. This opportunity for intertemporal price speculation causes the time path of instantaneous utility to be discontinuous,</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0834.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0834.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expectations, Life Expectancy, and Economic Behavior</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0835</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hamermesh</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Unlike price expectations, which are central to macroeconomic theory and have been examined extensively using survey data, formation of individuals' horizons, which are central to the theory of life-cycle behavior, have been completely neglected. This is especially surprising since life expectancy of adults has increased especially rapidly in Western countries in the past ten years. This study presents the results of analyzing responses by two groups--economists and a random sample--to a questionnaire designed to elicit subjective expectations and probabilities of survival. It shows that people do not extrapolate past improvements in longevity when they determine their subjective horizons, though they are fully aware of levels of and movements within today's life tables. They skew subjective survival probabilities in a way that implies the subjective distribution has greater variance than its actuarial counterpart; and the subjective variance decreases with age. They also base their subjective horizons disproportionately on their relatives' longevity, and long-lived relatives increase uncertainty about the distribution of subjective survival probabilities. As one example of the many areas of life-cycle behavior to which the results are applicable, the study examines the consumption-leisure choices of the optimizing consumer over his lifetime. It finds that shortfalls in utility in old age because people's ex ante horizons had to be updated as -- average longevity increased are relatively small. This implies that large subsidies to retirees under today's Social Security system cannot be justified as compensation for an unexpectedly long retirement for which they failed to save.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0835.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0835.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Nonadjustment of Nominal Interest Rates: A Study of the Fisher Effect</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0836</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper critically re-examines theory and evidence on the relation- ship between interest rates and inflation. It concludes that there is no evidence that interest rates respond to inflation in the way that classical or Keynesian theories suggest, For the period 1860-1940, it does not appear that inflationary expectations had any significant impact on rates of inflation in the short or long run. During the post-war period interest rates do appear to be affected by inflation. However, the effect is much smaller than any theory which recognizes tax effects would predict. Further- more, all the power in the inflation interest rate relationship comes from the 1965-1971 period. Within the 1950's or 1970's, the relationship is both statistically and substantively insignificant. Various explanations for the failure of the theoretically predicted relationship to hold are considered. The relationship between inflation and interest rates remains weak at the even low frequencies. This is taken as evidence that cyclical factors or errors in measuring inflation expectations cannot account for the failure of the results to bear out Fisher's theoretical prediction. Rather, comparison of real interest rates and stock market yields suggests that Fisher was correct in pointing to money illusion as the cause of the imperfect adjustment of interest rates to expected inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0836.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0836.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Impact of Collective Bargaining: Can the New Facts Be Explained by Monopoly Unionism?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0837</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Medoff</surname>
          <given-names>James L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we focus our attention on the question of whether union/nonunion differences in nonwage outcomes can, in fact, be explained in terms of standard price-theoretic responses to real wage effects, as opposed to the real effect of unionism on economic behavior. We reach three basic conclusions. First, unions and collective bargaining have real economic effects on diverse nonwage variables which cannot be explained either in terms of price-theoretic responses to union wage effects or be attributed to the poor quality of our econometric "experiments". Second, we find that while sensitivity analyses of single-equation results and longitudinal experiments provide valuable checks on cross-sectional findings, multiple-equations approaches produced results which are too sensitive to small changes in models or samples to help resolve the questions of concern. Finally, on the basis of these findings we conclude that the search for an understanding of what unions do requires more than the standard price theoretic "monopoly" model of unionism. New (and/or old) perspectives based on institutional or industrial relations realities, contractarian or property rights theories, or other potential sources of creative views are also needed.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0837.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0837.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Consumption, Asset Markets, and Macroeconomic Fluctuations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0838</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shiller</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A broad exploratory data analysis is conducted to assess the promise of a kind of model in which long-term asset prices change through time primarily due to consumption related changes in the rate of discount. Aggregate consumption data are used to infer ex-post marginal rates of substitution. Prices of stocks, bonds, short debt, land and housing are examined for the period 1890 to 1980, Methods are explored of evaluating this kind of model in the absence of accurate data on consumption.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0838.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0838.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Structural Differences and Macroeconomic Adjustment to Oil Price Increases in a Three-Country Model</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0839</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Marion</surname>
          <given-names>Nancy</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Svensson</surname>
          <given-names>Lars E.O.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper a three-country model based on intertemporal maximizing behavior is constructed in order to analyze the effects of oil price increases on welfare levels and trade balance positions. The model can also be used to assess the effects of oil price increases on the world interest rate, on the final goods terms of trade between oil importers (what is sometimes called the real exchange rate), and on output, investment and savings levels, oil imports, wages, and consumption at each date. The analysis highlights the role of structural asymmetries between oil importers in accounting for differences in trade balance responses. A number of structural differences are isolated in turn in order to determine their influence on the final goods terms of trade, which is the key factor in affecting relative trade balance positions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0839.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0839.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Comparison of Tournaments and Contracts</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0840</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Green</surname>
          <given-names>Jerry R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Stokey</surname>
          <given-names>Nancy</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Tournaments, reward structures based on rank order, are compared with individual contracts in a model with one risk-neutral principal and many risk-averse agents. Each agents' output is a stochastic function of his effort level plus an additive shock term that is common to all the agents. The principal observes only the output levels of the agents. It is shown that in the absence of a common shock, using optimal independent contracts dominates using the optimal tournament. Conversely, if the distribution of the common shock is sufficiently diffuse, using the optimal tournament dominates using optimal independent contracts. Finally, it is shown that for a sufficiently large number of agents, a principal who cannot observe the common shock but uses the optimal tournament, does as well as one who can observe the shock and uses independent contracts.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0840.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0840.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Two Notes on Indeterminacy Problems</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0841</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flood</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Garber</surname>
          <given-names>Peter M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Scott</surname>
          <given-names>Louis O</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we show, in an example, that the arbitrary behavior which results in an indeterminacy in the time path of a flexible exchange rate and is associated with "badly behaved" speculation has a manifestation under a regime of fixed rates in an indeterminacy in the time path of government holding of international reserves. Thus, to the extent that arbitrariness is characteristic of agents' behavior it is not resolve6 but only masked by the fixing of exchange rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0841.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0841.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Risk Sharing and the Choice of Exchange-Rate Regime</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0842</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hsieh</surname>
          <given-names>David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the argument that the fixed exchange rate regime should be preferred to the flexible rate regime because the former allows risk sharing across countries while the latter does not. The analysis is performed in a two-country overlapping generations model, where markets are incomplete under either exchange regime. In this second best world, it is demonstrated that the ability to share risk across countries in the fixed rate regime does not necessarily lead to higher welfare than the inability to share risk in the flexible rate regime.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0842.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0842.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Tests of Rational Expectations and No Risk Premium in Forward Exchange Markats</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0843</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hsieh</surname>
          <given-names>David</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper tests the hypothesis that traders have rational expeatations and charge no risk premium in the forward exchange market. It uses a statistical procedure which is consistent under a large class of heteroscedasticity, and a set of data which takes into account the institutional features of the forward exchange market. The results show that inferences using this procedure are very different from those using the standard assumption of homoscedasticity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0843.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Labor Market Impact of Federal Regulation: OSHA, ERISA, EEO, and Minimum Wage</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0844</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mitchell</surname>
          <given-names>Olivia S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper critically evaluates the contribution of labor economics and industrial relations research to our understanding of the impact of government labor market regulation. Recent theoretical and empirical literature is analyzed for four major policies: (a) workplace safety and health; (b) employer-provided pensions; (c) minimums; and (d) employment and pay practices with regard to women and minorities. Studies on EEO and OSHA reforms find small but positive impacts on the outcomes they sought to alter: the minimum wage literature indicates low skilled workers were not benefited much by wage floors; and as yet no analysis exists on whether ERISA improved pension security. Directions for future analysis are suggested, including the role of research in policymaking, whether and how regulatory policy affects labor productivity, and the distributional impact of different forms of regulation on various labor market groups.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0844.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0844.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Expectations and Forecasts from Business Outlook Surveys</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0845</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Zarnowitz</surname>
          <given-names>Victor</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Each quarter since 1968 the National Bureau of Economic Research, in collaboration with the American Statistical Association, has been collecting a large amount of information on the record of forecasting in the U. S. economy. This paper is a progress report on a comprehensive study of the distribution of individual predictions from these surveys. It covers forecasts of quarterly developments in the year ahead for six variables representing inflation, real growth, unemployment, percentage changes in GNP and spending on consumer durables, and business inventory investment. The 79 respondents who participated in at least 12 of the 42 surveys covered constitute a broadly based and diversified group of experts and agents, mostly from the world of corporate business and finance -- executives, analysts, economic consultants, also some government and academic forecasters. The data are in certain respects uniquely rich. The first part of the paper reviews briefly the models of economic expectations and discusses the potential and problems of using survey data for testing these models. The second part offers a comparative analysis of the individual prediction series from the NBER-ASA as well as some earlier surveys. There are gains from combining predictions from different sources, e.g., the group mean forecasts are on the average over time more accurate than most of the corresponding sets of individual forecasts or expectations. But there is also a moderate degree of consistency in the relative 2erformances of individual fore- casters, some of whom score well above average with respect to several variables and predictive horizons. The third section presents the distributions of an array of absolute accuracy measures for the survey respondents, regressions of actual on predicted values, and associated tests of bias and autocorrelation of error. The marginal forecast errors tend to increase, and the correlations between predictions and realizations tend to decrease, as the target quarter recedes into the future. The tests of the joint null hypothesis that the regressions have zero intercepts and unitary slope coefficients are very unfavorable to expectations of inflation, but they show the forecasts of the other variables generally in much better light. Inflation has been largely underestimated, with the predicted rates lagging behind the actual rates. On the other hand, real growth has been on the average overestimated. The incidence of autocorrelation in the prediction errors was also much higher for inflation than for the other variables. A summary of findings is provided. The fifth and last section lists some additional questions raised by this study, to be dealt with in another paper.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0845.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0845.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of the Minimum Wage on Employment and Unemployment: A Survey</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0846</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Brown</surname>
          <given-names>Charles C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gilroy</surname>
          <given-names>Curtis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kohen</surname>
          <given-names>Andrew I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper, we survey theoretical models of the effect of the minimum wage and, in somewhat greater detail, evidence of its effect on employment and unemployment. Our discussion of the theory emphasizes recent work using two-sector and heterogeneous-worker models. We then summarize and evaluate the large literature on employment and unemployment effects of the minimum on teenagers. Finally, we survey the evidence of the effect of the minimum wage on adult employment, and on employment in low-wage industries and areas.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0846.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0846.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Wages and Prices Are Not Always Sticky: A Century of Evidence for the United States, United Kingdom, and Japan</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0847</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Gordon</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Arthur M. Okun's last book, Prices and Quantities, contributes a theory of universal wage and price stickiness, but provides no explanation at all of historical and cross country differences in behavior. The core of this paper provides a new empirical characterization of price and wage changes over the last century in the U.S., U.K., and Japan, in order to demonstrate the wide variety of historical responses that have occurred. Equations for changes in the GNP deflator, in the hourly manufacturing wage rate, and in the real wage rate are estimated, with attention to the influence of both demand and supply disturbances. Because of the long sample period involved, extending back to 1875 for the U.K. and to 1892 for the other two countries, there is extensive attention to shifts in parameters. My description of U.S. data differs from Okun's framework by rejecting his wage-wage formulation of the postwar U.S. inflation inertia process, by allowing the impact of demand disturbances to depend on both the level and rate of change of aggregate demand, by allowing demand to influence price- setting as well as wage-setting behavior, and by stressing the fact that inertia in the U.S. adjustment process is purely a postwar phenomenon rather than the universal fact implied by Okun. The results for the U.K. and Japan com- pound the conflict with Okun's analysis, since in these two countries wages have been far from sticky, even in postwar years. Prices and wages were particularly flexible in the U.S. during World War I and its aftermath, in Japan since 1914, and in the U.K. since the mid-1950s. The last half of the paper provides an analysis of behavior in labor markets and product markets. The unique nature of the U.S. postwar adjustment reflects its unique institution of three-year staggered wage contracts, and the analysis attempts to explain why we do not observe perfect insulation of nominal wages from shifts in nominal demand. The section on the product markets examines the factors that explain why prices are often pre-set, and why the speed of adjustment to demand shocks is sensitive to the nature of aggregate information available.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0847.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0847.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The New Economics of Accelerated Depreciation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0848</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Auerbach</surname>
          <given-names>Alan J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 included the largest business tax cut in U.S. history, embodied in the Accelerated Cost Recovery System. This paper describes in detail the provisions of the new treatment of depreciable property ,and analyzes in a fairly nontechnical way its economic impact. Particular attention is paid to a novel part of ACRS that creates a "safe harbor" for a wide range of saleâ€”leaseback arrangements, effectively permitting the sale of depreciation deductions by investors without taxable income.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0848.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0848.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effects of the Minimum Wage on the Employment and Earnings of Youth</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0849</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Meyer</surname>
          <given-names>Robert H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Wise</surname>
          <given-names>David A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>01</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The employment and earnings effects of the minimum wage are estimated by parameterizing an hypothesized relationship between underlying market employment and wage relationships versus observed wage and employment distributions in the presence of a legislated minimum. If there had been no minimum during the 1973-78 period, we estimate that employment among out- of-school men 16 to 24 would have been approximately 4 percent higher than it in fact was. Among young men 16 to 19 employment would have been about 7 percent higher and among those 20 to 24, 2 percent higher. Employment among black youth 16 to 24 would have been almost 6 percent higher than it was, as compared with somewhat less than 4 percent for white youth. Although it is sometimes argued that the adverse employment effects of the minimum are offset by increased earnings, we find virtually no earnings effect. Had the minimum not been raised over the 1973-78 period, inflation would have greatly moderated the adverse employment effects of the minimum, with approximately two-thirds of the potential employment gains from elimination of the minimum attained. The weight of our evidence is inconsistent with a general increase in youth wage rates with increases in the real minimum. Our findings support the hypothesis that the effects of the minimum are concentrated on youth with sub-minimum market wage rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0849.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>R and D and Productivity at the Industry Level: Is There Still a Relationship?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0850</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Griliches</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lichtenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Frank R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is a re-examination of the relationship between research and development (R&D) activity and total factor productivity (TFP) at the industry level during the period extending from the early 1960's to the mid-1970's. The data base consists of NSF data on applied R&D expenditures by product class, matched to TFP indices derived from the detailed Census-Penn-SRI manufacturing data file. A hypothesis suggested by previous research on the R&D-productivity relationship is that, due, perhaps, to the depletion of scientific opportunities, the "potency'' of R&D as a source of technological progress has declined in recent years. Our findings indicate, however, that the relationship between an industry's R&D-intensity and its productivity growth did not disappear; if anything, the relationship was stronger in recent years. The overall deceleration in productivity in recent years has affected R&D-intensive industries, but to a lesser extent than it has other industries. What cannot be found in the data is strong evidence of the differential effects of the slowdown in R&D itself. The time series appear to be too noisy and the period too short to detect what the major consequences of the retardation in the growth of R&D expenditures may yet turn out to be.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0850.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Input Price Shocks and the Slowdown in Economic Growth: The Case of U.K.Manufacturing</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0851</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper provides a theoretical and empirical analysis of the effects of input price shocks on economic growth, with a focus on United Kingdom manufacturing in the 1970s. The theoretical model predicts a discrete decline in out- put and productivity after an input price rise, and a longer-run slowdown in productivity growth, real wage growth, and capital accumulation. These features characterize the United Kingdom and most other OECD economies after 1973. The empirical results confirm the important role of input prices in recent U.K. adjustment, but also point to an important role for other supply and demand factors.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0851.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0851.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Energy and Resource Allocation: A Dynamic Model of the "Dutch Disease"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0852</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bruno</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>It is well known that a domestic resource discovery gives rise to wealth effects that cause a squeeze of the tradeable good sector of an open economy. The decline of the manufacturing sector following an energy discovery has been termed the "Dutch disease," and has been investigated in many recent studies. Our model extends the principally static analyses to date by allowing for: (1 ) short-run capital specificity and long-run capital mobility; (2) inter- national capital flows; and (3) far-sighted intertemporal optimizing behavior by households and firms. The model is solved by numerical simulation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0852.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Behavior of Money, Credit, and Prices in a Real Business Cycle</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0853</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Plosser</surname>
          <given-names>Charles I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper analyzes the interaction of money and the price level with a business cycle that is fully real in origin, adopting a view which differs sharply from traditional theories that assign a significant causal influence to monetary movements. The theoretical analysis focuses on a banking system that produces transaction. services on demand and thus reflects market activity. Under one regime of bank regulation and fiat money supply by the monetary authority, the real business cycle theory predicts that (i)movements in external monetary measures should be uncorrelated with real activity and(ii) movements in internal monetary measures should be positively correlated with real activity. Preliminary empirical analysis provides general support for this focus on the banking sector since much of the correlation between monetary measures and real activity is apparently with inside money.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0853.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0853.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Severance Pay, Pensions, and Efficient Mobility</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0854</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper argues that pensions are used as severance pay devices in an efficient compensation scheme. The major points of the study are: (1) Severance pay, which takes the form of higher pension values for early retirement, is widespread. (2) A major reason for the existence of pensions is the desire to provide an incentive mechanism that can also function as an efficient severance pay device. It is incorrect to think of pensions merely as a tax-deferred savings account. (3) The wage rates that older workers receive exceed their marginal products. This is evidenced by the fact that employers are willing to buy them out with higher pensions if they retire early. These conclusions are based upon examination of a data set which was generated as part of this study. That data set contains detailed information on 244 of the largest pension plans in the country, covering about 8 million workers.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0854.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0854.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0855</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Obstfeld</surname>
          <given-names>Maurice</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rogoff</surname>
          <given-names>Kenneth S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Knife-edge stability is a common property of dynamic monetary models assuming perfect foresight or rational expectations. These models can be closed with the assumption that the economy's equilibrium lies on the unique convergent path (the saddlepath). While this empirically plausible assumption yields sensible results, aggregative models are not specified in sufficient detail to allow one to prove that the saddlepath is the unique equilibrium path. Brock (1974, 1975) and Brock and Scheinkman (1980) have advanced models in which individual preferences are more fully specified and in which, under certain conditions, the uniqueness and stability of equilibrium can be rigorously demonstrated. This paper shows that these uniqueness conditions are economically unreasonable. Therefore, the question these maximizing models address remains unresolved.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0855.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>New Methods for Analyzing Structural Models of Labor Force Dynamics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0856</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flinn</surname>
          <given-names>Christopher J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper takes a first step toward developing econometric models for the structural analysis of labor force dynamics. Our analysis is presented in continuous time, although most of the points raised here can be applied to discrete time models. We show that in previous attempts to estimate "structural" models of job search, a key source of information necessary to identify certain structural parameters has been neglected. We discuss the conditions under which structural search models can be estimated. In particular, the wage offer distribution must be recoverable -- i.e., it must be the case that the parameters of the untruncated wage offer distribution be estimable from the truncated accepted wage distribution. The wage offer distribution must be assumed to belong to a parametric family. Estimates of structural parameters are shown to be sensitive to the distributional assumption made. A partial equilibrium two state model of employment dynamics is estimated, using data from the National Longitudinal Survey of Young Men. We find employment and nonemployment rates implied by the structural parameter estimates to be generally consistent with those observed for the population of young males.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0856.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Models for the Analysis of Labor Force Dynamics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0857</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Flinn</surname>
          <given-names>Christopher J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents new econometric methods for the empirical analysis of individual labor market histories. The techniques developed here extend previous work on continuous time models in four ways: (1) A structural economic interpretation of these models is presented. (2) Time varying explanatory variables are introduced into the analysis in a general way. (3) Unobserved heterogeneity components are permitted to be correlated across spells. (4) A flexible model of duration dependence is presented that accommodates many previous models as a special case and that permits tests among competing specifications within a unified framework. We contrast our methods with more conventional discrete time and regression procedures. The parameters of continuous time models are in- variant to the sampling time unit used to record observations. Problems plague the regression approach to analyzing duration data which do not plague the likelihood approach advocated in this paper. The regression approach cannot be readily adopted to accommodate time varying explanatory variables. The functional forms of regression functions depend on the time paths of the explanatory variables. Ad hoc solutions to this problem can make exogenous variables endogenous to the model and so can induce simultaneous equations bias. Two sets of empirical results are presented. A major conclusion of the first analysis is that the discrete time Markov model widely used in labor market analysis is inconsistent with the data. The second set of empirical results is a test of the hypothesis that "unemployment" and "out of the labor force" are behaviorally different labor market states. Contrary to recent claims, we find that they are separate states for our sample of young men.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0857.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>New Methods for Estimating Labor Supply Functions: A Survey</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0858</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Heckman</surname>
          <given-names>James J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>MaCurdy</surname>
          <given-names>Thomas E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper surveys new methods for estimatifg labor supply functions. A unified framework of analysis is presented. All recent models of labor supply are special cases of a general index function model developed for the analysis o dummy endogenous variables.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0858.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aspects of the Current Account Behavior of OECD Economies</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0859</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This essay examines some aspects of capital flows within the OECD, and outlines a framework for analyzing current account movements. In both the theoretical and empirical sections, I argue for the importance of including investment and growth in analyses of the current account. I present empirical evidence confirming that shifts in investment rates explain a large part of recent OECD current account behavior. In addition, the links in theory and practice between exchange rates and the current account are scrutinized. A link between current account deficits and depreciation is evident for the large OECD economies, but not for many smaller European economies. It appears that the exchange rate behavior in the smaller economies can be explained by specific exchange rate policies in these economies.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0859.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0859.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Labor Supply under Disability Insurance</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0860</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slade</surname>
          <given-names>Frederic P.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There has been a significant recent growth in the Social Security Administration's Disability Insurance (DI) program, both in the number of covered workers under the program and in the amount of monthly benefits, One possible factor causing this growth has been labor supply disincentives under the pro- gram. The labor supply decision by an individual involves the effect of the disability benefit structure (potential benefits) on labor force participation. Probit estimates from the 1969 original sample of the Longitudinal Retirement History Study (LRHS) indicated an elasticity of participation with respect to benefits of -0031 for married men aged 58-63, and -.023 for all men of the same age group. The magnitude of these estimates are much less than those found by authors such as Parsons, and suggest relatively insignificant efficiency losses in terns of reduced work effort.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0860.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0860.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>LDC Debt in the 1980s: Risk and Reforms</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0861</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>With the rapid increase in LDC indebtedness in the recent decade, the issues of creditworthiness and country risk have gained new importance. This paper offers a theoretical and historical analysis of international capital markets in the presence of default risk. The theoretical model suggests the possibility of a prisoners' dilemma in the loan market, in which a country's dominant noncooperative strategy is to default, though a welfare-improving cooperative strategy is available. The historical analysis suggests that the IMF may play a key role in guiding creditors and debtor nations to reach cooperative solutions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0861.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0861.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Stabilization Policies in the World Economy: Scope and Skepticism</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0862</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Sachs</surname>
          <given-names>Jeffrey D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Throughout the industrialized world, macroeconomic performance since the mid-1970s has been very poor, and the prospects in the near term remain bleak. While there is no consensus among macroeconomists regarding the diagnosis (or cure) of these ills, the major competing schools of thought have focused most of their blame on macroeconomic policy. This paper summarizes a series of studies, in collaboration with Michael Bruno, suggesting rather that supply shocks coupled with real wage rigidities are a central source of the poor macroeconomic performance. Various hypotheses are mentioned as a source for the resistance to real wage cuts, and some illustrations of the policy implications of supply shocks are provided.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0862.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0862.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rational Expectations and the Foreign Exchange Market</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0863</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartley</surname>
          <given-names>Peter R.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Many models of exchange rate determination imply that movements in money supplies and demands should result in movements in exchange rates. Hence, if rational agents are attempting to forecast exchange rate movements, they should in the first instance forecast movements in the supplies of and demands for money balances. Furthermore, if these underlying variables follow some stable autoregressive processes agents should use those processes to make their forecasts. If we identify the forward rate with the market's expectation for the future spot rate, rationality of expectations will imply testable cross-equation restrictions in a joint model of the autoregressions and exchange rate forecasting equation. This strategy is implemented in the paper using data on the L UK/$US and DM/$US exchange rates from the recent floating rate period.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0863.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0863.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Excess Sensitivity of Layoffs and Quits to Demand</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0864</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Robert E</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Lazear</surname>
          <given-names>Edward P</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Excessive layoffs in bad times and excessive quits in good times both stem from the same weakness in practical employment arrangements: the specific nature of worker-firm relations creates a situation of bilateral monopoly. Institutions which have arisen to avert the associated inefficiency cannot mimic the separation decisions of a perfect-information, first-best allocation rule. Simple employment rules based on predetermined or indexed wages are in many cases the most desirable among the class of feasible employment arrangements. More complicated contracts which seem to deal more effectively with turnover issues are either infeasible because of informational requirements or create adverse incentives on some other dimension.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0864.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0864.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Reexamination of Purchasing Power Parity: A Multicountry and Multiperiod Study</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0865</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hakkio</surname>
          <given-names>Craig</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a systematic analysis of the purchasing power parity hypothesis (PPP). This hypothesis states that the exchange rate is equal to the ratio of the domestic price level to the foreign price level. It has recently been argued that PPP performs poorly in the 1970s. This paper examines several possible explanations for this poor performance . We examine PPF in the 1920s and the 1970s, using monthly and quarterly data, to see if the relationship has changed over time. We also examine PPP in a multi-exchange rate world, allowing a quite general error process so as to allow deviations from PPP to be autocorrelated and correlated across currencies. We are then able to examine the degree to which the world has become more interdependent. We also provide evidence that deviations from PPP may follow a random walk. Finally, the role of the U.S. dollar as base currency is examined. We find, in general, that PPP holds quite well as a long run proposition, but the deviations from PPP tend to persist.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0865.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0865.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Effects of Regulation on Utility Financing: Theory and Evidence</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0866</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname></surname>
          <given-names>Robert A. Taggart,</given-names>
          <suffix>Jr.</suffix>
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the financing decisions of regulated public utilities. It is argued that the regulatory process affects utility financing choices both by conditioning the environment in which these choices are made and by creating opportunities for firms to influence the regulated price through strategic financing behavior. The nature of this regulatory effect continually changes, however, as economic conditions change and as regulators, firms and consumers adapt to one another's decisions. The direction of the impact on utility financing, therefore, may differ both over time and across regulatory jurisdictions. This theory of regulatory influence is tested by examining several episodes in the financing experience of U.S. electric utilities from 1912 to 1979. Evidence of a regulatory effect on utility financing is found particularly for the early years of state commission regulation. Examples of an adaptive response pattern on the part of regulators, firms and consumers are also cited.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0866.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0866.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Comment on T. J. Sargent and N. Wallace: "Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0867</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Sargent and Wallace (S-W) show that, even when inflation is prima facie a strictly monetary phenomenon -- prices are flexible, markets clear and velocity is constant -- inflation is, in the long run, a fiscal phenomenon. This follows from the government budget constraint and the existence of an upper bound on the real per capita stock of interest bearing public debt held by the private sector. Together these ensure that in the long run the growth of the money stock is governed by the fiscal deficit, if we assign to the fiscal authorities the role of Stackelberg leaders and to the monetary authorities that of Stackelberg followers. The discussion of the formal S-W model focuses on the distinct roles of public spending and explicit taxes in their model and on the possibility that optimal policy involves public sector surpluses and a net credit position of the public sector vis-a-vis the private sector. It is also argued that the specification of the demand for and supply of - money is ad hoc, a weakness shared by most existing macro models.. Finally it is shown that if we adjust the published government deficit figures for the effect of inflation on the real value of the stock of nominal government debt (as should be done to obtain a deficit measure appropriate to the S-W model), the inflation-adjusted government deficit has been in balance or surplus in the U.K. in recent years. If the deficit is in addition adjusted for the cycle (as it should be to relate it to the full employment S-W model), the government has been a sizeable net lender. If we then also subtract net public sector capital formation from total public spending (assuming implicitly that the real rate of return on public sector investment equals the real rate of return on public sector debt), we get the inflation-corrected, cyclically adjusted government current account deficit. This is the deficit measure of the S-W model. This "deficit" has been a sizeable surplus in recent years and is likely to remain so in the future. The inflation tax implied by extrapolation of the past and present stance of fiscal policy is therefore a "deflation subsidy.'' The credibility of the Thatcher government's anti-inflationary policy should therefore, if the S-W framework is correct, not have been undermined by large inflation-corrected, cyclically adjusted current account surplus.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0867.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Macroeconomics of Stagflation under Flexible Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0868</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Kouri</surname>
          <given-names>Pentti J.K.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The concerns of macroeconomic policy in the industrial countries in recent years have shifted the focus of open-economy macroeconomics to new and interesting problems. Although no synthesis, or a fully coherent theory of policy, has yet emerged from this research, the results have already led to major revisions in views abut the nature of the problems that policy has to deal with. This paper provides a selective survey and discussion of some of the results of recent research with emphasis on their implications for policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0868.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0868.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Rational Expectations, the Expectations Hypothesis, and Treasury Bill Yields: An Econometric Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0869</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jones</surname>
          <given-names>David S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Roley</surname>
          <given-names>V. Vance</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper tests the joint hypothesis of rational expectations and the expectations model of the term structure for three- and six-month Treasury bills. Previous studies are extended in three directions. First, common efficient markets-rational expectations tests are compared, and it is shown that four of the five tests considered are asymptotically equivalent, and that the fifth is less restrictive than the other four. Second, the joint hypothesis is tested using weekly data for Treasury bills maturing in exactly 13 and 26 weeks beginning in 1970 and ending in 1979. In contrast, previous studies using comparable data have typically discarded 12/13 of the sample to form a nonoverlapping data set. Finally, a more complete set of possible determinants of time-varying term premiums is tested.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0869.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Trade-Off between Wages and Employment in Trade Union Objectives</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0870</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pencavel</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper demonstrates that, contrary to a widely-held opinion, the determination of the goals of unions is fully amenable to empirical analysis. A characterization of the wage and employment-setting process in unionized markets is adopted and its qualitative implications examined. The first-order condition for this model is fitted to time- series data on the newspaper industry from ten cities. The Inter- national Typographical Union 's objective function reveals very restricted opportunities for substituting wages for employment in response to a change in the slope of the employer's labor demand function. Larger union locals place greater emphasis on wages versus employment than smaller union locals.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0870.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimum Contracts for Research Personnel, Research Employment, and the Establishment of "Rival" Enterprises</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0871</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pakes</surname>
          <given-names>Ariel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Nitzan</surname>
          <given-names>Shmuel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the problem of hiring scientists for research and development projects when one takes explicit account of the fact that the scientist may be able to use the information acquired during the project in a rival enterprise. Management's problem is to determine an optimum labor policy for its project. The policy consists of an employment decision and a labor contract. Given optimum behavior, it is straightforward to analyze the effect of the potential for mobility of scientific personnel on project profitability and on research employment. We also formalize conditions under which one would expect to observe a scientist leaving his employer to set up (or join) a rival.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0871.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0871.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Tax Treatment of Married Couples and the 1981 Tax Law</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0872</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feenberg</surname>
          <given-names>Daniel R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Currently U.S. Federal Income Tax schedules do not maintain marriage neutrality, that is, tax liabilities depend upon marital status. This paper shows the extent and distribution of the departure from neutrality both under current law and the new (1981) tax act. The new tax law establishes a secondary earner's deduction of 10% of secondary earner's wages (up to 3U00 dollars). The child-care credit is also liberalized. Analyses of the revenue, welfare and labor supply effects of these provisions are also given.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0872.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0872.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Aggregation and Stabilization Policy in a Multi-Contract Economy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0873</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mankiw</surname>
          <given-names>N. Gregory</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a model of a multi-sector economy in which each sector is characterized by a different type of wage or price stickiness. The various sectors experience the same exogenous shocks and have the same money supply. The analysis shows demand shocks pose no serious problems for stabilization policy. In contrast, supply shocks force the policymaker to choose between stability in one sector and stability in another. The analysis also shows the economy cannot be usefully aggregated into a single sector model. Such an aggregation misleads the economist as to the economy's underlying structure and obscures the tradeoffs the policymaker must confront. In particular, a feedback rule chosen on the basis of an aggregate model could be better or worse than a passive policy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0873.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0873.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Welfare Aspects of Government Issue of Indexed Bonds</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0874</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fischer</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Government issue of bonds indexed to the price level has long been recommended by economists, to no observed effect. Recently skepticism has been expressed about the real effects of such government action, or indeed of any government financial intermediation. This paper examines two main approaches that might argue for government issue of indexed bonds. The first asks what financial intermediation can be provided by government that the private sector cannot provide. The answer is that the government can use its taxation powers to make possible intergenerational risk sharing that private markets cannot. This argument suggests government issue of bonds indexed to wage income. The second approach discusses optimal forms of government debt issue in light of the government's ability to manipulate the payoffs on debt which has an uncertain real return. In this context indexed debt has the potential advantage of enforcing consistency in government financing and actions</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0874.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0874.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Risk Attitudes in Health: An Exploratory Study</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0875</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Breyer</surname>
          <given-names>Friedrich</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuchs</surname>
          <given-names>Victor R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Recent studies on human decision-making under uncertainty have revealed the following typical behavioral principles: (1) the importance of the status quo as a reference point ("target") for assessing outcomes, (2) the prevalence of risk-aversion for gains, i.e. above-target payoffs, but risk-seeking for potential losses, and (3) a tendency to give more weight or "marginal utility" to a small loss than a gain of the same size. We investigate whether and how these aspects carry over from the money to the health context, examining the responses to a questionnaire by 325 patients from three outpatient facilities in Palo Alto, California. The questionnaire consisted of twelve hypothetical choice situations each with the choice between two alternative modes of treatment for a supposed illness. In each case, one of the options promised a certain (favorable or unfavorable) health effect, the other one a probabilistic effect. The majority choices confirm the relevance for the health context of all three above-mentioned principles. Risk-aversion for gains, risk- seeking for losses and the differences in slope of the utility function were all significant and substantial in magnitude. When trying to trace back differences in risk attitudes to demographic or socioeconomic characteristics of the respondents, we find that education is the most important corre1ate:choices of people with more years of schooling exhibit less risk-aversion for gains and less risk-seeking for losses and thus correspond to a more linear relationship between health and utility.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0875.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Economic Determinants of the Optimal Retirement Age: An Empirical Investigation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0876</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fields</surname>
          <given-names>Gary S.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mitchell</surname>
          <given-names>Olivia S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines how the structure of earnings and pension opportunities affects retirement behavior. We use a life cycle model of labor supply, paying special attention to the institutional features of private pensions and Social Security benefits. This theoretical formulation is used to develop comparative dynamic pre- dictions and to guide empirical modeling. Data from a new survey of workers and their income alternatives are used to implement the empirical model. Along the way, we highlight a number of interesting and little known facts about older workers' income. Contrary to popular opinion we find that private pensions are not always actuarially neutral; Social Security benefits do not typically decline (in present value terms) the longer retirement is deferred; and for many people, retirement income approaches and even exceeds net labor income. On the basis of empirical estimates of retirement parameters, we conclude that (1) people with higher base incomes retire earlier, and (2) those who have more to gain by postponing retirement, retire later. These findings are relevant to proposed reforms of the Social Security system as well as pension programs.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0876.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0876.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Capital Taxation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0877</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Feldstein</surname>
          <given-names>Martin S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is an introductory chapter to a book that brings together 22 of my papers written between 1965 and 1981. The chapter provides a summary of each paper and a more general discussion of the role of taxation in influencing the process of capita1 accumulation. The four sections of the book are: (1) Household and Corporate Saving; (2) Portfolio Behavior; (3) Business Investment and (4) Tax Incidence in a Growing Economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0877.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0877.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>What! Another Minimum Wage Study?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0878</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Eccles</surname>
          <given-names>Mary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Freeman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The Minimum Wage Study Commission was established in 1977 to aid Congress in investigating the effects and possible consequences of two proposed changes in the minimum wage law: indexing the wage to inflation and providing for a youth differential. This paper seeks to determine to what extent the Minimum Wage Study Commission's work has been helpful in policy debate, and compares the Commission's findings with those of the more conservative American Enterprise Institute. The paper also examines whether the Commission's final product was worth three years of study and $17 million. Our overall finding is that the Commission's report appears to have had little or no policy impact. The research did little to expand upon similar studies done prior to 1977, and cannot be said to be worth three years and $17 million. However, policy-makers still regard the report as a useful and credible examination of the effects of the mini- mum wage on the economy.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0878.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0878.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Piece Rate vs. Time Rate: The Effect of Incentives on Earnings</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0879</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Seiler</surname>
          <given-names>Eric</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper presents a detailed examination of the effect of piece rates and other forms of incentive compensation on individual employee earnings. The study examines the impact of incentives on the earnings of over 100,000 employees in 500 firms within the footwear and men's and boys' clothing industries. Two distinct incentive effects are observed. First, incentive workers' earnings are more disperse than identical time workers' earnings within both firms and occupations. This greater variance is maintained with the addition of controls for heterogeneity of individual characteristics between the two sectors. Second, incentive workers receive an earnings premium, in part to compensate for the greater variation in their income, and partially as a result of an incentive- effort effect. The incentive earnings premium averages 14%, controlling for individual characteristics, occupational classification, and individual firms. Subsequent decomposition of the incentive-earnings premium reveals that the compensating differential for variation in earnings accounts for a minority of the incentive earnings premium. This supports the view that increased effort by incentive employees leads to relatively greater earnings.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0879.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0879.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Height and Per Capita Income</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0880</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steckel</surname>
          <given-names>Richard H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>As an aid to interpreting the results of height-by-age studies this paper investigates the relationship between average height and per capita income. The relationships among income, nutrition, medical care, and height at the individual level suggest that average height is nonlinearly related to per capita income and that the distribution of income is an important determinant of average height. Empirical analysis rests on 56 height studies and per capita income estimates for 20 developed or developing countries.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0880.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Economic Foundations of East-West Migration During the Nineteenth Century</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0881</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steckel</surname>
          <given-names>Richard H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper argues that latitude-specific investments in seeds and human capital provided an incentive for farmers to move along east-west lines. The incentives were greatest during the early and mid 1800s. Towards the end of the century migration patterns changed as farmers learned about farming in different environments, as settlement reached the Great Plains and beyond, and as farming declined in importance. Census manuscript schedules and Mormon family-group records form the basis for empirical work.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0881.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0881.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Effect of Liquidity Constraints on Consumption: A Cross-Sectional Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0882</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hayashi</surname>
          <given-names>Fumio</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the effect of liquidity constraints on consumption expenditures using a single-time cross-section data set. A reduced-form equation for consumption is estimated on high-saving households by the Tobit procedure to account for the selectivity bias. Since high-saving households are not likely to be liquidity constrained, the estimated equation is an appropriate description of how desired consumption dictated by the life cycle-permanent income hypothesis is related to the variables available in the cross-section data. When the reduced-form equation is used to predict desired consumption, the gap between desired consumption and measured consumption is most evident for young households.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0882.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0882.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Measuring the Fed's Revenue from Money Creation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0883</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The national accounts include the Fed's payments to the Treasury as a component of corporate taxes. These payments constituted 22% of reported corporate profits taxes in 1981. This paper discusses alternative concepts of inflationary finance. Measures for these concepts are reported for the post-World War I1 period</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0883.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0883.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Stock Issues and Investment Policy When Firms Have Information That Investors Do Not Have</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0884</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Myers</surname>
          <given-names>Stewart C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Majluf</surname>
          <given-names>Nicholas S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes corporate investment and financing decisions when managers have inside information about the value of the firm's existing investment and growth opportunities, but cannot convey that information to investors. Capital markets are otherwise perfect and efficient. In these circumstances, the firm may forego a valuable investment opportunity rather than issue stock to finance it. The decision to issue cannot fully convey the managers' special information. If stock is issued, stock price falls. Liquid assets or financial slack are valuable if they reduce the probability or extent of stock issues. The paper also suggests explanations for some aspects of dividend policy and choice of capital structure.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0884.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0884.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>An Intertemporal Model of Saving and Investment</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0885</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Abel</surname>
          <given-names>Andrew B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blanchard</surname>
          <given-names>Olivier J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The standard model of optimal growth, interpreted as a model of a market economy with infinitely long-lived agents, does not allow separation of the savings decisions of agents from the investment decisions of firms. Investment is essentially passive: the "one good" assumption leads to a perfectly elastic investment supply; the absence of installation costs for investment leads to a perfectly elastic investment demand. On the other hand, the standard model of temporary equilibrium used in macroeconomics characterizes both the savings-consumption decision and the investment decision, or, equivalently, derives a well-behaved aggregate demand which, in equilibrium, must be equal to aggregate supply. Often, however, we want to study the movement of the temporary equilibrium over time in response to a particular shock or policy. The discrepancy between the treatment of investment in the two models makes imbedding the temporary equilibrium model in the growth model difficult. This paper characterizes the dynamic behavior of the optimal growth model with adjustment costs. It shows the similarity between the temporary equilibrium of the corresponding market economy and the short-run equilibrium of standard macroeconomic models: consumption depends on wealth, investment on Tobin's q. Equilibrium is maintained by the endogenous adjustment of the term structure of interest rates. It then shows how the equivalence can be used to study the dynamic effects of policies; it considers various fiscal policies and exploits their equivalence to technological shifts in the optimal growth problem.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0885.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Implications for Fiscal and Monetary Policies: A Postscript on the Government Budget Constraint</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0886</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Friedman</surname>
          <given-names>Benjamin M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>11</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An earlier paper by the author investigated the quantitative implications, for the effectiveness of fiscal and monetary policies, of a model treating the determination of long-term interest rates by explicitly imposing the market clearing equilibrium condition that the quantity of bonds issued by private borrowers equal the quantity purchased by lenders. One incomplete aspect of that investigation, however, was the failure to allow explicitly for the government budget constraint. This paper reports results based on an expanded model that also imposes an analogous market clearing condition in the U.S. government securities market. The explicit imposition of the government budget constraint makes a major difference for the simulated effectiveness of both fiscal and monetary policies -indeed, a greater difference than that due simply to using the supply-demand representation of the determination of the private bond rate in the earlier paper. As is to be expected on the basis of familiar economic theory, the effect of imposing the government budget constraint is to make the real-sector effects of fiscal policy appear smaller and the real- sector effects of monetary policy appear greater. The main message of these results is that, when relative asset stock effects are the heart of the issue -as is the case in analyzing the implications of the government budget constraint -models that are implicitly consistent with the relevant economic behavior are not the same as models that explicitly represent it.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0886.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0886.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Post-War Capital Accumulation and the Threat of Nuclear War</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0887</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Slemrod</surname>
          <given-names>Joel</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>The hypothesis of this paper is that the performance and, in particular, the rate of capital accumulation of the post-war U.S. economy has been influenced by the changes in the public perception of the threat of a catastrophic nuclear war. An increased threat shortens the expected horizon of individuals and firms, and thus reduces the willingness to postpone present consumption in favor of investment. The hypothesis is tested by expanding a standard savings function estimation technique to include a measure of the perceived threat of nuclear war. Four alternative measures of the perceived threat are considered, all of which are based on the setting of the clock published monthly in Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, which reflects the editors' judgment about the likelihood of a nuclear conflict. The tests all support a large and statistically significant impact of the threat of nuclear war on the rate of private saving. These tests are not viewed as conclusive evidence in favor of the economic impact of the perceived threat of nuclear war. Nevertheless, this research suggests that economists may have been overlooking an important source of variation in the post-war, post-nuclear U.S. economy. Conceivably, it could affect not only the private savings rate but also such things as the level of investment in human capital, the level of asset prices, the term structure of interest rates, and the rate of inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0887.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0887.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Time-Separable Preference and Intertemporal-Substitution Models of Business Cycles</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0888</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Robert</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Time-separability of utility means that past work and consumption do not influence current and future tastes. This form of preferences does not restrict the size of intertemporal-substitution effects--notably, we can still have a strong response of labor supply to temporary changes in wages. However, there are important constraints on the relative responses of leisure and consumption to changes in relative-price and in permanent income. When the usual aggregation is permissible, time-separability has some important implications for equilibrium theories of the business cycle. Neglecting investment, we, find that changes in perceptions about the future -- which night appear currently as income effects -- have no influence on current equilibrium output. With investment included, no combination of income effects and shifts to the perceived profitability of investment will yield positive co-movements of output, employment, investment and consumption. Therefore, misperceived monetary disturbances or other sources of changed beliefs about the future cannot be used to generate empirically recognizable business cycles. Some richer specifications of intertemporal production opportunities may eventually yield more satisfactory answers. Because of the positive correlation between cyclical movements of consumption and work, equilibrium theories with time-separable preferences inevitably predict a procyclical behavior for the real wage rate, arising from shifts to labor's marginal product. Empirically, we regard the cyclical behavior of real wages as an open question. Aside from analyzing autonomous real shocks to productivity, we suggest that such shifts may occur as firms vary their capital utilization in response to intertemporal relative prices. However, we still lack some parts of a complete theory.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0888.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflationary Finance under Discrepion and Rules</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0889</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Barro</surname>
          <given-names>Robert J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>02</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Inflationary finance involves first, the tax on cash balances from expected inflation, and second, a capital levy from unexpected inflation. From the standpoint of minimizing distortions, these capital levies are attractive, ex post, to the policymaker. In a full equilibrium two conditions hold: 1) the monetary authority optimizes subject to people's expectations mechanisms, and 2) people form expectations rationally, given their knowledge of the policymaker's objectives. The outcomes under discretionary policy are contrasted with those generated under rules. In a purely discretionary regime the monetary authority can make no meaningful commitments about the future behavior of money and prices. Under an enforced rule, it becomes possible to make some guarantees. Hence, the links between monetary actions and inflationary expectations can be internalized. There is a distinction between fully-contingent rules and rules of simple form. A simple rule allows the internalization of some connections between policy act ion and inflationary expectations, but discretion permits some desirable flexibility of monetary growth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0889.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0889.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Changes in American and British Stature Since the Mid-Eighteenth Century: A Prelimanary Report on the Usefulness of Data on Height...</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0890</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fogel</surname>
          <given-names>Robert W</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Engerman</surname>
          <given-names>Stanley L</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Floud</surname>
          <given-names>Roderick</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Steckel</surname>
          <given-names>Richard H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Trussell</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Development of the American Economy</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper is a progress report on the usefulness of data on physical height for the analysis of long-ten changes in the level of nutrition and health on economic, social, and demographic behavior. It is based on a set of samples covering the U.S. and several other nations over the years from 1750 to the present. The preliminary results indicate that native-born. American Revolution, but there were long periods of declining nutrition and height during the 19th century. Similar cycling has been established for England. A variety of factors, including crop mix, urbanization, occupation, intensity of labor, and immigration affected the level of height and nutrition, although the relative importance of these factors has changed over time. There is evidence that nutrition affected labor productivity. In one of the samples individuals who were one standard deviation above the mean height (holding weight per inch of height constant) were about 8% more productive than individuals one standard deviation below the mean height. Another finding is that death did not choose people at random. Analysis of data for Trinidad indicates that the annual death rate for the shortest quintile of males was more than twice as great as for the tallest quintile of males.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0890.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0890.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Production and Inventory Behavior of the American Automobile Industry</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0891</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blanchard</surname>
          <given-names>Olivier J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Understanding inventory movements is central to an understanding of business cycles. This paper presents an empirical study of the behavior of inventories in the automobile industry. It finds that inventory behavior is well explained by the assumption of intertemporal optimization with rational expectations. The underlying cost structure appears to have substantial costs of changing production as well as substantial costs of being away from target inventory, the latter being a function of current sales. Given this cost structure, whether inventory behavior is stabilizing or destabilizing depends on the characteristics of the demand process. In the automobile industry, inventory behavior is destabilizing: the variance of production is larger than the variance of sales.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0891.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0891.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Replacing the U.S. Income Tax with a Progressive Consumption Tax: A Sequenced General Equilibrium Approach</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0892</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shoven</surname>
          <given-names>John B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Whalley</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the welfare consequences of changing the current U.S. income tax system to a progressive consumption tax. We compute a sequence of single period equilibria in which savings decisions depend on the expected future return to capital. In the presence of existing income taxes, the U.S. economy is assumed to lie on a balanced growth path. With the change to a consumption tax, individuals save more and initially consume less. As the capital stock grows, consumption eventually overtakes that of the original path, and the economy approaches the new balanced growth path with higher consumption and a greater capital stock. Both the transition and the balanced growth paths enter our welfare evaluations. We find that the discounted present value of the stream of net gains is approximately $650 billion in 1973 dollars, just over one percent of the discounted present value of national income. Larger gains occur if further reform of capital income taxation accompanies the change. We examine the sensitivity of the results, both to the design of the consumption tax and to the values of elasticity and other parameters. The paper also contains estimates of the time required to adjust from one growth path to the other.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0892.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0892.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Money Stock Control with Reserve and Interest Rate Instruments Under Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0893</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCallum</surname>
          <given-names>Bennett T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hoehn</surname>
          <given-names>James G.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper conducts a theoretical comparison of the potential effectiveness, in terms of money stock controllability, of interest rate and reserve instruments. Whereas previous studies have been basically static, the present analysis is carried out in the context of a dynamic macroeconomic model with rational expectations. Particular attention is paid to the distinction between contemporaneous and lagged reserve accounting (CRA and LRA). The criterion employed is the expectation of squared deviations of the (log of the) money stock from target values that are reset each period. Analysis in the basic model suggests the following substantive conclusions. (1) With a reserve instrument, monetary control will be more effective under CRA than LRA. (2) With a reserve instrument and LRA, control will be poorer than with an interest rate instrument. (3) For a wide range of parameter values, control will be better with a reserve instrument and CRA than with an interest rate instrument.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0893.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0893.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Liquidity Trap and the Pigou Effect: A Dynamic Analysis with Rational Expectations</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0894</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCallum</surname>
          <given-names>Bennett T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>A Keynesian idea of considerable historical importance is that, in the presence of a liquidity trap, a competitive economy may lack--despite price flexibility--automatic market mechanisms that tend to eliminate excess supplies of labor. The standard classical counterargument, which relies upon the Pigou effect, has typically been conducted in a comparative-static framework. But, as James Tobin has recently emphasized, the more relevant issue concerns the dynamic response (in "real time") of an economy that has been shocked away from full employment. The present paper develops a dynamic analysis, in a rather standard model, under the assumption that expectations are formed rationally. The analysis permits examination of Tobin's suggestion that, because of expectational effects, such an economy could be unstable. Also considered is Martin J. Bailey's conjecture that, in the absence of a stock Pigou effect, Keynesian problems could be eliminated by expectational influences on disposable income.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0894.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Productivity Measurement Using Capital Asset Valuation to Adjust for Variations in Utilization</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0895</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Berndt</surname>
          <given-names>Ernst R</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fuss</surname>
          <given-names>Melvyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>05</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Although a great deal of empirical research on productivity measuremant has taken place in the last decade, one issue remaining particudarly controversial and deaisive is the manner by which one adjusts the productivity residual for variations in capital and capacity utilization. In this paper we use the Marshallian framework of a short run production or cost function with certain inputs quasi-fixed to provide a theoretical basis for accounting for variations in utilization. The theoretical model implies that the value of services from stocks of quasi-fixed inputs should be altered rather than their quantity. This represents a departure from most previous procedures that have adjusted the quantity of capital services for variations in utilization. In the empirical illustration, we employ Tobin's q to measure the shadow value of capital, and find that for the U.S. manufacturing sector, we can attribute about 50% of the traditionally measured decline in productivity growth during 1973-77 to a decline in capacity utilization. Hence, adjusted for utilization, the 1973-77 productivity slowdown in U.S. manufacturing is considerably less than that measured using traditional productivity accounting techniques.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0895.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0895.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Retirement Annuity Design in an Inflationary Climate</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0896</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bodie</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Pesando</surname>
          <given-names>James</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>09</month>
       <year>1986</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper examines the tilt and risk-return characteristics of real retirement incomes provided by variable annuities tied to bills, long-term bonds, stocks and a mixed portfolio which combines all three. The analysis emphasizes the riskiness of the real value of benefits provided by conventional nominal annuities. The Rockefeller Foundation Plan, together with the "ad hoc" cost-of-living adjustments made by many large firms, are interpreted as representative market responses to increased inflation uncertainty. The paper examines the annuity designs implicit in these innovations, and shows them to be variants of the standard variable annuity.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0896.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Taxation of Risky Assets</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0897</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bulow</surname>
          <given-names>Jeremy I</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>07</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper reconsiders the effects of taxation on risky assets, recognizing the importance of variations in asset prices. We show that earlier analyses which assumed that depreciation rates are constant and that the future price of capital goods is known with certainty are very misleading, as guides to the effects of corporate taxes. We then examine the concept of economic depreciation in a risky environment, and show that depreciation allowances, if set ex-ante, should be adjusted to take account of future asset price risk. Some empirical calculations suggest that these adjustments are large, and have important implications for the burdens of, and non-neutralities in, the corporate income tax.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0897.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0897.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Intertemporal Substitution in Macroeconomics</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0898</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Mankiw</surname>
          <given-names>N. Gregory</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Rotemberg</surname>
          <given-names>Julio J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Summers</surname>
          <given-names>Lawrence H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1986</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Modern neoclassical theories of the business cycle posit that aggregate fluctuations in consumption and employment are the consequence of dynamic optimizing behavior by economic agents who face no quantity constraint. In this paper, we estimate an explicit model :f this type. In particular, we assume that the observed fluctuations correspond to the decisions of an optimizing representative individual. This individual has a stable utility function which is additively separable over time but not necessarily additively separable in consumption and leisure. We estimate three first order conditions which represent three margins on which the individual is optimizing. He can trade off present consumption for future consumption, present leisure for future leisure and present consumption for present leisure. Our results show that the aggregate U.S. data are extremely reluctant to be characterized by a model of this type. Not only are the overidentifying restrictions statistically rejected but, in addition, the estimated utility function is often not concave. Even when it is concave the estimates imply that either consumption or leisure is an inferior good.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0898.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>International Competition and the Unionized Sector</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0899</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Gene M</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>03</month>
       <year>1985</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper studies the wage and employment behavior of a unionized sector that is confronted by an intensification of international competition. After developing a formal model of a monopoly union subject to majority rule, I study the response of a unionized sector operating under a seniority rule for layoffs and rehires to a trend decrease in the international price of its output. Conditions are provided to validate the casual argument that majority voting in unions and the seniority system together provide an explanation for the lack of union wage adjustment. A modified version of the model allows the job queue to deviate from a strict seniority ranking. In this context I ask, what importance can be attached to the seniority system in determining the wage response to international competition?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0899.pdf"></self-uri>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0899.djvu"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Price Asynchronization and Price Level Inertia</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0900</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blanchard</surname>
          <given-names>Olivier J</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>If price decisions are taken neither continuously nor in perfect synchronization, the process of adjustment of all prices to a new nominal level will imply temporary movements in relative prices. It might then well be that, to avoid these movements in relative prices, each price setter will want to move his own price slowly compared to others. The result will be a slow movement of all prices to their new nominal level, and substantial inertia of the price level. This paper formalizes this intuitive argument and reaches four main conclusions: (1) Even small departures from perfect synchronization can generate substantial price level inertia. (2) If price decisions are desynchronized, even anticipated movements in money will usually have an effect on economic activity. It is however possible to find paths of money deceleration which reduce inflation at no cost in output. (3) Price desynchronization has implications for relative price movements as well as for the price level. Goods early in the chain of production have more price and profit variability than goods further down the chain. (4) Price inertia, if it is due to price desynchronization, may be difficult to remove. It may well be that, given the timing decisions of others, no agent has an incentive to change his own timing decision: the time structure of price desynchronization may be stable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0900.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Monetary and Fiscal Policy with Flexible Exchange Rates</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0901</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Buiter</surname>
          <given-names>Willem H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1983</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>If price decisions are taken neither continuously nor in perfect synchronization, the process of adjustment of all prices to a new nominal level will imply temporary movements in relative prices. It might then well be that, to avoid these movements in relative prices, each price setter will want to move his own price slowly compared to others. The result will be a slow movement of all prices to their new nominal level, and substantial inertia of the price level. This paper formalizes this intuitive argument and reaches four main conclusions: (1) Even small departures from perfect synchronization can generate substantial price level inertia. (2) If price decisions are desynchronized, even anticipated movements in money will usually have an effect on economic activity. It is however possible to find paths of money deceleration which reduce inflation at no cost in output. (3) Price desynchronization has implications for relative price movements as well as for the price level. Goods early in the chain of production have more price and profit variability than goods further down the chain. (4) Price inertia, if it is due to price desynchronization, may be difficult to remove. It may well be that, given the timing decisions of others, no agent has an incentive to change his own timing decision: the time structure of price desynchronization may be stable.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0901.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Private Pensions and Public Pensions: Theory and Fact</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0902</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Blinder</surname>
          <given-names>Alan S</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An economic theory of public and private pensions is developed, and the implications of the theory are compared with some empirical evidence, of both the econometric and casual varieties. Among the questions addressed are: why are there private pensions? why have they grown so rapidly in recent decades? why do they have the particular features that they do? why does the government intervene by regulating the provisions of private pensions and mandating a public pension system? what are the effects of private and public pensions on savings and retirement decisions?</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0902.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Portfolio Composition and Pension Wealth: An Econometric Study</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0903</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Dicks-Mireaux</surname>
          <given-names>Louis</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>King</surname>
          <given-names>Mervyn A</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>There has been very little study of the consequences of pension wealth for the composition of household portfolios. Using individual data for 10,118 Canadian households we estimate the portfolio effect of pension wealth. Because most households do not own all of the assets which we are able to distinguish, we model asset demands as a mixed discrete-continuous portfolio choice problem. We find that whereas there is an identifiable effect of pension wealth on total private savings, the effect on portfolio choice is less significant. Moreover, within the area of portfolio composition the main effect is in terms of the particular number and combination of assets held rather than the amount of any given asset as a proportion of total wealth.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0903.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Macroeconomic Implications of Alternative Exchange Rate Models</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0904</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Helliwell</surname>
          <given-names>John F</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Boothe</surname>
          <given-names>Paul M.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In this paper we estimate and compare several alternative exchange rate models that have received wide attention, but little comparison, during the 1970s. In order to compare purchasing power parity (PPP), nominal interest rate parity, real interest rate parity, and portfolio balance models, we first strip each down to its essential core and undertake comparable single-equation tests of both 'hard' and 'easy' (more and less constrained) versions of each model. We then embed each of the 'hard' versions in a new macroeconomic model of Canada, and assess their implications for the impacts of monetary and fiscal shocks. Using annual Canadian data from the 1950s and 1970s, all of the models have single-equation errors of about 3%, except for the 'hard' versions of PPP and real interest parity, which are heavily rejected by the data. In a macroeconomic context, the models have modestly different implications for the effects of fiscal shocks, and diverge more widely under monetary shocks.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0904.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Are Bond-Financed Deficits Inflationary? A Ricardian Analysis</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0905</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>McCallum</surname>
          <given-names>Bennett T</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>04</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper considers the possible theoretical validity of the following "monetarist hypothesis": that a constant, positive government budget deficit can be maintained permanently and without inflation if it is financed by the issue of bonds rather than money. The question is studied in a discrete-time, perfect-foresight version of the competitive equilibrium model of Sidrauski (1967), modified by the inclusion of government bonds as a third asset. It is shown that the monetarist hypothesis is invalid if the deficit is defined exclusive of interest payments, but is valid under the conventional definition. It is also shown that the stock of bonds can grow indefinitely at a rate in excess of the rate of output growth, provided that the difference is less than the rate of time preference. In addition to the main analysis, the paper includes comments on alternative deficit concepts, a brief consideration of data pertaining to the announced budget plans of the Reagan administration, and a new look at a much- studied issue: whether the operation of a Friedman-type constant money growth rule (with non-activist fiscal rules) would be dynamically feasible.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0905.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Inflation Uncertainty and Interest Rates: Theory and Empirical Tests</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0906</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hartman</surname>
          <given-names>Richard</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Makin</surname>
          <given-names>John H.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper develops two models, one involving risk neutrality and the other risk aversion, which suggest that inflation uncertainty affects interest rates. Both models give rise to essentially the same interest rate equation for estimation. Empirical evidence supports the hypothesis that inflation uncertainty affects interest rates. Interpreted in terms of the risk neutral model, the empirical results suggest that inflation uncertainty has a negative impact on nominal interest rates and a positive impact on the expected real rate. If the results are interpreted in terms of the risk averse model, inflation uncertainty has a negative impact on nominal interest rates. The expected real rate is not of direct interest in a risk averse world. The results raise real questions about the use of the Fisherian definition of the real interest rate in situations when there is uncertainty about inflation rates. It is argued that even with risk neutrality the Fisherian definition of the real rate is not the appropriate concept upon which to base economic decisions if inflation uncertainty is present. The appropriate concept is an expected real rate which involves an adjustment for uncertainty. Moreover, if the world is risk averse, the expected real rate is not a relevant concept for economic decisions.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0906.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Production and Cost of Ambulatory Medical Care In Community Health Centers</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0907</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Goldman</surname>
          <given-names>Fred</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Grossman</surname>
          <given-names>Michael</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Health Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>An assessment of the efficiency of Federally funded community health centers (CHCs) in delivering ambulatory medical care to poverty populations reveals that the centers' input decisions reflect departures from cost-minimizing behavior. In particular, they employ too few physician aids (nurses and physician assistants) relative to primary care physicians and too many medical support and ancillary personnel relative to primary care physicians. The CHC system-wide cost reduction due to the elimination of allocative inefficiency is estimated at $32 million in 1978 dollars or 6 percent of total cost. This modest cost reduction and evidence that allocative inefficiency is not more widespread among CHCs than among private sector physicians seriously question the conventional wisdom that services in the public sector are produced less efficiently than in the private sector. Support is also reported for the hypothesis that, since grants are not tied to particular services rendered, centers who derive most of their revenue from this source relative to Medicaid and private insurance have a greater incentive to provide a given mix of services in the least-cost method.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0907.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Who Does R&amp;D and Who Patents?</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0908</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Bound</surname>
          <given-names>John</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Cummins</surname>
          <given-names>Clint</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Griliches</surname>
          <given-names>Zvi</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hall</surname>
          <given-names>Bronwyn H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Jaffe</surname>
          <given-names>Adam B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Productivity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper describes the construction of a large panel data set covering about 2600 firms in the U.S. manufacturing sector for up to twenty years which contains annual data on financial variables, employment, research and development expenditures, and aggregate patent applications. This data set is to be used in a larger study of R&D, inventive output and technological change. In the present paper we present preliminary results on the R&D and patenting behavior of the 1976 cross section of these firms. We find an elasticity of R&D with respect to sales of close to unity, with both very small and very large firms being slightly more R&D intensive than average. Because only 60% of the firms report R&D expenditures, we attempt to correct for selectivity bias and find that though the correction is small, it increases the estimated complementarity between capital intensity and R&D intensity. In exploring the relationship of the patenting activity of these firms to their contemporaneous R&D expenditures, we look with some care at the choice of econometric specifications since the discrete nature of the patents variable for our smaller firms may cause difficulties with the conventional log linear model. The choice of specification does indeed make a difference, and the negative binomial model, which is a Poisson-type model with a disturbance, is preferred. Substantively, we find a much larger output of patents per R&D dollar for the small firms, with a decreasing propensity to patent with size of R&D programs throughout the sample. However, this conclusion is highly tentative both because of its sensitivity to specification and choice of sample and also because we expect that errors in variables bias due to our focus on R&D and patent applications in a single year is far worse for the small firms.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0908.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Exchange-Rate Policy After a Decade of "Floating"</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0909</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Branson</surname>
          <given-names>William H</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Trade and Investment</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>International Finance and Macroeconomics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>This paper integrates exchange-rate policy into a model of exchange- rate behavior, and examines the data econometrically to infer hypotheses about policy behavior in the 1970s. The model shows how unanticipated movements in money, the current account, and relative price levels will cause first a jump in the exchange rate, and then a movement along a "saddle path" to the new long run equilibrium. Here the role of "news" in moving the exchange rate is clear. The model is used to analyze the options available to the central bank that wants to reduce the jump in the exchange rate following a real or monetary disturbance. The distinction is made between monetary policy and sterilized intervention, and a regime in which the domestic interest rate is used as the policy variable is also studied. Systems of vector autoregressions (VARs) for each of four countries -- the U.S., the U.K., Germany, and Japan -- are estimated, and the correlations among their residuals are studied. These represent the "innovations," or "news" in the time series. A clear pattern emerges in these correlations, in which policy in the U.S. and to a lesser extent Japan, drives exchange rates, and policy in Germany and the U.K. reacts. It appears that U.S. monetary policy is essentially determined by domestic considerations, with the exchange rate moving as a consequence. In Japan, interest rates are varied in response to movement in the current-account and relative price levels, and the effects on the exchange rate are partially neutralized by sterilized intervention. Germany and the U.K. react to movements in their exchange rates by moving interest rates, and sterilized intervention.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0909.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>On Consumption-Indexed Public Pension Plans</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0910</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Merton</surname>
          <given-names>Robert C</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Using the known result that life-cycle investors will optimally hold portfolios whose returns are perfectly correlated with aggregate consumption, this paper uses a simple intertemporal general equilibrium model to explore the merits and feasibility of pension plans where both accumulations and benefits are linked to aggregate per capita consumption. Although the analysis is made within the framework of a public pension plan, it applies equally well to organized private pension plans where participation is virtually mandatory and where individually designed programs are not practical. An additional feature of the plans examined is that they provide for life annuities during both the accumulation and retirement phases of the life cycle.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0910.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>A Comparison of Methodologies in Empirical General Equilibrium Models ofTaxation</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0911</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Fullerton</surname>
          <given-names>Don</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>henderson</surname>
          <given-names>yolanda</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shoven</surname>
          <given-names>John B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>08</month>
       <year>1984</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Computational general equilibrium models have proven useful in the area of long run analysis of alternative tax policies. A sizable number of studies have been completed which examine policies such as a value-added tax, corporate and personal income tax integration, a consumption or expenditure tax, housing subsidies, and inflation indexation.. This paper reviews the methodologies used in these models. We focus on eight specific models and review in turn: levels of disaggregation, specification of the foreign sector, financial modeling, the measurement of effective tax rates, heterogeneity and imperfect mobility, factor supply, treatment of the government budget, and technical issues associated with implementation. The paper includes some new experiments in connection with simulations of integration of the personal and corporate income tax systems in the United States. We compare the resulting welfare gains in models with different levels of disaggregation, and we discuss alternative justifications for specific disaggregations. We also examine the sensitivity of results to alternative specifications of households' endowments of labor and leisure. Our survey underscores the importance of the assumed elasticities of labor supply with respect to the net of tax wage, and of saving with respect to the net of tax rate of return. Unfortunately, these are also parameters for which there is not a consensus in the economics profession. The survey finds that there are several aspects of modeling that are especially ripe for further progress: the roles of government and business financial decisions, the dynamics of a life-cycle approach, and the measurement of incentive tax and transfer rates.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0911.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Optimal Control of the Money Supply</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0912</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Litterman</surname>
          <given-names>Robert B.</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Economic Fluctuations and Growth</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>Using optimal control theory and a vector autoregressive representation of the relationship between money and interest rates, one can derive a feedback control procedure which defines the best possible tradeoff between interest rate volatility and money supply fluctuations and which could be used to reduce both from their current levels.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0912.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Panel Data</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0913</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Chamberlain</surname>
          <given-names>Gary</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Labor Studies</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>We consider linear predictor definitions of noncausality or strict exogeneity and show that it is restrictive to assert that there exists a time-invariant latent variable c such that x is strictly exogenous conditional on c. A restriction of this sort is necessary to justify standard techniques for controlling for unobserved individual effects. There is a parallel analysis for multivariate probit models, but now the distributional assumption for the individual effects is restrictive. This restriction can be avoided by using a conditional likelihood analysis in a logit model. Some of these ideas are illustrated by estimating union wage effects for a sample of Young Men in the National Longitudinal Survey. The results indicate that the lags and leads could have been generated just by an unobserved individual effect, which gives some support for analysis of covariance-type estimates. These estimates indicate a substantial omitted variable bias. We also present estimates of a model of female labor force participation, focusing on the relationship between participation and fertility. Unlike the wage example, there is evidence against conditional strict exogeneity; if we ignore this evidence, the probit and logit approaches give conflicting results.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0913.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>The Economic Status of the Elderly</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0914</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Hurd</surname>
          <given-names>Michael D</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Shoven</surname>
          <given-names>John B</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Public Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In the first part of the paper using official data sources, we estimate the real income of the elderly and of the rest of the population during the 1570s. We find that income per household of the elderly has increased more rapidly than income per household of the rest of the population, even though the elderly's fraction of income from work decreased greatly. In the rest of the paper we use the 1969 and 1975 Retirement History Surveys to estimate income, wealth and inflation vulnerability of households whose heads were ages 58 through 63 in 1969. The income data verified the results from the official data. The 1969 wealth data show that a representative person on the eve of retirement has small holdings of financial assets: most of the assets are in housing, Social Security and Medicare. Between 1969 and 1975 real wealth increased slightly on average. There was some tendency for the distribution to tighten. We found that contrary to popular opinion, on average the elderly are not especially vulnerable to a sudden increase in either prices or the rate of inflation. Most of their assets are inflation protected. The wealthy are most vulnerable to inflation.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0914.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Interest Rate Volatility and Monetary Policy</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0915</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Walsh</surname>
          <given-names>Carl</given-names>
          
        </name>
      </contrib>
    </contrib-group>
    <pub-date pub-type="pub">
       <month>06</month>
       <year>1982</year>
    </pub-date>
    <custom-meta-wrap>
        <custom-meta>
		       <meta-name>NBER Program</meta-name>
		       <meta-value>Monetary Economics</meta-value>
		       </custom-meta>
    </custom-meta-wrap>
    <abstract>
<p>In October 1979 the Federal Reserve shifted from an interest rate oriented operating procedure to a reserves oriented procedure. It is argued in this paper that part of the very large increase in interest rate volatility which resulted from the policy switch may have been due to shifts in the parameters of the money demand equation, shifts due to the adoption-of a reserve aggregates operating procedure. This result is derived by comparing rational expectations equilibria in a simple theoretical model under alternative policy rules. This allows the variance of interest rates to be explicitly expressed as a function of the policy rule.</p>
</abstract>
    <self-uri xlink:href="http://www.nber.org/papers/w0915.pdf"></self-uri>
       </article-meta>
    </front>
    <article-type>unpublished</article-type>
  </article>

  <article>
    <front>
      <publisher>
        <publisher-name>National Bureau of Economic Research</publisher-name>
        <publisher-loc>Cambridge, Mass., USA</publisher-loc>
      </publisher>
      <article-meta>
        <title-group>
          <article-title>Productivity Growth and R&amp;D at the Business Level: Results From the PIMS Data Base</article-title>
        </title-group>
        <article-id pub-id-type="publisher-id">w0916</article-id>                
        <contrib-group>
    
      <contrib contrib-type="author">
        <name>
          <surname>Clark</surname>
          <given-name
